p. The `trap' builtin now reports an error if a single non-signal argument
is specified.
+q. Fixed a bug that caused `umask' to not work correctly when presented
+ with a mask of all 0s.
+
+r. When `getopts' reaches the end of options, OPTARG is unset, as POSIX
+ appears to specify.
+
+s. Interactive mode now depends on whether or not stdin and stderr are
+ connected to a tty; formerly it was stdin and stdout. POSIX requires
+ this.
+
+t. Fixed vi-mode completion to work more as POSIX specifies (e.g., doing the
+ right kind of filename generation).
+
2. Changes to Readline
a. Fixed a problem that could cause readline to refer to freed memory when
e. Fixed a problem in vi-mode that caused the last text modification command
to not be remembered across different command lines.
+f. Fixed problems with changing characters and changing case at the end of
+ the line.
+
3. New Features in Bash
a. The `jobs', `kill', and `wait' builtins now accept job control notation
to cause each specified signal's handling to be reset to its default is
now only supported when `trap' is given a single non-option argument.
+4. New Features in Readline
+
+a. When listing completions, directories have a `/' appended if the
+ `mark-directories' option has been enabled.
+
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
This document details the changes between this version, bash-3.0-beta1,
and the previous version, bash-3.0-alpha.
+This document details the changes between this version, bash-3.0-rc1,
+and the previous version, bash-3.0-beta1.
+
+1. Changes to Bash
+
+a. Fixed a bug that caused incorrect behavior when referecing element 0 of
+ an array using $array, element 0 was unset, and `set -u' was enabled.
+
+b. System-specific changes for: SCO Unix 3.2, Tandem.
+
+c. Fixed a bug that caused inappropriate word splitting when a variable was
+ expanded within a double-quoted string that also included $@.
+
+d. Fixed a bug that caused `pwd' to not display anything in physical mode
+ when the file system had changed underneath the shell.
+
+e. Fixed a bug in the pre- and post- increment and decrement parsing in the
+ expression evaluator that caused errors when the operands and corresponding
+ operators were separated by whitespace.
+
+f. Fixed a bug that caused `history -p' to add an entry to the history list,
+ counter to the documentation. (Keeps the history expansions invoked by
+ emacs-mode command line editing from doing that as well.)
+
+g. Fixed a bug that could cause a core dump if `cd' is asked to print out a
+ pathname longer than PATH_MAX characters.
+
+h. Fixed a bug that caused jobs to be put into the wrong process group under
+ some circumstances after enabling job control with `set -m'.
+
+i. `unalias' now returns failure if no alias name arguments are supplied.
+
+j. Documented the characters not allowed to appear in an alias name.
+
+k. $* is no longer expanded as if in double quotes when it appears in the
+ body of a here document, as the SUS seems to require.
+
+l. The `bashbug' script now uses a directory in $TMPDIR for exclusive
+ access rather than trying to guess how the underlying OS provides for
+ secure temporary file creation.
+
+m. Fixed a few problems with `cd' and `pwd' when asked to operate on pathnames
+ longer than PATH_MAX characters.
+
+n. Fixed a memory leak caused when creating multiple local array variables
+ with identical names.
+
+o. Fixed a problem with calls to getcwd() so that bash now operates better
+ when the full pathname to the current directory is longer than PATH_MAX
+ bytes.
+
+p. The `trap' builtin now reports an error if a single non-signal argument
+ is specified.
+
+q. Fixed a bug that caused `umask' to not work correctly when presented
+ with a mask of all 0s.
+
+r. When `getopts' reaches the end of options, OPTARG is unset, as POSIX
+ appears to specify.
+
+s. Interactive mode now depends on whether or not stdin and stderr are
+ connected to a tty; formerly it was stdin and stdout. POSIX requires
+ this.
+
+t. Fixed vi-mode completion to work more as POSIX specifies (e.g., doing the
+ right kind of filename generation).
+
+2. Changes to Readline
+
+a. Fixed a problem that could cause readline to refer to freed memory when
+ moving between history lines while doing searches.
+
+b. Improvements to the code that expands and displays prompt strings
+ containing multibyte characters.
+
+c. Fixed a problem with vi-mode not correctly remembering the numeric argument
+ to the last `c'hange command for later use with `.'.
+
+d. Fixed a bug in vi-mode that caused multi-digit count arguments to work
+ incorrectly.
+
+e. Fixed a problem in vi-mode that caused the last text modification command
+ to not be remembered across different command lines.
+
+f. Fixed problems with changing characters and changing case at the end of
+ the line.
+
+3. New Features in Bash
+
+a. The `jobs', `kill', and `wait' builtins now accept job control notation
+ even if job control is not enabled.
+
+b. The historical behavior of `trap' that allows a missing `action' argument
+ to cause each specified signal's handling to be reset to its default is
+ now only supported when `trap' is given a single non-option argument.
+
+4. New Features in Readline
+
+a. When listing completions, directories have a `/' appended if the
+ `mark-directories' option has been enabled.
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
This document details the changes between this version, bash-3.0-beta1,
and the previous version, bash-3.0-alpha.
command name was being completed.
r. Fixes to the pattern removal and pattern replacement expansions to deal
- with multibyte characters better.
+ with multibyte characters better (and faster).
s. Fix to the substring expansion (${param:off[:len]}) to deal with (possibly
multibyte) characters instead of raw bytes.
hand side of a parameter expansion such as ${word:="$@"} if the first
character of $IFS was not a space.
+x. Fixed a slight cosmetic problem when printing commands containing a
+ `>&word' redirection.
+
+y. Fixed a problem that could cause here documents to not be created correctly
+ if the system temporary directory did not allow writing.
+
2. Changes to Readline
a. Change to history expansion functions to treat `^' as equivalent to word
h. Fixed some display bugs caused by multibyte characters in prompt strings.
+i. Fixed a problem with history expansion caused by non-whitespace characters
+ used as history word delimiters.
+
3. New Features in Bash
a. printf builtin understands two new escape sequences: \" and \?.
d. The `\W' prompt expansion now abbreviates $HOME as `~', like `\w'.
+e. The error message printed when bash cannot open a shell script supplied
+ as argument 1 now includes the name of the shell, to better identify
+ the error as coming from bash.
+
4. New Features in Readline
a. New application variable, rl_completion_quote_character, set to any
value if readline determines that the word to be completed is quoted.
Set before readline calls any application completion function.
+d. New function hook, rl_completion_word_break_hook, called when readline
+ needs to break a line into words when completion is attempted. Allows
+ the word break characters to vary based on position in the line.
+
+e. New bindable command: unix-filename-rubout. Does the same thing as
+ unix-word-rubout, but adds `/' to the set of word delimiters.
+
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
This document details the changes between this version, bash-3.0-alpha,
and the previous version, bash-2.05b-release.
builtins/echo.def
- call clearerr(stdout) before writing anything and testing its
failure or success
+
+ 6/29
+ ----
+bashline.c
+ - only set rl_explicit_arg in bash_glob_complete_word if readline is
+ in emacs mode; let bash_vi_complete take care of setting it in vi
+ mode
+ - fix bash_vi_complete to only set rl_explicit_arg unless the posix
+ conditions are met: no globbing characters in the vi `bigword'
+ being completed
+
+ 6/30
+ ----
+[bash-3.0-rc1 released]
+
+ 7/1
+ ---
+lib/readline/complete.c
+ - make sure `extension_char' is initialized before deciding whether
+ or not the append a `/' to a possible completion when visible-stats
+ is not enabled
+
+ 7/2
+ ---
+subst.c
+ - fix a boundary overrun in string_extract_double_quoted that could
+ occur when the word completion code attempts to expand an incomplete
+ construct (like a quoted unclosed command substitution)
+
+ 7/4
+ ---
+subst.c
+ - set tempenv_assign_error to non-zero if an assignment to the
+ temporary environment fails for some reason (e.g., attempted
+ assignment to a readonly variable)
+
+execute_cmd.c
+ - fix execute_simple_command to force a non-interactive shell in
+ POSIX mode to exit if an assignment to the temporary environment
+ preceding a special builtin fails (bug report from
+ llattanzi@apple.com)
+
+ 7/5
+ ---
+bashline.c
+ - in bash_directory_completion_hook, don't perform word expansions
+ if the filename appears to have been completed from the file
+ system rather than typed in by the user. Bug reported by Tim
+ Waugh <twaugh@redhat.com>
command
- fix rl_vi_change_char so that replacing characters up to EOL works
rather than generating rl_ding
+ - fix rl_vi_change_case so that replacing characters up to EOL works
+ rather than generating rl_ding
+
+ 6/28
+ ----
+builtins/echo.def
+ - call clearerr(stdout) before writing anything and testing its
+ failure or success
+
+ 6/29
+ ----
+bashline.c
+ - only set rl_explicit_arg in bash_glob_complete_word if readline is
+ in emacs mode; let bash_vi_complete take care of setting it in vi
+ mode
+ - fix bash_vi_complete to only set rl_explicit_arg unless the posix
+ conditions are met: no globbing characters in the vi `bigword'
+ being completed
+
+ 6/30
+ ----
+[bash-3.0-rc1 released]
+
+ 7/1
+ ---
+lib/readline/complete.c
+ - make sure `extension_char' is initialized before deciding whether
+ or not the append a `/' to a possible completion when visible-stats
+ is not enabled
+
+ 7/2
+ ---
+subst.c
+ - fix a boundary overrun in string_extract_double_quoted that could
+ occur when the word completion code attempts to expand an incomplete
+ construct (like a quoted unclosed command substitution)
+
+ 7/4
+ ---
+subst.c
+ - set tempenv_assign_error to non-zero if an assignment to the
+ temporary environment fails for some reason (e.g., attempted
+ assignment to a readonly variable)
+
+execute_cmd.c
+ - fix execute_simple_command to force a non-interactive shell in
+ POSIX mode to exit if an assignment to the temporary environment
+ preceding a special builtin fails (bug report from
+ llattanzi@apple.com)
as argument 1 now includes the name of the shell, to better identify
the error as coming from bash.
-mm. A bug that caused here documents to not work if the directory the shell
- used for the temporary files was not writable has been fixed.
-
-nn. The parameter pattern removal and substitution expansions are now much
+mm. The parameter pattern removal and substitution expansions are now much
faster and more efficient when using multibyte characters.
-oo. Fixed a bug in the `shift' builtin that could cause core dumps when
- reporting an out-of-range argument.
-
-pp. The `jobs', `kill', and `wait' builtins now accept job control notation
+nn. The `jobs', `kill', and `wait' builtins now accept job control notation
even if job control is not enabled.
-qq. The historical behavior of `trap' that allows a missing `action' argument
+oo. The historical behavior of `trap' that allows a missing `action' argument
to cause each specified signal's handling to be reset to its default is
now only supported when `trap' is given a single non-option argument.
m. New bindable command: unix-filename-rubout. Does the same thing as
unix-word-rubout, but adds `/' to the set of word delimiters.
+n. When listing completions, directories have a `/' appended if the
+ `mark-directories' option has been enabled.
+
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
This is a terse description of the new features added to bash-2.05b since
the release of bash-2.05a. As always, the manual page (doc/bash.1) is
pp. The `jobs', `kill', and `wait' builtins now accept job control notation
even if job control is not enabled.
+qq. The historical behavior of `trap' that allows a missing `action' argument
+ to cause each specified signal's handling to be reset to its default is
+ now only supported when `trap' is given a single non-option argument.
+
2. New Features in Readline
a. History expansion has a new `a' modifier equivalent to the `g' modifier
m. New bindable command: unix-filename-rubout. Does the same thing as
unix-word-rubout, but adds `/' to the set of word delimiters.
+n. When listing completions, directories have a `/' appended if the
+ `mark-directories' option has been enabled.
+
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
This is a terse description of the new features added to bash-2.05b since
the release of bash-2.05a. As always, the manual page (doc/bash.1) is
char *local_dirname, *new_dirname, *t;
int return_value, should_expand_dirname;
WORD_LIST *wl;
+ struct stat sb;
return_value = should_expand_dirname = 0;
local_dirname = *dirname;
}
#endif
+#if defined (HAVE_LSTAT)
+ if (should_expand_dirname && lstat (local_dirname, &sb) == 0)
+#else
+ if (should_expand_dirname && stat (local_dirname, &sb) == 0)
+#endif
+ should_expand_dirname = 0;
+
if (should_expand_dirname)
{
new_dirname = savestring (local_dirname);
int r;
rl_quote_func_t *orig_quoting_function;
- rl_explicit_arg = 1; /* force `*' append */
+ if (rl_editing_mode == EMACS_EDITING_MODE)
+ rl_explicit_arg = 1; /* force `*' append */
orig_quoting_function = rl_filename_quoting_function;
rl_filename_quoting_function = bash_glob_quote_filename;
int count, key;
{
#if defined (SPECIFIC_COMPLETION_FUNCTIONS)
- int r;
+ int p, r;
+ char *t;
if ((rl_point < rl_end) && (!whitespace (rl_line_buffer[rl_point])))
{
rl_point++;
}
- rl_explicit_arg = 1; /* XXX - force glob_complete_word to append `*' */
+ /* Find boundaries of current word, according to vi definition of a
+ `bigword'. */
+ t = 0;
+ if (rl_point > 0)
+ {
+ p = rl_point;
+ rl_vi_bWord (1, 'B');
+ r = rl_point;
+ rl_point = p;
+ p = r;
+
+ t = substring (rl_line_buffer, p, rl_point);
+ }
+
+ if (t && glob_pattern_p (t) == 0)
+ rl_explicit_arg = 1; /* XXX - force glob_complete_word to append `*' */
+ FREE (t);
if (key == '*') /* Expansion and replacement. */
r = bash_glob_expand_word (count, key);
char *local_dirname, *new_dirname, *t;
int return_value, should_expand_dirname;
WORD_LIST *wl;
+ struct stat sb;
return_value = should_expand_dirname = 0;
local_dirname = *dirname;
}
#endif
+ if (should_expand_dirname && lstat (local_dirname, &sb) == 0)
+ should_expand_dirname = 0;
+
if (should_expand_dirname)
{
new_dirname = savestring (local_dirname);
int r;
rl_quote_func_t *orig_quoting_function;
- rl_explicit_arg = 1; /* force `*' append */
+ if (rl_editing_mode == EMACS_EDITING_MODE)
+ rl_explicit_arg = 1; /* force `*' append */
orig_quoting_function = rl_filename_quoting_function;
rl_filename_quoting_function = bash_glob_quote_filename;
int count, key;
{
#if defined (SPECIFIC_COMPLETION_FUNCTIONS)
- int r;
+ int p, r;
+ char *t;
if ((rl_point < rl_end) && (!whitespace (rl_line_buffer[rl_point])))
{
rl_point++;
}
- rl_explicit_arg = 1; /* XXX - force `*' to be appended */
+ /* Find boundaries of current word, according to vi definition of a
+ `bigword'. */
+ t = 0;
+ if (rl_point > 0)
+ {
+ p = rl_point;
+ rl_vi_bWord (1, 'B');
+ r = rl_point;
+ rl_point = p;
+ p = r;
+
+ t = substring (rl_line_buffer, p, rl_point);
+ }
+
+ if (t && glob_pattern_p (t) == 0)
+ rl_explicit_arg = 1; /* XXX - force glob_complete_word to append `*' */
+ FREE (t);
if (key == '*') /* Expansion and replacement. */
r = bash_glob_expand_word (count, key);
--- /dev/null
+This is the Bash FAQ, version 3.27, for Bash version 3.0.
+
+This document contains a set of frequently-asked questions concerning
+Bash, the GNU Bourne-Again Shell. Bash is a freely-available command
+interpreter with advanced features for both interactive use and shell
+programming.
+
+Another good source of basic information about shells is the collection
+of FAQ articles periodically posted to comp.unix.shell.
+
+Questions and comments concerning this document should be sent to
+chet@po.cwru.edu.
+
+This document is available for anonymous FTP with the URL
+
+ftp://ftp.cwru.edu/pub/bash/FAQ
+
+The Bash home page is http://cnswww.cns.cwru.edu/~chet/bash/bashtop.html
+
+----------
+Contents:
+
+Section A: The Basics
+
+A1) What is it?
+A2) What's the latest version?
+A3) Where can I get it?
+A4) On what machines will bash run?
+A5) Will bash run on operating systems other than Unix?
+A6) How can I build bash with gcc?
+A7) How can I make bash my login shell?
+A8) I just changed my login shell to bash, and now I can't FTP into my
+ machine. Why not?
+A9) What's the `POSIX Shell and Utilities standard'?
+A10) What is the bash `posix mode'?
+
+Section B: The latest version
+
+B1) What's new in version 3.0?
+B2) Are there any user-visible incompatibilities between bash-3.0 and
+ bash-1.14.7?
+
+Section C: Differences from other Unix shells
+
+C1) How does bash differ from sh, the Bourne shell?
+C2) How does bash differ from the Korn shell, version ksh88?
+C3) Which new features in ksh-93 are not in bash, and which are?
+
+Section D: Why does bash do some things differently than other Unix shells?
+
+D1) Why does bash run a different version of `command' than
+ `which command' says it will?
+D2) Why doesn't bash treat brace expansions exactly like csh?
+D3) Why doesn't bash have csh variable modifiers?
+D4) How can I make my csh aliases work when I convert to bash?
+D5) How can I pipe standard output and standard error from one command to
+ another, like csh does with `|&'?
+D6) Now that I've converted from ksh to bash, are there equivalents to
+ ksh features like autoloaded functions and the `whence' command?
+
+Section E: Why does bash do certain things the way it does?
+
+E1) Why is the bash builtin `test' slightly different from /bin/test?
+E2) Why does bash sometimes say `Broken pipe'?
+E3) When I have terminal escape sequences in my prompt, why does bash
+ wrap lines at the wrong column?
+E4) If I pipe the output of a command into `read variable', why doesn't
+ the output show up in $variable when the read command finishes?
+E5) I have a bunch of shell scripts that use backslash-escaped characters
+ in arguments to `echo'. Bash doesn't interpret these characters. Why
+ not, and how can I make it understand them?
+E6) Why doesn't a while or for loop get suspended when I type ^Z?
+E7) What about empty for loops in Makefiles?
+E8) Why does the arithmetic evaluation code complain about `08'?
+E9) Why does the pattern matching expression [A-Z]* match files beginning
+ with every letter except `z'?
+E10) Why does `cd //' leave $PWD as `//'?
+E11) If I resize my xterm while another program is running, why doesn't bash
+ notice the change?
+E12) Why don't negative offsets in substring expansion work like I expect?
+
+Section F: Things to watch out for on certain Unix versions
+
+F1) Why can't I use command line editing in my `cmdtool'?
+F2) I built bash on Solaris 2. Why do globbing expansions and filename
+ completion chop off the first few characters of each filename?
+F3) Why does bash dump core after I interrupt username completion or
+ `~user' tilde expansion on a machine running NIS?
+F4) I'm running SVR4.2. Why is the line erased every time I type `@'?
+F5) Why does bash report syntax errors when my C News scripts use a
+ redirection before a subshell command?
+F6) Why can't I use vi-mode editing on Red Hat Linux 6.1?
+F7) Why do bash-2.05a and bash-2.05b fail to compile `printf.def' on
+ HP/UX 11.x?
+
+Section G: How can I get bash to do certain common things?
+
+G1) How can I get bash to read and display eight-bit characters?
+G2) How do I write a function `x' to replace builtin command `x', but
+ still invoke the command from within the function?
+G3) How can I find the value of a shell variable whose name is the value
+ of another shell variable?
+G4) How can I make the bash `time' reserved word print timing output that
+ looks like the output from my system's /usr/bin/time?
+G5) How do I get the current directory into my prompt?
+G6) How can I rename "*.foo" to "*.bar"?
+G7) How can I translate a filename from uppercase to lowercase?
+G8) How can I write a filename expansion (globbing) pattern that will match
+ all files in the current directory except "." and ".."?
+
+Section H: Where do I go from here?
+
+H1) How do I report bugs in bash, and where should I look for fixes and
+ advice?
+H2) What kind of bash documentation is there?
+H3) What's coming in future versions?
+H4) What's on the bash `wish list'?
+H5) When will the next release appear?
+
+----------
+Section A: The Basics
+
+A1) What is it?
+
+Bash is a Unix command interpreter (shell). It is an implementation of
+the Posix 1003.2 shell standard, and resembles the Korn and System V
+shells.
+
+Bash contains a number of enhancements over those shells, both
+for interactive use and shell programming. Features geared
+toward interactive use include command line editing, command
+history, job control, aliases, and prompt expansion. Programming
+features include additional variable expansions, shell
+arithmetic, and a number of variables and options to control
+shell behavior.
+
+Bash was originally written by Brian Fox of the Free Software
+Foundation. The current developer and maintainer is Chet Ramey
+of Case Western Reserve University.
+
+A2) What's the latest version?
+
+The latest version is 3.0, first made available on xxx, 2004.
+
+A3) Where can I get it?
+
+Bash is the GNU project's shell, and so is available from the
+master GNU archive site, ftp.gnu.org, and its mirrors. The
+latest version is also available for FTP from ftp.cwru.edu.
+The following URLs tell how to get version 2.05b:
+
+ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/bash/bash-3.0.tar.gz
+ftp://ftp.cwru.edu/pub/bash/bash-3.0.tar.gz
+
+Formatted versions of the documentation are available with the URLs:
+
+ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/bash/bash-doc-3.0.tar.gz
+ftp://ftp.cwru.edu/pub/bash/bash-doc-3.0.tar.gz
+
+A4) On what machines will bash run?
+
+Bash has been ported to nearly every version of UNIX. All you
+should have to do to build it on a machine for which a port
+exists is to type `configure' and then `make'. The build process
+will attempt to discover the version of UNIX you have and tailor
+itself accordingly, using a script created by GNU autoconf.
+
+More information appears in the file `INSTALL' in the distribution.
+
+The Bash web page (http://cnswww.cns.cwru.edu/~chet/bash/bashtop.html)
+explains how to obtain binary versions of bash for most of the major
+commercial Unix systems.
+
+A5) Will bash run on operating systems other than Unix?
+
+Configuration specifics for Unix-like systems such as QNX and
+LynxOS are included in the distribution. Bash-2.05 and later
+versions should compile and run on Minix 2.0 (patches were
+contributed), but I don't believe anyone has built bash-2.x on
+earlier Minix versions yet.
+
+Bash has been ported to versions of Windows implementing the Win32
+programming interface. This includes Windows 95 and Windows NT.
+The port was done by Cygnus Solutions as part of their CYGWIN
+project. For more information about the project, look at the URLs
+
+http://www.cygwin.com/
+http://sourceware.cygnus.com/cygwin
+
+Cygnus originally ported bash-1.14.7, and that port was part of their
+early GNU-Win32 (the original name) releases. Cygnus has also done a
+port of bash-2.05 to the CYGWIN environment, and it is available as
+part of their current release.
+
+Bash-2.05b and later versions should require no local Cygnus changes to
+build and run under CYGWIN.
+
+The Cygnus port works only on Intel machines. There is a port of bash
+(I don't know which version) to the alpha/NT environment available from
+
+ftp://ftp.gnustep.org//pub/win32/bash-alpha-nt-1.01.tar.gz
+
+DJ Delorie has a port of bash-2.x which runs under MS-DOS, as part
+of the DJGPP project. For more information on the project, see
+
+http://www.delorie.com/djgpp/
+
+I have been told that the original DJGPP port was done by Daisuke Aoyama.
+
+Mark Elbrecht <snowball3@bigfoot.com> has sent me notice that bash-2.04
+is available for DJGPP V2. The files are available as:
+
+ftp://ftp.simtel.net/pub/simtelnet/gnu/djgpp/v2gnu/bsh204b.zip binary
+ftp://ftp.simtel.net/pub/simtelnet/gnu/djgpp/v2gnu/bsh204d.zip documentation
+ftp://ftp.simtel.net/pub/simtelnet/gnu/djgpp/v2gnu/bsh204s.zip source
+
+Mark has begun to work with bash-2.05, but I don't know the status.
+
+Bash-3.0 compiles and runs with no modifications under Microsoft's Services
+for Unix (SFU), once known as Interix.
+
+A6) How can I build bash with gcc?
+
+Bash configures to use gcc by default if it is available. Read the
+file INSTALL in the distribution for more information.
+
+A7) How can I make bash my login shell?
+
+Some machines let you use `chsh' to change your login shell. Other
+systems use `passwd -s' or `passwd -e'. If one of these works for
+you, that's all you need. Note that many systems require the full
+pathname to a shell to appear in /etc/shells before you can make it
+your login shell. For this, you may need the assistance of your
+friendly local system administrator.
+
+If you cannot do this, you can still use bash as your login shell, but
+you need to perform some tricks. The basic idea is to add a command
+to your login shell's startup file to replace your login shell with
+bash.
+
+For example, if your login shell is csh or tcsh, and you have installed
+bash in /usr/gnu/bin/bash, add the following line to ~/.login:
+
+ if ( -f /usr/gnu/bin/bash ) exec /usr/gnu/bin/bash --login
+
+(the `--login' tells bash that it is a login shell).
+
+It's not a good idea to put this command into ~/.cshrc, because every
+csh you run without the `-f' option, even ones started to run csh scripts,
+reads that file. If you must put the command in ~/.cshrc, use something
+like
+
+ if ( $?prompt ) exec /usr/gnu/bin/bash --login
+
+to ensure that bash is exec'd only when the csh is interactive.
+
+If your login shell is sh or ksh, you have to do two things.
+
+First, create an empty file in your home directory named `.bash_profile'.
+The existence of this file will prevent the exec'd bash from trying to
+read ~/.profile, and re-execing itself over and over again. ~/.bash_profile
+is the first file bash tries to read initialization commands from when
+it is invoked as a login shell.
+
+Next, add a line similar to the above to ~/.profile:
+
+ [ -f /usr/gnu/bin/bash ] && [ -x /usr/gnu/bin/bash ] && \
+ exec /usr/gnu/bin/bash --login
+
+This will cause login shells to replace themselves with bash running as
+a login shell. Once you have this working, you can copy your initialization
+code from ~/.profile to ~/.bash_profile.
+
+I have received word that the recipe supplied above is insufficient for
+machines running CDE. CDE has a maze of twisty little startup files, all
+slightly different.
+
+If you cannot change your login shell in the password file to bash, you
+will have to (apparently) live with CDE using the shell in the password
+file to run its startup scripts. If you have changed your shell to bash,
+there is code in the CDE startup files (on Solaris, at least) that attempts
+to do the right thing. It is, however, often broken, and may require that
+you use the $BASH_ENV trick described below.
+
+`dtterm' claims to use $SHELL as the default program to start, so if you
+can change $SHELL in the CDE startup files, you should be able to use bash
+in your terminal windows.
+
+Setting DTSOURCEPROFILE in ~/.dtprofile will cause the `Xsession' program
+to read your login shell's startup files. You may be able to use bash for
+the rest of the CDE programs by setting SHELL to bash in ~/.dtprofile as
+well, but I have not tried this.
+
+You can use the above `exec' recipe to start bash when not logging in with
+CDE by testing the value of the DT variable:
+
+ if [ -n "$DT" ]; then
+ [ -f /usr/gnu/bin/bash ] && exec /usr/gnu/bin/bash --login
+ fi
+
+If CDE starts its shells non-interactively during login, the login shell
+startup files (~/.profile, ~/.bash_profile) will not be sourced at login.
+To get around this problem, append a line similar to the following to your
+~/.dtprofile:
+
+ BASH_ENV=${HOME}/.bash_profile ; export BASH_ENV
+
+and add the following line to the beginning of ~/.bash_profile:
+
+ unset BASH_ENV
+
+A8) I just changed my login shell to bash, and now I can't FTP into my
+ machine. Why not?
+
+You must add the full pathname to bash to the file /etc/shells. As
+noted in the answer to the previous question, many systems require
+this before you can make bash your login shell.
+
+Most versions of ftpd use this file to prohibit `special' users
+such as `uucp' and `news' from using FTP.
+
+A9) What's the `POSIX Shell and Utilities standard'?
+
+POSIX is a name originally coined by Richard Stallman for a
+family of open system standards based on UNIX. There are a
+number of aspects of UNIX under consideration for
+standardization, from the basic system services at the system
+call and C library level to applications and tools to system
+administration and management. Each area of standardization is
+assigned to a working group in the 1003 series.
+
+The POSIX Shell and Utilities standard was originally developed by
+IEEE Working Group 1003.2 (POSIX.2). Today it has been merged with
+the original 1003.1 Working Group and is maintained by the Austin
+Group (a joint working group of the IEEE, The Open Group and
+ISO/IEC SC22/WG15). Today the Shell and Utilities are a volume
+within the set of documents that make up IEEE Std 1003.1-2001, and
+thus now the former POSIX.2 (from 1992) is now part of the current
+POSIX.1 standard (POSIX 1003.1-2001).
+
+The Shell and Utilities volume concentrates on the command
+interpreter interface and utility programs commonly executed from
+the command line or by other programs. The standard is freely
+available on the web at http://www.UNIX-systems.org/version3/ .
+Work continues at the Austin Group on maintenance issues; see
+http://www.opengroup.org/austin/ to join the discussions.
+
+Bash is concerned with the aspects of the shell's behavior defined
+by the POSIX Shell and Utilities volume. The shell command
+language has of course been standardized, including the basic flow
+control and program execution constructs, I/O redirection and
+pipelining, argument handling, variable expansion, and quoting.
+
+The `special' builtins, which must be implemented as part of the
+shell to provide the desired functionality, are specified as
+being part of the shell; examples of these are `eval' and
+`export'. Other utilities appear in the sections of POSIX not
+devoted to the shell which are commonly (and in some cases must
+be) implemented as builtin commands, such as `read' and `test'.
+POSIX also specifies aspects of the shell's interactive
+behavior as part of the UPE, including job control and command
+line editing. Only vi-style line editing commands have been
+standardized; emacs editing commands were left out due to
+objections.
+
+The latest version of the POSIX Shell and Utilities standard is
+available (now updated to the 2004 Edition) as part of the Single
+UNIX Specification Version 3 at
+
+http://www.UNIX-systems.org/version3/
+
+A10) What is the bash `posix mode'?
+
+Although bash is an implementation of the POSIX shell
+specification, there are areas where the bash default behavior
+differs from that spec. The bash `posix mode' changes the bash
+behavior in these areas so that it obeys the spec more closely.
+
+Posix mode is entered by starting bash with the --posix or
+'-o posix' option or executing `set -o posix' after bash is running.
+
+The specific aspects of bash which change when posix mode is
+active are listed in the file POSIX in the bash distribution.
+They are also listed in a section in the Bash Reference Manual
+(from which that file is generated).
+
+Section B: The latest version
+
+B1) What's new in version 3.0?
+
+Bash-3.0 is the third major release of bash. The features introduced
+in the intermediate releases following bash-2.05 have been completed.
+Support for the bash debugger (a separate project) has been integrated.
+
+Bash-3.0 contains the following new features (see the manual page for
+complete descriptions and the CHANGES and NEWS files in the bash-3.0
+distribution):
+
+o Features to support the bash debugger have been implemented, and there
+ is a new `extdebug' option to turn the non-default options on
+
+o HISTCONTROL is now a colon-separated list of options and has been
+ extended with a new `erasedups' option that will result in only one
+ copy of a command being kept in the history list
+
+o Brace expansion has been extended with a new {x..y} form, producing
+ sequences of digits or characters
+
+o Timestamps are now kept with history entries, with an option to save
+ and restore them from the history file; there is a new HISTTIMEFORMAT
+ variable describing how to display the timestamps when listing history
+ entries
+
+o The `[[' command can now perform extended regular expression (egrep-like)
+ matching, with matched subexpressions placed in the BASH_REMATCH array
+ variable
+
+o A new `pipefail' option causes a pipeline to return a failure status if
+ any command in it fails
+
+o The `jobs', `kill', and `wait' builtins now accept job control notation
+ in their arguments even if job control is not enabled
+
+o The `gettext' package and libintl have been integrated, and the shell
+ messages may be translated into other languages
+
+A short feature history dating from Bash-2.0:
+
+Bash-2.05b introduced the following new features:
+
+o support for multibyte characters has been added to both bash and readline
+
+o the DEBUG trap is now run *before* simple commands, ((...)) commands,
+ [[...]] conditional commands, and for ((...)) loops
+
+o the shell now performs arithmetic in the largest integer size the machine
+ supports (intmax_t)
+
+o there is a new \D{...} prompt expansion; passes the `...' to strftime(3)
+ and inserts the result into the expanded prompt
+
+o there is a new `here-string' redirection operator: <<< word
+
+o when displaying variables, function attributes and definitions are shown
+ separately, allowing them to be re-used as input (attempting to re-use
+ the old output would result in syntax errors).
+
+o `read' has a new `-u fd' option to read from a specified file descriptor
+
+o the bash debugger in examples/bashdb has been modified to work with the
+ new DEBUG trap semantics, the command set has been made more gdb-like,
+ and the changes to $LINENO make debugging functions work better
+
+o the expansion of $LINENO inside a shell function is only relative to the
+ function start if the shell is interactive -- if the shell is running a
+ script, $LINENO expands to the line number in the script. This is as
+ POSIX-2001 requires
+
+Bash-2.05a introduced the following new features:
+
+o The `printf' builtin has undergone major work
+
+o There is a new read-only `shopt' option: login_shell, which is set by
+ login shells and unset otherwise
+
+o New `\A' prompt string escape sequence; expanding to time in 24-hour
+ HH:MM format
+
+o New `-A group/-g' option to complete and compgen; goes group name
+ completion
+
+o New [+-]O invocation option to set and unset `shopt' options at startup
+
+o ksh-like `ERR' trap
+
+o `for' loops now allow empty word lists after the `in' reserved word
+
+o new `hard' and `soft' arguments for the `ulimit' builtin
+
+o Readline can be configured to place the user at the same point on the line
+ when retrieving commands from the history list
+
+o Readline can be configured to skip `hidden' files (filenames with a leading
+ `.' on Unix) when performing completion
+
+Bash-2.05 introduced the following new features:
+
+o This version has once again reverted to using locales and strcoll(3) when
+ processing pattern matching bracket expressions, as POSIX requires.
+o Added a new `--init-file' invocation argument as a synonym for `--rcfile',
+ per the new GNU coding standards.
+o The /dev/tcp and /dev/udp redirections now accept service names as well as
+ port numbers.
+o `complete' and `compgen' now take a `-o value' option, which controls some
+ of the aspects of that compspec. Valid values are:
+
+ default - perform bash default completion if programmable
+ completion produces no matches
+ dirnames - perform directory name completion if programmable
+ completion produces no matches
+ filenames - tell readline that the compspec produces filenames,
+ so it can do things like append slashes to
+ directory names and suppress trailing spaces
+o A new loadable builtin, realpath, which canonicalizes and expands symlinks
+ in pathname arguments.
+o When `set' is called without options, it prints function defintions in a
+ way that allows them to be reused as input. This affects `declare' and
+ `declare -p' as well. This only happens when the shell is not in POSIX
+ mode, since POSIX.2 forbids this behavior.
+
+Bash-2.04 introduced the following new features:
+
+o Programmable word completion with the new `complete' and `compgen' builtins;
+ examples are provided in examples/complete/complete-examples
+o `history' has a new `-d' option to delete a history entry
+o `bind' has a new `-x' option to bind key sequences to shell commands
+o The prompt expansion code has new `\j' and `\l' escape sequences
+o The `no_empty_cmd_completion' shell option, if enabled, inhibits
+ command completion when TAB is typed on an empty line
+o `help' has a new `-s' option to print a usage synopsis
+o New arithmetic operators: var++, var--, ++var, --var, expr1,expr2 (comma)
+o New ksh93-style arithmetic for command:
+ for ((expr1 ; expr2; expr3 )); do list; done
+o `read' has new options: `-t', `-n', `-d', `-s'
+o The redirection code handles several filenames specially: /dev/fd/N,
+ /dev/stdin, /dev/stdout, /dev/stderr
+o The redirection code now recognizes /dev/tcp/HOST/PORT and
+ /dev/udp/HOST/PORT and tries to open a TCP or UDP socket, respectively,
+ to the specified port on the specified host
+o The ${!prefix*} expansion has been implemented
+o A new FUNCNAME variable, which expands to the name of a currently-executing
+ function
+o The GROUPS variable is no longer readonly
+o A new shopt `xpg_echo' variable, to control the behavior of echo with
+ respect to backslash-escape sequences at runtime
+o The NON_INTERACTIVE_LOGIN_SHELLS #define has returned
+
+The version of Readline released with Bash-2.04, Readline-4.1, had several
+new features as well:
+
+o Parentheses matching is always compiled into readline, and controllable
+ with the new `blink-matching-paren' variable
+o The history-search-forward and history-search-backward functions now leave
+ point at the end of the line when the search string is empty, like
+ reverse-search-history, and forward-search-history
+o A new function for applications: rl_on_new_line_with_prompt()
+o New variables for applications: rl_already_prompted, and rl_gnu_readline_p
+
+
+Bash-2.03 had very few new features, in keeping with the convention
+that odd-numbered releases provide mainly bug fixes. A number of new
+features were added to Readline, mostly at the request of the Cygnus
+folks.
+
+A new shopt option, `restricted_shell', so that startup files can test
+ whether or not the shell was started in restricted mode
+Filename generation is now performed on the words between ( and ) in
+ compound array assignments (this is really a bug fix)
+OLDPWD is now auto-exported, as POSIX.2 requires
+ENV and BASH_ENV are read-only variables in a restricted shell
+Bash may now be linked against an already-installed Readline library,
+ as long as the Readline library is version 4 or newer
+All shells begun with the `--login' option will source the login shell
+ startup files, even if the shell is not interactive
+
+There were lots of changes to the version of the Readline library released
+along with Bash-2.03. For a complete list of the changes, read the file
+CHANGES in the Bash-2.03 distribution.
+
+Bash-2.02 contained the following new features:
+
+a new version of malloc (based on the old GNU malloc code in previous
+ bash versions) that is more page-oriented, more conservative
+ with memory usage, does not `orphan' large blocks when they
+ are freed, is usable on 64-bit machines, and has allocation
+ checking turned on unconditionally
+POSIX.2-style globbing character classes ([:alpha:], [:alnum:], etc.)
+POSIX.2-style globbing equivalence classes
+POSIX.2-style globbing collating symbols
+the ksh [[...]] extended conditional command
+the ksh egrep-style extended pattern matching operators
+a new `printf' builtin
+the ksh-like $(<filename) command substitution, which is equivalent to
+ $(cat filename)
+new tilde prefixes that expand to directories from the directory stack
+new `**' arithmetic operator to do exponentiation
+case-insensitive globbing (filename expansion)
+menu completion a la tcsh
+`magic-space' history expansion function like tcsh
+the readline inputrc `language' has a new file inclusion directive ($include)
+
+Bash-2.01 contained only a few new features:
+
+new `GROUPS' builtin array variable containing the user's group list
+new bindable readline commands: history-and-alias-expand-line and
+ alias-expand-line
+
+Bash-2.0 contained extensive changes and new features from bash-1.14.7.
+Here's a short list:
+
+new `time' reserved word to time pipelines, shell builtins, and
+ shell functions
+one-dimensional arrays with a new compound assignment statement,
+ appropriate expansion constructs and modifications to some
+ of the builtins (read, declare, etc.) to use them
+new quoting syntaxes for ANSI-C string expansion and locale-specific
+ string translation
+new expansions to do substring extraction, pattern replacement, and
+ indirect variable expansion
+new builtins: `disown' and `shopt'
+new variables: HISTIGNORE, SHELLOPTS, PIPESTATUS, DIRSTACK, GLOBIGNORE,
+ MACHTYPE, BASH_VERSINFO
+special handling of many unused or redundant variables removed
+ (e.g., $notify, $glob_dot_filenames, $no_exit_on_failed_exec)
+dynamic loading of new builtin commands; many loadable examples provided
+new prompt expansions: \a, \e, \n, \H, \T, \@, \v, \V
+history and aliases available in shell scripts
+new readline variables: enable-keypad, mark-directories, input-meta,
+ visible-stats, disable-completion, comment-begin
+new readline commands to manipulate the mark and operate on the region
+new readline emacs mode commands and bindings for ksh-88 compatibility
+updated and extended builtins
+new DEBUG trap
+expanded (and now documented) restricted shell mode
+
+implementation stuff:
+autoconf-based configuration
+nearly all of the bugs reported since version 1.14 have been fixed
+most builtins converted to use builtin `getopt' for consistency
+most builtins use -p option to display output in a reusable form
+ (for consistency)
+grammar tighter and smaller (66 reduce-reduce conflicts gone)
+lots of code now smaller and faster
+test suite greatly expanded
+
+B2) Are there any user-visible incompatibilities between bash-3.0 and
+ bash-1.14.7?
+
+There are a few incompatibilities between version 1.14.7 and version 3.0.
+They are detailed in the file COMPAT in the bash distribution. That file
+is not meant to be all-encompassing; send mail to bash-maintainers@gnu.org
+if if you find something that's not mentioned there.
+
+Section C: Differences from other Unix shells
+
+C1) How does bash differ from sh, the Bourne shell?
+
+This is a non-comprehensive list of features that differentiate bash
+from the SVR4.2 shell. The bash manual page explains these more
+completely.
+
+Things bash has that sh does not:
+ long invocation options
+ [+-]O invocation option
+ -l invocation option
+ `!' reserved word to invert pipeline return value
+ `time' reserved word to time pipelines and shell builtins
+ the `function' reserved word
+ the `select' compound command and reserved word
+ arithmetic for command: for ((expr1 ; expr2; expr3 )); do list; done
+ new $'...' and $"..." quoting
+ the $(...) form of command substitution
+ the $(<filename) form of command substitution, equivalent to
+ $(cat filename)
+ the ${#param} parameter value length operator
+ the ${!param} indirect parameter expansion operator
+ the ${!param*} prefix expansion operator
+ the ${param:offset[:length]} parameter substring operator
+ the ${param/pat[/string]} parameter pattern substitution operator
+ expansions to perform substring removal (${p%[%]w}, ${p#[#]w})
+ expansion of positional parameters beyond $9 with ${num}
+ variables: BASH, BASH_VERSION, BASH_VERSINFO, UID, EUID, REPLY,
+ TIMEFORMAT, PPID, PWD, OLDPWD, SHLVL, RANDOM, SECONDS,
+ LINENO, HISTCMD, HOSTTYPE, OSTYPE, MACHTYPE, HOSTNAME,
+ ENV, PS3, PS4, DIRSTACK, PIPESTATUS, HISTSIZE, HISTFILE,
+ HISTFILESIZE, HISTCONTROL, HISTIGNORE, GLOBIGNORE, GROUPS,
+ PROMPT_COMMAND, FCEDIT, FIGNORE, IGNOREEOF, INPUTRC,
+ SHELLOPTS, OPTERR, HOSTFILE, TMOUT, FUNCNAME, histchars,
+ auto_resume
+ DEBUG trap
+ ERR trap
+ variable arrays with new compound assignment syntax
+ redirections: <>, &>, >|, <<<, [n]<&word-, [n]>&word-
+ prompt string special char translation and variable expansion
+ auto-export of variables in initial environment
+ command search finds functions before builtins
+ bash return builtin will exit a file sourced with `.'
+ builtins: cd -/-L/-P, exec -l/-c/-a, echo -e/-E, hash -d/-l/-p/-t.
+ export -n/-f/-p/name=value, pwd -L/-P,
+ read -e/-p/-a/-t/-n/-d/-s/-u,
+ readonly -a/-f/name=value, trap -l, set +o,
+ set -b/-m/-o option/-h/-p/-B/-C/-H/-P,
+ unset -f/-v, ulimit -m/-p/-u,
+ type -a/-p/-t/-f/-P, suspend -f, kill -n,
+ test -o optname/s1 == s2/s1 < s2/s1 > s2/-nt/-ot/-ef/-O/-G/-S
+ bash reads ~/.bashrc for interactive shells, $ENV for non-interactive
+ bash restricted shell mode is more extensive
+ bash allows functions and variables with the same name
+ brace expansion
+ tilde expansion
+ arithmetic expansion with $((...)) and `let' builtin
+ the `[[...]]' extended conditional command
+ process substitution
+ aliases and alias/unalias builtins
+ local variables in functions and `local' builtin
+ readline and command-line editing with programmable completion
+ command history and history/fc builtins
+ csh-like history expansion
+ other new bash builtins: bind, command, compgen, complete, builtin,
+ declare/typeset, dirs, enable, fc, help,
+ history, logout, popd, pushd, disown, shopt,
+ printf
+ exported functions
+ filename generation when using output redirection (command >a*)
+ POSIX.2-style globbing character classes
+ POSIX.2-style globbing equivalence classes
+ POSIX.2-style globbing collating symbols
+ egrep-like extended pattern matching operators
+ case-insensitive pattern matching and globbing
+ variable assignments preceding commands affect only that command,
+ even for builtins and functions
+ posix mode
+ redirection to /dev/fd/N, /dev/stdin, /dev/stdout, /dev/stderr,
+ /dev/tcp/host/port, /dev/udp/host/port
+ debugger support, including `caller' builtin and new variables
+ RETURN trap
+
+
+Things sh has that bash does not:
+ uses variable SHACCT to do shell accounting
+ includes `stop' builtin (bash can use alias stop='kill -s STOP')
+ `newgrp' builtin
+ turns on job control if called as `jsh'
+ $TIMEOUT (like bash $TMOUT)
+ `^' is a synonym for `|'
+ new SVR4.2 sh builtins: mldmode, priv
+
+Implementation differences:
+ redirection to/from compound commands causes sh to create a subshell
+ bash does not allow unbalanced quotes; sh silently inserts them at EOF
+ bash does not mess with signal 11
+ sh sets (euid, egid) to (uid, gid) if -p not supplied and uid < 100
+ bash splits only the results of expansions on IFS, using POSIX.2
+ field splitting rules; sh splits all words on IFS
+ sh does not allow MAILCHECK to be unset (?)
+ sh does not allow traps on SIGALRM or SIGCHLD
+ bash allows multiple option arguments when invoked (e.g. -x -v);
+ sh allows only a single option argument (`sh -x -v' attempts
+ to open a file named `-v', and, on SunOS 4.1.4, dumps core.
+ On Solaris 2.4 and earlier versions, sh goes into an infinite
+ loop.)
+ sh exits a script if any builtin fails; bash exits only if one of
+ the POSIX.2 `special' builtins fails
+
+C2) How does bash differ from the Korn shell, version ksh88?
+
+Things bash has or uses that ksh88 does not:
+ long invocation options
+ [-+]O invocation option
+ -l invocation option
+ `!' reserved word
+ arithmetic for command: for ((expr1 ; expr2; expr3 )); do list; done
+ arithmetic in largest machine-supported size (intmax_t)
+ posix mode and posix conformance
+ command hashing
+ tilde expansion for assignment statements that look like $PATH
+ process substitution with named pipes if /dev/fd is not available
+ the ${!param} indirect parameter expansion operator
+ the ${!param*} prefix expansion operator
+ the ${param:offset[:length]} parameter substring operator
+ the ${param/pat[/string]} parameter pattern substitution operator
+ variables: BASH, BASH_VERSION, BASH_VERSINFO, UID, EUID, SHLVL,
+ TIMEFORMAT, HISTCMD, HOSTTYPE, OSTYPE, MACHTYPE,
+ HISTFILESIZE, HISTIGNORE, HISTCONTROL, PROMPT_COMMAND,
+ IGNOREEOF, FIGNORE, INPUTRC, HOSTFILE, DIRSTACK,
+ PIPESTATUS, HOSTNAME, OPTERR, SHELLOPTS, GLOBIGNORE,
+ GROUPS, FUNCNAME, histchars, auto_resume
+ prompt expansion with backslash escapes and command substitution
+ redirection: &> (stdout and stderr), <<<, [n]<&word-, [n]>&word-
+ more extensive and extensible editing and programmable completion
+ builtins: bind, builtin, command, declare, dirs, echo -e/-E, enable,
+ exec -l/-c/-a, fc -s, export -n/-f/-p, hash, help, history,
+ jobs -x/-r/-s, kill -s/-n/-l, local, logout, popd, pushd,
+ read -e/-p/-a/-t/-n/-d/-s, readonly -a/-n/-f/-p,
+ set -o braceexpand/-o histexpand/-o interactive-comments/
+ -o notify/-o physical/-o posix/-o hashall/-o onecmd/
+ -h/-B/-C/-b/-H/-P, set +o, suspend, trap -l, type,
+ typeset -a/-F/-p, ulimit -u, umask -S, alias -p, shopt,
+ disown, printf, complete, compgen
+ `!' csh-style history expansion
+ POSIX.2-style globbing character classes
+ POSIX.2-style globbing equivalence classes
+ POSIX.2-style globbing collating symbols
+ egrep-like extended pattern matching operators
+ case-insensitive pattern matching and globbing
+ `**' arithmetic operator to do exponentiation
+ redirection to /dev/fd/N, /dev/stdin, /dev/stdout, /dev/stderr
+ arrays of unlimited size
+ TMOUT is default timeout for `read' and `select'
+ debugger support
+ RETURN trap
+ Timestamps in history entries
+ {x..y} brace expansion
+
+Things ksh88 has or uses that bash does not:
+ tracked aliases (alias -t)
+ variables: ERRNO, FPATH, EDITOR, VISUAL
+ co-processes (|&, >&p, <&p)
+ weirdly-scoped functions
+ typeset +f to list all function names without definitions
+ text of command history kept in a file, not memory
+ builtins: alias -x, cd old new, newgrp, print,
+ read -p/-s/var?prompt, set -A/-o gmacs/
+ -o bgnice/-o markdirs/-o trackall/-o viraw/-s,
+ typeset -H/-L/-R/-Z/-A/-ft/-fu/-fx/-l/-u/-t, whence
+ using environment to pass attributes of exported variables
+ arithmetic evaluation done on arguments to some builtins
+ reads .profile from $PWD when invoked as login shell
+
+Implementation differences:
+ ksh runs last command of a pipeline in parent shell context
+ bash has brace expansion by default (ksh88 compile-time option)
+ bash has fixed startup file for all interactive shells; ksh reads $ENV
+ bash has exported functions
+ bash command search finds functions before builtins
+ bash waits for all commands in pipeline to exit before returning status
+ emacs-mode editing has some slightly different key bindings
+
+C3) Which new features in ksh-93 are not in bash, and which are?
+
+New things in ksh-93 not in bash-3.0:
+ associative arrays
+ floating point arithmetic and variables
+ math library functions
+ ${!name[sub]} name of subscript for associative array
+ `.' is allowed in variable names to create a hierarchical namespace
+ more extensive compound assignment syntax
+ discipline functions
+ `sleep' and `getconf' builtins (bash has loadable versions)
+ typeset -n and `nameref' variables
+ KEYBD trap
+ variables: .sh.edchar, .sh.edmode, .sh.edcol, .sh.edtext, .sh.version,
+ .sh.name, .sh.subscript, .sh.value, .sh.match, HISTEDIT
+ backreferences in pattern matching (\N)
+ `&' operator in pattern lists for matching
+ print -f (bash uses printf)
+ `fc' has been renamed to `hist'
+ `.' can execute shell functions
+ exit statuses between 0 and 255
+ `+=' variable assignment operator
+ FPATH and PATH mixing
+ getopts -a
+ -I invocation option
+ printf %H, %P, %T, %Z modifiers, output base for %d
+ lexical scoping for local variables in `ksh' functions
+ no scoping for local variables in `POSIX' functions
+
+New things in ksh-93 present in bash-3.0:
+ [n]<&word- and [n]>&word- redirections (combination dup and close)
+ for (( expr1; expr2; expr3 )) ; do list; done - arithmetic for command
+ ?:, ++, --, `expr1 , expr2' arithmetic operators
+ expansions: ${!param}, ${param:offset[:len]}, ${param/pat[/str]},
+ ${!param*}
+ compound array assignment
+ the `!' reserved word
+ loadable builtins -- but ksh uses `builtin' while bash uses `enable'
+ `command', `builtin', `disown' builtins
+ new $'...' and $"..." quoting
+ FIGNORE (but bash uses GLOBIGNORE), HISTCMD
+ set -o notify/-C
+ changes to kill builtin
+ read -A (bash uses read -a)
+ read -t/-d
+ trap -p
+ exec -c/-a
+ `.' restores the positional parameters when it completes
+ POSIX.2 `test'
+ umask -S
+ unalias -a
+ command and arithmetic substitution performed on PS1, PS4, and ENV
+ command name completion
+ ENV processed only for interactive shells
+ set -o pipefail
+
+Section D: Why does bash do some things differently than other Unix shells?
+
+D1) Why does bash run a different version of `command' than
+ `which command' says it will?
+
+On many systems, `which' is actually a csh script that assumes
+you're running csh. In tcsh, `which' and its cousin `where'
+are builtins. On other Unix systems, `which' is a perl script
+that uses the PATH environment variable.
+
+The csh script version reads the csh startup files from your
+home directory and uses those to determine which `command' will
+be invoked. Since bash doesn't use any of those startup files,
+there's a good chance that your bash environment differs from
+your csh environment. The bash `type' builtin does everything
+`which' does, and will report correct results for the running
+shell. If you're really wedded to the name `which', try adding
+the following function definition to your .bashrc:
+
+ which()
+ {
+ builtin type "$@"
+ }
+
+If you're moving from tcsh and would like to bring `where' along
+as well, use this function:
+
+ where()
+ {
+ builtin type -a "$@"
+ }
+
+D2) Why doesn't bash treat brace expansions exactly like csh?
+
+The only difference between bash and csh brace expansion is that
+bash requires a brace expression to contain at least one unquoted
+comma if it is to be expanded. Any brace-surrounded word not
+containing an unquoted comma is left unchanged by the brace
+expansion code. This affords the greatest degree of sh
+compatibility.
+
+Bash, ksh, zsh, and pd-ksh all implement brace expansion this way.
+
+D3) Why doesn't bash have csh variable modifiers?
+
+Posix has specified a more powerful, albeit somewhat more cryptic,
+mechanism cribbed from ksh, and bash implements it.
+
+${parameter%word}
+ Remove smallest suffix pattern. The WORD is expanded to produce
+ a pattern. It then expands to the value of PARAMETER, with the
+ smallest portion of the suffix matched by the pattern deleted.
+
+ x=file.c
+ echo ${x%.c}.o
+ -->file.o
+
+${parameter%%word}
+
+ Remove largest suffix pattern. The WORD is expanded to produce
+ a pattern. It then expands to the value of PARAMETER, with the
+ largest portion of the suffix matched by the pattern deleted.
+
+ x=posix/src/std
+ echo ${x%%/*}
+ -->posix
+
+${parameter#word}
+ Remove smallest prefix pattern. The WORD is expanded to produce
+ a pattern. It then expands to the value of PARAMETER, with the
+ smallest portion of the prefix matched by the pattern deleted.
+
+ x=$HOME/src/cmd
+ echo ${x#$HOME}
+ -->/src/cmd
+
+${parameter##word}
+ Remove largest prefix pattern. The WORD is expanded to produce
+ a pattern. It then expands to the value of PARAMETER, with the
+ largest portion of the prefix matched by the pattern deleted.
+
+ x=/one/two/three
+ echo ${x##*/}
+ -->three
+
+
+Given
+ a=/a/b/c/d
+ b=b.xxx
+
+ csh bash result
+ --- ---- ------
+ $a:h ${a%/*} /a/b/c
+ $a:t ${a##*/} d
+ $b:r ${b%.*} b
+ $b:e ${b##*.} xxx
+
+
+D4) How can I make my csh aliases work when I convert to bash?
+
+Bash uses a different syntax to support aliases than csh does.
+The details can be found in the documentation. We have provided
+a shell script which does most of the work of conversion for you;
+this script can be found in ./examples/misc/aliasconv.sh. Here is
+how you use it:
+
+Start csh in the normal way for you. (e.g., `csh')
+
+Pipe the output of `alias' through `aliasconv.sh', saving the
+results into `bash_aliases':
+
+ alias | bash aliasconv.sh >bash_aliases
+
+Edit `bash_aliases', carefully reading through any created
+functions. You will need to change the names of some csh specific
+variables to the bash equivalents. The script converts $cwd to
+$PWD, $term to $TERM, $home to $HOME, $user to $USER, and $prompt
+to $PS1. You may also have to add quotes to avoid unwanted
+expansion.
+
+For example, the csh alias:
+
+ alias cd 'cd \!*; echo $cwd'
+
+is converted to the bash function:
+
+ cd () { command cd "$@"; echo $PWD ; }
+
+The only thing that needs to be done is to quote $PWD:
+
+ cd () { command cd "$@"; echo "$PWD" ; }
+
+Merge the edited file into your ~/.bashrc.
+
+There is an additional, more ambitious, script in
+examples/misc/cshtobash that attempts to convert your entire csh
+environment to its bash equivalent. This script can be run as
+simply `cshtobash' to convert your normal interactive
+environment, or as `cshtobash ~/.login' to convert your login
+environment.
+
+D5) How can I pipe standard output and standard error from one command to
+ another, like csh does with `|&'?
+
+Use
+ command 2>&1 | command2
+
+The key is to remember that piping is performed before redirection, so
+file descriptor 1 points to the pipe when it is duplicated onto file
+descriptor 2.
+
+D6) Now that I've converted from ksh to bash, are there equivalents to
+ ksh features like autoloaded functions and the `whence' command?
+
+There are features in ksh-88 and ksh-93 that do not have direct bash
+equivalents. Most, however, can be emulated with very little trouble.
+
+ksh-88 feature Bash equivalent
+-------------- ---------------
+compiled-in aliases set up aliases in .bashrc; some ksh aliases are
+ bash builtins (hash, history, type)
+coprocesses named pipe pairs (one for read, one for write)
+typeset +f declare -F
+cd, print, whence function substitutes in examples/functions/kshenv
+autoloaded functions examples/functions/autoload is the same as typeset -fu
+read var?prompt read -p prompt var
+
+ksh-93 feature Bash equivalent
+-------------- ---------------
+sleep, getconf Bash has loadable versions in examples/loadables
+${.sh.version} $BASH_VERSION
+print -f printf
+hist alias hist=fc
+$HISTEDIT $FCEDIT
+
+Section E: How can I get bash to do certain things, and why does bash do
+ things the way it does?
+
+E1) Why is the bash builtin `test' slightly different from /bin/test?
+
+The specific example used here is [ ! x -o x ], which is false.
+
+Bash's builtin `test' implements the Posix.2 spec, which can be
+summarized as follows (the wording is due to David Korn):
+
+Here is the set of rules for processing test arguments.
+
+ 0 Args: False
+ 1 Arg: True iff argument is not null.
+ 2 Args: If first arg is !, True iff second argument is null.
+ If first argument is unary, then true if unary test is true
+ Otherwise error.
+ 3 Args: If second argument is a binary operator, do binary test of $1 $3
+ If first argument is !, negate two argument test of $2 $3
+ If first argument is `(' and third argument is `)', do the
+ one-argument test of the second argument.
+ Otherwise error.
+ 4 Args: If first argument is !, negate three argument test of $2 $3 $4.
+ Otherwise unspecified
+ 5 or more Args: unspecified. (Historical shells would use their
+ current algorithm).
+
+The operators -a and -o are considered binary operators for the purpose
+of the 3 Arg case.
+
+As you can see, the test becomes (not (x or x)), which is false.
+
+E2) Why does bash sometimes say `Broken pipe'?
+
+If a sequence of commands appears in a pipeline, and one of the
+reading commands finishes before the writer has finished, the
+writer receives a SIGPIPE signal. Many other shells special-case
+SIGPIPE as an exit status in the pipeline and do not report it.
+For example, in:
+
+ ps -aux | head
+
+`head' can finish before `ps' writes all of its output, and ps
+will try to write on a pipe without a reader. In that case, bash
+will print `Broken pipe' to stderr when ps is killed by a
+SIGPIPE.
+
+You can build a version of bash that will not report SIGPIPE errors
+by uncommenting the definition of DONT_REPORT_SIGPIPE in the file
+config-top.h.
+
+E3) When I have terminal escape sequences in my prompt, why does bash
+ wrap lines at the wrong column?
+
+Readline, the line editing library that bash uses, does not know
+that the terminal escape sequences do not take up space on the
+screen. The redisplay code assumes, unless told otherwise, that
+each character in the prompt is a `printable' character that
+takes up one character position on the screen.
+
+You can use the bash prompt expansion facility (see the PROMPTING
+section in the manual page) to tell readline that sequences of
+characters in the prompt strings take up no screen space.
+
+Use the \[ escape to begin a sequence of non-printing characters,
+and the \] escape to signal the end of such a sequence.
+
+E4) If I pipe the output of a command into `read variable', why doesn't
+ the output show up in $variable when the read command finishes?
+
+This has to do with the parent-child relationship between Unix
+processes. It affects all commands run in pipelines, not just
+simple calls to `read'. For example, piping a command's output
+into a `while' loop that repeatedly calls `read' will result in
+the same behavior.
+
+Each element of a pipeline runs in a separate process, a child of
+the shell running the pipeline. A subprocess cannot affect its
+parent's environment. When the `read' command sets the variable
+to the input, that variable is set only in the subshell, not the
+parent shell. When the subshell exits, the value of the variable
+is lost.
+
+Many pipelines that end with `read variable' can be converted
+into command substitutions, which will capture the output of
+a specified command. The output can then be assigned to a
+variable:
+
+ grep ^gnu /usr/lib/news/active | wc -l | read ngroup
+
+can be converted into
+
+ ngroup=$(grep ^gnu /usr/lib/news/active | wc -l)
+
+This does not, unfortunately, work to split the text among
+multiple variables, as read does when given multiple variable
+arguments. If you need to do this, you can either use the
+command substitution above to read the output into a variable
+and chop up the variable using the bash pattern removal
+expansion operators or use some variant of the following
+approach.
+
+Say /usr/local/bin/ipaddr is the following shell script:
+
+#! /bin/sh
+host `hostname` | awk '/address/ {print $NF}'
+
+Instead of using
+
+ /usr/local/bin/ipaddr | read A B C D
+
+to break the local machine's IP address into separate octets, use
+
+ OIFS="$IFS"
+ IFS=.
+ set -- $(/usr/local/bin/ipaddr)
+ IFS="$OIFS"
+ A="$1" B="$2" C="$3" D="$4"
+
+Beware, however, that this will change the shell's positional
+parameters. If you need them, you should save them before doing
+this.
+
+This is the general approach -- in most cases you will not need to
+set $IFS to a different value.
+
+Some other user-supplied alternatives include:
+
+read A B C D << HERE
+ $(IFS=.; echo $(/usr/local/bin/ipaddr))
+HERE
+
+and, where process substitution is available,
+
+read A B C D < <(IFS=.; echo $(/usr/local/bin/ipaddr))
+
+E5) I have a bunch of shell scripts that use backslash-escaped characters
+ in arguments to `echo'. Bash doesn't interpret these characters. Why
+ not, and how can I make it understand them?
+
+This is the behavior of echo on most Unix System V machines.
+
+The bash builtin `echo' is modeled after the 9th Edition
+Research Unix version of `echo'. It does not interpret
+backslash-escaped characters in its argument strings by default;
+it requires the use of the -e option to enable the
+interpretation. The System V echo provides no way to disable the
+special characters; the bash echo has a -E option to disable
+them.
+
+There is a configuration option that will make bash behave like
+the System V echo and interpret things like `\t' by default. Run
+configure with the --enable-xpg-echo-default option to turn this
+on. Be aware that this will cause some of the tests run when you
+type `make tests' to fail.
+
+There is a shell option, `xpg_echo', settable with `shopt', that will
+change the behavior of echo at runtime. Enabling this option turns
+on expansion of backslash-escape sequences.
+
+E6) Why doesn't a while or for loop get suspended when I type ^Z?
+
+This is a consequence of how job control works on Unix. The only
+thing that can be suspended is the process group. This is a single
+command or pipeline of commands that the shell forks and executes.
+
+When you run a while or for loop, the only thing that the shell forks
+and executes are any commands in the while loop test and commands in
+the loop bodies. These, therefore, are the only things that can be
+suspended when you type ^Z.
+
+If you want to be able to stop the entire loop, you need to put it
+within parentheses, which will force the loop into a subshell that
+may be stopped (and subsequently restarted) as a single unit.
+
+E7) What about empty for loops in Makefiles?
+
+It's fairly common to see constructs like this in automatically-generated
+Makefiles:
+
+SUBDIRS = @SUBDIRS@
+
+ ...
+
+subdirs-clean:
+ for d in ${SUBDIRS}; do \
+ ( cd $$d && ${MAKE} ${MFLAGS} clean ) \
+ done
+
+When SUBDIRS is empty, this results in a command like this being passed to
+bash:
+
+ for d in ; do
+ ( cd $d && ${MAKE} ${MFLAGS} clean )
+ done
+
+In versions of bash before bash-2.05a, this was a syntax error. If the
+reserved word `in' was present, a word must follow it before the semicolon
+or newline. The language in the manual page referring to the list of words
+being empty referred to the list after it is expanded. These versions of
+bash required that there be at least one word following the `in' when the
+construct was parsed.
+
+The idiomatic Makefile solution is something like:
+
+SUBDIRS = @SUBDIRS@
+
+subdirs-clean:
+ subdirs=$SUBDIRS ; for d in $$subdirs; do \
+ ( cd $$d && ${MAKE} ${MFLAGS} clean ) \
+ done
+
+The latest updated POSIX standard has changed this: the word list
+is no longer required. Bash versions 2.05a and later accept the
+new syntax.
+
+E8) Why does the arithmetic evaluation code complain about `08'?
+
+The bash arithmetic evaluation code (used for `let', $(()), (()), and in
+other places), interprets a leading `0' in numeric constants as denoting
+an octal number, and a leading `0x' as denoting hexadecimal. This is
+in accordance with the POSIX.2 spec, section 2.9.2.1, which states that
+arithmetic constants should be handled as signed long integers as defined
+by the ANSI/ISO C standard.
+
+The POSIX.2 interpretation committee has confirmed this:
+
+http://www.pasc.org/interps/unofficial/db/p1003.2/pasc-1003.2-173.html
+
+E9) Why does the pattern matching expression [A-Z]* match files beginning
+ with every letter except `z'?
+
+Bash-2.03, Bash-2.05 and later versions honor the current locale setting
+when processing ranges within pattern matching bracket expressions ([A-Z]).
+This is what POSIX.2 and SUSv3/XPG6 specify.
+
+The behavior of the matcher in bash-2.05 and later versions depends on the
+current LC_COLLATE setting. Setting this variable to `C' or `POSIX' will
+result in the traditional behavior ([A-Z] matches all uppercase ASCII
+characters). Many other locales, including the en_US locale (the default
+on many US versions of Linux) collate the upper and lower case letters like
+this:
+
+ AaBb...Zz
+
+which means that [A-Z] matches every letter except `z'. Others collate like
+
+ aAbBcC...zZ
+
+which means that [A-Z] matches every letter except `a'.
+
+The portable way to specify upper case letters is [:upper:] instead of
+A-Z; lower case may be specified as [:lower:] instead of a-z.
+
+Look at the manual pages for setlocale(3), strcoll(3), and, if it is
+present, locale(1). If you have locale(1), you can use it to find
+your current locale information even if you do not have any of the
+LC_ variables set.
+
+My advice is to put
+
+ export LC_COLLATE=C
+
+into /etc/profile and inspect any shell scripts run from cron for
+constructs like [A-Z]. This will prevent things like
+
+ rm [A-Z]*
+
+from removing every file in the current directory except those beginning
+with `z' and still allow individual users to change the collation order.
+Users may put the above command into their own profiles as well, of course.
+
+E10) Why does `cd //' leave $PWD as `//'?
+
+POSIX.2, in its description of `cd', says that *three* or more leading
+slashes may be replaced with a single slash when canonicalizing the
+current working directory.
+
+This is, I presume, for historical compatibility. Certain versions of
+Unix, and early network file systems, used paths of the form
+//hostname/path to access `path' on server `hostname'.
+
+E11) If I resize my xterm while another program is running, why doesn't bash
+ notice the change?
+
+This is another issue that deals with job control.
+
+The kernel maintains a notion of a current terminal process group. Members
+of this process group (processes whose process group ID is equal to the
+current terminal process group ID) receive terminal-generated signals like
+SIGWINCH. (For more details, see the JOB CONTROL section of the bash
+man page.)
+
+If a terminal is resized, the kernel sends SIGWINCH to each member of
+the terminal's current process group (the `foreground' process group).
+
+When bash is running with job control enabled, each pipeline (which may be
+a single command) is run in its own process group, different from bash's
+process group. This foreground process group receives the SIGWINCH; bash
+does not. Bash has no way of knowing that the terminal has been resized.
+
+There is a `checkwinsize' option, settable with the `shopt' builtin, that
+will cause bash to check the window size and adjust its idea of the
+terminal's dimensions each time a process stops or exits and returns control
+of the terminal to bash. Enable it with `shopt -s checkwinsize'.
+
+E12) Why don't negative offsets in substring expansion work like I expect?
+
+When substring expansion of the form ${param:offset[:length} is used,
+an `offset' that evaluates to a number less than zero counts back from
+the end of the expanded value of $param.
+
+When a negative `offset' begins with a minus sign, however, unexpected things
+can happen. Consider
+
+ a=12345678
+ echo ${a:-4}
+
+intending to print the last four characters of $a. The problem is that
+${param:-word} already has a well-defined meaning: expand to word if the
+expanded value of param is unset or null, and $param otherwise.
+
+To use negative offsets that begin with a minus sign, separate the
+minus sign and the colon with a space.
+
+Section F: Things to watch out for on certain Unix versions
+
+F1) Why can't I use command line editing in my `cmdtool'?
+
+The problem is `cmdtool' and bash fighting over the input. When
+scrolling is enabled in a cmdtool window, cmdtool puts the tty in
+`raw mode' to permit command-line editing using the mouse for
+applications that cannot do it themselves. As a result, bash and
+cmdtool each try to read keyboard input immediately, with neither
+getting enough of it to be useful.
+
+This mode also causes cmdtool to not implement many of the
+terminal functions and control sequences appearing in the
+`sun-cmd' termcap entry. For a more complete explanation, see
+that file examples/suncmd.termcap in the bash distribution.
+
+`xterm' is a better choice, and gets along with bash much more
+smoothly.
+
+If you must use cmdtool, you can use the termcap description in
+examples/suncmd.termcap. Set the TERMCAP variable to the terminal
+description contained in that file, i.e.
+
+TERMCAP='Mu|sun-cmd:am:bs:km:pt:li#34:co#80:cl=^L:ce=\E[K:cd=\E[J:rs=\E[s:'
+
+Then export TERMCAP and start a new cmdtool window from that shell.
+The bash command-line editing should behave better in the new
+cmdtool. If this works, you can put the assignment to TERMCAP
+in your bashrc file.
+
+F2) I built bash on Solaris 2. Why do globbing expansions and filename
+ completion chop off the first few characters of each filename?
+
+This is the consequence of building bash on SunOS 5 and linking
+with the libraries in /usr/ucblib, but using the definitions
+and structures from files in /usr/include.
+
+The actual conflict is between the dirent structure in
+/usr/include/dirent.h and the struct returned by the version of
+`readdir' in libucb.a (a 4.3-BSD style `struct direct').
+
+Make sure you've got /usr/ccs/bin ahead of /usr/ucb in your $PATH
+when configuring and building bash. This will ensure that you
+use /usr/ccs/bin/cc or acc instead of /usr/ucb/cc and that you
+link with libc before libucb.
+
+If you have installed the Sun C compiler, you may also need to
+put /usr/ccs/bin and /opt/SUNWspro/bin into your $PATH before
+/usr/ucb.
+
+F3) Why does bash dump core after I interrupt username completion or
+ `~user' tilde expansion on a machine running NIS?
+
+This is a famous and long-standing bug in the SunOS YP (sorry, NIS)
+client library, which is part of libc.
+
+The YP library code keeps static state -- a pointer into the data
+returned from the server. When YP initializes itself (setpwent),
+it looks at this pointer and calls free on it if it's non-null.
+So far, so good.
+
+If one of the YP functions is interrupted during getpwent (the
+exact function is interpretwithsave()), and returns NULL, the
+pointer is freed without being reset to NULL, and the function
+returns. The next time getpwent is called, it sees that this
+pointer is non-null, calls free, and the bash free() blows up
+because it's being asked to free freed memory.
+
+The traditional Unix mallocs allow memory to be freed multiple
+times; that's probably why this has never been fixed. You can
+run configure with the `--without-gnu-malloc' option to use
+the C library malloc and avoid the problem.
+
+F4) I'm running SVR4.2. Why is the line erased every time I type `@'?
+
+The `@' character is the default `line kill' character in most
+versions of System V, including SVR4.2. You can change this
+character to whatever you want using `stty'. For example, to
+change the line kill character to control-u, type
+
+ stty kill ^U
+
+where the `^' and `U' can be two separate characters.
+
+F5) Why does bash report syntax errors when my C News scripts use a
+ redirection before a subshell command?
+
+The actual command in question is something like
+
+ < file ( command )
+
+According to the grammar given in the POSIX.2 standard, this construct
+is, in fact, a syntax error. Redirections may only precede `simple
+commands'. A subshell construct such as the above is one of the shell's
+`compound commands'. A redirection may only follow a compound command.
+
+This affects the mechanical transformation of commands that use `cat'
+to pipe a file into a command (a favorite Useless-Use-Of-Cat topic on
+comp.unix.shell). While most commands of the form
+
+ cat file | command
+
+can be converted to `< file command', shell control structures such as
+loops and subshells require `command < file'.
+
+The file CWRU/sh-redir-hack in the bash distribution is an
+(unofficial) patch to parse.y that will modify the grammar to
+support this construct. It will not apply with `patch'; you must
+modify parse.y by hand. Note that if you apply this, you must
+recompile with -DREDIRECTION_HACK. This introduces a large
+number of reduce/reduce conflicts into the shell grammar.
+
+F6) Why can't I use vi-mode editing on Red Hat Linux 6.1?
+
+The short answer is that Red Hat screwed up.
+
+The long answer is that they shipped an /etc/inputrc that only works
+for emacs mode editing, and then screwed all the vi users by setting
+INPUTRC to /etc/inputrc in /etc/profile.
+
+The short fix is to do one of the following: remove or rename
+/etc/inputrc, set INPUTRC=~/.inputrc in ~/.bashrc (or .bash_profile,
+but make sure you export it if you do), remove the assignment to
+INPUTRC from /etc/profile, add
+
+ set keymap emacs
+
+to the beginning of /etc/inputrc, or bracket the key bindings in
+/etc/inputrc with these lines
+
+ $if mode=emacs
+ [...]
+ $endif
+
+F7) Why do bash-2.05a and bash-2.05b fail to compile `printf.def' on
+ HP/UX 11.x?
+
+HP/UX's support for long double is imperfect at best.
+
+GCC will support it without problems, but the HP C library functions
+like strtold(3) and printf(3) don't actually work with long doubles.
+HP implemented a `long_double' type as a 4-element array of 32-bit
+ints, and that is what the library functions use. The ANSI C
+`long double' type is a 128-bit floating point scalar.
+
+The easiest fix, until HP fixes things up, is to edit the generated
+config.h and #undef the HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE line. After doing that,
+the compilation should complete successfully.
+
+Section G: How can I get bash to do certain common things?
+
+G1) How can I get bash to read and display eight-bit characters?
+
+This is a process requiring several steps.
+
+First, you must ensure that the `physical' data path is a full eight
+bits. For xterms, for example, the `vt100' resources `eightBitInput'
+and `eightBitOutput' should be set to `true'.
+
+Once you have set up an eight-bit path, you must tell the kernel and
+tty driver to leave the eighth bit of characters alone when processing
+keyboard input. Use `stty' to do this:
+
+ stty cs8 -istrip -parenb
+
+For old BSD-style systems, you can use
+
+ stty pass8
+
+You may also need
+
+ stty even odd
+
+Finally, you need to tell readline that you will be inputting and
+displaying eight-bit characters. You use readline variables to do
+this. These variables can be set in your .inputrc or using the bash
+`bind' builtin. Here's an example using `bind':
+
+ bash$ bind 'set convert-meta off'
+ bash$ bind 'set meta-flag on'
+ bash$ bind 'set output-meta on'
+
+The `set' commands between the single quotes may also be placed
+in ~/.inputrc.
+
+G2) How do I write a function `x' to replace builtin command `x', but
+ still invoke the command from within the function?
+
+This is why the `command' and `builtin' builtins exist. The
+`command' builtin executes the command supplied as its first
+argument, skipping over any function defined with that name. The
+`builtin' builtin executes the builtin command given as its first
+argument directly.
+
+For example, to write a function to replace `cd' that writes the
+hostname and current directory to an xterm title bar, use
+something like the following:
+
+ cd()
+ {
+ builtin cd "$@" && xtitle "$HOST: $PWD"
+ }
+
+This could also be written using `command' instead of `builtin';
+the version above is marginally more efficient.
+
+G3) How can I find the value of a shell variable whose name is the value
+ of another shell variable?
+
+Versions of Bash newer than Bash-2.0 support this directly. You can use
+
+ ${!var}
+
+For example, the following sequence of commands will echo `z':
+
+ var1=var2
+ var2=z
+ echo ${!var1}
+
+For sh compatibility, use the `eval' builtin. The important
+thing to remember is that `eval' expands the arguments you give
+it again, so you need to quote the parts of the arguments that
+you want `eval' to act on.
+
+For example, this expression prints the value of the last positional
+parameter:
+
+ eval echo \"\$\{$#\}\"
+
+The expansion of the quoted portions of this expression will be
+deferred until `eval' runs, while the `$#' will be expanded
+before `eval' is executed. In versions of bash later than bash-2.0,
+
+ echo ${!#}
+
+does the same thing.
+
+This is not the same thing as ksh93 `nameref' variables, though the syntax
+is similar. I may add namerefs in a future bash version.
+
+G4) How can I make the bash `time' reserved word print timing output that
+ looks like the output from my system's /usr/bin/time?
+
+The bash command timing code looks for a variable `TIMEFORMAT' and
+uses its value as a format string to decide how to display the
+timing statistics.
+
+The value of TIMEFORMAT is a string with `%' escapes expanded in a
+fashion similar in spirit to printf(3). The manual page explains
+the meanings of the escape sequences in the format string.
+
+If TIMEFORMAT is not set, bash acts as if the following assignment had
+been performed:
+
+ TIMEFORMAT=$'\nreal\t%3lR\nuser\t%3lU\nsys\t%3lS'
+
+The POSIX.2 default time format (used by `time -p command') is
+
+ TIMEFORMAT=$'real %2R\nuser %2U\nsys %2S'
+
+The BSD /usr/bin/time format can be emulated with:
+
+ TIMEFORMAT=$'\t%1R real\t%1U user\t%1S sys'
+
+The System V /usr/bin/time format can be emulated with:
+
+ TIMEFORMAT=$'\nreal\t%1R\nuser\t%1U\nsys\t%1S'
+
+The ksh format can be emulated with:
+
+ TIMEFORMAT=$'\nreal\t%2lR\nuser\t%2lU\nsys\t%2lS'
+
+G5) How do I get the current directory into my prompt?
+
+Bash provides a number of backslash-escape sequences which are expanded
+when the prompt string (PS1 or PS2) is displayed. The full list is in
+the manual page.
+
+The \w expansion gives the full pathname of the current directory, with
+a tilde (`~') substituted for the current value of $HOME. The \W
+expansion gives the basename of the current directory. To put the full
+pathname of the current directory into the path without any tilde
+subsitution, use $PWD. Here are some examples:
+
+ PS1='\w$ ' # current directory with tilde
+ PS1='\W$ ' # basename of current directory
+ PS1='$PWD$ ' # full pathname of current directory
+
+The single quotes are important in the final example to prevent $PWD from
+being expanded when the assignment to PS1 is performed.
+
+G6) How can I rename "*.foo" to "*.bar"?
+
+Use the pattern removal functionality described in D3. The following `for'
+loop will do the trick:
+
+ for f in *.foo; do
+ mv $f ${f%foo}bar
+ done
+
+G7) How can I translate a filename from uppercase to lowercase?
+
+The script examples/functions/lowercase, originally written by John DuBois,
+will do the trick. The converse is left as an exercise.
+
+G8) How can I write a filename expansion (globbing) pattern that will match
+ all files in the current directory except "." and ".."?
+
+You must have set the `extglob' shell option using `shopt -s extglob' to use
+this:
+
+ echo .!(.|) *
+
+A solution that works without extended globbing is given in the Unix Shell
+FAQ, posted periodically to comp.unix.shell.
+
+Section H: Where do I go from here?
+
+H1) How do I report bugs in bash, and where should I look for fixes and
+ advice?
+
+Use the `bashbug' script to report bugs. It is built and
+installed at the same time as bash. It provides a standard
+template for reporting a problem and automatically includes
+information about your configuration and build environment.
+
+`bashbug' sends its reports to bug-bash@gnu.org, which
+is a large mailing list gatewayed to the usenet newsgroup gnu.bash.bug.
+
+Bug fixes, answers to questions, and announcements of new releases
+are all posted to gnu.bash.bug. Discussions concerning bash features
+and problems also take place there.
+
+To reach the bash maintainers directly, send mail to
+bash-maintainers@gnu.org.
+
+H2) What kind of bash documentation is there?
+
+First, look in the doc directory in the bash distribution. It should
+contain at least the following files:
+
+bash.1 an extensive, thorough Unix-style manual page
+builtins.1 a manual page covering just bash builtin commands
+bashref.texi a reference manual in GNU tex`info format
+bashref.info an info version of the reference manual
+FAQ this file
+article.ms text of an article written for The Linux Journal
+readline.3 a man page describing readline
+
+Postscript, HTML, and ASCII files created from the above source are
+available in the documentation distribution.
+
+There is additional documentation available for anonymous FTP from host
+ftp.cwru.edu in the `pub/bash' directory.
+
+Cameron Newham and Bill Rosenblatt have written a book on bash, published
+by O'Reilly and Associates. The book is based on Bill Rosenblatt's Korn
+Shell book. The title is ``Learning the Bash Shell'', and the ISBN number
+is 1-56592-147-X. Look for it in fine bookstores near you. This book
+covers bash-1.14, but has an appendix describing some of the new features
+in bash-2.0.
+
+A second edition of this book is available, published in January, 1998.
+The ISBN number is 1-56592-347-2. Look for it in the same fine bookstores
+or on the web.
+
+The GNU Bash Reference Manual has been published as a printed book by
+Network Theory Ltd (Paperback, ISBN: 0-9541617-7-7, Feb 2003). It covers
+bash-2.0 and is available from most online bookstores (see
+http://www.network-theory.co.uk/bash/manual/ for details). The publisher
+will donate $1 to the Free Software Foundation for each copy sold.
+
+H3) What's coming in future versions?
+
+These are features I hope to include in a future version of bash.
+
+a better bash debugger (a minimally-tested version is included with bash-2.05b)
+associative arrays
+co-processes, but with a new-style syntax that looks like function declaration
+
+H4) What's on the bash `wish list' for future versions?
+
+These are features that may or may not appear in a future version of bash.
+
+breaking some of the shell functionality into embeddable libraries
+a module system like zsh's, using dynamic loading like builtins
+date-stamped command history
+a bash programmer's guide with a chapter on creating loadable builtins
+a better loadable interface to perl with access to the shell builtins and
+ variables (contributions gratefully accepted)
+ksh93-like `nameref' variables
+ksh93-like `+=' variable assignment operator
+ksh93-like `xx.yy' variables (including some of the .sh.* variables) and
+ associated disipline functions
+Some of the new ksh93 pattern matching operators, like backreferencing
+
+H5) When will the next release appear?
+
+The next version will appear sometime in 2005. Never make predictions.
+
+This document is Copyright 1995-2004 by Chester Ramey.
+
+Permission is hereby granted, without written agreement and
+without license or royalty fees, to use, copy, and distribute
+this document for any purpose, provided that the above copyright
+notice appears in all copies of this document and that the
+contents of this document remain unaltered.
--- /dev/null
+This is the Bash FAQ, version 3.26, for Bash version 2.05b.
+
+This document contains a set of frequently-asked questions concerning
+Bash, the GNU Bourne-Again Shell. Bash is a freely-available command
+interpreter with advanced features for both interactive use and shell
+programming.
+
+Another good source of basic information about shells is the collection
+of FAQ articles periodically posted to comp.unix.shell.
+
+Questions and comments concerning this document should be sent to
+chet@po.cwru.edu.
+
+This document is available for anonymous FTP with the URL
+
+ftp://ftp.cwru.edu/pub/bash/FAQ
+
+The Bash home page is http://cnswww.cns.cwru.edu/~chet/bash/bashtop.html
+
+----------
+Contents:
+
+Section A: The Basics
+
+A1) What is it?
+A2) What's the latest version?
+A3) Where can I get it?
+A4) On what machines will bash run?
+A5) Will bash run on operating systems other than Unix?
+A6) How can I build bash with gcc?
+A7) How can I make bash my login shell?
+A8) I just changed my login shell to bash, and now I can't FTP into my
+ machine. Why not?
+A9) What's the `POSIX Shell and Utilities standard'?
+A10) What is the bash `posix mode'?
+
+Section B: The latest version
+
+B1) What's new in version 2.05b?
+B2) Are there any user-visible incompatibilities between bash-2.05b and
+ bash-1.14.7?
+
+Section C: Differences from other Unix shells
+
+C1) How does bash differ from sh, the Bourne shell?
+C2) How does bash differ from the Korn shell, version ksh88?
+C3) Which new features in ksh-93 are not in bash, and which are?
+
+Section D: Why does bash do some things differently than other Unix shells?
+
+D1) Why does bash run a different version of `command' than
+ `which command' says it will?
+D2) Why doesn't bash treat brace expansions exactly like csh?
+D3) Why doesn't bash have csh variable modifiers?
+D4) How can I make my csh aliases work when I convert to bash?
+D5) How can I pipe standard output and standard error from one command to
+ another, like csh does with `|&'?
+D6) Now that I've converted from ksh to bash, are there equivalents to
+ ksh features like autoloaded functions and the `whence' command?
+
+Section E: Why does bash do certain things the way it does?
+
+E1) Why is the bash builtin `test' slightly different from /bin/test?
+E2) Why does bash sometimes say `Broken pipe'?
+E3) When I have terminal escape sequences in my prompt, why does bash
+ wrap lines at the wrong column?
+E4) If I pipe the output of a command into `read variable', why doesn't
+ the output show up in $variable when the read command finishes?
+E5) I have a bunch of shell scripts that use backslash-escaped characters
+ in arguments to `echo'. Bash doesn't interpret these characters. Why
+ not, and how can I make it understand them?
+E6) Why doesn't a while or for loop get suspended when I type ^Z?
+E7) What about empty for loops in Makefiles?
+E8) Why does the arithmetic evaluation code complain about `08'?
+E9) Why does the pattern matching expression [A-Z]* match files beginning
+ with every letter except `z'?
+E10) Why does `cd //' leave $PWD as `//'?
+E11) If I resize my xterm while another program is running, why doesn't bash
+ notice the change?
+E12) Why don't negative offsets in substring expansion work like I expect?
+
+Section F: Things to watch out for on certain Unix versions
+
+F1) Why can't I use command line editing in my `cmdtool'?
+F2) I built bash on Solaris 2. Why do globbing expansions and filename
+ completion chop off the first few characters of each filename?
+F3) Why does bash dump core after I interrupt username completion or
+ `~user' tilde expansion on a machine running NIS?
+F4) I'm running SVR4.2. Why is the line erased every time I type `@'?
+F5) Why does bash report syntax errors when my C News scripts use a
+ redirection before a subshell command?
+F6) Why can't I use vi-mode editing on Red Hat Linux 6.1?
+F7) Why do bash-2.05a and bash-2.05b fail to compile `printf.def' on
+ HP/UX 11.x?
+
+Section G: How can I get bash to do certain common things?
+
+G1) How can I get bash to read and display eight-bit characters?
+G2) How do I write a function `x' to replace builtin command `x', but
+ still invoke the command from within the function?
+G3) How can I find the value of a shell variable whose name is the value
+ of another shell variable?
+G4) How can I make the bash `time' reserved word print timing output that
+ looks like the output from my system's /usr/bin/time?
+G5) How do I get the current directory into my prompt?
+G6) How can I rename "*.foo" to "*.bar"?
+G7) How can I translate a filename from uppercase to lowercase?
+G8) How can I write a filename expansion (globbing) pattern that will match
+ all files in the current directory except "." and ".."?
+
+Section H: Where do I go from here?
+
+H1) How do I report bugs in bash, and where should I look for fixes and
+ advice?
+H2) What kind of bash documentation is there?
+H3) What's coming in future versions?
+H4) What's on the bash `wish list'?
+H5) When will the next release appear?
+
+----------
+Section A: The Basics
+
+A1) What is it?
+
+Bash is a Unix command interpreter (shell). It is an implementation of
+the Posix 1003.2 shell standard, and resembles the Korn and System V
+shells.
+
+Bash contains a number of enhancements over those shells, both
+for interactive use and shell programming. Features geared
+toward interactive use include command line editing, command
+history, job control, aliases, and prompt expansion. Programming
+features include additional variable expansions, shell
+arithmetic, and a number of variables and options to control
+shell behavior.
+
+Bash was originally written by Brian Fox of the Free Software
+Foundation. The current developer and maintainer is Chet Ramey
+of Case Western Reserve University.
+
+A2) What's the latest version?
+
+The latest version is 2.05b, first made available on Wednesday, 17
+July, 2002.
+
+A3) Where can I get it?
+
+Bash is the GNU project's shell, and so is available from the
+master GNU archive site, ftp.gnu.org, and its mirrors. The
+latest version is also available for FTP from ftp.cwru.edu.
+The following URLs tell how to get version 2.05b:
+
+ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/bash/bash-2.05b.tar.gz
+ftp://ftp.cwru.edu/pub/bash/bash-2.05b.tar.gz
+
+Formatted versions of the documentation are available with the URLs:
+
+ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/bash/bash-doc-2.05b.tar.gz
+ftp://ftp.cwru.edu/pub/bash/bash-doc-2.05b.tar.gz
+
+A4) On what machines will bash run?
+
+Bash has been ported to nearly every version of UNIX. All you
+should have to do to build it on a machine for which a port
+exists is to type `configure' and then `make'. The build process
+will attempt to discover the version of UNIX you have and tailor
+itself accordingly, using a script created by GNU autoconf.
+
+More information appears in the file `INSTALL' in the distribution.
+
+The Bash web page (http://cnswww.cns.cwru.edu/~chet/bash/bashtop.html)
+explains how to obtain binary versions of bash for most of the major
+commercial Unix systems.
+
+A5) Will bash run on operating systems other than Unix?
+
+Configuration specifics for Unix-like systems such as QNX and
+LynxOS are included in the distribution. Bash-2.05 and later
+versions should compile and run on Minix 2.0 (patches were
+contributed), but I don't believe anyone has built bash-2.x on
+earlier Minix versions yet.
+
+Bash has been ported to versions of Windows implementing the Win32
+programming interface. This includes Windows 95 and Windows NT.
+The port was done by Cygnus Solutions as part of their CYGWIN
+project. For more information about the project, look at the URLs
+
+http://www.cygwin.com/
+http://sourceware.cygnus.com/cygwin
+
+Cygnus originally ported bash-1.14.7, and that port was part of their
+early GNU-Win32 (the original name) releases. Cygnus has also done a
+port of bash-2.05 to the CYGWIN environment, and it is available as
+part of their current release.
+
+Bash-2.05b should require no local Cygnus changes to build and run under
+CYGWIN.
+
+The Cygnus port works only on Intel machines. There is a port of bash
+(I don't know which version) to the alpha/NT environment available from
+
+ftp://ftp.gnustep.org//pub/win32/bash-alpha-nt-1.01.tar.gz
+
+DJ Delorie has a port of bash-2.x which runs under MS-DOS, as part
+of the DJGPP project. For more information on the project, see
+
+http://www.delorie.com/djgpp/
+
+I have been told that the original DJGPP port was done by Daisuke Aoyama.
+
+Mark Elbrecht <snowball3@bigfoot.com> has sent me notice that bash-2.04
+is available for DJGPP V2. The files are available as:
+
+ftp://ftp.simtel.net/pub/simtelnet/gnu/djgpp/v2gnu/bsh204b.zip binary
+ftp://ftp.simtel.net/pub/simtelnet/gnu/djgpp/v2gnu/bsh204d.zip documentation
+ftp://ftp.simtel.net/pub/simtelnet/gnu/djgpp/v2gnu/bsh204s.zip source
+
+Mark has begun to work with bash-2.05, but I don't know the status.
+
+Ports of bash-1.12 and bash-2.0 are available for OS/2 from
+
+ftp://hobbes.nmsu.edu/pub/os2/util/shell/bash_112.zip
+ftp://hobbes.nmsu.edu/pub/os2/util/shell/bash-2.0(253).zip
+
+I haven't looked at either, but the second appears to be a binary-only
+distribution. Beware.
+
+I have received word that Bash (I'm not sure which version, but I
+believe that it's at least bash-2.02.1) is the standard shell on
+BeOS.
+
+A6) How can I build bash with gcc?
+
+Bash configures to use gcc by default if it is available. Read the
+file INSTALL in the distribution for more information.
+
+A7) How can I make bash my login shell?
+
+Some machines let you use `chsh' to change your login shell. Other
+systems use `passwd -s' or `passwd -e'. If one of these works for
+you, that's all you need. Note that many systems require the full
+pathname to a shell to appear in /etc/shells before you can make it
+your login shell. For this, you may need the assistance of your
+friendly local system administrator.
+
+If you cannot do this, you can still use bash as your login shell, but
+you need to perform some tricks. The basic idea is to add a command
+to your login shell's startup file to replace your login shell with
+bash.
+
+For example, if your login shell is csh or tcsh, and you have installed
+bash in /usr/gnu/bin/bash, add the following line to ~/.login:
+
+ if ( -f /usr/gnu/bin/bash ) exec /usr/gnu/bin/bash --login
+
+(the `--login' tells bash that it is a login shell).
+
+It's not a good idea to put this command into ~/.cshrc, because every
+csh you run without the `-f' option, even ones started to run csh scripts,
+reads that file. If you must put the command in ~/.cshrc, use something
+like
+
+ if ( $?prompt ) exec /usr/gnu/bin/bash --login
+
+to ensure that bash is exec'd only when the csh is interactive.
+
+If your login shell is sh or ksh, you have to do two things.
+
+First, create an empty file in your home directory named `.bash_profile'.
+The existence of this file will prevent the exec'd bash from trying to
+read ~/.profile, and re-execing itself over and over again. ~/.bash_profile
+is the first file bash tries to read initialization commands from when
+it is invoked as a login shell.
+
+Next, add a line similar to the above to ~/.profile:
+
+ [ -f /usr/gnu/bin/bash ] && [ -x /usr/gnu/bin/bash ] && \
+ exec /usr/gnu/bin/bash --login
+
+This will cause login shells to replace themselves with bash running as
+a login shell. Once you have this working, you can copy your initialization
+code from ~/.profile to ~/.bash_profile.
+
+I have received word that the recipe supplied above is insufficient for
+machines running CDE. CDE has a maze of twisty little startup files, all
+slightly different.
+
+If you cannot change your login shell in the password file to bash, you
+will have to (apparently) live with CDE using the shell in the password
+file to run its startup scripts. If you have changed your shell to bash,
+there is code in the CDE startup files (on Solaris, at least) that attempts
+to do the right thing. It is, however, often broken, and may require that
+you use the $BASH_ENV trick described below.
+
+`dtterm' claims to use $SHELL as the default program to start, so if you
+can change $SHELL in the CDE startup files, you should be able to use bash
+in your terminal windows.
+
+Setting DTSOURCEPROFILE in ~/.dtprofile will cause the `Xsession' program
+to read your login shell's startup files. You may be able to use bash for
+the rest of the CDE programs by setting SHELL to bash in ~/.dtprofile as
+well, but I have not tried this.
+
+You can use the above `exec' recipe to start bash when not logging in with
+CDE by testing the value of the DT variable:
+
+ if [ -n "$DT" ]; then
+ [ -f /usr/gnu/bin/bash ] && exec /usr/gnu/bin/bash --login
+ fi
+
+If CDE starts its shells non-interactively during login, the login shell
+startup files (~/.profile, ~/.bash_profile) will not be sourced at login.
+To get around this problem, append a line similar to the following to your
+~/.dtprofile:
+
+ BASH_ENV=${HOME}/.bash_profile ; export BASH_ENV
+
+and add the following line to the beginning of ~/.bash_profile:
+
+ unset BASH_ENV
+
+A8) I just changed my login shell to bash, and now I can't FTP into my
+ machine. Why not?
+
+You must add the full pathname to bash to the file /etc/shells. As
+noted in the answer to the previous question, many systems require
+this before you can make bash your login shell.
+
+Most versions of ftpd use this file to prohibit `special' users
+such as `uucp' and `news' from using FTP.
+
+A9) What's the `POSIX Shell and Utilities standard'?
+
+POSIX is a name originally coined by Richard Stallman for a
+family of open system standards based on UNIX. There are a
+number of aspects of UNIX under consideration for
+standardization, from the basic system services at the system
+call and C library level to applications and tools to system
+administration and management. Each area of standardization is
+assigned to a working group in the 1003 series.
+
+The POSIX Shell and Utilities standard was originally developed by
+IEEE Working Group 1003.2 (POSIX.2). Today it has been merged with
+the original 1003.1 Working Group and is maintained by the Austin
+Group (a joint working group of the IEEE, The Open Group and
+ISO/IEC SC22/WG15). Today the Shell and Utilities are a volume
+within the set of documents that make up IEEE Std 1003.1-2001, and
+thus now the former POSIX.2 (from 1992) is now part of the current
+POSIX.1 standard (POSIX 1003.1-2001).
+
+The Shell and Utilities volume concentrates on the command
+interpreter interface and utility programs commonly executed from
+the command line or by other programs. The standard is freely
+available on the web at http://www.UNIX-systems.org/version3/ .
+Work continues at the Austin Group on maintenance issues; see
+http://www.opengroup.org/austin/ to join the discussions.
+
+Bash is concerned with the aspects of the shell's behavior defined
+by the POSIX Shell and Utilities volume. The shell command
+language has of course been standardized, including the basic flow
+control and program execution constructs, I/O redirection and
+pipelining, argument handling, variable expansion, and quoting.
+
+The `special' builtins, which must be implemented as part of the
+shell to provide the desired functionality, are specified as
+being part of the shell; examples of these are `eval' and
+`export'. Other utilities appear in the sections of POSIX not
+devoted to the shell which are commonly (and in some cases must
+be) implemented as builtin commands, such as `read' and `test'.
+POSIX also specifies aspects of the shell's interactive
+behavior as part of the UPE, including job control and command
+line editing. Only vi-style line editing commands have been
+standardized; emacs editing commands were left out due to
+objections.
+
+The latest version of the POSIX Shell and Utilities standard is
+available (now updated to the 2003 Edition incorporating the
+Technical Corrigendum 1), as part of the Single UNIX Specification
+Version 3 at
+
+http://www.UNIX-systems.org/version3/
+
+A10) What is the bash `posix mode'?
+
+Although bash is an implementation of the POSIX shell
+specification, there are areas where the bash default behavior
+differs from that spec. The bash `posix mode' changes the bash
+behavior in these areas so that it obeys the spec more closely.
+
+Posix mode is entered by starting bash with the --posix or
+'-o posix' option or executing `set -o posix' after bash is running.
+
+The specific aspects of bash which change when posix mode is
+active are listed in the file POSIX in the bash distribution.
+They are also listed in a section in the Bash Reference Manual
+(from which that file is generated).
+
+Section B: The latest version
+
+B1) What's new in version 2.05b?
+
+The raison d'etre for bash-2.05b is to make a second intermediate
+release containing the first of the new features to be available
+in bash-3.0 and get feedback on those features before proceeding.
+The major new feature is multibyte character support in both Bash
+and Readline.
+
+Bash-2.05b contains the following new features (see the manual page for
+complete descriptions and the CHANGES and NEWS files in the bash-2.05b
+distribution):
+
+o support for multibyte characters has been added to both bash and readline
+
+o the DEBUG trap is now run *before* simple commands, ((...)) commands,
+ [[...]] conditional commands, and for ((...)) loops
+
+o the shell now performs arithmetic in the largest integer size the machine
+ supports (intmax_t)
+
+o there is a new \D{...} prompt expansion; passes the `...' to strftime(3)
+ and inserts the result into the expanded prompt
+
+o there is a new `here-string' redirection operator: <<< word
+
+o when displaying variables, function attributes and definitions are shown
+ separately, allowing them to be re-used as input (attempting to re-use
+ the old output would result in syntax errors).
+
+o `read' has a new `-u fd' option to read from a specified file descriptor
+
+o the bash debugger in examples/bashdb has been modified to work with the
+ new DEBUG trap semantics, the command set has been made more gdb-like,
+ and the changes to $LINENO make debugging functions work better
+
+o the expansion of $LINENO inside a shell function is only relative to the
+ function start if the shell is interactive -- if the shell is running a
+ script, $LINENO expands to the line number in the script. This is as
+ POSIX-2001 requires
+
+
+A short feature history dating from Bash-2.0:
+
+Bash-2.05a introduced the following new features:
+
+o The `printf' builtin has undergone major work
+
+o There is a new read-only `shopt' option: login_shell, which is set by
+ login shells and unset otherwise
+
+o New `\A' prompt string escape sequence; expanding to time in 24-hour
+ HH:MM format
+
+o New `-A group/-g' option to complete and compgen; goes group name
+ completion
+
+o New [+-]O invocation option to set and unset `shopt' options at startup
+
+o ksh-like `ERR' trap
+
+o `for' loops now allow empty word lists after the `in' reserved word
+
+o new `hard' and `soft' arguments for the `ulimit' builtin
+
+o Readline can be configured to place the user at the same point on the line
+ when retrieving commands from the history list
+
+o Readline can be configured to skip `hidden' files (filenames with a leading
+ `.' on Unix) when performing completion
+
+Bash-2.05 introduced the following new features:
+
+o This version has once again reverted to using locales and strcoll(3) when
+ processing pattern matching bracket expressions, as POSIX requires.
+o Added a new `--init-file' invocation argument as a synonym for `--rcfile',
+ per the new GNU coding standards.
+o The /dev/tcp and /dev/udp redirections now accept service names as well as
+ port numbers.
+o `complete' and `compgen' now take a `-o value' option, which controls some
+ of the aspects of that compspec. Valid values are:
+
+ default - perform bash default completion if programmable
+ completion produces no matches
+ dirnames - perform directory name completion if programmable
+ completion produces no matches
+ filenames - tell readline that the compspec produces filenames,
+ so it can do things like append slashes to
+ directory names and suppress trailing spaces
+o A new loadable builtin, realpath, which canonicalizes and expands symlinks
+ in pathname arguments.
+o When `set' is called without options, it prints function defintions in a
+ way that allows them to be reused as input. This affects `declare' and
+ `declare -p' as well. This only happens when the shell is not in POSIX
+ mode, since POSIX.2 forbids this behavior.
+
+Bash-2.04 introduced the following new features:
+
+o Programmable word completion with the new `complete' and `compgen' builtins;
+ examples are provided in examples/complete/complete-examples
+o `history' has a new `-d' option to delete a history entry
+o `bind' has a new `-x' option to bind key sequences to shell commands
+o The prompt expansion code has new `\j' and `\l' escape sequences
+o The `no_empty_cmd_completion' shell option, if enabled, inhibits
+ command completion when TAB is typed on an empty line
+o `help' has a new `-s' option to print a usage synopsis
+o New arithmetic operators: var++, var--, ++var, --var, expr1,expr2 (comma)
+o New ksh93-style arithmetic for command:
+ for ((expr1 ; expr2; expr3 )); do list; done
+o `read' has new options: `-t', `-n', `-d', `-s'
+o The redirection code handles several filenames specially: /dev/fd/N,
+ /dev/stdin, /dev/stdout, /dev/stderr
+o The redirection code now recognizes /dev/tcp/HOST/PORT and
+ /dev/udp/HOST/PORT and tries to open a TCP or UDP socket, respectively,
+ to the specified port on the specified host
+o The ${!prefix*} expansion has been implemented
+o A new FUNCNAME variable, which expands to the name of a currently-executing
+ function
+o The GROUPS variable is no longer readonly
+o A new shopt `xpg_echo' variable, to control the behavior of echo with
+ respect to backslash-escape sequences at runtime
+o The NON_INTERACTIVE_LOGIN_SHELLS #define has returned
+
+The version of Readline released with Bash-2.04, Readline-4.1, had several
+new features as well:
+
+o Parentheses matching is always compiled into readline, and controllable
+ with the new `blink-matching-paren' variable
+o The history-search-forward and history-search-backward functions now leave
+ point at the end of the line when the search string is empty, like
+ reverse-search-history, and forward-search-history
+o A new function for applications: rl_on_new_line_with_prompt()
+o New variables for applications: rl_already_prompted, and rl_gnu_readline_p
+
+
+Bash-2.03 had very few new features, in keeping with the convention
+that odd-numbered releases provide mainly bug fixes. A number of new
+features were added to Readline, mostly at the request of the Cygnus
+folks.
+
+A new shopt option, `restricted_shell', so that startup files can test
+ whether or not the shell was started in restricted mode
+Filename generation is now performed on the words between ( and ) in
+ compound array assignments (this is really a bug fix)
+OLDPWD is now auto-exported, as POSIX.2 requires
+ENV and BASH_ENV are read-only variables in a restricted shell
+Bash may now be linked against an already-installed Readline library,
+ as long as the Readline library is version 4 or newer
+All shells begun with the `--login' option will source the login shell
+ startup files, even if the shell is not interactive
+
+There were lots of changes to the version of the Readline library released
+along with Bash-2.03. For a complete list of the changes, read the file
+CHANGES in the Bash-2.03 distribution.
+
+Bash-2.02 contained the following new features:
+
+a new version of malloc (based on the old GNU malloc code in previous
+ bash versions) that is more page-oriented, more conservative
+ with memory usage, does not `orphan' large blocks when they
+ are freed, is usable on 64-bit machines, and has allocation
+ checking turned on unconditionally
+POSIX.2-style globbing character classes ([:alpha:], [:alnum:], etc.)
+POSIX.2-style globbing equivalence classes
+POSIX.2-style globbing collating symbols
+the ksh [[...]] extended conditional command
+the ksh egrep-style extended pattern matching operators
+a new `printf' builtin
+the ksh-like $(<filename) command substitution, which is equivalent to
+ $(cat filename)
+new tilde prefixes that expand to directories from the directory stack
+new `**' arithmetic operator to do exponentiation
+case-insensitive globbing (filename expansion)
+menu completion a la tcsh
+`magic-space' history expansion function like tcsh
+the readline inputrc `language' has a new file inclusion directive ($include)
+
+Bash-2.01 contained only a few new features:
+
+new `GROUPS' builtin array variable containing the user's group list
+new bindable readline commands: history-and-alias-expand-line and
+ alias-expand-line
+
+Bash-2.0 contained extensive changes and new features from bash-1.14.7.
+Here's a short list:
+
+new `time' reserved word to time pipelines, shell builtins, and
+ shell functions
+one-dimensional arrays with a new compound assignment statement,
+ appropriate expansion constructs and modifications to some
+ of the builtins (read, declare, etc.) to use them
+new quoting syntaxes for ANSI-C string expansion and locale-specific
+ string translation
+new expansions to do substring extraction, pattern replacement, and
+ indirect variable expansion
+new builtins: `disown' and `shopt'
+new variables: HISTIGNORE, SHELLOPTS, PIPESTATUS, DIRSTACK, GLOBIGNORE,
+ MACHTYPE, BASH_VERSINFO
+special handling of many unused or redundant variables removed
+ (e.g., $notify, $glob_dot_filenames, $no_exit_on_failed_exec)
+dynamic loading of new builtin commands; many loadable examples provided
+new prompt expansions: \a, \e, \n, \H, \T, \@, \v, \V
+history and aliases available in shell scripts
+new readline variables: enable-keypad, mark-directories, input-meta,
+ visible-stats, disable-completion, comment-begin
+new readline commands to manipulate the mark and operate on the region
+new readline emacs mode commands and bindings for ksh-88 compatibility
+updated and extended builtins
+new DEBUG trap
+expanded (and now documented) restricted shell mode
+
+implementation stuff:
+autoconf-based configuration
+nearly all of the bugs reported since version 1.14 have been fixed
+most builtins converted to use builtin `getopt' for consistency
+most builtins use -p option to display output in a reusable form
+ (for consistency)
+grammar tighter and smaller (66 reduce-reduce conflicts gone)
+lots of code now smaller and faster
+test suite greatly expanded
+
+B2) Are there any user-visible incompatibilities between bash-2.05b and
+ bash-1.14.7?
+
+There are a few incompatibilities between version 1.14.7 and version 2.05b.
+They are detailed in the file COMPAT in the bash distribution. That file
+is not meant to be all-encompassing; send mail to bash-maintainers@gnu.org
+if if you find something that's not mentioned there.
+
+Section C: Differences from other Unix shells
+
+C1) How does bash differ from sh, the Bourne shell?
+
+This is a non-comprehensive list of features that differentiate bash
+from the SVR4.2 shell. The bash manual page explains these more
+completely.
+
+Things bash has that sh does not:
+ long invocation options
+ [+-]O invocation option
+ -l invocation option
+ `!' reserved word to invert pipeline return value
+ `time' reserved word to time pipelines and shell builtins
+ the `function' reserved word
+ the `select' compound command and reserved word
+ arithmetic for command: for ((expr1 ; expr2; expr3 )); do list; done
+ new $'...' and $"..." quoting
+ the $(...) form of command substitution
+ the $(<filename) form of command substitution, equivalent to
+ $(cat filename)
+ the ${#param} parameter value length operator
+ the ${!param} indirect parameter expansion operator
+ the ${!param*} prefix expansion operator
+ the ${param:offset[:length]} parameter substring operator
+ the ${param/pat[/string]} parameter pattern substitution operator
+ expansions to perform substring removal (${p%[%]w}, ${p#[#]w})
+ expansion of positional parameters beyond $9 with ${num}
+ variables: BASH, BASH_VERSION, BASH_VERSINFO, UID, EUID, REPLY,
+ TIMEFORMAT, PPID, PWD, OLDPWD, SHLVL, RANDOM, SECONDS,
+ LINENO, HISTCMD, HOSTTYPE, OSTYPE, MACHTYPE, HOSTNAME,
+ ENV, PS3, PS4, DIRSTACK, PIPESTATUS, HISTSIZE, HISTFILE,
+ HISTFILESIZE, HISTCONTROL, HISTIGNORE, GLOBIGNORE, GROUPS,
+ PROMPT_COMMAND, FCEDIT, FIGNORE, IGNOREEOF, INPUTRC,
+ SHELLOPTS, OPTERR, HOSTFILE, TMOUT, FUNCNAME, histchars,
+ auto_resume
+ DEBUG trap
+ ERR trap
+ variable arrays with new compound assignment syntax
+ redirections: <>, &>, >|, <<<, [n]<&word-, [n]>&word-
+ prompt string special char translation and variable expansion
+ auto-export of variables in initial environment
+ command search finds functions before builtins
+ bash return builtin will exit a file sourced with `.'
+ builtins: cd -/-L/-P, exec -l/-c/-a, echo -e/-E, hash -d/-l/-p/-t.
+ export -n/-f/-p/name=value, pwd -L/-P,
+ read -e/-p/-a/-t/-n/-d/-s/-u,
+ readonly -a/-f/name=value, trap -l, set +o,
+ set -b/-m/-o option/-h/-p/-B/-C/-H/-P,
+ unset -f/-v, ulimit -m/-p/-u,
+ type -a/-p/-t/-f/-P, suspend -f, kill -n,
+ test -o optname/s1 == s2/s1 < s2/s1 > s2/-nt/-ot/-ef/-O/-G/-S
+ bash reads ~/.bashrc for interactive shells, $ENV for non-interactive
+ bash restricted shell mode is more extensive
+ bash allows functions and variables with the same name
+ brace expansion
+ tilde expansion
+ arithmetic expansion with $((...)) and `let' builtin
+ the `[[...]]' extended conditional command
+ process substitution
+ aliases and alias/unalias builtins
+ local variables in functions and `local' builtin
+ readline and command-line editing with programmable completion
+ command history and history/fc builtins
+ csh-like history expansion
+ other new bash builtins: bind, command, compgen, complete, builtin,
+ declare/typeset, dirs, enable, fc, help,
+ history, logout, popd, pushd, disown, shopt,
+ printf
+ exported functions
+ filename generation when using output redirection (command >a*)
+ POSIX.2-style globbing character classes
+ POSIX.2-style globbing equivalence classes
+ POSIX.2-style globbing collating symbols
+ egrep-like extended pattern matching operators
+ case-insensitive pattern matching and globbing
+ variable assignments preceding commands affect only that command,
+ even for builtins and functions
+ posix mode
+ redirection to /dev/fd/N, /dev/stdin, /dev/stdout, /dev/stderr,
+ /dev/tcp/host/port, /dev/udp/host/port
+
+Things sh has that bash does not:
+ uses variable SHACCT to do shell accounting
+ includes `stop' builtin (bash can use alias stop='kill -s STOP')
+ `newgrp' builtin
+ turns on job control if called as `jsh'
+ $TIMEOUT (like bash $TMOUT)
+ `^' is a synonym for `|'
+ new SVR4.2 sh builtins: mldmode, priv
+
+Implementation differences:
+ redirection to/from compound commands causes sh to create a subshell
+ bash does not allow unbalanced quotes; sh silently inserts them at EOF
+ bash does not mess with signal 11
+ sh sets (euid, egid) to (uid, gid) if -p not supplied and uid < 100
+ bash splits only the results of expansions on IFS, using POSIX.2
+ field splitting rules; sh splits all words on IFS
+ sh does not allow MAILCHECK to be unset (?)
+ sh does not allow traps on SIGALRM or SIGCHLD
+ bash allows multiple option arguments when invoked (e.g. -x -v);
+ sh allows only a single option argument (`sh -x -v' attempts
+ to open a file named `-v', and, on SunOS 4.1.4, dumps core.
+ On Solaris 2.4 and earlier versions, sh goes into an infinite
+ loop.)
+ sh exits a script if any builtin fails; bash exits only if one of
+ the POSIX.2 `special' builtins fails
+
+C2) How does bash differ from the Korn shell, version ksh88?
+
+Things bash has or uses that ksh88 does not:
+ long invocation options
+ [-+]O invocation option
+ -l invocation option
+ `!' reserved word
+ arithmetic for command: for ((expr1 ; expr2; expr3 )); do list; done
+ arithmetic in largest machine-supported size (intmax_t)
+ posix mode and posix conformance
+ command hashing
+ tilde expansion for assignment statements that look like $PATH
+ process substitution with named pipes if /dev/fd is not available
+ the ${!param} indirect parameter expansion operator
+ the ${!param*} prefix expansion operator
+ the ${param:offset[:length]} parameter substring operator
+ the ${param/pat[/string]} parameter pattern substitution operator
+ variables: BASH, BASH_VERSION, BASH_VERSINFO, UID, EUID, SHLVL,
+ TIMEFORMAT, HISTCMD, HOSTTYPE, OSTYPE, MACHTYPE,
+ HISTFILESIZE, HISTIGNORE, HISTCONTROL, PROMPT_COMMAND,
+ IGNOREEOF, FIGNORE, INPUTRC, HOSTFILE, DIRSTACK,
+ PIPESTATUS, HOSTNAME, OPTERR, SHELLOPTS, GLOBIGNORE,
+ GROUPS, FUNCNAME, histchars, auto_resume
+ prompt expansion with backslash escapes and command substitution
+ redirection: &> (stdout and stderr), <<<, [n]<&word-, [n]>&word-
+ more extensive and extensible editing and programmable completion
+ builtins: bind, builtin, command, declare, dirs, echo -e/-E, enable,
+ exec -l/-c/-a, fc -s, export -n/-f/-p, hash, help, history,
+ jobs -x/-r/-s, kill -s/-n/-l, local, logout, popd, pushd,
+ read -e/-p/-a/-t/-n/-d/-s, readonly -a/-n/-f/-p,
+ set -o braceexpand/-o histexpand/-o interactive-comments/
+ -o notify/-o physical/-o posix/-o hashall/-o onecmd/
+ -h/-B/-C/-b/-H/-P, set +o, suspend, trap -l, type,
+ typeset -a/-F/-p, ulimit -u, umask -S, alias -p, shopt,
+ disown, printf, complete, compgen
+ `!' csh-style history expansion
+ POSIX.2-style globbing character classes
+ POSIX.2-style globbing equivalence classes
+ POSIX.2-style globbing collating symbols
+ egrep-like extended pattern matching operators
+ case-insensitive pattern matching and globbing
+ `**' arithmetic operator to do exponentiation
+ redirection to /dev/fd/N, /dev/stdin, /dev/stdout, /dev/stderr
+ arrays of unlimited size
+ TMOUT is default timeout for `read' and `select'
+
+Things ksh88 has or uses that bash does not:
+ tracked aliases (alias -t)
+ variables: ERRNO, FPATH, EDITOR, VISUAL
+ co-processes (|&, >&p, <&p)
+ weirdly-scoped functions
+ typeset +f to list all function names without definitions
+ text of command history kept in a file, not memory
+ builtins: alias -x, cd old new, fc -e -, newgrp, print,
+ read -p/-s/var?prompt, set -A/-o gmacs/
+ -o bgnice/-o markdirs/-o nolog/-o trackall/-o viraw/-s,
+ typeset -H/-L/-R/-Z/-A/-ft/-fu/-fx/-l/-u/-t, whence
+ using environment to pass attributes of exported variables
+ arithmetic evaluation done on arguments to some builtins
+ reads .profile from $PWD when invoked as login shell
+
+Implementation differences:
+ ksh runs last command of a pipeline in parent shell context
+ bash has brace expansion by default (ksh88 compile-time option)
+ bash has fixed startup file for all interactive shells; ksh reads $ENV
+ bash has exported functions
+ bash command search finds functions before builtins
+ bash waits for all commands in pipeline to exit before returning status
+ emacs-mode editing has some slightly different key bindings
+
+C3) Which new features in ksh-93 are not in bash, and which are?
+
+New things in ksh-93 not in bash-2.05b:
+ associative arrays
+ floating point arithmetic and variables
+ math library functions
+ ${!name[sub]} name of subscript for associative array
+ `.' is allowed in variable names to create a hierarchical namespace
+ more extensive compound assignment syntax
+ discipline functions
+ `sleep' and `getconf' builtins (bash has loadable versions)
+ typeset -n and `nameref' variables
+ KEYBD trap
+ variables: .sh.edchar, .sh.edmode, .sh.edcol, .sh.edtext, .sh.version,
+ .sh.name, .sh.subscript, .sh.value, .sh.match, HISTEDIT
+ backreferences in pattern matching (\N)
+ `&' operator in pattern lists for matching
+ print -f (bash uses printf)
+ `fc' has been renamed to `hist'
+ `.' can execute shell functions
+ exit statuses between 0 and 255
+ set -o pipefail
+ `+=' variable assignment operator
+ FPATH and PATH mixing
+ getopts -a
+ -I invocation option
+ DEBUG trap now executed before each simple command, instead of after
+ printf %H, %P, %T, %Z modifiers, output base for %d
+ lexical scoping for local variables in `ksh' functions
+ no scoping for local variables in `POSIX' functions
+
+New things in ksh-93 present in bash-2.05b:
+ [n]<&word- and [n]>&word- redirections (combination dup and close)
+ for (( expr1; expr2; expr3 )) ; do list; done - arithmetic for command
+ ?:, ++, --, `expr1 , expr2' arithmetic operators
+ expansions: ${!param}, ${param:offset[:len]}, ${param/pat[/str]},
+ ${!param*}
+ compound array assignment
+ the `!' reserved word
+ loadable builtins -- but ksh uses `builtin' while bash uses `enable'
+ `command', `builtin', `disown' builtins
+ new $'...' and $"..." quoting
+ FIGNORE (but bash uses GLOBIGNORE), HISTCMD
+ set -o notify/-C
+ changes to kill builtin
+ read -A (bash uses read -a)
+ read -t/-d
+ trap -p
+ exec -c/-a
+ `.' restores the positional parameters when it completes
+ POSIX.2 `test'
+ umask -S
+ unalias -a
+ command and arithmetic substitution performed on PS1, PS4, and ENV
+ command name completion
+ ENV processed only for interactive shells
+
+Section D: Why does bash do some things differently than other Unix shells?
+
+D1) Why does bash run a different version of `command' than
+ `which command' says it will?
+
+On many systems, `which' is actually a csh script that assumes
+you're running csh. In tcsh, `which' and its cousin `where'
+are builtins. On other Unix systems, `which' is a perl script
+that uses the PATH environment variable.
+
+The csh script version reads the csh startup files from your
+home directory and uses those to determine which `command' will
+be invoked. Since bash doesn't use any of those startup files,
+there's a good chance that your bash environment differs from
+your csh environment. The bash `type' builtin does everything
+`which' does, and will report correct results for the running
+shell. If you're really wedded to the name `which', try adding
+the following function definition to your .bashrc:
+
+ which()
+ {
+ builtin type "$@"
+ }
+
+If you're moving from tcsh and would like to bring `where' along
+as well, use this function:
+
+ where()
+ {
+ builtin type -a "$@"
+ }
+
+D2) Why doesn't bash treat brace expansions exactly like csh?
+
+The only difference between bash and csh brace expansion is that
+bash requires a brace expression to contain at least one unquoted
+comma if it is to be expanded. Any brace-surrounded word not
+containing an unquoted comma is left unchanged by the brace
+expansion code. This affords the greatest degree of sh
+compatibility.
+
+Bash, ksh, zsh, and pd-ksh all implement brace expansion this way.
+
+D3) Why doesn't bash have csh variable modifiers?
+
+Posix has specified a more powerful, albeit somewhat more cryptic,
+mechanism cribbed from ksh, and bash implements it.
+
+${parameter%word}
+ Remove smallest suffix pattern. The WORD is expanded to produce
+ a pattern. It then expands to the value of PARAMETER, with the
+ smallest portion of the suffix matched by the pattern deleted.
+
+ x=file.c
+ echo ${x%.c}.o
+ -->file.o
+
+${parameter%%word}
+
+ Remove largest suffix pattern. The WORD is expanded to produce
+ a pattern. It then expands to the value of PARAMETER, with the
+ largest portion of the suffix matched by the pattern deleted.
+
+ x=posix/src/std
+ echo ${x%%/*}
+ -->posix
+
+${parameter#word}
+ Remove smallest prefix pattern. The WORD is expanded to produce
+ a pattern. It then expands to the value of PARAMETER, with the
+ smallest portion of the prefix matched by the pattern deleted.
+
+ x=$HOME/src/cmd
+ echo ${x#$HOME}
+ -->/src/cmd
+
+${parameter##word}
+ Remove largest prefix pattern. The WORD is expanded to produce
+ a pattern. It then expands to the value of PARAMETER, with the
+ largest portion of the prefix matched by the pattern deleted.
+
+ x=/one/two/three
+ echo ${x##*/}
+ -->three
+
+
+Given
+ a=/a/b/c/d
+ b=b.xxx
+
+ csh bash result
+ --- ---- ------
+ $a:h ${a%/*} /a/b/c
+ $a:t ${a##*/} d
+ $b:r ${b%.*} b
+ $b:e ${b##*.} xxx
+
+
+D4) How can I make my csh aliases work when I convert to bash?
+
+Bash uses a different syntax to support aliases than csh does.
+The details can be found in the documentation. We have provided
+a shell script which does most of the work of conversion for you;
+this script can be found in ./examples/misc/aliasconv.sh. Here is
+how you use it:
+
+Start csh in the normal way for you. (e.g., `csh')
+
+Pipe the output of `alias' through `aliasconv.sh', saving the
+results into `bash_aliases':
+
+ alias | bash aliasconv.sh >bash_aliases
+
+Edit `bash_aliases', carefully reading through any created
+functions. You will need to change the names of some csh specific
+variables to the bash equivalents. The script converts $cwd to
+$PWD, $term to $TERM, $home to $HOME, $user to $USER, and $prompt
+to $PS1. You may also have to add quotes to avoid unwanted
+expansion.
+
+For example, the csh alias:
+
+ alias cd 'cd \!*; echo $cwd'
+
+is converted to the bash function:
+
+ cd () { command cd "$@"; echo $PWD ; }
+
+The only thing that needs to be done is to quote $PWD:
+
+ cd () { command cd "$@"; echo "$PWD" ; }
+
+Merge the edited file into your ~/.bashrc.
+
+There is an additional, more ambitious, script in
+examples/misc/cshtobash that attempts to convert your entire csh
+environment to its bash equivalent. This script can be run as
+simply `cshtobash' to convert your normal interactive
+environment, or as `cshtobash ~/.login' to convert your login
+environment.
+
+D5) How can I pipe standard output and standard error from one command to
+ another, like csh does with `|&'?
+
+Use
+ command 2>&1 | command2
+
+The key is to remember that piping is performed before redirection, so
+file descriptor 1 points to the pipe when it is duplicated onto file
+descriptor 2.
+
+D6) Now that I've converted from ksh to bash, are there equivalents to
+ ksh features like autoloaded functions and the `whence' command?
+
+There are features in ksh-88 and ksh-93 that do not have direct bash
+equivalents. Most, however, can be emulated with very little trouble.
+
+ksh-88 feature Bash equivalent
+-------------- ---------------
+compiled-in aliases set up aliases in .bashrc; some ksh aliases are
+ bash builtins (hash, history, type)
+coprocesses named pipe pairs (one for read, one for write)
+typeset +f declare -F
+cd, print, whence function substitutes in examples/functions/kshenv
+autoloaded functions examples/functions/autoload is the same as typeset -fu
+read var?prompt read -p prompt var
+
+ksh-93 feature Bash equivalent
+-------------- ---------------
+sleep, getconf Bash has loadable versions in examples/loadables
+${.sh.version} $BASH_VERSION
+print -f printf
+hist alias hist=fc
+$HISTEDIT $FCEDIT
+
+Section E: How can I get bash to do certain things, and why does bash do
+ things the way it does?
+
+E1) Why is the bash builtin `test' slightly different from /bin/test?
+
+The specific example used here is [ ! x -o x ], which is false.
+
+Bash's builtin `test' implements the Posix.2 spec, which can be
+summarized as follows (the wording is due to David Korn):
+
+Here is the set of rules for processing test arguments.
+
+ 0 Args: False
+ 1 Arg: True iff argument is not null.
+ 2 Args: If first arg is !, True iff second argument is null.
+ If first argument is unary, then true if unary test is true
+ Otherwise error.
+ 3 Args: If second argument is a binary operator, do binary test of $1 $3
+ If first argument is !, negate two argument test of $2 $3
+ If first argument is `(' and third argument is `)', do the
+ one-argument test of the second argument.
+ Otherwise error.
+ 4 Args: If first argument is !, negate three argument test of $2 $3 $4.
+ Otherwise unspecified
+ 5 or more Args: unspecified. (Historical shells would use their
+ current algorithm).
+
+The operators -a and -o are considered binary operators for the purpose
+of the 3 Arg case.
+
+As you can see, the test becomes (not (x or x)), which is false.
+
+E2) Why does bash sometimes say `Broken pipe'?
+
+If a sequence of commands appears in a pipeline, and one of the
+reading commands finishes before the writer has finished, the
+writer receives a SIGPIPE signal. Many other shells special-case
+SIGPIPE as an exit status in the pipeline and do not report it.
+For example, in:
+
+ ps -aux | head
+
+`head' can finish before `ps' writes all of its output, and ps
+will try to write on a pipe without a reader. In that case, bash
+will print `Broken pipe' to stderr when ps is killed by a
+SIGPIPE.
+
+You can build a version of bash that will not report SIGPIPE errors
+by uncommenting the definition of DONT_REPORT_SIGPIPE in the file
+config-top.h.
+
+E3) When I have terminal escape sequences in my prompt, why does bash
+ wrap lines at the wrong column?
+
+Readline, the line editing library that bash uses, does not know
+that the terminal escape sequences do not take up space on the
+screen. The redisplay code assumes, unless told otherwise, that
+each character in the prompt is a `printable' character that
+takes up one character position on the screen.
+
+You can use the bash prompt expansion facility (see the PROMPTING
+section in the manual page) to tell readline that sequences of
+characters in the prompt strings take up no screen space.
+
+Use the \[ escape to begin a sequence of non-printing characters,
+and the \] escape to signal the end of such a sequence.
+
+E4) If I pipe the output of a command into `read variable', why doesn't
+ the output show up in $variable when the read command finishes?
+
+This has to do with the parent-child relationship between Unix
+processes. It affects all commands run in pipelines, not just
+simple calls to `read'. For example, piping a command's output
+into a `while' loop that repeatedly calls `read' will result in
+the same behavior.
+
+Each element of a pipeline runs in a separate process, a child of
+the shell running the pipeline. A subprocess cannot affect its
+parent's environment. When the `read' command sets the variable
+to the input, that variable is set only in the subshell, not the
+parent shell. When the subshell exits, the value of the variable
+is lost.
+
+Many pipelines that end with `read variable' can be converted
+into command substitutions, which will capture the output of
+a specified command. The output can then be assigned to a
+variable:
+
+ grep ^gnu /usr/lib/news/active | wc -l | read ngroup
+
+can be converted into
+
+ ngroup=$(grep ^gnu /usr/lib/news/active | wc -l)
+
+This does not, unfortunately, work to split the text among
+multiple variables, as read does when given multiple variable
+arguments. If you need to do this, you can either use the
+command substitution above to read the output into a variable
+and chop up the variable using the bash pattern removal
+expansion operators or use some variant of the following
+approach.
+
+Say /usr/local/bin/ipaddr is the following shell script:
+
+#! /bin/sh
+host `hostname` | awk '/address/ {print $NF}'
+
+Instead of using
+
+ /usr/local/bin/ipaddr | read A B C D
+
+to break the local machine's IP address into separate octets, use
+
+ OIFS="$IFS"
+ IFS=.
+ set -- $(/usr/local/bin/ipaddr)
+ IFS="$OIFS"
+ A="$1" B="$2" C="$3" D="$4"
+
+Beware, however, that this will change the shell's positional
+parameters. If you need them, you should save them before doing
+this.
+
+This is the general approach -- in most cases you will not need to
+set $IFS to a different value.
+
+Some other user-supplied alternatives include:
+
+read A B C D << HERE
+ $(IFS=.; echo $(/usr/local/bin/ipaddr))
+HERE
+
+and, where process substitution is available,
+
+read A B C D < <(IFS=.; echo $(/usr/local/bin/ipaddr))
+
+E5) I have a bunch of shell scripts that use backslash-escaped characters
+ in arguments to `echo'. Bash doesn't interpret these characters. Why
+ not, and how can I make it understand them?
+
+This is the behavior of echo on most Unix System V machines.
+
+The bash builtin `echo' is modeled after the 9th Edition
+Research Unix version of `echo'. It does not interpret
+backslash-escaped characters in its argument strings by default;
+it requires the use of the -e option to enable the
+interpretation. The System V echo provides no way to disable the
+special characters; the bash echo has a -E option to disable
+them.
+
+There is a configuration option that will make bash behave like
+the System V echo and interpret things like `\t' by default. Run
+configure with the --enable-xpg-echo-default option to turn this
+on. Be aware that this will cause some of the tests run when you
+type `make tests' to fail.
+
+There is a shell option, `xpg_echo', settable with `shopt', that will
+change the behavior of echo at runtime. Enabling this option turns
+on expansion of backslash-escape sequences.
+
+E6) Why doesn't a while or for loop get suspended when I type ^Z?
+
+This is a consequence of how job control works on Unix. The only
+thing that can be suspended is the process group. This is a single
+command or pipeline of commands that the shell forks and executes.
+
+When you run a while or for loop, the only thing that the shell forks
+and executes are any commands in the while loop test and commands in
+the loop bodies. These, therefore, are the only things that can be
+suspended when you type ^Z.
+
+If you want to be able to stop the entire loop, you need to put it
+within parentheses, which will force the loop into a subshell that
+may be stopped (and subsequently restarted) as a single unit.
+
+E7) What about empty for loops in Makefiles?
+
+It's fairly common to see constructs like this in automatically-generated
+Makefiles:
+
+SUBDIRS = @SUBDIRS@
+
+ ...
+
+subdirs-clean:
+ for d in ${SUBDIRS}; do \
+ ( cd $$d && ${MAKE} ${MFLAGS} clean ) \
+ done
+
+When SUBDIRS is empty, this results in a command like this being passed to
+bash:
+
+ for d in ; do
+ ( cd $d && ${MAKE} ${MFLAGS} clean )
+ done
+
+In versions of bash before bash-2.05a, this was a syntax error. If the
+reserved word `in' was present, a word must follow it before the semicolon
+or newline. The language in the manual page referring to the list of words
+being empty referred to the list after it is expanded. These versions of
+bash required that there be at least one word following the `in' when the
+construct was parsed.
+
+The idiomatic Makefile solution is something like:
+
+SUBDIRS = @SUBDIRS@
+
+subdirs-clean:
+ subdirs=$SUBDIRS ; for d in $$subdirs; do \
+ ( cd $$d && ${MAKE} ${MFLAGS} clean ) \
+ done
+
+The latest drafts of the updated POSIX standard have changed this: the
+word list is no longer required. Bash versions 2.05a and later accept
+the new syntax.
+
+E8) Why does the arithmetic evaluation code complain about `08'?
+
+The bash arithmetic evaluation code (used for `let', $(()), (()), and in
+other places), interprets a leading `0' in numeric constants as denoting
+an octal number, and a leading `0x' as denoting hexadecimal. This is
+in accordance with the POSIX.2 spec, section 2.9.2.1, which states that
+arithmetic constants should be handled as signed long integers as defined
+by the ANSI/ISO C standard.
+
+The POSIX.2 interpretation committee has confirmed this:
+
+http://www.pasc.org/interps/unofficial/db/p1003.2/pasc-1003.2-173.html
+
+E9) Why does the pattern matching expression [A-Z]* match files beginning
+ with every letter except `z'?
+
+Bash-2.03, Bash-2.05 and later versions honor the current locale setting
+when processing ranges within pattern matching bracket expressions ([A-Z]).
+This is what POSIX.2 and SUSv3/XPG6 specify.
+
+The behavior of the matcher in bash-2.05 and later versions depends on the
+current LC_COLLATE setting. Setting this variable to `C' or `POSIX' will
+result in the traditional behavior ([A-Z] matches all uppercase ASCII
+characters). Many other locales, including the en_US locale (the default
+on many US versions of Linux) collate the upper and lower case letters like
+this:
+
+ AaBb...Zz
+
+which means that [A-Z] matches every letter except `z'. Others collate like
+
+ aAbBcC...zZ
+
+which means that [A-Z] matches every letter except `a'.
+
+The portable way to specify upper case letters is [:upper:] instead of
+A-Z; lower case may be specified as [:lower:] instead of a-z.
+
+Look at the manual pages for setlocale(3), strcoll(3), and, if it is
+present, locale(1). If you have locale(1), you can use it to find
+your current locale information even if you do not have any of the
+LC_ variables set.
+
+My advice is to put
+
+ export LC_COLLATE=C
+
+into /etc/profile and inspect any shell scripts run from cron for
+constructs like [A-Z]. This will prevent things like
+
+ rm [A-Z]*
+
+from removing every file in the current directory except those beginning
+with `z' and still allow individual users to change the collation order.
+Users may put the above command into their own profiles as well, of course.
+
+E10) Why does `cd //' leave $PWD as `//'?
+
+POSIX.2, in its description of `cd', says that *three* or more leading
+slashes may be replaced with a single slash when canonicalizing the
+current working directory.
+
+This is, I presume, for historical compatibility. Certain versions of
+Unix, and early network file systems, used paths of the form
+//hostname/path to access `path' on server `hostname'.
+
+E11) If I resize my xterm while another program is running, why doesn't bash
+ notice the change?
+
+This is another issue that deals with job control.
+
+The kernel maintains a notion of a current terminal process group. Members
+of this process group (processes whose process group ID is equal to the
+current terminal process group ID) receive terminal-generated signals like
+SIGWINCH. (For more details, see the JOB CONTROL section of the bash
+man page.)
+
+If a terminal is resized, the kernel sends SIGWINCH to each member of
+the terminal's current process group (the `foreground' process group).
+
+When bash is running with job control enabled, each pipeline (which may be
+a single command) is run in its own process group, different from bash's
+process group. This foreground process group receives the SIGWINCH; bash
+does not. Bash has no way of knowing that the terminal has been resized.
+
+There is a `checkwinsize' option, settable with the `shopt' builtin, that
+will cause bash to check the window size and adjust its idea of the
+terminal's dimensions each time a process stops or exits and returns control
+of the terminal to bash. Enable it with `shopt -s checkwinsize'.
+
+E12) Why don't negative offsets in substring expansion work like I expect?
+
+When substring expansion of the form ${param:offset[:length} is used,
+an `offset' that evaluates to a number less than zero counts back from
+the end of the expanded value of $param.
+
+When a negative `offset' begins with a minus sign, however, unexpected things
+can happen. Consider
+
+ a=12345678
+ echo ${a:-4}
+
+intending to print the last four characters of $a. The problem is that
+${param:-word} already has a well-defined meaning: expand to word if the
+expanded value of param is unset or null, and $param otherwise.
+
+To use negative offsets that begin with a minus sign, separate the
+minus sign and the colon with a space.
+
+Section F: Things to watch out for on certain Unix versions
+
+F1) Why can't I use command line editing in my `cmdtool'?
+
+The problem is `cmdtool' and bash fighting over the input. When
+scrolling is enabled in a cmdtool window, cmdtool puts the tty in
+`raw mode' to permit command-line editing using the mouse for
+applications that cannot do it themselves. As a result, bash and
+cmdtool each try to read keyboard input immediately, with neither
+getting enough of it to be useful.
+
+This mode also causes cmdtool to not implement many of the
+terminal functions and control sequences appearing in the
+`sun-cmd' termcap entry. For a more complete explanation, see
+that file examples/suncmd.termcap in the bash distribution.
+
+`xterm' is a better choice, and gets along with bash much more
+smoothly.
+
+If you must use cmdtool, you can use the termcap description in
+examples/suncmd.termcap. Set the TERMCAP variable to the terminal
+description contained in that file, i.e.
+
+TERMCAP='Mu|sun-cmd:am:bs:km:pt:li#34:co#80:cl=^L:ce=\E[K:cd=\E[J:rs=\E[s:'
+
+Then export TERMCAP and start a new cmdtool window from that shell.
+The bash command-line editing should behave better in the new
+cmdtool. If this works, you can put the assignment to TERMCAP
+in your bashrc file.
+
+F2) I built bash on Solaris 2. Why do globbing expansions and filename
+ completion chop off the first few characters of each filename?
+
+This is the consequence of building bash on SunOS 5 and linking
+with the libraries in /usr/ucblib, but using the definitions
+and structures from files in /usr/include.
+
+The actual conflict is between the dirent structure in
+/usr/include/dirent.h and the struct returned by the version of
+`readdir' in libucb.a (a 4.3-BSD style `struct direct').
+
+Make sure you've got /usr/ccs/bin ahead of /usr/ucb in your $PATH
+when configuring and building bash. This will ensure that you
+use /usr/ccs/bin/cc or acc instead of /usr/ucb/cc and that you
+link with libc before libucb.
+
+If you have installed the Sun C compiler, you may also need to
+put /usr/ccs/bin and /opt/SUNWspro/bin into your $PATH before
+/usr/ucb.
+
+F3) Why does bash dump core after I interrupt username completion or
+ `~user' tilde expansion on a machine running NIS?
+
+This is a famous and long-standing bug in the SunOS YP (sorry, NIS)
+client library, which is part of libc.
+
+The YP library code keeps static state -- a pointer into the data
+returned from the server. When YP initializes itself (setpwent),
+it looks at this pointer and calls free on it if it's non-null.
+So far, so good.
+
+If one of the YP functions is interrupted during getpwent (the
+exact function is interpretwithsave()), and returns NULL, the
+pointer is freed without being reset to NULL, and the function
+returns. The next time getpwent is called, it sees that this
+pointer is non-null, calls free, and the bash free() blows up
+because it's being asked to free freed memory.
+
+The traditional Unix mallocs allow memory to be freed multiple
+times; that's probably why this has never been fixed. You can
+run configure with the `--without-gnu-malloc' option to use
+the C library malloc and avoid the problem.
+
+F4) I'm running SVR4.2. Why is the line erased every time I type `@'?
+
+The `@' character is the default `line kill' character in most
+versions of System V, including SVR4.2. You can change this
+character to whatever you want using `stty'. For example, to
+change the line kill character to control-u, type
+
+ stty kill ^U
+
+where the `^' and `U' can be two separate characters.
+
+F5) Why does bash report syntax errors when my C News scripts use a
+ redirection before a subshell command?
+
+The actual command in question is something like
+
+ < file ( command )
+
+According to the grammar given in the POSIX.2 standard, this construct
+is, in fact, a syntax error. Redirections may only precede `simple
+commands'. A subshell construct such as the above is one of the shell's
+`compound commands'. A redirection may only follow a compound command.
+
+This affects the mechanical transformation of commands that use `cat'
+to pipe a file into a command (a favorite Useless-Use-Of-Cat topic on
+comp.unix.shell). While most commands of the form
+
+ cat file | command
+
+can be converted to `< file command', shell control structures such as
+loops and subshells require `command < file'.
+
+The file CWRU/sh-redir-hack in the bash-2.05a distribution is an
+(unofficial) patch to parse.y that will modify the grammar to
+support this construct. It will not apply with `patch'; you must
+modify parse.y by hand. Note that if you apply this, you must
+recompile with -DREDIRECTION_HACK. This introduces a large
+number of reduce/reduce conflicts into the shell grammar.
+
+F6) Why can't I use vi-mode editing on Red Hat Linux 6.1?
+
+The short answer is that Red Hat screwed up.
+
+The long answer is that they shipped an /etc/inputrc that only works
+for emacs mode editing, and then screwed all the vi users by setting
+INPUTRC to /etc/inputrc in /etc/profile.
+
+The short fix is to do one of the following: remove or rename
+/etc/inputrc, set INPUTRC=~/.inputrc in ~/.bashrc (or .bash_profile,
+but make sure you export it if you do), remove the assignment to
+INPUTRC from /etc/profile, add
+
+ set keymap emacs
+
+to the beginning of /etc/inputrc, or bracket the key bindings in
+/etc/inputrc with these lines
+
+ $if mode=emacs
+ [...]
+ $endif
+
+F7) Why do bash-2.05a and bash-2.05b fail to compile `printf.def' on
+ HP/UX 11.x?
+
+HP/UX's support for long double is imperfect at best.
+
+GCC will support it without problems, but the HP C library functions
+like strtold(3) and printf(3) don't actually work with long doubles.
+HP implemented a `long_double' type as a 4-element array of 32-bit
+ints, and that is what the library functions use. The ANSI C
+`long double' type is a 128-bit floating point scalar.
+
+The easiest fix, until HP fixes things up, is to edit the generated
+config.h and #undef the HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE line. After doing that,
+the compilation should complete successfully.
+
+Section G: How can I get bash to do certain common things?
+
+G1) How can I get bash to read and display eight-bit characters?
+
+This is a process requiring several steps.
+
+First, you must ensure that the `physical' data path is a full eight
+bits. For xterms, for example, the `vt100' resources `eightBitInput'
+and `eightBitOutput' should be set to `true'.
+
+Once you have set up an eight-bit path, you must tell the kernel and
+tty driver to leave the eighth bit of characters alone when processing
+keyboard input. Use `stty' to do this:
+
+ stty cs8 -istrip -parenb
+
+For old BSD-style systems, you can use
+
+ stty pass8
+
+You may also need
+
+ stty even odd
+
+Finally, you need to tell readline that you will be inputting and
+displaying eight-bit characters. You use readline variables to do
+this. These variables can be set in your .inputrc or using the bash
+`bind' builtin. Here's an example using `bind':
+
+ bash$ bind 'set convert-meta off'
+ bash$ bind 'set meta-flag on'
+ bash$ bind 'set output-meta on'
+
+The `set' commands between the single quotes may also be placed
+in ~/.inputrc.
+
+G2) How do I write a function `x' to replace builtin command `x', but
+ still invoke the command from within the function?
+
+This is why the `command' and `builtin' builtins exist. The
+`command' builtin executes the command supplied as its first
+argument, skipping over any function defined with that name. The
+`builtin' builtin executes the builtin command given as its first
+argument directly.
+
+For example, to write a function to replace `cd' that writes the
+hostname and current directory to an xterm title bar, use
+something like the following:
+
+ cd()
+ {
+ builtin cd "$@" && xtitle "$HOST: $PWD"
+ }
+
+This could also be written using `command' instead of `builtin';
+the version above is marginally more efficient.
+
+G3) How can I find the value of a shell variable whose name is the value
+ of another shell variable?
+
+Versions of Bash newer than Bash-2.0 support this directly. You can use
+
+ ${!var}
+
+For example, the following sequence of commands will echo `z':
+
+ var1=var2
+ var2=z
+ echo ${!var1}
+
+For sh compatibility, use the `eval' builtin. The important
+thing to remember is that `eval' expands the arguments you give
+it again, so you need to quote the parts of the arguments that
+you want `eval' to act on.
+
+For example, this expression prints the value of the last positional
+parameter:
+
+ eval echo \"\$\{$#\}\"
+
+The expansion of the quoted portions of this expression will be
+deferred until `eval' runs, while the `$#' will be expanded
+before `eval' is executed. In versions of bash later than bash-2.0,
+
+ echo ${!#}
+
+does the same thing.
+
+This is not the same thing as ksh93 `nameref' variables, though the syntax
+is similar. I may add namerefs in a future bash version.
+
+G4) How can I make the bash `time' reserved word print timing output that
+ looks like the output from my system's /usr/bin/time?
+
+The bash command timing code looks for a variable `TIMEFORMAT' and
+uses its value as a format string to decide how to display the
+timing statistics.
+
+The value of TIMEFORMAT is a string with `%' escapes expanded in a
+fashion similar in spirit to printf(3). The manual page explains
+the meanings of the escape sequences in the format string.
+
+If TIMEFORMAT is not set, bash acts as if the following assignment had
+been performed:
+
+ TIMEFORMAT=$'\nreal\t%3lR\nuser\t%3lU\nsys\t%3lS'
+
+The POSIX.2 default time format (used by `time -p command') is
+
+ TIMEFORMAT=$'real %2R\nuser %2U\nsys %2S'
+
+The BSD /usr/bin/time format can be emulated with:
+
+ TIMEFORMAT=$'\t%1R real\t%1U user\t%1S sys'
+
+The System V /usr/bin/time format can be emulated with:
+
+ TIMEFORMAT=$'\nreal\t%1R\nuser\t%1U\nsys\t%1S'
+
+The ksh format can be emulated with:
+
+ TIMEFORMAT=$'\nreal\t%2lR\nuser\t%2lU\nsys\t%2lS'
+
+G5) How do I get the current directory into my prompt?
+
+Bash provides a number of backslash-escape sequences which are expanded
+when the prompt string (PS1 or PS2) is displayed. The full list is in
+the manual page.
+
+The \w expansion gives the full pathname of the current directory, with
+a tilde (`~') substituted for the current value of $HOME. The \W
+expansion gives the basename of the current directory. To put the full
+pathname of the current directory into the path without any tilde
+subsitution, use $PWD. Here are some examples:
+
+ PS1='\w$ ' # current directory with tilde
+ PS1='\W$ ' # basename of current directory
+ PS1='$PWD$ ' # full pathname of current directory
+
+The single quotes are important in the final example to prevent $PWD from
+being expanded when the assignment to PS1 is performed.
+
+G6) How can I rename "*.foo" to "*.bar"?
+
+Use the pattern removal functionality described in D3. The following `for'
+loop will do the trick:
+
+ for f in *.foo; do
+ mv $f ${f%foo}bar
+ done
+
+G7) How can I translate a filename from uppercase to lowercase?
+
+The script examples/functions/lowercase, originally written by John DuBois,
+will do the trick. The converse is left as an exercise.
+
+G8) How can I write a filename expansion (globbing) pattern that will match
+ all files in the current directory except "." and ".."?
+
+You must have set the `extglob' shell option using `shopt -s extglob' to use
+this:
+
+ echo .!(.|) *
+
+A solution that works without extended globbing is given in the Unix Shell
+FAQ, posted periodically to comp.unix.shell.
+
+Section H: Where do I go from here?
+
+H1) How do I report bugs in bash, and where should I look for fixes and
+ advice?
+
+Use the `bashbug' script to report bugs. It is built and
+installed at the same time as bash. It provides a standard
+template for reporting a problem and automatically includes
+information about your configuration and build environment.
+
+`bashbug' sends its reports to bug-bash@gnu.org, which
+is a large mailing list gatewayed to the usenet newsgroup gnu.bash.bug.
+
+Bug fixes, answers to questions, and announcements of new releases
+are all posted to gnu.bash.bug. Discussions concerning bash features
+and problems also take place there.
+
+To reach the bash maintainers directly, send mail to
+bash-maintainers@gnu.org.
+
+H2) What kind of bash documentation is there?
+
+First, look in the doc directory in the bash distribution. It should
+contain at least the following files:
+
+bash.1 an extensive, thorough Unix-style manual page
+builtins.1 a manual page covering just bash builtin commands
+bashref.texi a reference manual in GNU tex`info format
+bashref.info an info version of the reference manual
+FAQ this file
+article.ms text of an article written for The Linux Journal
+readline.3 a man page describing readline
+
+Postscript, HTML, and ASCII files created from the above source are
+available in the documentation distribution.
+
+There is additional documentation available for anonymous FTP from host
+ftp.cwru.edu in the `pub/bash' directory.
+
+Cameron Newham and Bill Rosenblatt have written a book on bash, published
+by O'Reilly and Associates. The book is based on Bill Rosenblatt's Korn
+Shell book. The title is ``Learning the Bash Shell'', and the ISBN number
+is 1-56592-147-X. Look for it in fine bookstores near you. This book
+covers bash-1.14, but has an appendix describing some of the new features
+in bash-2.0.
+
+A second edition of this book is available, published in January, 1998.
+The ISBN number is 1-56592-347-2. Look for it in the same fine bookstores
+or on the web.
+
+The GNU Bash Reference Manual has been published as a printed book by
+Network Theory Ltd (Paperback, ISBN: 0-9541617-7-7, Feb 2003). It covers
+bash-2.0 and is available from most online bookstores (see
+http://www.network-theory.co.uk/bash/manual/ for details). The publisher
+will donate $1 to the Free Software Foundation for each copy sold.
+
+H3) What's coming in future versions?
+
+These are features I hope to include in a future version of bash.
+
+a better bash debugger (a minimally-tested version is included with bash-2.05b)
+associative arrays
+co-processes, but with a new-style syntax that looks like function declaration
+
+H4) What's on the bash `wish list' for future versions?
+
+These are features that may or may not appear in a future version of bash.
+
+breaking some of the shell functionality into embeddable libraries
+a module system like zsh's, using dynamic loading like builtins
+better internationalization using GNU `gettext'
+date-stamped command history
+a bash programmer's guide with a chapter on creating loadable builtins
+a better loadable interface to perl with access to the shell builtins and
+ variables (contributions gratefully accepted)
+ksh93-like `nameref' variables
+ksh93-like `+=' variable assignment operator
+ksh93-like `xx.yy' variables (including some of the .sh.* variables) and
+ associated disipline functions
+Some of the new ksh93 pattern matching operators, like backreferencing
+
+H5) When will the next release appear?
+
+The next version will appear sometime in 2003. Never make predictions.
+
+
+This document is Copyright 1995-2003 by Chester Ramey.
+
+Permission is hereby granted, without written agreement and
+without license or royalty fees, to use, copy, and distribute
+this document for any purpose, provided that the above copyright
+notice appears in all copies of this document and that the
+contents of this document remain unaltered.
-This is bashref.info, produced by makeinfo version 4.5 from
-/usr/homes/chet/src/bash/src/doc/bashref.texi.
+This is bashref.info, produced by makeinfo version 4.2 from
+/Users/chet/src/bash/src/doc/bashref.texi.
This text is a brief description of the features that are present in
-the Bash shell (version 3.0-rc1, 27 May 2004).
+the Bash shell (version 3.0-rc1, 26 June 2004).
- This is Edition 3.0, last updated 27 May 2004, of `The GNU Bash
+ This is Edition 3.0, last updated 26 June 2004, of `The GNU Bash
Reference Manual', for `Bash', Version 3.0-rc1.
Copyright (C) 1988-2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
*************
This text is a brief description of the features that are present in
-the Bash shell (version 3.0-rc1, 27 May 2004)..
+the Bash shell (version 3.0-rc1, 26 June 2004)..
- This is Edition 3.0, last updated 27 May 2004, of `The GNU Bash
+ This is Edition 3.0, last updated 26 June 2004, of `The GNU Bash
Reference Manual', for `Bash', Version 3.0-rc1.
Bash contains features that appear in other popular shells, and some
command in LIST that is executed, or false if any of the
expressions is invalid.
-
The `break' and `continue' builtins (*note Bourne Shell Builtins::)
may be used to control loop execution.
value of EXPRESSION1 is sufficient to determine the return value
of the entire conditional expression.
-
\1f
File: bashref.info, Node: Command Grouping, Prev: Conditional Constructs, Up: Compound Commands
`~-N'
The string that would be displayed by `dirs -N'
-
\1f
File: bashref.info, Node: Shell Parameter Expansion, Next: Command Substitution, Prev: Tilde Expansion, Up: Shell Expansions
member of the array in turn, and the expansion is the resultant
list.
-
\1f
File: bashref.info, Node: Command Substitution, Next: Arithmetic Expansion, Prev: Shell Parameter Expansion, Up: Shell Expansions
integer port number or service name, Bash attempts to open a UDP
connection to the corresponding socket.
-
A failure to open or create a file causes the redirection to fail.
Redirecting Input
`-x KEYSEQ:SHELL-COMMAND'
Cause SHELL-COMMAND to be executed whenever KEYSEQ is entered.
-
The return status is zero unless an invalid option is supplied or
an error occurs.
`-u FD'
Read input from file descriptor FD.
-
`shopt'
shopt [-pqsu] [-o] [OPTNAME ...]
Toggle the values of variables controlling optional shell behavior.
If set, the `echo' builtin expands backslash-escape sequences
by default.
-
The return status when listing options is zero if all OPTNAMES are
enabled, non-zero otherwise. When setting or unsetting options,
the return status is zero unless an OPTNAME is not a valid shell
`-v'
The maximum amount of virtual memory available to the process.
-
If LIMIT is given, it is the new value of the specified resource;
the special LIMIT values `hard', `soft', and `unlimited' stand for
the current hard limit, the current soft limit, and no limit,
Remove each NAME from the list of aliases. If `-a' is supplied,
all aliases are removed. Aliases are described in *Note Aliases::.
-
\1f
File: bashref.info, Node: The Set Builtin, Next: Special Builtins, Prev: Bash Builtins, Up: Shell Builtin Commands
`PS2'
The secondary prompt string. The default value is `> '.
-
\1f
File: bashref.info, Node: Bash Variables, Prev: Bourne Shell Variables, Up: Shell Variables
`BASH_VERSINFO[5]'
The value of `MACHTYPE'.
-
`BASH_VERSION'
The version number of the current instance of Bash.
The numeric real user id of the current user. This variable is
readonly.
-
\1f
File: bashref.info, Node: Bash Features, Next: Job Control, Prev: Shell Variables, Up: Top
Show version information for this instance of Bash on the standard
output and exit successfully.
-
There are several single-character options that may be supplied at
invocation which are not available with the `set' builtin.
processing. Any arguments after the `--' are treated as filenames
and arguments.
-
A _login_ shell is one whose first character of argument zero is
`-', or one invoked with the `--login' option.
An interactive shell is one started without non-option arguments,
unless `-s' is specified, without specifiying the `-c' option, and
-whose input and output are both connected to terminals (as determined
-by `isatty(3)'), or one started with the `-i' option.
+whose input and error output are both connected to terminals (as
+determined by `isatty(3)'), or one started with the `-i' option.
An interactive shell generally reads from and writes to a user's
terminal.
greater than or equal to ARG2, respectively. ARG1 and ARG2 may be
positive or negative integers.
-
\1f
File: bashref.info, Node: Shell Arithmetic, Next: Aliases, Prev: Bash Conditional Expressions, Up: Bash Features
Makes the current working directory be the top of the stack,
and then executes the equivalent of ``cd' DIR'. `cd's to DIR.
-
\1f
File: bashref.info, Node: Printing a Prompt, Next: The Restricted Shell, Prev: The Directory Stack, Up: Bash Features
signal. The `-f' option means to suspend even if the shell is a
login shell.
-
When job control is not active, the `kill' and `wait' builtins do
not accept JOBSPEC arguments. They must be supplied process IDs.
a prefix of a stopped job's name; this provides functionality
analogous to the `%' job ID.
-
\1f
File: bashref.info, Node: Command Line Editing, Next: Installing Bash, Prev: Using History Interactively, Up: Top
Kill from the cursor to the previous whitespace. This is
different than `M-<DEL>' because the word boundaries differ.
-
Here is how to "yank" the text back into the line. Yanking means to
copy the most-recently-killed text from the kill buffer.
appended to the filename when listing possible completions.
The default is `off'.
-
Key Bindings
The syntax for controlling key bindings in the init file is
simple. First you need to find the name of the command that you
`<ESC> <[> <1> <1> <~>' is bound to insert the text `Function
Key 1'.
-
The following GNU Emacs style escape sequences are available when
specifying key sequences:
the line:
"\C-x\\": "\\"
-
\1f
File: bashref.info, Node: Conditional Init Constructs, Next: Sample Init File, Prev: Readline Init File Syntax, Up: Readline Init File
`redraw-current-line ()'
Refresh the current line. By default, this is unbound.
-
\1f
File: bashref.info, Node: Commands For History, Next: Commands For Text, Prev: Commands For Moving, Up: Bindable Readline Commands
through the history list, inserting the last argument of each line
in turn.
-
\1f
File: bashref.info, Node: Commands For Text, Next: Commands For Killing, Prev: Commands For History, Up: Bindable Readline Commands
By default, this command is unbound.
-
\1f
File: bashref.info, Node: Commands For Killing, Next: Numeric Arguments, Prev: Commands For Text, Up: Bindable Readline Commands
completions enclosed within braces so the list is available to the
shell (*note Brace Expansion::).
-
\1f
File: bashref.info, Node: Keyboard Macros, Next: Miscellaneous Commands, Prev: Commands For Completion, Up: Bindable Readline Commands
Re-execute the last keyboard macro defined, by making the
characters in the macro appear as if typed at the keyboard.
-
\1f
File: bashref.info, Node: Miscellaneous Commands, Prev: Keyboard Macros, Up: Bindable Readline Commands
result as shell commands. Bash attempts to invoke `$VISUAL',
`$EDITOR', and `emacs' as the editor, in that order.
-
\1f
File: bashref.info, Node: Readline vi Mode, Next: Programmable Completion, Prev: Bindable Readline Commands, Up: Command Line Editing
for a NAME for which no specification exists, or an error occurs
adding a completion specification.
-
\1f
File: bashref.info, Node: Using History Interactively, Next: Command Line Editing, Prev: Job Control, Up: Top
The ARGs are added to the end of the history list as a single
entry.
-
When any of the `-w', `-r', `-a', or `-n' options is used, if
FILENAME is given, then it is used as the history file. If not,
then the value of the `HISTFILE' variable is used.
-
\1f
File: bashref.info, Node: History Interaction, Prev: Bash History Builtins, Up: Using History Interactively
`!#'
The entire command line typed so far.
-
\1f
File: bashref.info, Node: Word Designators, Next: Modifiers, Prev: Event Designators, Up: History Interaction
`X-'
Abbreviates `X-$' like `X*', but omits the last word.
-
If a word designator is supplied without an event specification, the
previous command is used as the event.
`G'
Apply the following `s' modifier once to each word in the event.
-
\1f
File: bashref.info, Node: Installing Bash, Next: Reporting Bugs, Prev: Command Line Editing, Up: Top
Specification, version 2. *Note Bash Builtins::, for a
description of the escape sequences that `echo' recognizes.
-
The file `config-top.h' contains C Preprocessor `#define' statements
for options which are not settable from `configure'. Some of these are
not meant to be changed; beware of the consequences if you do. Read
\1f
Tag Table:
-Node: Top\7f1359
+Node: Top\7f1357
Node: Introduction\7f3504
Node: What is Bash?\7f3729
Node: What is a shell?\7f4817
Node: Lists\7f22381
Node: Compound Commands\7f24003
Node: Looping Constructs\7f24775
-Node: Conditional Constructs\7f27209
-Node: Command Grouping\7f34262
-Node: Shell Functions\7f35698
-Node: Shell Parameters\7f39960
-Node: Positional Parameters\7f41531
-Node: Special Parameters\7f42422
-Node: Shell Expansions\7f45080
-Node: Brace Expansion\7f47000
-Node: Tilde Expansion\7f49316
-Node: Shell Parameter Expansion\7f51648
-Node: Command Substitution\7f58902
-Node: Arithmetic Expansion\7f60224
-Node: Process Substitution\7f61065
-Node: Word Splitting\7f62102
-Node: Filename Expansion\7f63554
-Node: Pattern Matching\7f65678
-Node: Quote Removal\7f68999
-Node: Redirections\7f69285
-Node: Executing Commands\7f76760
-Node: Simple Command Expansion\7f77427
-Node: Command Search and Execution\7f79348
-Node: Command Execution Environment\7f81345
-Node: Environment\7f84107
-Node: Exit Status\7f85758
-Node: Signals\7f86953
-Node: Shell Scripts\7f88908
-Node: Shell Builtin Commands\7f91419
-Node: Bourne Shell Builtins\7f92994
-Node: Bash Builtins\7f109942
-Node: The Set Builtin\7f138064
-Node: Special Builtins\7f146282
-Node: Shell Variables\7f147254
-Node: Bourne Shell Variables\7f147690
-Node: Bash Variables\7f149667
-Node: Bash Features\7f169378
-Node: Invoking Bash\7f170260
-Node: Bash Startup Files\7f176071
-Node: Interactive Shells\7f180941
-Node: What is an Interactive Shell?\7f181343
-Node: Is this Shell Interactive?\7f181978
-Node: Interactive Shell Behavior\7f182784
-Node: Bash Conditional Expressions\7f186051
-Node: Shell Arithmetic\7f189471
-Node: Aliases\7f192211
-Node: Arrays\7f194774
-Node: The Directory Stack\7f197794
-Node: Directory Stack Builtins\7f198500
-Node: Printing a Prompt\7f201379
-Node: The Restricted Shell\7f204088
-Node: Bash POSIX Mode\7f205913
-Node: Job Control\7f212559
-Node: Job Control Basics\7f213025
-Node: Job Control Builtins\7f217310
-Node: Job Control Variables\7f221622
-Node: Command Line Editing\7f222772
-Node: Introduction and Notation\7f223770
-Node: Readline Interaction\7f225387
-Node: Readline Bare Essentials\7f226573
-Node: Readline Movement Commands\7f228353
-Node: Readline Killing Commands\7f229309
-Node: Readline Arguments\7f231218
-Node: Searching\7f232253
-Node: Readline Init File\7f234430
-Node: Readline Init File Syntax\7f235484
-Node: Conditional Init Constructs\7f247128
-Node: Sample Init File\7f249652
-Node: Bindable Readline Commands\7f252835
-Node: Commands For Moving\7f254034
-Node: Commands For History\7f254883
-Node: Commands For Text\7f257772
-Node: Commands For Killing\7f260433
-Node: Numeric Arguments\7f262563
-Node: Commands For Completion\7f263690
-Node: Keyboard Macros\7f267271
-Node: Miscellaneous Commands\7f267830
-Node: Readline vi Mode\7f273129
-Node: Programmable Completion\7f274038
-Node: Programmable Completion Builtins\7f279845
-Node: Using History Interactively\7f287207
-Node: Bash History Facilities\7f287886
-Node: Bash History Builtins\7f290576
-Node: History Interaction\7f294428
-Node: Event Designators\7f296979
-Node: Word Designators\7f297983
-Node: Modifiers\7f299613
-Node: Installing Bash\7f301010
-Node: Basic Installation\7f302144
-Node: Compilers and Options\7f304829
-Node: Compiling For Multiple Architectures\7f305563
-Node: Installation Names\7f307220
-Node: Specifying the System Type\7f308031
-Node: Sharing Defaults\7f308740
-Node: Operation Controls\7f309405
-Node: Optional Features\7f310356
-Node: Reporting Bugs\7f318628
-Node: Major Differences From The Bourne Shell\7f319803
-Node: Copying This Manual\7f335551
-Node: GNU Free Documentation License\7f335805
-Node: Builtin Index\7f358198
-Node: Reserved Word Index\7f361825
-Node: Variable Index\7f363301
-Node: Function Index\7f370351
-Node: Concept Index\7f374964
+Node: Conditional Constructs\7f27208
+Node: Command Grouping\7f34260
+Node: Shell Functions\7f35696
+Node: Shell Parameters\7f39958
+Node: Positional Parameters\7f41529
+Node: Special Parameters\7f42420
+Node: Shell Expansions\7f45078
+Node: Brace Expansion\7f46998
+Node: Tilde Expansion\7f49314
+Node: Shell Parameter Expansion\7f51645
+Node: Command Substitution\7f58898
+Node: Arithmetic Expansion\7f60220
+Node: Process Substitution\7f61061
+Node: Word Splitting\7f62098
+Node: Filename Expansion\7f63550
+Node: Pattern Matching\7f65674
+Node: Quote Removal\7f68995
+Node: Redirections\7f69281
+Node: Executing Commands\7f76755
+Node: Simple Command Expansion\7f77422
+Node: Command Search and Execution\7f79343
+Node: Command Execution Environment\7f81340
+Node: Environment\7f84102
+Node: Exit Status\7f85753
+Node: Signals\7f86948
+Node: Shell Scripts\7f88903
+Node: Shell Builtin Commands\7f91414
+Node: Bourne Shell Builtins\7f92989
+Node: Bash Builtins\7f109937
+Node: The Set Builtin\7f138054
+Node: Special Builtins\7f146272
+Node: Shell Variables\7f147244
+Node: Bourne Shell Variables\7f147680
+Node: Bash Variables\7f149656
+Node: Bash Features\7f169365
+Node: Invoking Bash\7f170247
+Node: Bash Startup Files\7f176056
+Node: Interactive Shells\7f180926
+Node: What is an Interactive Shell?\7f181328
+Node: Is this Shell Interactive?\7f181969
+Node: Interactive Shell Behavior\7f182775
+Node: Bash Conditional Expressions\7f186042
+Node: Shell Arithmetic\7f189461
+Node: Aliases\7f192201
+Node: Arrays\7f194764
+Node: The Directory Stack\7f197784
+Node: Directory Stack Builtins\7f198490
+Node: Printing a Prompt\7f201368
+Node: The Restricted Shell\7f204077
+Node: Bash POSIX Mode\7f205902
+Node: Job Control\7f212548
+Node: Job Control Basics\7f213014
+Node: Job Control Builtins\7f217299
+Node: Job Control Variables\7f221610
+Node: Command Line Editing\7f222759
+Node: Introduction and Notation\7f223757
+Node: Readline Interaction\7f225374
+Node: Readline Bare Essentials\7f226560
+Node: Readline Movement Commands\7f228340
+Node: Readline Killing Commands\7f229296
+Node: Readline Arguments\7f231204
+Node: Searching\7f232239
+Node: Readline Init File\7f234416
+Node: Readline Init File Syntax\7f235470
+Node: Conditional Init Constructs\7f247111
+Node: Sample Init File\7f249635
+Node: Bindable Readline Commands\7f252818
+Node: Commands For Moving\7f254017
+Node: Commands For History\7f254865
+Node: Commands For Text\7f257753
+Node: Commands For Killing\7f260413
+Node: Numeric Arguments\7f262543
+Node: Commands For Completion\7f263670
+Node: Keyboard Macros\7f267250
+Node: Miscellaneous Commands\7f267808
+Node: Readline vi Mode\7f273106
+Node: Programmable Completion\7f274015
+Node: Programmable Completion Builtins\7f279822
+Node: Using History Interactively\7f287183
+Node: Bash History Facilities\7f287862
+Node: Bash History Builtins\7f290552
+Node: History Interaction\7f294402
+Node: Event Designators\7f296953
+Node: Word Designators\7f297956
+Node: Modifiers\7f299585
+Node: Installing Bash\7f300981
+Node: Basic Installation\7f302115
+Node: Compilers and Options\7f304800
+Node: Compiling For Multiple Architectures\7f305534
+Node: Installation Names\7f307191
+Node: Specifying the System Type\7f308002
+Node: Sharing Defaults\7f308711
+Node: Operation Controls\7f309376
+Node: Optional Features\7f310327
+Node: Reporting Bugs\7f318598
+Node: Major Differences From The Bourne Shell\7f319773
+Node: Copying This Manual\7f335521
+Node: GNU Free Documentation License\7f335775
+Node: Builtin Index\7f358168
+Node: Reserved Word Index\7f361795
+Node: Variable Index\7f363271
+Node: Function Index\7f370321
+Node: Concept Index\7f374934
\1f
End Tag Table
+++ /dev/null
-texinfo.tex.20030205
\ No newline at end of file
--- /dev/null
+% texinfo.tex -- TeX macros to handle Texinfo files.
+%
+% Load plain if necessary, i.e., if running under initex.
+\expandafter\ifx\csname fmtname\endcsname\relax\input plain\fi
+%
+\def\texinfoversion{2003-02-03.16}
+%
+% Copyright (C) 1985, 1986, 1988, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995,
+% 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+%
+% This texinfo.tex file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+% modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+% published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at
+% your option) any later version.
+%
+% This texinfo.tex file is distributed in the hope that it will be
+% useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
+% of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+% General Public License for more details.
+%
+% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+% along with this texinfo.tex file; see the file COPYING. If not, write
+% to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+% Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+%
+% In other words, you are welcome to use, share and improve this program.
+% You are forbidden to forbid anyone else to use, share and improve
+% what you give them. Help stamp out software-hoarding!
+%
+% Please try the latest version of texinfo.tex before submitting bug
+% reports; you can get the latest version from:
+% ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/texinfo/texinfo.tex
+% (and all GNU mirrors, see http://www.gnu.org/order/ftp.html)
+% ftp://tug.org/tex/texinfo.tex
+% (and all CTAN mirrors, see http://www.ctan.org),
+% and /home/gd/gnu/doc/texinfo.tex on the GNU machines.
+%
+% The GNU Texinfo home page is http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo.
+%
+% The texinfo.tex in any given Texinfo distribution could well be out
+% of date, so if that's what you're using, please check.
+%
+% Send bug reports to bug-texinfo@gnu.org. Please include including a
+% complete document in each bug report with which we can reproduce the
+% problem. Patches are, of course, greatly appreciated.
+%
+% To process a Texinfo manual with TeX, it's most reliable to use the
+% texi2dvi shell script that comes with the distribution. For a simple
+% manual foo.texi, however, you can get away with this:
+% tex foo.texi
+% texindex foo.??
+% tex foo.texi
+% tex foo.texi
+% dvips foo.dvi -o # or whatever; this makes foo.ps.
+% The extra TeX runs get the cross-reference information correct.
+% Sometimes one run after texindex suffices, and sometimes you need more
+% than two; texi2dvi does it as many times as necessary.
+%
+% It is possible to adapt texinfo.tex for other languages, to some
+% extent. You can get the existing language-specific files from the
+% full Texinfo distribution.
+
+\message{Loading texinfo [version \texinfoversion]:}
+
+% If in a .fmt file, print the version number
+% and turn on active characters that we couldn't do earlier because
+% they might have appeared in the input file name.
+\everyjob{\message{[Texinfo version \texinfoversion]}%
+ \catcode`+=\active \catcode`\_=\active}
+
+\message{Basics,}
+\chardef\other=12
+
+% We never want plain's outer \+ definition in Texinfo.
+% For @tex, we can use \tabalign.
+\let\+ = \relax
+
+% Save some parts of plain tex whose names we will redefine.
+\let\ptexb=\b
+\let\ptexbullet=\bullet
+\let\ptexc=\c
+\let\ptexcomma=\,
+\let\ptexdot=\.
+\let\ptexdots=\dots
+\let\ptexend=\end
+\let\ptexequiv=\equiv
+\let\ptexexclam=\!
+\let\ptexgtr=>
+\let\ptexhat=^
+\let\ptexi=\i
+\let\ptexlbrace=\{
+\let\ptexless=<
+\let\ptexplus=+
+\let\ptexrbrace=\}
+\let\ptexstar=\*
+\let\ptext=\t
+
+% If this character appears in an error message or help string, it
+% starts a new line in the output.
+\newlinechar = `^^J
+
+% Set up fixed words for English if not already set.
+\ifx\putwordAppendix\undefined \gdef\putwordAppendix{Appendix}\fi
+\ifx\putwordChapter\undefined \gdef\putwordChapter{Chapter}\fi
+\ifx\putwordfile\undefined \gdef\putwordfile{file}\fi
+\ifx\putwordin\undefined \gdef\putwordin{in}\fi
+\ifx\putwordIndexIsEmpty\undefined \gdef\putwordIndexIsEmpty{(Index is empty)}\fi
+\ifx\putwordIndexNonexistent\undefined \gdef\putwordIndexNonexistent{(Index is nonexistent)}\fi
+\ifx\putwordInfo\undefined \gdef\putwordInfo{Info}\fi
+\ifx\putwordInstanceVariableof\undefined \gdef\putwordInstanceVariableof{Instance Variable of}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMethodon\undefined \gdef\putwordMethodon{Method on}\fi
+\ifx\putwordNoTitle\undefined \gdef\putwordNoTitle{No Title}\fi
+\ifx\putwordof\undefined \gdef\putwordof{of}\fi
+\ifx\putwordon\undefined \gdef\putwordon{on}\fi
+\ifx\putwordpage\undefined \gdef\putwordpage{page}\fi
+\ifx\putwordsection\undefined \gdef\putwordsection{section}\fi
+\ifx\putwordSection\undefined \gdef\putwordSection{Section}\fi
+\ifx\putwordsee\undefined \gdef\putwordsee{see}\fi
+\ifx\putwordSee\undefined \gdef\putwordSee{See}\fi
+\ifx\putwordShortTOC\undefined \gdef\putwordShortTOC{Short Contents}\fi
+\ifx\putwordTOC\undefined \gdef\putwordTOC{Table of Contents}\fi
+%
+\ifx\putwordMJan\undefined \gdef\putwordMJan{January}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMFeb\undefined \gdef\putwordMFeb{February}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMMar\undefined \gdef\putwordMMar{March}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMApr\undefined \gdef\putwordMApr{April}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMMay\undefined \gdef\putwordMMay{May}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMJun\undefined \gdef\putwordMJun{June}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMJul\undefined \gdef\putwordMJul{July}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMAug\undefined \gdef\putwordMAug{August}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMSep\undefined \gdef\putwordMSep{September}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMOct\undefined \gdef\putwordMOct{October}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMNov\undefined \gdef\putwordMNov{November}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMDec\undefined \gdef\putwordMDec{December}\fi
+%
+\ifx\putwordDefmac\undefined \gdef\putwordDefmac{Macro}\fi
+\ifx\putwordDefspec\undefined \gdef\putwordDefspec{Special Form}\fi
+\ifx\putwordDefvar\undefined \gdef\putwordDefvar{Variable}\fi
+\ifx\putwordDefopt\undefined \gdef\putwordDefopt{User Option}\fi
+\ifx\putwordDeftypevar\undefined\gdef\putwordDeftypevar{Variable}\fi
+\ifx\putwordDeffunc\undefined \gdef\putwordDeffunc{Function}\fi
+\ifx\putwordDeftypefun\undefined\gdef\putwordDeftypefun{Function}\fi
+
+% In some macros, we cannot use the `\? notation---the left quote is
+% in some cases the escape char.
+\chardef\colonChar = `\:
+\chardef\commaChar = `\,
+\chardef\dotChar = `\.
+\chardef\equalChar = `\=
+\chardef\exclamChar= `\!
+\chardef\questChar = `\?
+\chardef\semiChar = `\;
+\chardef\spaceChar = `\ %
+\chardef\underChar = `\_
+
+% Ignore a token.
+%
+\def\gobble#1{}
+
+% True if #1 is the empty string, i.e., called like `\ifempty{}'.
+%
+\def\ifempty#1{\ifemptyx #1\emptymarkA\emptymarkB}%
+\def\ifemptyx#1#2\emptymarkB{\ifx #1\emptymarkA}%
+
+% Hyphenation fixes.
+\hyphenation{ap-pen-dix}
+\hyphenation{mini-buf-fer mini-buf-fers}
+\hyphenation{eshell}
+\hyphenation{white-space}
+
+% Margin to add to right of even pages, to left of odd pages.
+\newdimen\bindingoffset
+\newdimen\normaloffset
+\newdimen\pagewidth \newdimen\pageheight
+
+% Sometimes it is convenient to have everything in the transcript file
+% and nothing on the terminal. We don't just call \tracingall here,
+% since that produces some useless output on the terminal. We also make
+% some effort to order the tracing commands to reduce output in the log
+% file; cf. trace.sty in LaTeX.
+%
+\def\gloggingall{\begingroup \globaldefs = 1 \loggingall \endgroup}%
+\def\loggingall{%
+ \tracingstats2
+ \tracingpages1
+ \tracinglostchars2 % 2 gives us more in etex
+ \tracingparagraphs1
+ \tracingoutput1
+ \tracingmacros2
+ \tracingrestores1
+ \showboxbreadth\maxdimen \showboxdepth\maxdimen
+ \ifx\eTeXversion\undefined\else % etex gives us more logging
+ \tracingscantokens1
+ \tracingifs1
+ \tracinggroups1
+ \tracingnesting2
+ \tracingassigns1
+ \fi
+ \tracingcommands3 % 3 gives us more in etex
+ \errorcontextlines\maxdimen
+}%
+
+% add check for \lastpenalty to plain's definitions. If the last thing
+% we did was a \nobreak, we don't want to insert more space.
+%
+\def\smallbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\smallskipamount
+ \removelastskip\penalty-50\smallskip\fi\fi}
+\def\medbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\medskipamount
+ \removelastskip\penalty-100\medskip\fi\fi}
+\def\bigbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\bigskipamount
+ \removelastskip\penalty-200\bigskip\fi\fi}
+
+% For @cropmarks command.
+% Do @cropmarks to get crop marks.
+%
+\newif\ifcropmarks
+\let\cropmarks = \cropmarkstrue
+%
+% Dimensions to add cropmarks at corners.
+% Added by P. A. MacKay, 12 Nov. 1986
+%
+\newdimen\outerhsize \newdimen\outervsize % set by the paper size routines
+\newdimen\cornerlong \cornerlong=1pc
+\newdimen\cornerthick \cornerthick=.3pt
+\newdimen\topandbottommargin \topandbottommargin=.75in
+
+% Main output routine.
+\chardef\PAGE = 255
+\output = {\onepageout{\pagecontents\PAGE}}
+
+\newbox\headlinebox
+\newbox\footlinebox
+
+% \onepageout takes a vbox as an argument. Note that \pagecontents
+% does insertions, but you have to call it yourself.
+\def\onepageout#1{%
+ \ifcropmarks \hoffset=0pt \else \hoffset=\normaloffset \fi
+ %
+ \ifodd\pageno \advance\hoffset by \bindingoffset
+ \else \advance\hoffset by -\bindingoffset\fi
+ %
+ % Do this outside of the \shipout so @code etc. will be expanded in
+ % the headline as they should be, not taken literally (outputting ''code).
+ \setbox\headlinebox = \vbox{\let\hsize=\pagewidth \makeheadline}%
+ \setbox\footlinebox = \vbox{\let\hsize=\pagewidth \makefootline}%
+ %
+ {%
+ % Have to do this stuff outside the \shipout because we want it to
+ % take effect in \write's, yet the group defined by the \vbox ends
+ % before the \shipout runs.
+ %
+ \escapechar = `\\ % use backslash in output files.
+ \indexdummies % don't expand commands in the output.
+ \normalturnoffactive % \ in index entries must not stay \, e.g., if
+ % the page break happens to be in the middle of an example.
+ \shipout\vbox{%
+ % Do this early so pdf references go to the beginning of the page.
+ \ifpdfmakepagedest \pdfmkdest{\the\pageno} \fi
+ %
+ \ifcropmarks \vbox to \outervsize\bgroup
+ \hsize = \outerhsize
+ \vskip-\topandbottommargin
+ \vtop to0pt{%
+ \line{\ewtop\hfil\ewtop}%
+ \nointerlineskip
+ \line{%
+ \vbox{\moveleft\cornerthick\nstop}%
+ \hfill
+ \vbox{\moveright\cornerthick\nstop}%
+ }%
+ \vss}%
+ \vskip\topandbottommargin
+ \line\bgroup
+ \hfil % center the page within the outer (page) hsize.
+ \ifodd\pageno\hskip\bindingoffset\fi
+ \vbox\bgroup
+ \fi
+ %
+ \unvbox\headlinebox
+ \pagebody{#1}%
+ \ifdim\ht\footlinebox > 0pt
+ % Only leave this space if the footline is nonempty.
+ % (We lessened \vsize for it in \oddfootingxxx.)
+ % The \baselineskip=24pt in plain's \makefootline has no effect.
+ \vskip 2\baselineskip
+ \unvbox\footlinebox
+ \fi
+ %
+ \ifcropmarks
+ \egroup % end of \vbox\bgroup
+ \hfil\egroup % end of (centering) \line\bgroup
+ \vskip\topandbottommargin plus1fill minus1fill
+ \boxmaxdepth = \cornerthick
+ \vbox to0pt{\vss
+ \line{%
+ \vbox{\moveleft\cornerthick\nsbot}%
+ \hfill
+ \vbox{\moveright\cornerthick\nsbot}%
+ }%
+ \nointerlineskip
+ \line{\ewbot\hfil\ewbot}%
+ }%
+ \egroup % \vbox from first cropmarks clause
+ \fi
+ }% end of \shipout\vbox
+ }% end of group with \normalturnoffactive
+ \advancepageno
+ \ifnum\outputpenalty>-20000 \else\dosupereject\fi
+}
+
+\newinsert\margin \dimen\margin=\maxdimen
+
+\def\pagebody#1{\vbox to\pageheight{\boxmaxdepth=\maxdepth #1}}
+{\catcode`\@ =11
+\gdef\pagecontents#1{\ifvoid\topins\else\unvbox\topins\fi
+% marginal hacks, juha@viisa.uucp (Juha Takala)
+\ifvoid\margin\else % marginal info is present
+ \rlap{\kern\hsize\vbox to\z@{\kern1pt\box\margin \vss}}\fi
+\dimen@=\dp#1 \unvbox#1
+\ifvoid\footins\else\vskip\skip\footins\footnoterule \unvbox\footins\fi
+\ifr@ggedbottom \kern-\dimen@ \vfil \fi}
+}
+
+% Here are the rules for the cropmarks. Note that they are
+% offset so that the space between them is truly \outerhsize or \outervsize
+% (P. A. MacKay, 12 November, 1986)
+%
+\def\ewtop{\vrule height\cornerthick depth0pt width\cornerlong}
+\def\nstop{\vbox
+ {\hrule height\cornerthick depth\cornerlong width\cornerthick}}
+\def\ewbot{\vrule height0pt depth\cornerthick width\cornerlong}
+\def\nsbot{\vbox
+ {\hrule height\cornerlong depth\cornerthick width\cornerthick}}
+
+% Parse an argument, then pass it to #1. The argument is the rest of
+% the input line (except we remove a trailing comment). #1 should be a
+% macro which expects an ordinary undelimited TeX argument.
+%
+\def\parsearg#1{%
+ \let\next = #1%
+ \begingroup
+ \obeylines
+ \futurelet\temp\parseargx
+}
+
+% If the next token is an obeyed space (from an @example environment or
+% the like), remove it and recurse. Otherwise, we're done.
+\def\parseargx{%
+ % \obeyedspace is defined far below, after the definition of \sepspaces.
+ \ifx\obeyedspace\temp
+ \expandafter\parseargdiscardspace
+ \else
+ \expandafter\parseargline
+ \fi
+}
+
+% Remove a single space (as the delimiter token to the macro call).
+{\obeyspaces %
+ \gdef\parseargdiscardspace {\futurelet\temp\parseargx}}
+
+{\obeylines %
+ \gdef\parseargline#1^^M{%
+ \endgroup % End of the group started in \parsearg.
+ %
+ % First remove any @c comment, then any @comment.
+ % Result of each macro is put in \toks0.
+ \argremovec #1\c\relax %
+ \expandafter\argremovecomment \the\toks0 \comment\relax %
+ %
+ % Call the caller's macro, saved as \next in \parsearg.
+ \expandafter\next\expandafter{\the\toks0}%
+ }%
+}
+
+% Since all \c{,omment} does is throw away the argument, we can let TeX
+% do that for us. The \relax here is matched by the \relax in the call
+% in \parseargline; it could be more or less anything, its purpose is
+% just to delimit the argument to the \c.
+\def\argremovec#1\c#2\relax{\toks0 = {#1}}
+\def\argremovecomment#1\comment#2\relax{\toks0 = {#1}}
+
+% \argremovec{,omment} might leave us with trailing spaces, though; e.g.,
+% @end itemize @c foo
+% will have two active spaces as part of the argument with the
+% `itemize'. Here we remove all active spaces from #1, and assign the
+% result to \toks0.
+%
+% This loses if there are any *other* active characters besides spaces
+% in the argument -- _ ^ +, for example -- since they get expanded.
+% Fortunately, Texinfo does not define any such commands. (If it ever
+% does, the catcode of the characters in questionwill have to be changed
+% here.) But this means we cannot call \removeactivespaces as part of
+% \argremovec{,omment}, since @c uses \parsearg, and thus the argument
+% that \parsearg gets might well have any character at all in it.
+%
+\def\removeactivespaces#1{%
+ \begingroup
+ \ignoreactivespaces
+ \edef\temp{#1}%
+ \global\toks0 = \expandafter{\temp}%
+ \endgroup
+}
+
+% Change the active space to expand to nothing.
+%
+\begingroup
+ \obeyspaces
+ \gdef\ignoreactivespaces{\obeyspaces\let =\empty}
+\endgroup
+
+
+\def\flushcr{\ifx\par\lisppar \def\next##1{}\else \let\next=\relax \fi \next}
+
+%% These are used to keep @begin/@end levels from running away
+%% Call \inENV within environments (after a \begingroup)
+\newif\ifENV \ENVfalse \def\inENV{\ifENV\relax\else\ENVtrue\fi}
+\def\ENVcheck{%
+\ifENV\errmessage{Still within an environment; press RETURN to continue}
+\endgroup\fi} % This is not perfect, but it should reduce lossage
+
+% @begin foo is the same as @foo, for now.
+\newhelp\EMsimple{Press RETURN to continue.}
+
+\outer\def\begin{\parsearg\beginxxx}
+
+\def\beginxxx #1{%
+\expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\relax
+{\errhelp=\EMsimple \errmessage{Undefined command @begin #1}}\else
+\csname #1\endcsname\fi}
+
+% @end foo executes the definition of \Efoo.
+%
+\def\end{\parsearg\endxxx}
+\def\endxxx #1{%
+ \removeactivespaces{#1}%
+ \edef\endthing{\the\toks0}%
+ %
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname E\endthing\endcsname\relax
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname \endthing\endcsname\relax
+ % There's no \foo, i.e., no ``environment'' foo.
+ \errhelp = \EMsimple
+ \errmessage{Undefined command `@end \endthing'}%
+ \else
+ \unmatchedenderror\endthing
+ \fi
+ \else
+ % Everything's ok; the right environment has been started.
+ \csname E\endthing\endcsname
+ \fi
+}
+
+% There is an environment #1, but it hasn't been started. Give an error.
+%
+\def\unmatchedenderror#1{%
+ \errhelp = \EMsimple
+ \errmessage{This `@end #1' doesn't have a matching `@#1'}%
+}
+
+% Define the control sequence \E#1 to give an unmatched @end error.
+%
+\def\defineunmatchedend#1{%
+ \expandafter\def\csname E#1\endcsname{\unmatchedenderror{#1}}%
+}
+
+
+%% Simple single-character @ commands
+
+% @@ prints an @
+% Kludge this until the fonts are right (grr).
+\def\@{{\tt\char64}}
+
+% This is turned off because it was never documented
+% and you can use @w{...} around a quote to suppress ligatures.
+%% Define @` and @' to be the same as ` and '
+%% but suppressing ligatures.
+%\def\`{{`}}
+%\def\'{{'}}
+
+% Used to generate quoted braces.
+\def\mylbrace {{\tt\char123}}
+\def\myrbrace {{\tt\char125}}
+\let\{=\mylbrace
+\let\}=\myrbrace
+\begingroup
+ % Definitions to produce \{ and \} commands for indices,
+ % and @{ and @} for the aux file.
+ \catcode`\{ = \other \catcode`\} = \other
+ \catcode`\[ = 1 \catcode`\] = 2
+ \catcode`\! = 0 \catcode`\\ = \other
+ !gdef!lbracecmd[\{]%
+ !gdef!rbracecmd[\}]%
+ !gdef!lbraceatcmd[@{]%
+ !gdef!rbraceatcmd[@}]%
+!endgroup
+
+% Accents: @, @dotaccent @ringaccent @ubaraccent @udotaccent
+% Others are defined by plain TeX: @` @' @" @^ @~ @= @u @v @H.
+\let\, = \c
+\let\dotaccent = \.
+\def\ringaccent#1{{\accent23 #1}}
+\let\tieaccent = \t
+\let\ubaraccent = \b
+\let\udotaccent = \d
+
+% Other special characters: @questiondown @exclamdown
+% Plain TeX defines: @AA @AE @O @OE @L (plus lowercase versions) @ss.
+\def\questiondown{?`}
+\def\exclamdown{!`}
+
+% Dotless i and dotless j, used for accents.
+\def\imacro{i}
+\def\jmacro{j}
+\def\dotless#1{%
+ \def\temp{#1}%
+ \ifx\temp\imacro \ptexi
+ \else\ifx\temp\jmacro \j
+ \else \errmessage{@dotless can be used only with i or j}%
+ \fi\fi
+}
+
+% Be sure we're in horizontal mode when doing a tie, since we make space
+% equivalent to this in @example-like environments. Otherwise, a space
+% at the beginning of a line will start with \penalty -- and
+% since \penalty is valid in vertical mode, we'd end up putting the
+% penalty on the vertical list instead of in the new paragraph.
+{\catcode`@ = 11
+ % Avoid using \@M directly, because that causes trouble
+ % if the definition is written into an index file.
+ \global\let\tiepenalty = \@M
+ \gdef\tie{\leavevmode\penalty\tiepenalty\ }
+}
+
+% @: forces normal size whitespace following.
+\def\:{\spacefactor=1000 }
+
+% @* forces a line break.
+\def\*{\hfil\break\hbox{}\ignorespaces}
+
+% @. is an end-of-sentence period.
+\def\.{.\spacefactor=3000 }
+
+% @! is an end-of-sentence bang.
+\def\!{!\spacefactor=3000 }
+
+% @? is an end-of-sentence query.
+\def\?{?\spacefactor=3000 }
+
+% @w prevents a word break. Without the \leavevmode, @w at the
+% beginning of a paragraph, when TeX is still in vertical mode, would
+% produce a whole line of output instead of starting the paragraph.
+\def\w#1{\leavevmode\hbox{#1}}
+
+% @group ... @end group forces ... to be all on one page, by enclosing
+% it in a TeX vbox. We use \vtop instead of \vbox to construct the box
+% to keep its height that of a normal line. According to the rules for
+% \topskip (p.114 of the TeXbook), the glue inserted is
+% max (\topskip - \ht (first item), 0). If that height is large,
+% therefore, no glue is inserted, and the space between the headline and
+% the text is small, which looks bad.
+%
+% Another complication is that the group might be very large. This can
+% cause the glue on the previous page to be unduly stretched, because it
+% does not have much material. In this case, it's better to add an
+% explicit \vfill so that the extra space is at the bottom. The
+% threshold for doing this is if the group is more than \vfilllimit
+% percent of a page (\vfilllimit can be changed inside of @tex).
+%
+\newbox\groupbox
+\def\vfilllimit{0.7}
+%
+\def\group{\begingroup
+ \ifnum\catcode13=\active \else
+ \errhelp = \groupinvalidhelp
+ \errmessage{@group invalid in context where filling is enabled}%
+ \fi
+ %
+ % The \vtop we start below produces a box with normal height and large
+ % depth; thus, TeX puts \baselineskip glue before it, and (when the
+ % next line of text is done) \lineskip glue after it. (See p.82 of
+ % the TeXbook.) Thus, space below is not quite equal to space
+ % above. But it's pretty close.
+ \def\Egroup{%
+ \egroup % End the \vtop.
+ % \dimen0 is the vertical size of the group's box.
+ \dimen0 = \ht\groupbox \advance\dimen0 by \dp\groupbox
+ % \dimen2 is how much space is left on the page (more or less).
+ \dimen2 = \pageheight \advance\dimen2 by -\pagetotal
+ % if the group doesn't fit on the current page, and it's a big big
+ % group, force a page break.
+ \ifdim \dimen0 > \dimen2
+ \ifdim \pagetotal < \vfilllimit\pageheight
+ \page
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \copy\groupbox
+ \endgroup % End the \group.
+ }%
+ %
+ \setbox\groupbox = \vtop\bgroup
+ % We have to put a strut on the last line in case the @group is in
+ % the midst of an example, rather than completely enclosing it.
+ % Otherwise, the interline space between the last line of the group
+ % and the first line afterwards is too small. But we can't put the
+ % strut in \Egroup, since there it would be on a line by itself.
+ % Hence this just inserts a strut at the beginning of each line.
+ \everypar = {\strut}%
+ %
+ % Since we have a strut on every line, we don't need any of TeX's
+ % normal interline spacing.
+ \offinterlineskip
+ %
+ % OK, but now we have to do something about blank
+ % lines in the input in @example-like environments, which normally
+ % just turn into \lisppar, which will insert no space now that we've
+ % turned off the interline space. Simplest is to make them be an
+ % empty paragraph.
+ \ifx\par\lisppar
+ \edef\par{\leavevmode \par}%
+ %
+ % Reset ^^M's definition to new definition of \par.
+ \obeylines
+ \fi
+ %
+ % Do @comment since we are called inside an environment such as
+ % @example, where each end-of-line in the input causes an
+ % end-of-line in the output. We don't want the end-of-line after
+ % the `@group' to put extra space in the output. Since @group
+ % should appear on a line by itself (according to the Texinfo
+ % manual), we don't worry about eating any user text.
+ \comment
+}
+%
+% TeX puts in an \escapechar (i.e., `@') at the beginning of the help
+% message, so this ends up printing `@group can only ...'.
+%
+\newhelp\groupinvalidhelp{%
+group can only be used in environments such as @example,^^J%
+where each line of input produces a line of output.}
+
+% @need space-in-mils
+% forces a page break if there is not space-in-mils remaining.
+
+\newdimen\mil \mil=0.001in
+
+\def\need{\parsearg\needx}
+
+% Old definition--didn't work.
+%\def\needx #1{\par %
+%% This method tries to make TeX break the page naturally
+%% if the depth of the box does not fit.
+%{\baselineskip=0pt%
+%\vtop to #1\mil{\vfil}\kern -#1\mil\nobreak
+%\prevdepth=-1000pt
+%}}
+
+\def\needx#1{%
+ % Ensure vertical mode, so we don't make a big box in the middle of a
+ % paragraph.
+ \par
+ %
+ % If the @need value is less than one line space, it's useless.
+ \dimen0 = #1\mil
+ \dimen2 = \ht\strutbox
+ \advance\dimen2 by \dp\strutbox
+ \ifdim\dimen0 > \dimen2
+ %
+ % Do a \strut just to make the height of this box be normal, so the
+ % normal leading is inserted relative to the preceding line.
+ % And a page break here is fine.
+ \vtop to #1\mil{\strut\vfil}%
+ %
+ % TeX does not even consider page breaks if a penalty added to the
+ % main vertical list is 10000 or more. But in order to see if the
+ % empty box we just added fits on the page, we must make it consider
+ % page breaks. On the other hand, we don't want to actually break the
+ % page after the empty box. So we use a penalty of 9999.
+ %
+ % There is an extremely small chance that TeX will actually break the
+ % page at this \penalty, if there are no other feasible breakpoints in
+ % sight. (If the user is using lots of big @group commands, which
+ % almost-but-not-quite fill up a page, TeX will have a hard time doing
+ % good page breaking, for example.) However, I could not construct an
+ % example where a page broke at this \penalty; if it happens in a real
+ % document, then we can reconsider our strategy.
+ \penalty9999
+ %
+ % Back up by the size of the box, whether we did a page break or not.
+ \kern -#1\mil
+ %
+ % Do not allow a page break right after this kern.
+ \nobreak
+ \fi
+}
+
+% @br forces paragraph break
+
+\let\br = \par
+
+% @dots{} output an ellipsis using the current font.
+% We do .5em per period so that it has the same spacing in a typewriter
+% font as three actual period characters.
+%
+\def\dots{%
+ \leavevmode
+ \hbox to 1.5em{%
+ \hskip 0pt plus 0.25fil minus 0.25fil
+ .\hss.\hss.%
+ \hskip 0pt plus 0.5fil minus 0.5fil
+ }%
+}
+
+% @enddots{} is an end-of-sentence ellipsis.
+%
+\def\enddots{%
+ \leavevmode
+ \hbox to 2em{%
+ \hskip 0pt plus 0.25fil minus 0.25fil
+ .\hss.\hss.\hss.%
+ \hskip 0pt plus 0.5fil minus 0.5fil
+ }%
+ \spacefactor=3000
+}
+
+
+% @page forces the start of a new page
+%
+\def\page{\par\vfill\supereject}
+
+% @exdent text....
+% outputs text on separate line in roman font, starting at standard page margin
+
+% This records the amount of indent in the innermost environment.
+% That's how much \exdent should take out.
+\newskip\exdentamount
+
+% This defn is used inside fill environments such as @defun.
+\def\exdent{\parsearg\exdentyyy}
+\def\exdentyyy #1{{\hfil\break\hbox{\kern -\exdentamount{\rm#1}}\hfil\break}}
+
+% This defn is used inside nofill environments such as @example.
+\def\nofillexdent{\parsearg\nofillexdentyyy}
+\def\nofillexdentyyy #1{{\advance \leftskip by -\exdentamount
+\leftline{\hskip\leftskip{\rm#1}}}}
+
+% @inmargin{WHICH}{TEXT} puts TEXT in the WHICH margin next to the current
+% paragraph. For more general purposes, use the \margin insertion
+% class. WHICH is `l' or `r'.
+%
+\newskip\inmarginspacing \inmarginspacing=1cm
+\def\strutdepth{\dp\strutbox}
+%
+\def\doinmargin#1#2{\strut\vadjust{%
+ \nobreak
+ \kern-\strutdepth
+ \vtop to \strutdepth{%
+ \baselineskip=\strutdepth
+ \vss
+ % if you have multiple lines of stuff to put here, you'll need to
+ % make the vbox yourself of the appropriate size.
+ \ifx#1l%
+ \llap{\ignorespaces #2\hskip\inmarginspacing}%
+ \else
+ \rlap{\hskip\hsize \hskip\inmarginspacing \ignorespaces #2}%
+ \fi
+ \null
+ }%
+}}
+\def\inleftmargin{\doinmargin l}
+\def\inrightmargin{\doinmargin r}
+%
+% @inmargin{TEXT [, RIGHT-TEXT]}
+% (if RIGHT-TEXT is given, use TEXT for left page, RIGHT-TEXT for right;
+% else use TEXT for both).
+%
+\def\inmargin#1{\parseinmargin #1,,\finish}
+\def\parseinmargin#1,#2,#3\finish{% not perfect, but better than nothing.
+ \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}%
+ \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt
+ \def\lefttext{#1}% have both texts
+ \def\righttext{#2}%
+ \else
+ \def\lefttext{#1}% have only one text
+ \def\righttext{#1}%
+ \fi
+ %
+ \ifodd\pageno
+ \def\temp{\inrightmargin\righttext}% odd page -> outside is right margin
+ \else
+ \def\temp{\inleftmargin\lefttext}%
+ \fi
+ \temp
+}
+
+% @include file insert text of that file as input.
+% Allow normal characters that we make active in the argument (a file name).
+\def\include{\begingroup
+ \catcode`\\=\other
+ \catcode`~=\other
+ \catcode`^=\other
+ \catcode`_=\other
+ \catcode`|=\other
+ \catcode`<=\other
+ \catcode`>=\other
+ \catcode`+=\other
+ \parsearg\includezzz}
+% Restore active chars for included file.
+\def\includezzz#1{\endgroup\begingroup
+ % Read the included file in a group so nested @include's work.
+ \def\thisfile{#1}%
+ \let\value=\expandablevalue
+ \input\thisfile
+\endgroup}
+
+\def\thisfile{}
+
+% @center line
+% outputs that line, centered.
+%
+\def\center{\parsearg\docenter}
+\def\docenter#1{{%
+ \ifhmode \hfil\break \fi
+ \advance\hsize by -\leftskip
+ \advance\hsize by -\rightskip
+ \line{\hfil \ignorespaces#1\unskip \hfil}%
+ \ifhmode \break \fi
+}}
+
+% @sp n outputs n lines of vertical space
+
+\def\sp{\parsearg\spxxx}
+\def\spxxx #1{\vskip #1\baselineskip}
+
+% @comment ...line which is ignored...
+% @c is the same as @comment
+% @ignore ... @end ignore is another way to write a comment
+
+\def\comment{\begingroup \catcode`\^^M=\other%
+\catcode`\@=\other \catcode`\{=\other \catcode`\}=\other%
+\commentxxx}
+{\catcode`\^^M=\other \gdef\commentxxx#1^^M{\endgroup}}
+
+\let\c=\comment
+
+% @paragraphindent NCHARS
+% We'll use ems for NCHARS, close enough.
+% We cannot implement @paragraphindent asis, though.
+%
+\def\asisword{asis} % no translation, these are keywords
+\def\noneword{none}
+%
+\def\paragraphindent{\parsearg\doparagraphindent}
+\def\doparagraphindent#1{%
+ \def\temp{#1}%
+ \ifx\temp\asisword
+ \else
+ \ifx\temp\noneword
+ \defaultparindent = 0pt
+ \else
+ \defaultparindent = #1em
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \parindent = \defaultparindent
+}
+
+% @exampleindent NCHARS
+% We'll use ems for NCHARS like @paragraphindent.
+% It seems @exampleindent asis isn't necessary, but
+% I preserve it to make it similar to @paragraphindent.
+\def\exampleindent{\parsearg\doexampleindent}
+\def\doexampleindent#1{%
+ \def\temp{#1}%
+ \ifx\temp\asisword
+ \else
+ \ifx\temp\noneword
+ \lispnarrowing = 0pt
+ \else
+ \lispnarrowing = #1em
+ \fi
+ \fi
+}
+
+% @asis just yields its argument. Used with @table, for example.
+%
+\def\asis#1{#1}
+
+% @math outputs its argument in math mode.
+% We don't use $'s directly in the definition of \math because we need
+% to set catcodes according to plain TeX first, to allow for subscripts,
+% superscripts, special math chars, etc.
+%
+\let\implicitmath = $%$ font-lock fix
+%
+% One complication: _ usually means subscripts, but it could also mean
+% an actual _ character, as in @math{@var{some_variable} + 1}. So make
+% _ within @math be active (mathcode "8000), and distinguish by seeing
+% if the current family is \slfam, which is what @var uses.
+%
+{\catcode\underChar = \active
+\gdef\mathunderscore{%
+ \catcode\underChar=\active
+ \def_{\ifnum\fam=\slfam \_\else\sb\fi}%
+}}
+%
+% Another complication: we want \\ (and @\) to output a \ character.
+% FYI, plain.tex uses \\ as a temporary control sequence (why?), but
+% this is not advertised and we don't care. Texinfo does not
+% otherwise define @\.
+%
+% The \mathchar is class=0=ordinary, family=7=ttfam, position=5C=\.
+\def\mathbackslash{\ifnum\fam=\ttfam \mathchar"075C \else\backslash \fi}
+%
+\def\math{%
+ \tex
+ \mathcode`\_="8000 \mathunderscore
+ \let\\ = \mathbackslash
+ \mathactive
+ \implicitmath\finishmath}
+\def\finishmath#1{#1\implicitmath\Etex}
+
+% Some active characters (such as <) are spaced differently in math.
+% We have to reset their definitions in case the @math was an
+% argument to a command which set the catcodes (such as @item or @section).
+%
+{
+ \catcode`^ = \active
+ \catcode`< = \active
+ \catcode`> = \active
+ \catcode`+ = \active
+ \gdef\mathactive{%
+ \let^ = \ptexhat
+ \let< = \ptexless
+ \let> = \ptexgtr
+ \let+ = \ptexplus
+ }
+}
+
+% @bullet and @minus need the same treatment as @math, just above.
+\def\bullet{\implicitmath\ptexbullet\implicitmath}
+\def\minus{\implicitmath-\implicitmath}
+
+% @refill is a no-op.
+\let\refill=\relax
+
+% If working on a large document in chapters, it is convenient to
+% be able to disable indexing, cross-referencing, and contents, for test runs.
+% This is done with @novalidate (before @setfilename).
+%
+\newif\iflinks \linkstrue % by default we want the aux files.
+\let\novalidate = \linksfalse
+
+% @setfilename is done at the beginning of every texinfo file.
+% So open here the files we need to have open while reading the input.
+% This makes it possible to make a .fmt file for texinfo.
+\def\setfilename{%
+ \iflinks
+ \readauxfile
+ \fi % \openindices needs to do some work in any case.
+ \openindices
+ \fixbackslash % Turn off hack to swallow `\input texinfo'.
+ \global\let\setfilename=\comment % Ignore extra @setfilename cmds.
+ %
+ % If texinfo.cnf is present on the system, read it.
+ % Useful for site-wide @afourpaper, etc.
+ % Just to be on the safe side, close the input stream before the \input.
+ \openin 1 texinfo.cnf
+ \ifeof1 \let\temp=\relax \else \def\temp{\input texinfo.cnf }\fi
+ \closein1
+ \temp
+ %
+ \comment % Ignore the actual filename.
+}
+
+% Called from \setfilename.
+%
+\def\openindices{%
+ \newindex{cp}%
+ \newcodeindex{fn}%
+ \newcodeindex{vr}%
+ \newcodeindex{tp}%
+ \newcodeindex{ky}%
+ \newcodeindex{pg}%
+}
+
+% @bye.
+\outer\def\bye{\pagealignmacro\tracingstats=1\ptexend}
+
+
+\message{pdf,}
+% adobe `portable' document format
+\newcount\tempnum
+\newcount\lnkcount
+\newtoks\filename
+\newcount\filenamelength
+\newcount\pgn
+\newtoks\toksA
+\newtoks\toksB
+\newtoks\toksC
+\newtoks\toksD
+\newbox\boxA
+\newcount\countA
+\newif\ifpdf
+\newif\ifpdfmakepagedest
+
+\ifx\pdfoutput\undefined
+ \pdffalse
+ \let\pdfmkdest = \gobble
+ \let\pdfurl = \gobble
+ \let\endlink = \relax
+ \let\linkcolor = \relax
+ \let\pdfmakeoutlines = \relax
+\else
+ \pdftrue
+ \pdfoutput = 1
+ \input pdfcolor
+ \def\dopdfimage#1#2#3{%
+ \def\imagewidth{#2}%
+ \def\imageheight{#3}%
+ % without \immediate, pdftex seg faults when the same image is
+ % included twice. (Version 3.14159-pre-1.0-unofficial-20010704.)
+ \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14
+ \immediate\pdfimage
+ \else
+ \immediate\pdfximage
+ \fi
+ \ifx\empty\imagewidth\else width \imagewidth \fi
+ \ifx\empty\imageheight\else height \imageheight \fi
+ \ifnum\pdftexversion<13
+ #1.pdf%
+ \else
+ {#1.pdf}%
+ \fi
+ \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14 \else
+ \pdfrefximage \pdflastximage
+ \fi}
+ \def\pdfmkdest#1{{\normalturnoffactive \pdfdest name{#1} xyz}}
+ \def\pdfmkpgn#1{#1}
+ \let\linkcolor = \Blue % was Cyan, but that seems light?
+ \def\endlink{\Black\pdfendlink}
+ % Adding outlines to PDF; macros for calculating structure of outlines
+ % come from Petr Olsak
+ \def\expnumber#1{\expandafter\ifx\csname#1\endcsname\relax 0%
+ \else \csname#1\endcsname \fi}
+ \def\advancenumber#1{\tempnum=\expnumber{#1}\relax
+ \advance\tempnum by1
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname#1\endcsname{\the\tempnum}}
+ \def\pdfmakeoutlines{{%
+ \openin 1 \jobname.toc
+ \ifeof 1\else\begingroup
+ \closein 1
+ % Thanh's hack / proper braces in bookmarks
+ \edef\mylbrace{\iftrue \string{\else}\fi}\let\{=\mylbrace
+ \edef\myrbrace{\iffalse{\else\string}\fi}\let\}=\myrbrace
+ %
+ \def\chapentry ##1##2##3{}
+ \def\secentry ##1##2##3##4{\advancenumber{chap##2}}
+ \def\subsecentry ##1##2##3##4##5{\advancenumber{sec##2.##3}}
+ \def\subsubsecentry ##1##2##3##4##5##6{\advancenumber{subsec##2.##3.##4}}
+ \let\appendixentry = \chapentry
+ \let\unnumbchapentry = \chapentry
+ \let\unnumbsecentry = \secentry
+ \let\unnumbsubsecentry = \subsecentry
+ \let\unnumbsubsubsecentry = \subsubsecentry
+ \input \jobname.toc
+ \def\chapentry ##1##2##3{%
+ \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{##3}}count-\expnumber{chap##2}{##1}}
+ \def\secentry ##1##2##3##4{%
+ \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{##4}}count-\expnumber{sec##2.##3}{##1}}
+ \def\subsecentry ##1##2##3##4##5{%
+ \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{##5}}count-\expnumber{subsec##2.##3.##4}{##1}}
+ \def\subsubsecentry ##1##2##3##4##5##6{%
+ \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{##6}}{##1}}
+ \let\appendixentry = \chapentry
+ \let\unnumbchapentry = \chapentry
+ \let\unnumbsecentry = \secentry
+ \let\unnumbsubsecentry = \subsecentry
+ \let\unnumbsubsubsecentry = \subsubsecentry
+ %
+ % Make special characters normal for writing to the pdf file.
+ %
+ \indexnofonts
+ \let\tt=\relax
+ \turnoffactive
+ \input \jobname.toc
+ \endgroup\fi
+ }}
+ \def\makelinks #1,{%
+ \def\params{#1}\def\E{END}%
+ \ifx\params\E
+ \let\nextmakelinks=\relax
+ \else
+ \let\nextmakelinks=\makelinks
+ \ifnum\lnkcount>0,\fi
+ \picknum{#1}%
+ \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}
+ goto name{\pdfmkpgn{\the\pgn}}%
+ \linkcolor #1%
+ \advance\lnkcount by 1%
+ \endlink
+ \fi
+ \nextmakelinks
+ }
+ \def\picknum#1{\expandafter\pn#1}
+ \def\pn#1{%
+ \def\p{#1}%
+ \ifx\p\lbrace
+ \let\nextpn=\ppn
+ \else
+ \let\nextpn=\ppnn
+ \def\first{#1}
+ \fi
+ \nextpn
+ }
+ \def\ppn#1{\pgn=#1\gobble}
+ \def\ppnn{\pgn=\first}
+ \def\pdfmklnk#1{\lnkcount=0\makelinks #1,END,}
+ \def\addtokens#1#2{\edef\addtoks{\noexpand#1={\the#1#2}}\addtoks}
+ \def\skipspaces#1{\def\PP{#1}\def\D{|}%
+ \ifx\PP\D\let\nextsp\relax
+ \else\let\nextsp\skipspaces
+ \ifx\p\space\else\addtokens{\filename}{\PP}%
+ \advance\filenamelength by 1
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \nextsp}
+ \def\getfilename#1{\filenamelength=0\expandafter\skipspaces#1|\relax}
+ \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14
+ \let \startlink \pdfannotlink
+ \else
+ \let \startlink \pdfstartlink
+ \fi
+ \def\pdfurl#1{%
+ \begingroup
+ \normalturnoffactive\def\@{@}%
+ \let\value=\expandablevalue
+ \leavevmode\Red
+ \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}%
+ user{/Subtype /Link /A << /S /URI /URI (#1) >>}%
+ % #1
+ \endgroup}
+ \def\pdfgettoks#1.{\setbox\boxA=\hbox{\toksA={#1.}\toksB={}\maketoks}}
+ \def\addtokens#1#2{\edef\addtoks{\noexpand#1={\the#1#2}}\addtoks}
+ \def\adn#1{\addtokens{\toksC}{#1}\global\countA=1\let\next=\maketoks}
+ \def\poptoks#1#2|ENDTOKS|{\let\first=#1\toksD={#1}\toksA={#2}}
+ \def\maketoks{%
+ \expandafter\poptoks\the\toksA|ENDTOKS|
+ \ifx\first0\adn0
+ \else\ifx\first1\adn1 \else\ifx\first2\adn2 \else\ifx\first3\adn3
+ \else\ifx\first4\adn4 \else\ifx\first5\adn5 \else\ifx\first6\adn6
+ \else\ifx\first7\adn7 \else\ifx\first8\adn8 \else\ifx\first9\adn9
+ \else
+ \ifnum0=\countA\else\makelink\fi
+ \ifx\first.\let\next=\done\else
+ \let\next=\maketoks
+ \addtokens{\toksB}{\the\toksD}
+ \ifx\first,\addtokens{\toksB}{\space}\fi
+ \fi
+ \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi
+ \next}
+ \def\makelink{\addtokens{\toksB}%
+ {\noexpand\pdflink{\the\toksC}}\toksC={}\global\countA=0}
+ \def\pdflink#1{%
+ \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]} goto name{\pdfmkpgn{#1}}
+ \linkcolor #1\endlink}
+ \def\done{\edef\st{\global\noexpand\toksA={\the\toksB}}\st}
+\fi % \ifx\pdfoutput
+
+
+\message{fonts,}
+% Font-change commands.
+
+% Texinfo sort of supports the sans serif font style, which plain TeX does not.
+% So we set up a \sf analogous to plain's \rm, etc.
+\newfam\sffam
+\def\sf{\fam=\sffam \tensf}
+\let\li = \sf % Sometimes we call it \li, not \sf.
+
+% We don't need math for this one.
+\def\ttsl{\tenttsl}
+
+% Default leading.
+\newdimen\textleading \textleading = 13.2pt
+
+% Set the baselineskip to #1, and the lineskip and strut size
+% correspondingly. There is no deep meaning behind these magic numbers
+% used as factors; they just match (closely enough) what Knuth defined.
+%
+\def\lineskipfactor{.08333}
+\def\strutheightpercent{.70833}
+\def\strutdepthpercent {.29167}
+%
+\def\setleading#1{%
+ \normalbaselineskip = #1\relax
+ \normallineskip = \lineskipfactor\normalbaselineskip
+ \normalbaselines
+ \setbox\strutbox =\hbox{%
+ \vrule width0pt height\strutheightpercent\baselineskip
+ depth \strutdepthpercent \baselineskip
+ }%
+}
+
+% Set the font macro #1 to the font named #2, adding on the
+% specified font prefix (normally `cm').
+% #3 is the font's design size, #4 is a scale factor
+\def\setfont#1#2#3#4{\font#1=\fontprefix#2#3 scaled #4}
+
+% Use cm as the default font prefix.
+% To specify the font prefix, you must define \fontprefix
+% before you read in texinfo.tex.
+\ifx\fontprefix\undefined
+\def\fontprefix{cm}
+\fi
+% Support font families that don't use the same naming scheme as CM.
+\def\rmshape{r}
+\def\rmbshape{bx} %where the normal face is bold
+\def\bfshape{b}
+\def\bxshape{bx}
+\def\ttshape{tt}
+\def\ttbshape{tt}
+\def\ttslshape{sltt}
+\def\itshape{ti}
+\def\itbshape{bxti}
+\def\slshape{sl}
+\def\slbshape{bxsl}
+\def\sfshape{ss}
+\def\sfbshape{ss}
+\def\scshape{csc}
+\def\scbshape{csc}
+
+\newcount\mainmagstep
+\ifx\bigger\relax
+ % not really supported.
+ \mainmagstep=\magstep1
+ \setfont\textrm\rmshape{12}{1000}
+ \setfont\texttt\ttshape{12}{1000}
+\else
+ \mainmagstep=\magstephalf
+ \setfont\textrm\rmshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
+ \setfont\texttt\ttshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
+\fi
+% Instead of cmb10, you may want to use cmbx10.
+% cmbx10 is a prettier font on its own, but cmb10
+% looks better when embedded in a line with cmr10
+% (in Bob's opinion).
+\setfont\textbf\bfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
+\setfont\textit\itshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
+\setfont\textsl\slshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
+\setfont\textsf\sfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
+\setfont\textsc\scshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
+\setfont\textttsl\ttslshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
+\font\texti=cmmi10 scaled \mainmagstep
+\font\textsy=cmsy10 scaled \mainmagstep
+
+% A few fonts for @defun, etc.
+\setfont\defbf\bxshape{10}{\magstep1} %was 1314
+\setfont\deftt\ttshape{10}{\magstep1}
+\def\df{\let\tentt=\deftt \let\tenbf = \defbf \bf}
+
+% Fonts for indices, footnotes, small examples (9pt).
+\setfont\smallrm\rmshape{9}{1000}
+\setfont\smalltt\ttshape{9}{1000}
+\setfont\smallbf\bfshape{10}{900}
+\setfont\smallit\itshape{9}{1000}
+\setfont\smallsl\slshape{9}{1000}
+\setfont\smallsf\sfshape{9}{1000}
+\setfont\smallsc\scshape{10}{900}
+\setfont\smallttsl\ttslshape{10}{900}
+\font\smalli=cmmi9
+\font\smallsy=cmsy9
+
+% Fonts for small examples (8pt).
+\setfont\smallerrm\rmshape{8}{1000}
+\setfont\smallertt\ttshape{8}{1000}
+\setfont\smallerbf\bfshape{10}{800}
+\setfont\smallerit\itshape{8}{1000}
+\setfont\smallersl\slshape{8}{1000}
+\setfont\smallersf\sfshape{8}{1000}
+\setfont\smallersc\scshape{10}{800}
+\setfont\smallerttsl\ttslshape{10}{800}
+\font\smalleri=cmmi8
+\font\smallersy=cmsy8
+
+% Fonts for title page:
+\setfont\titlerm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep3}
+\setfont\titleit\itbshape{10}{\magstep4}
+\setfont\titlesl\slbshape{10}{\magstep4}
+\setfont\titlett\ttbshape{12}{\magstep3}
+\setfont\titlettsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep4}
+\setfont\titlesf\sfbshape{17}{\magstep1}
+\let\titlebf=\titlerm
+\setfont\titlesc\scbshape{10}{\magstep4}
+\font\titlei=cmmi12 scaled \magstep3
+\font\titlesy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep4
+\def\authorrm{\secrm}
+\def\authortt{\sectt}
+
+% Chapter (and unnumbered) fonts (17.28pt).
+\setfont\chaprm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep2}
+\setfont\chapit\itbshape{10}{\magstep3}
+\setfont\chapsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep3}
+\setfont\chaptt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep2}
+\setfont\chapttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep3}
+\setfont\chapsf\sfbshape{17}{1000}
+\let\chapbf=\chaprm
+\setfont\chapsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep3}
+\font\chapi=cmmi12 scaled \magstep2
+\font\chapsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep3
+
+% Section fonts (14.4pt).
+\setfont\secrm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep1}
+\setfont\secit\itbshape{10}{\magstep2}
+\setfont\secsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep2}
+\setfont\sectt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep1}
+\setfont\secttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep2}
+\setfont\secsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstep1}
+\let\secbf\secrm
+\setfont\secsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep2}
+\font\seci=cmmi12 scaled \magstep1
+\font\secsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep2
+
+% Subsection fonts (13.15pt).
+\setfont\ssecrm\rmbshape{12}{\magstephalf}
+\setfont\ssecit\itbshape{10}{1315}
+\setfont\ssecsl\slbshape{10}{1315}
+\setfont\ssectt\ttbshape{12}{\magstephalf}
+\setfont\ssecttsl\ttslshape{10}{1315}
+\setfont\ssecsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstephalf}
+\let\ssecbf\ssecrm
+\setfont\ssecsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep1}
+\font\sseci=cmmi12 scaled \magstephalf
+\font\ssecsy=cmsy10 scaled 1315
+% The smallcaps and symbol fonts should actually be scaled \magstep1.5,
+% but that is not a standard magnification.
+
+% In order for the font changes to affect most math symbols and letters,
+% we have to define the \textfont of the standard families. Since
+% texinfo doesn't allow for producing subscripts and superscripts except
+% in the main text, we don't bother to reset \scriptfont and
+% \scriptscriptfont (which would also require loading a lot more fonts).
+%
+\def\resetmathfonts{%
+ \textfont0=\tenrm \textfont1=\teni \textfont2=\tensy
+ \textfont\itfam=\tenit \textfont\slfam=\tensl \textfont\bffam=\tenbf
+ \textfont\ttfam=\tentt \textfont\sffam=\tensf
+}
+
+% The font-changing commands redefine the meanings of \tenSTYLE, instead
+% of just \STYLE. We do this so that font changes will continue to work
+% in math mode, where it is the current \fam that is relevant in most
+% cases, not the current font. Plain TeX does \def\bf{\fam=\bffam
+% \tenbf}, for example. By redefining \tenbf, we obviate the need to
+% redefine \bf itself.
+\def\textfonts{%
+ \let\tenrm=\textrm \let\tenit=\textit \let\tensl=\textsl
+ \let\tenbf=\textbf \let\tentt=\texttt \let\smallcaps=\textsc
+ \let\tensf=\textsf \let\teni=\texti \let\tensy=\textsy \let\tenttsl=\textttsl
+ \resetmathfonts \setleading{\textleading}}
+\def\titlefonts{%
+ \let\tenrm=\titlerm \let\tenit=\titleit \let\tensl=\titlesl
+ \let\tenbf=\titlebf \let\tentt=\titlett \let\smallcaps=\titlesc
+ \let\tensf=\titlesf \let\teni=\titlei \let\tensy=\titlesy
+ \let\tenttsl=\titlettsl
+ \resetmathfonts \setleading{25pt}}
+\def\titlefont#1{{\titlefonts\rm #1}}
+\def\chapfonts{%
+ \let\tenrm=\chaprm \let\tenit=\chapit \let\tensl=\chapsl
+ \let\tenbf=\chapbf \let\tentt=\chaptt \let\smallcaps=\chapsc
+ \let\tensf=\chapsf \let\teni=\chapi \let\tensy=\chapsy \let\tenttsl=\chapttsl
+ \resetmathfonts \setleading{19pt}}
+\def\secfonts{%
+ \let\tenrm=\secrm \let\tenit=\secit \let\tensl=\secsl
+ \let\tenbf=\secbf \let\tentt=\sectt \let\smallcaps=\secsc
+ \let\tensf=\secsf \let\teni=\seci \let\tensy=\secsy \let\tenttsl=\secttsl
+ \resetmathfonts \setleading{16pt}}
+\def\subsecfonts{%
+ \let\tenrm=\ssecrm \let\tenit=\ssecit \let\tensl=\ssecsl
+ \let\tenbf=\ssecbf \let\tentt=\ssectt \let\smallcaps=\ssecsc
+ \let\tensf=\ssecsf \let\teni=\sseci \let\tensy=\ssecsy \let\tenttsl=\ssecttsl
+ \resetmathfonts \setleading{15pt}}
+\let\subsubsecfonts = \subsecfonts % Maybe make sssec fonts scaled magstephalf?
+\def\smallfonts{%
+ \let\tenrm=\smallrm \let\tenit=\smallit \let\tensl=\smallsl
+ \let\tenbf=\smallbf \let\tentt=\smalltt \let\smallcaps=\smallsc
+ \let\tensf=\smallsf \let\teni=\smalli \let\tensy=\smallsy
+ \let\tenttsl=\smallttsl
+ \resetmathfonts \setleading{10.5pt}}
+\def\smallerfonts{%
+ \let\tenrm=\smallerrm \let\tenit=\smallerit \let\tensl=\smallersl
+ \let\tenbf=\smallerbf \let\tentt=\smallertt \let\smallcaps=\smallersc
+ \let\tensf=\smallersf \let\teni=\smalleri \let\tensy=\smallersy
+ \let\tenttsl=\smallerttsl
+ \resetmathfonts \setleading{9.5pt}}
+
+% Set the fonts to use with the @small... environments.
+\let\smallexamplefonts = \smallfonts
+
+% About \smallexamplefonts. If we use \smallfonts (9pt), @smallexample
+% can fit this many characters:
+% 8.5x11=86 smallbook=72 a4=90 a5=69
+% If we use \smallerfonts (8pt), then we can fit this many characters:
+% 8.5x11=90+ smallbook=80 a4=90+ a5=77
+% For me, subjectively, the few extra characters that fit aren't worth
+% the additional smallness of 8pt. So I'm making the default 9pt.
+%
+% By the way, for comparison, here's what fits with @example (10pt):
+% 8.5x11=71 smallbook=60 a4=75 a5=58
+%
+% I wish we used A4 paper on this side of the Atlantic.
+%
+% --karl, 24jan03.
+
+
+% Set up the default fonts, so we can use them for creating boxes.
+%
+\textfonts
+
+% Define these so they can be easily changed for other fonts.
+\def\angleleft{$\langle$}
+\def\angleright{$\rangle$}
+
+% Count depth in font-changes, for error checks
+\newcount\fontdepth \fontdepth=0
+
+% Fonts for short table of contents.
+\setfont\shortcontrm\rmshape{12}{1000}
+\setfont\shortcontbf\bxshape{12}{1000}
+\setfont\shortcontsl\slshape{12}{1000}
+\setfont\shortconttt\ttshape{12}{1000}
+
+%% Add scribe-like font environments, plus @l for inline lisp (usually sans
+%% serif) and @ii for TeX italic
+
+% \smartitalic{ARG} outputs arg in italics, followed by an italic correction
+% unless the following character is such as not to need one.
+\def\smartitalicx{\ifx\next,\else\ifx\next-\else\ifx\next.\else\/\fi\fi\fi}
+\def\smartslanted#1{{\ifusingtt\ttsl\sl #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx}
+\def\smartitalic#1{{\ifusingtt\ttsl\it #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx}
+
+\let\i=\smartitalic
+\let\var=\smartslanted
+\let\dfn=\smartslanted
+\let\emph=\smartitalic
+\let\cite=\smartslanted
+
+\def\b#1{{\bf #1}}
+\let\strong=\b
+
+% We can't just use \exhyphenpenalty, because that only has effect at
+% the end of a paragraph. Restore normal hyphenation at the end of the
+% group within which \nohyphenation is presumably called.
+%
+\def\nohyphenation{\hyphenchar\font = -1 \aftergroup\restorehyphenation}
+\def\restorehyphenation{\hyphenchar\font = `- }
+
+% Set sfcode to normal for the chars that usually have another value.
+% Can't use plain's \frenchspacing because it uses the `\x notation, and
+% sometimes \x has an active definition that messes things up.
+%
+\catcode`@=11
+ \def\frenchspacing{%
+ \sfcode\dotChar =\@m \sfcode\questChar=\@m \sfcode\exclamChar=\@m
+ \sfcode\colonChar=\@m \sfcode\semiChar =\@m \sfcode\commaChar =\@m
+ }
+\catcode`@=\other
+
+\def\t#1{%
+ {\tt \rawbackslash \frenchspacing #1}%
+ \null
+}
+\let\ttfont=\t
+\def\samp#1{`\tclose{#1}'\null}
+\setfont\keyrm\rmshape{8}{1000}
+\font\keysy=cmsy9
+\def\key#1{{\keyrm\textfont2=\keysy \leavevmode\hbox{%
+ \raise0.4pt\hbox{\angleleft}\kern-.08em\vtop{%
+ \vbox{\hrule\kern-0.4pt
+ \hbox{\raise0.4pt\hbox{\vphantom{\angleleft}}#1}}%
+ \kern-0.4pt\hrule}%
+ \kern-.06em\raise0.4pt\hbox{\angleright}}}}
+% The old definition, with no lozenge:
+%\def\key #1{{\ttsl \nohyphenation \uppercase{#1}}\null}
+\def\ctrl #1{{\tt \rawbackslash \hat}#1}
+
+% @file, @option are the same as @samp.
+\let\file=\samp
+\let\option=\samp
+
+% @code is a modification of @t,
+% which makes spaces the same size as normal in the surrounding text.
+\def\tclose#1{%
+ {%
+ % Change normal interword space to be same as for the current font.
+ \spaceskip = \fontdimen2\font
+ %
+ % Switch to typewriter.
+ \tt
+ %
+ % But `\ ' produces the large typewriter interword space.
+ \def\ {{\spaceskip = 0pt{} }}%
+ %
+ % Turn off hyphenation.
+ \nohyphenation
+ %
+ \rawbackslash
+ \frenchspacing
+ #1%
+ }%
+ \null
+}
+
+% We *must* turn on hyphenation at `-' and `_' in \code.
+% Otherwise, it is too hard to avoid overfull hboxes
+% in the Emacs manual, the Library manual, etc.
+
+% Unfortunately, TeX uses one parameter (\hyphenchar) to control
+% both hyphenation at - and hyphenation within words.
+% We must therefore turn them both off (\tclose does that)
+% and arrange explicitly to hyphenate at a dash.
+% -- rms.
+{
+ \catcode`\-=\active
+ \catcode`\_=\active
+ %
+ \global\def\code{\begingroup
+ \catcode`\-=\active \let-\codedash
+ \catcode`\_=\active \let_\codeunder
+ \codex
+ }
+ %
+ % If we end up with any active - characters when handling the index,
+ % just treat them as a normal -.
+ \global\def\indexbreaks{\catcode`\-=\active \let-\realdash}
+}
+
+\def\realdash{-}
+\def\codedash{-\discretionary{}{}{}}
+\def\codeunder{%
+ % this is all so @math{@code{var_name}+1} can work. In math mode, _
+ % is "active" (mathcode"8000) and \normalunderscore (or \char95, etc.)
+ % will therefore expand the active definition of _, which is us
+ % (inside @code that is), therefore an endless loop.
+ \ifusingtt{\ifmmode
+ \mathchar"075F % class 0=ordinary, family 7=ttfam, pos 0x5F=_.
+ \else\normalunderscore \fi
+ \discretionary{}{}{}}%
+ {\_}%
+}
+\def\codex #1{\tclose{#1}\endgroup}
+
+% @kbd is like @code, except that if the argument is just one @key command,
+% then @kbd has no effect.
+
+% @kbdinputstyle -- arg is `distinct' (@kbd uses slanted tty font always),
+% `example' (@kbd uses ttsl only inside of @example and friends),
+% or `code' (@kbd uses normal tty font always).
+\def\kbdinputstyle{\parsearg\kbdinputstylexxx}
+\def\kbdinputstylexxx#1{%
+ \def\arg{#1}%
+ \ifx\arg\worddistinct
+ \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\ttsl}\gdef\kbdfont{\ttsl}%
+ \else\ifx\arg\wordexample
+ \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\ttsl}\gdef\kbdfont{\tt}%
+ \else\ifx\arg\wordcode
+ \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\tt}\gdef\kbdfont{\tt}%
+ \else
+ \errhelp = \EMsimple
+ \errmessage{Unknown @kbdinputstyle `\arg'}%
+ \fi\fi\fi
+}
+\def\worddistinct{distinct}
+\def\wordexample{example}
+\def\wordcode{code}
+
+% Default is `distinct.'
+\kbdinputstyle distinct
+
+\def\xkey{\key}
+\def\kbdfoo#1#2#3\par{\def\one{#1}\def\three{#3}\def\threex{??}%
+\ifx\one\xkey\ifx\threex\three \key{#2}%
+\else{\tclose{\kbdfont\look}}\fi
+\else{\tclose{\kbdfont\look}}\fi}
+
+% For @url, @env, @command quotes seem unnecessary, so use \code.
+\let\url=\code
+\let\env=\code
+\let\command=\code
+
+% @uref (abbreviation for `urlref') takes an optional (comma-separated)
+% second argument specifying the text to display and an optional third
+% arg as text to display instead of (rather than in addition to) the url
+% itself. First (mandatory) arg is the url. Perhaps eventually put in
+% a hypertex \special here.
+%
+\def\uref#1{\douref #1,,,\finish}
+\def\douref#1,#2,#3,#4\finish{\begingroup
+ \unsepspaces
+ \pdfurl{#1}%
+ \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}%
+ \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt
+ \unhbox0 % third arg given, show only that
+ \else
+ \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}%
+ \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt
+ \ifpdf
+ \unhbox0 % PDF: 2nd arg given, show only it
+ \else
+ \unhbox0\ (\code{#1})% DVI: 2nd arg given, show both it and url
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \code{#1}% only url given, so show it
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \endlink
+\endgroup}
+
+% rms does not like angle brackets --karl, 17may97.
+% So now @email is just like @uref, unless we are pdf.
+%
+%\def\email#1{\angleleft{\tt #1}\angleright}
+\ifpdf
+ \def\email#1{\doemail#1,,\finish}
+ \def\doemail#1,#2,#3\finish{\begingroup
+ \unsepspaces
+ \pdfurl{mailto:#1}%
+ \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}%
+ \ifdim\wd0>0pt\unhbox0\else\code{#1}\fi
+ \endlink
+ \endgroup}
+\else
+ \let\email=\uref
+\fi
+
+% Check if we are currently using a typewriter font. Since all the
+% Computer Modern typewriter fonts have zero interword stretch (and
+% shrink), and it is reasonable to expect all typewriter fonts to have
+% this property, we can check that font parameter.
+%
+\def\ifmonospace{\ifdim\fontdimen3\font=0pt }
+
+% Typeset a dimension, e.g., `in' or `pt'. The only reason for the
+% argument is to make the input look right: @dmn{pt} instead of @dmn{}pt.
+%
+\def\dmn#1{\thinspace #1}
+
+\def\kbd#1{\def\look{#1}\expandafter\kbdfoo\look??\par}
+
+% @l was never documented to mean ``switch to the Lisp font'',
+% and it is not used as such in any manual I can find. We need it for
+% Polish suppressed-l. --karl, 22sep96.
+%\def\l#1{{\li #1}\null}
+
+% Explicit font changes: @r, @sc, undocumented @ii.
+\def\r#1{{\rm #1}} % roman font
+\def\sc#1{{\smallcaps#1}} % smallcaps font
+\def\ii#1{{\it #1}} % italic font
+
+% @acronym downcases the argument and prints in smallcaps.
+\def\acronym#1{{\smallcaps \lowercase{#1}}}
+
+% @pounds{} is a sterling sign.
+\def\pounds{{\it\$}}
+
+
+\message{page headings,}
+
+\newskip\titlepagetopglue \titlepagetopglue = 1.5in
+\newskip\titlepagebottomglue \titlepagebottomglue = 2pc
+
+% First the title page. Must do @settitle before @titlepage.
+\newif\ifseenauthor
+\newif\iffinishedtitlepage
+
+% Do an implicit @contents or @shortcontents after @end titlepage if the
+% user says @setcontentsaftertitlepage or @setshortcontentsaftertitlepage.
+%
+\newif\ifsetcontentsaftertitlepage
+ \let\setcontentsaftertitlepage = \setcontentsaftertitlepagetrue
+\newif\ifsetshortcontentsaftertitlepage
+ \let\setshortcontentsaftertitlepage = \setshortcontentsaftertitlepagetrue
+
+\def\shorttitlepage{\parsearg\shorttitlepagezzz}
+\def\shorttitlepagezzz #1{\begingroup\hbox{}\vskip 1.5in \chaprm \centerline{#1}%
+ \endgroup\page\hbox{}\page}
+
+\def\titlepage{\begingroup \parindent=0pt \textfonts
+ \let\subtitlerm=\tenrm
+ \def\subtitlefont{\subtitlerm \normalbaselineskip = 13pt \normalbaselines}%
+ %
+ \def\authorfont{\authorrm \normalbaselineskip = 16pt \normalbaselines
+ \let\tt=\authortt}%
+ %
+ % Leave some space at the very top of the page.
+ \vglue\titlepagetopglue
+ %
+ % Now you can print the title using @title.
+ \def\title{\parsearg\titlezzz}%
+ \def\titlezzz##1{\leftline{\titlefonts\rm ##1}
+ % print a rule at the page bottom also.
+ \finishedtitlepagefalse
+ \vskip4pt \hrule height 4pt width \hsize \vskip4pt}%
+ % No rule at page bottom unless we print one at the top with @title.
+ \finishedtitlepagetrue
+ %
+ % Now you can put text using @subtitle.
+ \def\subtitle{\parsearg\subtitlezzz}%
+ \def\subtitlezzz##1{{\subtitlefont \rightline{##1}}}%
+ %
+ % @author should come last, but may come many times.
+ \def\author{\parsearg\authorzzz}%
+ \def\authorzzz##1{\ifseenauthor\else\vskip 0pt plus 1filll\seenauthortrue\fi
+ {\authorfont \leftline{##1}}}%
+ %
+ % Most title ``pages'' are actually two pages long, with space
+ % at the top of the second. We don't want the ragged left on the second.
+ \let\oldpage = \page
+ \def\page{%
+ \iffinishedtitlepage\else
+ \finishtitlepage
+ \fi
+ \oldpage
+ \let\page = \oldpage
+ \hbox{}}%
+% \def\page{\oldpage \hbox{}}
+}
+
+\def\Etitlepage{%
+ \iffinishedtitlepage\else
+ \finishtitlepage
+ \fi
+ % It is important to do the page break before ending the group,
+ % because the headline and footline are only empty inside the group.
+ % If we use the new definition of \page, we always get a blank page
+ % after the title page, which we certainly don't want.
+ \oldpage
+ \endgroup
+ %
+ % Need this before the \...aftertitlepage checks so that if they are
+ % in effect the toc pages will come out with page numbers.
+ \HEADINGSon
+ %
+ % If they want short, they certainly want long too.
+ \ifsetshortcontentsaftertitlepage
+ \shortcontents
+ \contents
+ \global\let\shortcontents = \relax
+ \global\let\contents = \relax
+ \fi
+ %
+ \ifsetcontentsaftertitlepage
+ \contents
+ \global\let\contents = \relax
+ \global\let\shortcontents = \relax
+ \fi
+}
+
+\def\finishtitlepage{%
+ \vskip4pt \hrule height 2pt width \hsize
+ \vskip\titlepagebottomglue
+ \finishedtitlepagetrue
+}
+
+%%% Set up page headings and footings.
+
+\let\thispage=\folio
+
+\newtoks\evenheadline % headline on even pages
+\newtoks\oddheadline % headline on odd pages
+\newtoks\evenfootline % footline on even pages
+\newtoks\oddfootline % footline on odd pages
+
+% Now make Tex use those variables
+\headline={{\textfonts\rm \ifodd\pageno \the\oddheadline
+ \else \the\evenheadline \fi}}
+\footline={{\textfonts\rm \ifodd\pageno \the\oddfootline
+ \else \the\evenfootline \fi}\HEADINGShook}
+\let\HEADINGShook=\relax
+
+% Commands to set those variables.
+% For example, this is what @headings on does
+% @evenheading @thistitle|@thispage|@thischapter
+% @oddheading @thischapter|@thispage|@thistitle
+% @evenfooting @thisfile||
+% @oddfooting ||@thisfile
+
+\def\evenheading{\parsearg\evenheadingxxx}
+\def\oddheading{\parsearg\oddheadingxxx}
+\def\everyheading{\parsearg\everyheadingxxx}
+
+\def\evenfooting{\parsearg\evenfootingxxx}
+\def\oddfooting{\parsearg\oddfootingxxx}
+\def\everyfooting{\parsearg\everyfootingxxx}
+
+{\catcode`\@=0 %
+
+\gdef\evenheadingxxx #1{\evenheadingyyy #1@|@|@|@|\finish}
+\gdef\evenheadingyyy #1@|#2@|#3@|#4\finish{%
+\global\evenheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}}
+
+\gdef\oddheadingxxx #1{\oddheadingyyy #1@|@|@|@|\finish}
+\gdef\oddheadingyyy #1@|#2@|#3@|#4\finish{%
+\global\oddheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}}
+
+\gdef\everyheadingxxx#1{\oddheadingxxx{#1}\evenheadingxxx{#1}}%
+
+\gdef\evenfootingxxx #1{\evenfootingyyy #1@|@|@|@|\finish}
+\gdef\evenfootingyyy #1@|#2@|#3@|#4\finish{%
+\global\evenfootline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}}
+
+\gdef\oddfootingxxx #1{\oddfootingyyy #1@|@|@|@|\finish}
+\gdef\oddfootingyyy #1@|#2@|#3@|#4\finish{%
+ \global\oddfootline = {\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}%
+ %
+ % Leave some space for the footline. Hopefully ok to assume
+ % @evenfooting will not be used by itself.
+ \global\advance\pageheight by -\baselineskip
+ \global\advance\vsize by -\baselineskip
+}
+
+\gdef\everyfootingxxx#1{\oddfootingxxx{#1}\evenfootingxxx{#1}}
+%
+}% unbind the catcode of @.
+
+% @headings double turns headings on for double-sided printing.
+% @headings single turns headings on for single-sided printing.
+% @headings off turns them off.
+% @headings on same as @headings double, retained for compatibility.
+% @headings after turns on double-sided headings after this page.
+% @headings doubleafter turns on double-sided headings after this page.
+% @headings singleafter turns on single-sided headings after this page.
+% By default, they are off at the start of a document,
+% and turned `on' after @end titlepage.
+
+\def\headings #1 {\csname HEADINGS#1\endcsname}
+
+\def\HEADINGSoff{
+\global\evenheadline={\hfil} \global\evenfootline={\hfil}
+\global\oddheadline={\hfil} \global\oddfootline={\hfil}}
+\HEADINGSoff
+% When we turn headings on, set the page number to 1.
+% For double-sided printing, put current file name in lower left corner,
+% chapter name on inside top of right hand pages, document
+% title on inside top of left hand pages, and page numbers on outside top
+% edge of all pages.
+\def\HEADINGSdouble{
+\global\pageno=1
+\global\evenfootline={\hfil}
+\global\oddfootline={\hfil}
+\global\evenheadline={\line{\folio\hfil\thistitle}}
+\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
+\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage
+}
+\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
+
+% For single-sided printing, chapter title goes across top left of page,
+% page number on top right.
+\def\HEADINGSsingle{
+\global\pageno=1
+\global\evenfootline={\hfil}
+\global\oddfootline={\hfil}
+\global\evenheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
+\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
+\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
+}
+\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSdouble}
+
+\def\HEADINGSafter{\let\HEADINGShook=\HEADINGSdoublex}
+\let\HEADINGSdoubleafter=\HEADINGSafter
+\def\HEADINGSdoublex{%
+\global\evenfootline={\hfil}
+\global\oddfootline={\hfil}
+\global\evenheadline={\line{\folio\hfil\thistitle}}
+\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
+\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage
+}
+
+\def\HEADINGSsingleafter{\let\HEADINGShook=\HEADINGSsinglex}
+\def\HEADINGSsinglex{%
+\global\evenfootline={\hfil}
+\global\oddfootline={\hfil}
+\global\evenheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
+\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
+\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
+}
+
+% Subroutines used in generating headings
+% This produces Day Month Year style of output.
+% Only define if not already defined, in case a txi-??.tex file has set
+% up a different format (e.g., txi-cs.tex does this).
+\ifx\today\undefined
+\def\today{%
+ \number\day\space
+ \ifcase\month
+ \or\putwordMJan\or\putwordMFeb\or\putwordMMar\or\putwordMApr
+ \or\putwordMMay\or\putwordMJun\or\putwordMJul\or\putwordMAug
+ \or\putwordMSep\or\putwordMOct\or\putwordMNov\or\putwordMDec
+ \fi
+ \space\number\year}
+\fi
+
+% @settitle line... specifies the title of the document, for headings.
+% It generates no output of its own.
+\def\thistitle{\putwordNoTitle}
+\def\settitle{\parsearg\settitlezzz}
+\def\settitlezzz #1{\gdef\thistitle{#1}}
+
+
+\message{tables,}
+% Tables -- @table, @ftable, @vtable, @item(x), @kitem(x), @xitem(x).
+
+% default indentation of table text
+\newdimen\tableindent \tableindent=.8in
+% default indentation of @itemize and @enumerate text
+\newdimen\itemindent \itemindent=.3in
+% margin between end of table item and start of table text.
+\newdimen\itemmargin \itemmargin=.1in
+
+% used internally for \itemindent minus \itemmargin
+\newdimen\itemmax
+
+% Note @table, @vtable, and @vtable define @item, @itemx, etc., with
+% these defs.
+% They also define \itemindex
+% to index the item name in whatever manner is desired (perhaps none).
+
+\newif\ifitemxneedsnegativevskip
+
+\def\itemxpar{\par\ifitemxneedsnegativevskip\nobreak\vskip-\parskip\nobreak\fi}
+
+\def\internalBitem{\smallbreak \parsearg\itemzzz}
+\def\internalBitemx{\itemxpar \parsearg\itemzzz}
+
+\def\internalBxitem "#1"{\def\xitemsubtopix{#1} \smallbreak \parsearg\xitemzzz}
+\def\internalBxitemx "#1"{\def\xitemsubtopix{#1} \itemxpar \parsearg\xitemzzz}
+
+\def\internalBkitem{\smallbreak \parsearg\kitemzzz}
+\def\internalBkitemx{\itemxpar \parsearg\kitemzzz}
+
+\def\kitemzzz #1{\dosubind {kw}{\code{#1}}{for {\bf \lastfunction}}%
+ \itemzzz {#1}}
+
+\def\xitemzzz #1{\dosubind {kw}{\code{#1}}{for {\bf \xitemsubtopic}}%
+ \itemzzz {#1}}
+
+\def\itemzzz #1{\begingroup %
+ \advance\hsize by -\rightskip
+ \advance\hsize by -\tableindent
+ \setbox0=\hbox{\itemfont{#1}}%
+ \itemindex{#1}%
+ \nobreak % This prevents a break before @itemx.
+ %
+ % If the item text does not fit in the space we have, put it on a line
+ % by itself, and do not allow a page break either before or after that
+ % line. We do not start a paragraph here because then if the next
+ % command is, e.g., @kindex, the whatsit would get put into the
+ % horizontal list on a line by itself, resulting in extra blank space.
+ \ifdim \wd0>\itemmax
+ %
+ % Make this a paragraph so we get the \parskip glue and wrapping,
+ % but leave it ragged-right.
+ \begingroup
+ \advance\leftskip by-\tableindent
+ \advance\hsize by\tableindent
+ \advance\rightskip by0pt plus1fil
+ \leavevmode\unhbox0\par
+ \endgroup
+ %
+ % We're going to be starting a paragraph, but we don't want the
+ % \parskip glue -- logically it's part of the @item we just started.
+ \nobreak \vskip-\parskip
+ %
+ % Stop a page break at the \parskip glue coming up. (Unfortunately
+ % we can't prevent a possible page break at the following
+ % \baselineskip glue.) However, if what follows is an environment
+ % such as @example, there will be no \parskip glue; then
+ % the negative vskip we just would cause the example and the item to
+ % crash together. So we use this bizarre value of 10001 as a signal
+ % to \aboveenvbreak to insert \parskip glue after all.
+ % (Possibly there are other commands that could be followed by
+ % @example which need the same treatment, but not section titles; or
+ % maybe section titles are the only special case and they should be
+ % penalty 10001...)
+ \penalty 10001
+ \endgroup
+ \itemxneedsnegativevskipfalse
+ \else
+ % The item text fits into the space. Start a paragraph, so that the
+ % following text (if any) will end up on the same line.
+ \noindent
+ % Do this with kerns and \unhbox so that if there is a footnote in
+ % the item text, it can migrate to the main vertical list and
+ % eventually be printed.
+ \nobreak\kern-\tableindent
+ \dimen0 = \itemmax \advance\dimen0 by \itemmargin \advance\dimen0 by -\wd0
+ \unhbox0
+ \nobreak\kern\dimen0
+ \endgroup
+ \itemxneedsnegativevskiptrue
+ \fi
+}
+
+\def\item{\errmessage{@item while not in a table}}
+\def\itemx{\errmessage{@itemx while not in a table}}
+\def\kitem{\errmessage{@kitem while not in a table}}
+\def\kitemx{\errmessage{@kitemx while not in a table}}
+\def\xitem{\errmessage{@xitem while not in a table}}
+\def\xitemx{\errmessage{@xitemx while not in a table}}
+
+% Contains a kludge to get @end[description] to work.
+\def\description{\tablez{\dontindex}{1}{}{}{}{}}
+
+% @table, @ftable, @vtable.
+\def\table{\begingroup\inENV\obeylines\obeyspaces\tablex}
+{\obeylines\obeyspaces%
+\gdef\tablex #1^^M{%
+\tabley\dontindex#1 \endtabley}}
+
+\def\ftable{\begingroup\inENV\obeylines\obeyspaces\ftablex}
+{\obeylines\obeyspaces%
+\gdef\ftablex #1^^M{%
+\tabley\fnitemindex#1 \endtabley
+\def\Eftable{\endgraf\afterenvbreak\endgroup}%
+\let\Etable=\relax}}
+
+\def\vtable{\begingroup\inENV\obeylines\obeyspaces\vtablex}
+{\obeylines\obeyspaces%
+\gdef\vtablex #1^^M{%
+\tabley\vritemindex#1 \endtabley
+\def\Evtable{\endgraf\afterenvbreak\endgroup}%
+\let\Etable=\relax}}
+
+\def\dontindex #1{}
+\def\fnitemindex #1{\doind {fn}{\code{#1}}}%
+\def\vritemindex #1{\doind {vr}{\code{#1}}}%
+
+{\obeyspaces %
+\gdef\tabley#1#2 #3 #4 #5 #6 #7\endtabley{\endgroup%
+\tablez{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}}}
+
+\def\tablez #1#2#3#4#5#6{%
+\aboveenvbreak %
+\begingroup %
+\def\Edescription{\Etable}% Necessary kludge.
+\let\itemindex=#1%
+\ifnum 0#3>0 \advance \leftskip by #3\mil \fi %
+\ifnum 0#4>0 \tableindent=#4\mil \fi %
+\ifnum 0#5>0 \advance \rightskip by #5\mil \fi %
+\def\itemfont{#2}%
+\itemmax=\tableindent %
+\advance \itemmax by -\itemmargin %
+\advance \leftskip by \tableindent %
+\exdentamount=\tableindent
+\parindent = 0pt
+\parskip = \smallskipamount
+\ifdim \parskip=0pt \parskip=2pt \fi%
+\def\Etable{\endgraf\afterenvbreak\endgroup}%
+\let\item = \internalBitem %
+\let\itemx = \internalBitemx %
+\let\kitem = \internalBkitem %
+\let\kitemx = \internalBkitemx %
+\let\xitem = \internalBxitem %
+\let\xitemx = \internalBxitemx %
+}
+
+% This is the counter used by @enumerate, which is really @itemize
+
+\newcount \itemno
+
+\def\itemize{\parsearg\itemizezzz}
+
+\def\itemizezzz #1{%
+ \begingroup % ended by the @end itemize
+ \itemizey {#1}{\Eitemize}
+}
+
+\def\itemizey #1#2{%
+\aboveenvbreak %
+\itemmax=\itemindent %
+\advance \itemmax by -\itemmargin %
+\advance \leftskip by \itemindent %
+\exdentamount=\itemindent
+\parindent = 0pt %
+\parskip = \smallskipamount %
+\ifdim \parskip=0pt \parskip=2pt \fi%
+\def#2{\endgraf\afterenvbreak\endgroup}%
+\def\itemcontents{#1}%
+\let\item=\itemizeitem}
+
+% \splitoff TOKENS\endmark defines \first to be the first token in
+% TOKENS, and \rest to be the remainder.
+%
+\def\splitoff#1#2\endmark{\def\first{#1}\def\rest{#2}}%
+
+% Allow an optional argument of an uppercase letter, lowercase letter,
+% or number, to specify the first label in the enumerated list. No
+% argument is the same as `1'.
+%
+\def\enumerate{\parsearg\enumeratezzz}
+\def\enumeratezzz #1{\enumeratey #1 \endenumeratey}
+\def\enumeratey #1 #2\endenumeratey{%
+ \begingroup % ended by the @end enumerate
+ %
+ % If we were given no argument, pretend we were given `1'.
+ \def\thearg{#1}%
+ \ifx\thearg\empty \def\thearg{1}\fi
+ %
+ % Detect if the argument is a single token. If so, it might be a
+ % letter. Otherwise, the only valid thing it can be is a number.
+ % (We will always have one token, because of the test we just made.
+ % This is a good thing, since \splitoff doesn't work given nothing at
+ % all -- the first parameter is undelimited.)
+ \expandafter\splitoff\thearg\endmark
+ \ifx\rest\empty
+ % Only one token in the argument. It could still be anything.
+ % A ``lowercase letter'' is one whose \lccode is nonzero.
+ % An ``uppercase letter'' is one whose \lccode is both nonzero, and
+ % not equal to itself.
+ % Otherwise, we assume it's a number.
+ %
+ % We need the \relax at the end of the \ifnum lines to stop TeX from
+ % continuing to look for a <number>.
+ %
+ \ifnum\lccode\expandafter`\thearg=0\relax
+ \numericenumerate % a number (we hope)
+ \else
+ % It's a letter.
+ \ifnum\lccode\expandafter`\thearg=\expandafter`\thearg\relax
+ \lowercaseenumerate % lowercase letter
+ \else
+ \uppercaseenumerate % uppercase letter
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \else
+ % Multiple tokens in the argument. We hope it's a number.
+ \numericenumerate
+ \fi
+}
+
+% An @enumerate whose labels are integers. The starting integer is
+% given in \thearg.
+%
+\def\numericenumerate{%
+ \itemno = \thearg
+ \startenumeration{\the\itemno}%
+}
+
+% The starting (lowercase) letter is in \thearg.
+\def\lowercaseenumerate{%
+ \itemno = \expandafter`\thearg
+ \startenumeration{%
+ % Be sure we're not beyond the end of the alphabet.
+ \ifnum\itemno=0
+ \errmessage{No more lowercase letters in @enumerate; get a bigger
+ alphabet}%
+ \fi
+ \char\lccode\itemno
+ }%
+}
+
+% The starting (uppercase) letter is in \thearg.
+\def\uppercaseenumerate{%
+ \itemno = \expandafter`\thearg
+ \startenumeration{%
+ % Be sure we're not beyond the end of the alphabet.
+ \ifnum\itemno=0
+ \errmessage{No more uppercase letters in @enumerate; get a bigger
+ alphabet}
+ \fi
+ \char\uccode\itemno
+ }%
+}
+
+% Call itemizey, adding a period to the first argument and supplying the
+% common last two arguments. Also subtract one from the initial value in
+% \itemno, since @item increments \itemno.
+%
+\def\startenumeration#1{%
+ \advance\itemno by -1
+ \itemizey{#1.}\Eenumerate\flushcr
+}
+
+% @alphaenumerate and @capsenumerate are abbreviations for giving an arg
+% to @enumerate.
+%
+\def\alphaenumerate{\enumerate{a}}
+\def\capsenumerate{\enumerate{A}}
+\def\Ealphaenumerate{\Eenumerate}
+\def\Ecapsenumerate{\Eenumerate}
+
+% Definition of @item while inside @itemize.
+
+\def\itemizeitem{%
+\advance\itemno by 1
+{\let\par=\endgraf \smallbreak}%
+\ifhmode \errmessage{In hmode at itemizeitem}\fi
+{\parskip=0in \hskip 0pt
+\hbox to 0pt{\hss \itemcontents\hskip \itemmargin}%
+\vadjust{\penalty 1200}}%
+\flushcr}
+
+% @multitable macros
+% Amy Hendrickson, 8/18/94, 3/6/96
+%
+% @multitable ... @end multitable will make as many columns as desired.
+% Contents of each column will wrap at width given in preamble. Width
+% can be specified either with sample text given in a template line,
+% or in percent of \hsize, the current width of text on page.
+
+% Table can continue over pages but will only break between lines.
+
+% To make preamble:
+%
+% Either define widths of columns in terms of percent of \hsize:
+% @multitable @columnfractions .25 .3 .45
+% @item ...
+%
+% Numbers following @columnfractions are the percent of the total
+% current hsize to be used for each column. You may use as many
+% columns as desired.
+
+
+% Or use a template:
+% @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template} {Column 3 template}
+% @item ...
+% using the widest term desired in each column.
+%
+% For those who want to use more than one line's worth of words in
+% the preamble, break the line within one argument and it
+% will parse correctly, i.e.,
+%
+% @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template} {Column 3
+% template}
+% Not:
+% @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template}
+% {Column 3 template}
+
+% Each new table line starts with @item, each subsequent new column
+% starts with @tab. Empty columns may be produced by supplying @tab's
+% with nothing between them for as many times as empty columns are needed,
+% ie, @tab@tab@tab will produce two empty columns.
+
+% @item, @tab, @multitable or @end multitable do not need to be on their
+% own lines, but it will not hurt if they are.
+
+% Sample multitable:
+
+% @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template} {Column 3 template}
+% @item first col stuff @tab second col stuff @tab third col
+% @item
+% first col stuff
+% @tab
+% second col stuff
+% @tab
+% third col
+% @item first col stuff @tab second col stuff
+% @tab Many paragraphs of text may be used in any column.
+%
+% They will wrap at the width determined by the template.
+% @item@tab@tab This will be in third column.
+% @end multitable
+
+% Default dimensions may be reset by user.
+% @multitableparskip is vertical space between paragraphs in table.
+% @multitableparindent is paragraph indent in table.
+% @multitablecolmargin is horizontal space to be left between columns.
+% @multitablelinespace is space to leave between table items, baseline
+% to baseline.
+% 0pt means it depends on current normal line spacing.
+%
+\newskip\multitableparskip
+\newskip\multitableparindent
+\newdimen\multitablecolspace
+\newskip\multitablelinespace
+\multitableparskip=0pt
+\multitableparindent=6pt
+\multitablecolspace=12pt
+\multitablelinespace=0pt
+
+% Macros used to set up halign preamble:
+%
+\let\endsetuptable\relax
+\def\xendsetuptable{\endsetuptable}
+\let\columnfractions\relax
+\def\xcolumnfractions{\columnfractions}
+\newif\ifsetpercent
+
+% #1 is the part of the @columnfraction before the decimal point, which
+% is presumably either 0 or the empty string (but we don't check, we
+% just throw it away). #2 is the decimal part, which we use as the
+% percent of \hsize for this column.
+\def\pickupwholefraction#1.#2 {%
+ \global\advance\colcount by 1
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname{.#2\hsize}%
+ \setuptable
+}
+
+\newcount\colcount
+\def\setuptable#1{%
+ \def\firstarg{#1}%
+ \ifx\firstarg\xendsetuptable
+ \let\go = \relax
+ \else
+ \ifx\firstarg\xcolumnfractions
+ \global\setpercenttrue
+ \else
+ \ifsetpercent
+ \let\go\pickupwholefraction
+ \else
+ \global\advance\colcount by 1
+ \setbox0=\hbox{#1\unskip\space}% Add a normal word space as a
+ % separator; typically that is always in the input, anyway.
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname{\the\wd0}%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \ifx\go\pickupwholefraction
+ % Put the argument back for the \pickupwholefraction call, so
+ % we'll always have a period there to be parsed.
+ \def\go{\pickupwholefraction#1}%
+ \else
+ \let\go = \setuptable
+ \fi%
+ \fi
+ \go
+}
+
+% @multitable ... @end multitable definitions:
+%
+\def\multitable{\parsearg\dotable}
+\def\dotable#1{\bgroup
+ \vskip\parskip
+ \let\item=\crcrwithfootnotes
+ % A \tab used to include \hskip1sp. But then the space in a template
+ % line is not enough. That is bad. So let's go back to just & until
+ % we encounter the problem it was intended to solve again. --karl,
+ % nathan@acm.org, 20apr99.
+ \let\tab=&%
+ \let\startfootins=\startsavedfootnote
+ \tolerance=9500
+ \hbadness=9500
+ \setmultitablespacing
+ \parskip=\multitableparskip
+ \parindent=\multitableparindent
+ \overfullrule=0pt
+ \global\colcount=0
+ \def\Emultitable{%
+ \global\setpercentfalse
+ \crcrwithfootnotes\crcr
+ \egroup\egroup
+ }%
+ %
+ % To parse everything between @multitable and @item:
+ \setuptable#1 \endsetuptable
+ %
+ % \everycr will reset column counter, \colcount, at the end of
+ % each line. Every column entry will cause \colcount to advance by one.
+ % The table preamble
+ % looks at the current \colcount to find the correct column width.
+ \everycr{\noalign{%
+ %
+ % \filbreak%% keeps underfull box messages off when table breaks over pages.
+ % Maybe so, but it also creates really weird page breaks when the table
+ % breaks over pages. Wouldn't \vfil be better? Wait until the problem
+ % manifests itself, so it can be fixed for real --karl.
+ \global\colcount=0\relax}}%
+ %
+ % This preamble sets up a generic column definition, which will
+ % be used as many times as user calls for columns.
+ % \vtop will set a single line and will also let text wrap and
+ % continue for many paragraphs if desired.
+ \halign\bgroup&\global\advance\colcount by 1\relax
+ \multistrut\vtop{\hsize=\expandafter\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname
+ %
+ % In order to keep entries from bumping into each other
+ % we will add a \leftskip of \multitablecolspace to all columns after
+ % the first one.
+ %
+ % If a template has been used, we will add \multitablecolspace
+ % to the width of each template entry.
+ %
+ % If the user has set preamble in terms of percent of \hsize we will
+ % use that dimension as the width of the column, and the \leftskip
+ % will keep entries from bumping into each other. Table will start at
+ % left margin and final column will justify at right margin.
+ %
+ % Make sure we don't inherit \rightskip from the outer environment.
+ \rightskip=0pt
+ \ifnum\colcount=1
+ % The first column will be indented with the surrounding text.
+ \advance\hsize by\leftskip
+ \else
+ \ifsetpercent \else
+ % If user has not set preamble in terms of percent of \hsize
+ % we will advance \hsize by \multitablecolspace.
+ \advance\hsize by \multitablecolspace
+ \fi
+ % In either case we will make \leftskip=\multitablecolspace:
+ \leftskip=\multitablecolspace
+ \fi
+ % Ignoring space at the beginning and end avoids an occasional spurious
+ % blank line, when TeX decides to break the line at the space before the
+ % box from the multistrut, so the strut ends up on a line by itself.
+ % For example:
+ % @multitable @columnfractions .11 .89
+ % @item @code{#}
+ % @tab Legal holiday which is valid in major parts of the whole country.
+ % Is automatically provided with highlighting sequences respectively marking
+ % characters.
+ \noindent\ignorespaces##\unskip\multistrut}\cr
+}
+
+\def\setmultitablespacing{% test to see if user has set \multitablelinespace.
+% If so, do nothing. If not, give it an appropriate dimension based on
+% current baselineskip.
+\ifdim\multitablelinespace=0pt
+\setbox0=\vbox{X}\global\multitablelinespace=\the\baselineskip
+\global\advance\multitablelinespace by-\ht0
+%% strut to put in table in case some entry doesn't have descenders,
+%% to keep lines equally spaced
+\let\multistrut = \strut
+\else
+%% FIXME: what is \box0 supposed to be?
+\gdef\multistrut{\vrule height\multitablelinespace depth\dp0
+width0pt\relax} \fi
+%% Test to see if parskip is larger than space between lines of
+%% table. If not, do nothing.
+%% If so, set to same dimension as multitablelinespace.
+\ifdim\multitableparskip>\multitablelinespace
+\global\multitableparskip=\multitablelinespace
+\global\advance\multitableparskip-7pt %% to keep parskip somewhat smaller
+ %% than skip between lines in the table.
+\fi%
+\ifdim\multitableparskip=0pt
+\global\multitableparskip=\multitablelinespace
+\global\advance\multitableparskip-7pt %% to keep parskip somewhat smaller
+ %% than skip between lines in the table.
+\fi}
+
+% In case a @footnote appears inside an alignment, save the footnote
+% text to a box and make the \insert when a row of the table is
+% finished. Otherwise, the insertion is lost, it never migrates to the
+% main vertical list. --kasal, 22jan03.
+%
+\newbox\savedfootnotes
+%
+% \dotable \let's \startfootins to this, so that \dofootnote will call
+% it instead of starting the insertion right away.
+\def\startsavedfootnote{%
+ \global\setbox\savedfootnotes = \vbox\bgroup
+ \unvbox\savedfootnotes
+}
+\def\crcrwithfootnotes{%
+ \crcr
+ \ifvoid\savedfootnotes \else
+ \noalign{\insert\footins{\box\savedfootnotes}}%
+ \fi
+}
+
+\message{conditionals,}
+% Prevent errors for section commands.
+% Used in @ignore and in failing conditionals.
+\def\ignoresections{%
+ \let\chapter=\relax
+ \let\unnumbered=\relax
+ \let\top=\relax
+ \let\unnumberedsec=\relax
+ \let\unnumberedsection=\relax
+ \let\unnumberedsubsec=\relax
+ \let\unnumberedsubsection=\relax
+ \let\unnumberedsubsubsec=\relax
+ \let\unnumberedsubsubsection=\relax
+ \let\section=\relax
+ \let\subsec=\relax
+ \let\subsubsec=\relax
+ \let\subsection=\relax
+ \let\subsubsection=\relax
+ \let\appendix=\relax
+ \let\appendixsec=\relax
+ \let\appendixsection=\relax
+ \let\appendixsubsec=\relax
+ \let\appendixsubsection=\relax
+ \let\appendixsubsubsec=\relax
+ \let\appendixsubsubsection=\relax
+ \let\contents=\relax
+ \let\smallbook=\relax
+ \let\titlepage=\relax
+}
+
+% Used in nested conditionals, where we have to parse the Texinfo source
+% and so want to turn off most commands, in case they are used
+% incorrectly.
+%
+% We use \empty instead of \relax for the @def... commands, so that \end
+% doesn't throw an error. For instance:
+% @ignore
+% @deffn ...
+% @end deffn
+% @end ignore
+%
+% The @end deffn is going to get expanded, because we're trying to allow
+% nested conditionals. But we don't want to expand the actual @deffn,
+% since it might be syntactically correct and intended to be ignored.
+% Since \end checks for \relax, using \empty does not cause an error.
+%
+\def\ignoremorecommands{%
+ \let\defcodeindex = \relax
+ \let\defcv = \empty
+ \let\defcvx = \empty
+ \let\Edefcv = \empty
+ \let\deffn = \empty
+ \let\deffnx = \empty
+ \let\Edeffn = \empty
+ \let\defindex = \relax
+ \let\defivar = \empty
+ \let\defivarx = \empty
+ \let\Edefivar = \empty
+ \let\defmac = \empty
+ \let\defmacx = \empty
+ \let\Edefmac = \empty
+ \let\defmethod = \empty
+ \let\defmethodx = \empty
+ \let\Edefmethod = \empty
+ \let\defop = \empty
+ \let\defopx = \empty
+ \let\Edefop = \empty
+ \let\defopt = \empty
+ \let\defoptx = \empty
+ \let\Edefopt = \empty
+ \let\defspec = \empty
+ \let\defspecx = \empty
+ \let\Edefspec = \empty
+ \let\deftp = \empty
+ \let\deftpx = \empty
+ \let\Edeftp = \empty
+ \let\deftypefn = \empty
+ \let\deftypefnx = \empty
+ \let\Edeftypefn = \empty
+ \let\deftypefun = \empty
+ \let\deftypefunx = \empty
+ \let\Edeftypefun = \empty
+ \let\deftypeivar = \empty
+ \let\deftypeivarx = \empty
+ \let\Edeftypeivar = \empty
+ \let\deftypemethod = \empty
+ \let\deftypemethodx = \empty
+ \let\Edeftypemethod = \empty
+ \let\deftypeop = \empty
+ \let\deftypeopx = \empty
+ \let\Edeftypeop = \empty
+ \let\deftypevar = \empty
+ \let\deftypevarx = \empty
+ \let\Edeftypevar = \empty
+ \let\deftypevr = \empty
+ \let\deftypevrx = \empty
+ \let\Edeftypevr = \empty
+ \let\defun = \empty
+ \let\defunx = \empty
+ \let\Edefun = \empty
+ \let\defvar = \empty
+ \let\defvarx = \empty
+ \let\Edefvar = \empty
+ \let\defvr = \empty
+ \let\defvrx = \empty
+ \let\Edefvr = \empty
+ \let\clear = \relax
+ \let\down = \relax
+ \let\evenfooting = \relax
+ \let\evenheading = \relax
+ \let\everyfooting = \relax
+ \let\everyheading = \relax
+ \let\headings = \relax
+ \let\include = \relax
+ \let\item = \relax
+ \let\lowersections = \relax
+ \let\oddfooting = \relax
+ \let\oddheading = \relax
+ \let\printindex = \relax
+ \let\pxref = \relax
+ \let\raisesections = \relax
+ \let\ref = \relax
+ \let\set = \relax
+ \let\setchapternewpage = \relax
+ \let\setchapterstyle = \relax
+ \let\settitle = \relax
+ \let\up = \relax
+ \let\verbatiminclude = \relax
+ \let\xref = \relax
+}
+
+% Ignore @ignore, @ifhtml, @ifinfo, and the like.
+%
+\def\direntry{\doignore{direntry}}
+\def\documentdescriptionword{documentdescription}
+\def\documentdescription{\doignore{documentdescription}}
+\def\html{\doignore{html}}
+\def\ifhtml{\doignore{ifhtml}}
+\def\ifinfo{\doignore{ifinfo}}
+\def\ifnottex{\doignore{ifnottex}}
+\def\ifplaintext{\doignore{ifplaintext}}
+\def\ifxml{\doignore{ifxml}}
+\def\ignore{\doignore{ignore}}
+\def\menu{\doignore{menu}}
+\def\xml{\doignore{xml}}
+
+% @dircategory CATEGORY -- specify a category of the dir file
+% which this file should belong to. Ignore this in TeX.
+\let\dircategory = \comment
+
+% Ignore text until a line `@end #1'.
+%
+\def\doignore#1{\begingroup
+ % Don't complain about control sequences we have declared \outer.
+ \ignoresections
+ %
+ % Define a command to swallow text until we reach `@end #1'.
+ % This @ is a catcode 12 token (that is the normal catcode of @ in
+ % this texinfo.tex file). We change the catcode of @ below to match.
+ \long\def\doignoretext##1@end #1{\enddoignore}%
+ %
+ % Make sure that spaces turn into tokens that match what \doignoretext wants.
+ \catcode\spaceChar = 10
+ %
+ % Ignore braces, too, so mismatched braces don't cause trouble.
+ \catcode`\{ = 9
+ \catcode`\} = 9
+ %
+ % We must not have @c interpreted as a control sequence.
+ \catcode`\@ = 12
+ %
+ \def\ignoreword{#1}%
+ \ifx\ignoreword\documentdescriptionword
+ % The c kludge breaks documentdescription, since
+ % `documentdescription' contains a `c'. Means not everything will
+ % be ignored inside @documentdescription, but oh well...
+ \else
+ % Make the letter c a comment character so that the rest of the line
+ % will be ignored. This way, the document can have (for example)
+ % @c @end ifinfo
+ % and the @end ifinfo will be properly ignored.
+ % (We've just changed @ to catcode 12.)
+ \catcode`\c = 14
+ \fi
+ %
+ % And now expand the command defined above.
+ \doignoretext
+}
+
+% What we do to finish off ignored text.
+%
+\def\enddoignore{\endgroup\ignorespaces}%
+
+\newif\ifwarnedobs\warnedobsfalse
+\def\obstexwarn{%
+ \ifwarnedobs\relax\else
+ % We need to warn folks that they may have trouble with TeX 3.0.
+ % This uses \immediate\write16 rather than \message to get newlines.
+ \immediate\write16{}
+ \immediate\write16{WARNING: for users of Unix TeX 3.0!}
+ \immediate\write16{This manual trips a bug in TeX version 3.0 (tex hangs).}
+ \immediate\write16{If you are running another version of TeX, relax.}
+ \immediate\write16{If you are running Unix TeX 3.0, kill this TeX process.}
+ \immediate\write16{ Then upgrade your TeX installation if you can.}
+ \immediate\write16{ (See ftp://ftp.gnu.org/non-gnu/TeX.README.)}
+ \immediate\write16{If you are stuck with version 3.0, run the}
+ \immediate\write16{ script ``tex3patch'' from the Texinfo distribution}
+ \immediate\write16{ to use a workaround.}
+ \immediate\write16{}
+ \global\warnedobstrue
+ \fi
+}
+
+% **In TeX 3.0, setting text in \nullfont hangs tex. For a
+% workaround (which requires the file ``dummy.tfm'' to be installed),
+% uncomment the following line:
+%%%%%\font\nullfont=dummy\let\obstexwarn=\relax
+
+% Ignore text, except that we keep track of conditional commands for
+% purposes of nesting, up to an `@end #1' command.
+%
+\def\nestedignore#1{%
+ \obstexwarn
+ % We must actually expand the ignored text to look for the @end
+ % command, so that nested ignore constructs work. Thus, we put the
+ % text into a \vbox and then do nothing with the result. To minimize
+ % the chance of memory overflow, we follow the approach outlined on
+ % page 401 of the TeXbook.
+ %
+ \setbox0 = \vbox\bgroup
+ % Don't complain about control sequences we have declared \outer.
+ \ignoresections
+ %
+ % Define `@end #1' to end the box, which will in turn undefine the
+ % @end command again.
+ \expandafter\def\csname E#1\endcsname{\egroup\ignorespaces}%
+ %
+ % We are going to be parsing Texinfo commands. Most cause no
+ % trouble when they are used incorrectly, but some commands do
+ % complicated argument parsing or otherwise get confused, so we
+ % undefine them.
+ %
+ % We can't do anything about stray @-signs, unfortunately;
+ % they'll produce `undefined control sequence' errors.
+ \ignoremorecommands
+ %
+ % Set the current font to be \nullfont, a TeX primitive, and define
+ % all the font commands to also use \nullfont. We don't use
+ % dummy.tfm, as suggested in the TeXbook, because some sites
+ % might not have that installed. Therefore, math mode will still
+ % produce output, but that should be an extremely small amount of
+ % stuff compared to the main input.
+ %
+ \nullfont
+ \let\tenrm=\nullfont \let\tenit=\nullfont \let\tensl=\nullfont
+ \let\tenbf=\nullfont \let\tentt=\nullfont \let\smallcaps=\nullfont
+ \let\tensf=\nullfont
+ % Similarly for index fonts.
+ \let\smallrm=\nullfont \let\smallit=\nullfont \let\smallsl=\nullfont
+ \let\smallbf=\nullfont \let\smalltt=\nullfont \let\smallsc=\nullfont
+ \let\smallsf=\nullfont
+ % Similarly for smallexample fonts.
+ \let\smallerrm=\nullfont \let\smallerit=\nullfont \let\smallersl=\nullfont
+ \let\smallerbf=\nullfont \let\smallertt=\nullfont \let\smallersc=\nullfont
+ \let\smallersf=\nullfont
+ %
+ % Don't complain when characters are missing from the fonts.
+ \tracinglostchars = 0
+ %
+ % Don't bother to do space factor calculations.
+ \frenchspacing
+ %
+ % Don't report underfull hboxes.
+ \hbadness = 10000
+ %
+ % Do minimal line-breaking.
+ \pretolerance = 10000
+ %
+ % Do not execute instructions in @tex.
+ \def\tex{\doignore{tex}}%
+ % Do not execute macro definitions.
+ % `c' is a comment character, so the word `macro' will get cut off.
+ \def\macro{\doignore{ma}}%
+}
+
+% @set VAR sets the variable VAR to an empty value.
+% @set VAR REST-OF-LINE sets VAR to the value REST-OF-LINE.
+%
+% Since we want to separate VAR from REST-OF-LINE (which might be
+% empty), we can't just use \parsearg; we have to insert a space of our
+% own to delimit the rest of the line, and then take it out again if we
+% didn't need it. Make sure the catcode of space is correct to avoid
+% losing inside @example, for instance.
+%
+\def\set{\begingroup\catcode` =10
+ \catcode`\-=12 \catcode`\_=12 % Allow - and _ in VAR.
+ \parsearg\setxxx}
+\def\setxxx#1{\setyyy#1 \endsetyyy}
+\def\setyyy#1 #2\endsetyyy{%
+ \def\temp{#2}%
+ \ifx\temp\empty \global\expandafter\let\csname SET#1\endcsname = \empty
+ \else \setzzz{#1}#2\endsetzzz % Remove the trailing space \setxxx inserted.
+ \fi
+ \endgroup
+}
+% Can't use \xdef to pre-expand #2 and save some time, since \temp or
+% \next or other control sequences that we've defined might get us into
+% an infinite loop. Consider `@set foo @cite{bar}'.
+\def\setzzz#1#2 \endsetzzz{\expandafter\gdef\csname SET#1\endcsname{#2}}
+
+% @clear VAR clears (i.e., unsets) the variable VAR.
+%
+\def\clear{\parsearg\clearxxx}
+\def\clearxxx#1{\global\expandafter\let\csname SET#1\endcsname=\relax}
+
+% @value{foo} gets the text saved in variable foo.
+{
+ \catcode`\_ = \active
+ %
+ % We might end up with active _ or - characters in the argument if
+ % we're called from @code, as @code{@value{foo-bar_}}. So \let any
+ % such active characters to their normal equivalents.
+ \gdef\value{\begingroup
+ \catcode`\-=\other \catcode`\_=\other
+ \indexbreaks \let_\normalunderscore
+ \valuexxx}
+}
+\def\valuexxx#1{\expandablevalue{#1}\endgroup}
+
+% We have this subroutine so that we can handle at least some @value's
+% properly in indexes (we \let\value to this in \indexdummies). Ones
+% whose names contain - or _ still won't work, but we can't do anything
+% about that. The command has to be fully expandable (if the variable
+% is set), since the result winds up in the index file. This means that
+% if the variable's value contains other Texinfo commands, it's almost
+% certain it will fail (although perhaps we could fix that with
+% sufficient work to do a one-level expansion on the result, instead of
+% complete).
+%
+\def\expandablevalue#1{%
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax
+ {[No value for ``#1'']}%
+ \message{Variable `#1', used in @value, is not set.}%
+ \else
+ \csname SET#1\endcsname
+ \fi
+}
+
+% @ifset VAR ... @end ifset reads the `...' iff VAR has been defined
+% with @set.
+%
+\def\ifset{\parsearg\doifset}
+\def\doifset#1{%
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax
+ \let\next=\ifsetfail
+ \else
+ \let\next=\ifsetsucceed
+ \fi
+ \next
+}
+\def\ifsetsucceed{\conditionalsucceed{ifset}}
+\def\ifsetfail{\nestedignore{ifset}}
+\defineunmatchedend{ifset}
+
+% @ifclear VAR ... @end ifclear reads the `...' iff VAR has never been
+% defined with @set, or has been undefined with @clear.
+%
+\def\ifclear{\parsearg\doifclear}
+\def\doifclear#1{%
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax
+ \let\next=\ifclearsucceed
+ \else
+ \let\next=\ifclearfail
+ \fi
+ \next
+}
+\def\ifclearsucceed{\conditionalsucceed{ifclear}}
+\def\ifclearfail{\nestedignore{ifclear}}
+\defineunmatchedend{ifclear}
+
+% @iftex, @ifnothtml, @ifnotinfo, @ifnotplaintext always succeed; we
+% read the text following, through the first @end iftex (etc.). Make
+% `@end iftex' (etc.) valid only after an @iftex.
+%
+\def\iftex{\conditionalsucceed{iftex}}
+\def\ifnothtml{\conditionalsucceed{ifnothtml}}
+\def\ifnotinfo{\conditionalsucceed{ifnotinfo}}
+\def\ifnotplaintext{\conditionalsucceed{ifnotplaintext}}
+\defineunmatchedend{iftex}
+\defineunmatchedend{ifnothtml}
+\defineunmatchedend{ifnotinfo}
+\defineunmatchedend{ifnotplaintext}
+
+% True conditional. Since \set globally defines its variables, we can
+% just start and end a group (to keep the @end definition undefined at
+% the outer level).
+%
+\def\conditionalsucceed#1{\begingroup
+ \expandafter\def\csname E#1\endcsname{\endgroup}%
+}
+
+% @defininfoenclose.
+\let\definfoenclose=\comment
+
+
+\message{indexing,}
+% Index generation facilities
+
+% Define \newwrite to be identical to plain tex's \newwrite
+% except not \outer, so it can be used within \newindex.
+{\catcode`\@=11
+\gdef\newwrite{\alloc@7\write\chardef\sixt@@n}}
+
+% \newindex {foo} defines an index named foo.
+% It automatically defines \fooindex such that
+% \fooindex ...rest of line... puts an entry in the index foo.
+% It also defines \fooindfile to be the number of the output channel for
+% the file that accumulates this index. The file's extension is foo.
+% The name of an index should be no more than 2 characters long
+% for the sake of vms.
+%
+\def\newindex#1{%
+ \iflinks
+ \expandafter\newwrite \csname#1indfile\endcsname
+ \openout \csname#1indfile\endcsname \jobname.#1 % Open the file
+ \fi
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{% % Define @#1index
+ \noexpand\doindex{#1}}
+}
+
+% @defindex foo == \newindex{foo}
+%
+\def\defindex{\parsearg\newindex}
+
+% Define @defcodeindex, like @defindex except put all entries in @code.
+%
+\def\defcodeindex{\parsearg\newcodeindex}
+%
+\def\newcodeindex#1{%
+ \iflinks
+ \expandafter\newwrite \csname#1indfile\endcsname
+ \openout \csname#1indfile\endcsname \jobname.#1
+ \fi
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{%
+ \noexpand\docodeindex{#1}}%
+}
+
+
+% @synindex foo bar makes index foo feed into index bar.
+% Do this instead of @defindex foo if you don't want it as a separate index.
+%
+% @syncodeindex foo bar similar, but put all entries made for index foo
+% inside @code.
+%
+\def\synindex#1 #2 {\dosynindex\doindex{#1}{#2}}
+\def\syncodeindex#1 #2 {\dosynindex\docodeindex{#1}{#2}}
+
+% #1 is \doindex or \docodeindex, #2 the index getting redefined (foo),
+% #3 the target index (bar).
+\def\dosynindex#1#2#3{%
+ % Only do \closeout if we haven't already done it, else we'll end up
+ % closing the target index.
+ \expandafter \ifx\csname donesynindex#2\endcsname \undefined
+ % The \closeout helps reduce unnecessary open files; the limit on the
+ % Acorn RISC OS is a mere 16 files.
+ \expandafter\closeout\csname#2indfile\endcsname
+ \expandafter\let\csname\donesynindex#2\endcsname = 1
+ \fi
+ % redefine \fooindfile:
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\temp\expandafter=\csname#3indfile\endcsname
+ \expandafter\let\csname#2indfile\endcsname=\temp
+ % redefine \fooindex:
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname#2index\endcsname{\noexpand#1{#3}}%
+}
+
+% Define \doindex, the driver for all \fooindex macros.
+% Argument #1 is generated by the calling \fooindex macro,
+% and it is "foo", the name of the index.
+
+% \doindex just uses \parsearg; it calls \doind for the actual work.
+% This is because \doind is more useful to call from other macros.
+
+% There is also \dosubind {index}{topic}{subtopic}
+% which makes an entry in a two-level index such as the operation index.
+
+\def\doindex#1{\edef\indexname{#1}\parsearg\singleindexer}
+\def\singleindexer #1{\doind{\indexname}{#1}}
+
+% like the previous two, but they put @code around the argument.
+\def\docodeindex#1{\edef\indexname{#1}\parsearg\singlecodeindexer}
+\def\singlecodeindexer #1{\doind{\indexname}{\code{#1}}}
+
+% Take care of Texinfo commands that can appear in an index entry.
+% Since there are some commands we want to expand, and others we don't,
+% we have to laboriously prevent expansion for those that we don't.
+%
+\def\indexdummies{%
+ \def\@{@}% change to @@ when we switch to @ as escape char in index files.
+ \def\ {\realbackslash\space }%
+ % Need these in case \tex is in effect and \{ is a \delimiter again.
+ % But can't use \lbracecmd and \rbracecmd because texindex assumes
+ % braces and backslashes are used only as delimiters.
+ \let\{ = \mylbrace
+ \let\} = \myrbrace
+ %
+ % \definedummyword defines \#1 as \realbackslash #1\space, thus
+ % effectively preventing its expansion. This is used only for control
+ % words, not control letters, because the \space would be incorrect
+ % for control characters, but is needed to separate the control word
+ % from whatever follows.
+ %
+ % For control letters, we have \definedummyletter, which omits the
+ % space.
+ %
+ % These can be used both for control words that take an argument and
+ % those that do not. If it is followed by {arg} in the input, then
+ % that will dutifully get written to the index (or wherever).
+ %
+ \def\definedummyword##1{%
+ \expandafter\def\csname ##1\endcsname{\realbackslash ##1\space}%
+ }%
+ \def\definedummyletter##1{%
+ \expandafter\def\csname ##1\endcsname{\realbackslash ##1}%
+ }%
+ %
+ % Do the redefinitions.
+ \commondummies
+}
+
+% For the aux file, @ is the escape character. So we want to redefine
+% everything using @ instead of \realbackslash. When everything uses
+% @, this will be simpler.
+%
+\def\atdummies{%
+ \def\@{@@}%
+ \def\ {@ }%
+ \let\{ = \lbraceatcmd
+ \let\} = \rbraceatcmd
+ %
+ % (See comments in \indexdummies.)
+ \def\definedummyword##1{%
+ \expandafter\def\csname ##1\endcsname{@##1\space}%
+ }%
+ \def\definedummyletter##1{%
+ \expandafter\def\csname ##1\endcsname{@##1}%
+ }%
+ %
+ % Do the redefinitions.
+ \commondummies
+}
+
+% Called from \indexdummies and \atdummies. \definedummyword and
+% \definedummyletter must be defined first.
+%
+\def\commondummies{%
+ %
+ \normalturnoffactive
+ %
+ % Control letters and accents.
+ \definedummyletter{_}%
+ \definedummyletter{,}%
+ \definedummyletter{"}%
+ \definedummyletter{`}%
+ \definedummyletter{'}%
+ \definedummyletter{^}%
+ \definedummyletter{~}%
+ \definedummyletter{=}%
+ \definedummyword{u}%
+ \definedummyword{v}%
+ \definedummyword{H}%
+ \definedummyword{dotaccent}%
+ \definedummyword{ringaccent}%
+ \definedummyword{tieaccent}%
+ \definedummyword{ubaraccent}%
+ \definedummyword{udotaccent}%
+ \definedummyword{dotless}%
+ %
+ % Other non-English letters.
+ \definedummyword{AA}%
+ \definedummyword{AE}%
+ \definedummyword{L}%
+ \definedummyword{OE}%
+ \definedummyword{O}%
+ \definedummyword{aa}%
+ \definedummyword{ae}%
+ \definedummyword{l}%
+ \definedummyword{oe}%
+ \definedummyword{o}%
+ \definedummyword{ss}%
+ %
+ % Although these internal commands shouldn't show up, sometimes they do.
+ \definedummyword{bf}%
+ \definedummyword{gtr}%
+ \definedummyword{hat}%
+ \definedummyword{less}%
+ \definedummyword{sf}%
+ \definedummyword{sl}%
+ \definedummyword{tclose}%
+ \definedummyword{tt}%
+ %
+ % Texinfo font commands.
+ \definedummyword{b}%
+ \definedummyword{i}%
+ \definedummyword{r}%
+ \definedummyword{sc}%
+ \definedummyword{t}%
+ %
+ \definedummyword{TeX}%
+ \definedummyword{acronym}%
+ \definedummyword{cite}%
+ \definedummyword{code}%
+ \definedummyword{command}%
+ \definedummyword{dfn}%
+ \definedummyword{dots}%
+ \definedummyword{emph}%
+ \definedummyword{env}%
+ \definedummyword{file}%
+ \definedummyword{kbd}%
+ \definedummyword{key}%
+ \definedummyword{math}%
+ \definedummyword{option}%
+ \definedummyword{samp}%
+ \definedummyword{strong}%
+ \definedummyword{uref}%
+ \definedummyword{url}%
+ \definedummyword{var}%
+ \definedummyword{w}%
+ %
+ % Assorted special characters.
+ \definedummyword{bullet}%
+ \definedummyword{copyright}%
+ \definedummyword{dots}%
+ \definedummyword{enddots}%
+ \definedummyword{equiv}%
+ \definedummyword{error}%
+ \definedummyword{expansion}%
+ \definedummyword{minus}%
+ \definedummyword{pounds}%
+ \definedummyword{point}%
+ \definedummyword{print}%
+ \definedummyword{result}%
+ %
+ % Handle some cases of @value -- where the variable name does not
+ % contain - or _, and the value does not contain any
+ % (non-fully-expandable) commands.
+ \let\value = \expandablevalue
+ %
+ % Normal spaces, not active ones.
+ \unsepspaces
+ %
+ % No macro expansion.
+ \turnoffmacros
+}
+
+% If an index command is used in an @example environment, any spaces
+% therein should become regular spaces in the raw index file, not the
+% expansion of \tie (\leavevmode \penalty \@M \ ).
+{\obeyspaces
+ \gdef\unsepspaces{\obeyspaces\let =\space}}
+
+
+% \indexnofonts is used when outputting the strings to sort the index
+% by, and when constructing control sequence names. It eliminates all
+% control sequences and just writes whatever the best ASCII sort string
+% would be for a given command (usually its argument).
+%
+\def\indexdummytex{TeX}
+\def\indexdummydots{...}
+%
+\def\indexnofonts{%
+ \def\ { }%
+ \def\@{@}%
+ % how to handle braces?
+ \def\_{\normalunderscore}%
+ %
+ \let\,=\asis
+ \let\"=\asis
+ \let\`=\asis
+ \let\'=\asis
+ \let\^=\asis
+ \let\~=\asis
+ \let\==\asis
+ \let\u=\asis
+ \let\v=\asis
+ \let\H=\asis
+ \let\dotaccent=\asis
+ \let\ringaccent=\asis
+ \let\tieaccent=\asis
+ \let\ubaraccent=\asis
+ \let\udotaccent=\asis
+ \let\dotless=\asis
+ %
+ % Other non-English letters.
+ \def\AA{AA}%
+ \def\AE{AE}%
+ \def\L{L}%
+ \def\OE{OE}%
+ \def\O{O}%
+ \def\aa{aa}%
+ \def\ae{ae}%
+ \def\l{l}%
+ \def\oe{oe}%
+ \def\o{o}%
+ \def\ss{ss}%
+ \def\exclamdown{!}%
+ \def\questiondown{?}%
+ %
+ % Don't no-op \tt, since it isn't a user-level command
+ % and is used in the definitions of the active chars like <, >, |, etc.
+ % Likewise with the other plain tex font commands.
+ %\let\tt=\asis
+ %
+ % Texinfo font commands.
+ \let\b=\asis
+ \let\i=\asis
+ \let\r=\asis
+ \let\sc=\asis
+ \let\t=\asis
+ %
+ \let\TeX=\indexdummytex
+ \let\acronym=\asis
+ \let\cite=\asis
+ \let\code=\asis
+ \let\command=\asis
+ \let\dfn=\asis
+ \let\dots=\indexdummydots
+ \let\emph=\asis
+ \let\env=\asis
+ \let\file=\asis
+ \let\kbd=\asis
+ \let\key=\asis
+ \let\math=\asis
+ \let\option=\asis
+ \let\samp=\asis
+ \let\strong=\asis
+ \let\uref=\asis
+ \let\url=\asis
+ \let\var=\asis
+ \let\w=\asis
+}
+
+\let\indexbackslash=0 %overridden during \printindex.
+\let\SETmarginindex=\relax % put index entries in margin (undocumented)?
+
+% For \ifx comparisons.
+\def\emptymacro{\empty}
+
+% Most index entries go through here, but \dosubind is the general case.
+%
+\def\doind#1#2{\dosubind{#1}{#2}\empty}
+
+% Workhorse for all \fooindexes.
+% #1 is name of index, #2 is stuff to put there, #3 is subentry --
+% \empty if called from \doind, as we usually are. The main exception
+% is with defuns, which call us directly.
+%
+\def\dosubind#1#2#3{%
+ % Put the index entry in the margin if desired.
+ \ifx\SETmarginindex\relax\else
+ \insert\margin{\hbox{\vrule height8pt depth3pt width0pt #2}}%
+ \fi
+ {%
+ \count255=\lastpenalty
+ {%
+ \indexdummies % Must do this here, since \bf, etc expand at this stage
+ \escapechar=`\\
+ {%
+ \let\folio = 0% We will expand all macros now EXCEPT \folio.
+ \def\rawbackslashxx{\indexbackslash}% \indexbackslash isn't defined now
+ % so it will be output as is; and it will print as backslash.
+ %
+ % The main index entry text.
+ \toks0 = {#2}%
+ %
+ % If third arg is present, precede it with space in sort key.
+ \def\thirdarg{#3}%
+ \ifx\thirdarg\emptymacro \else
+ % If the third (subentry) arg is present, add it to the index
+ % line to write.
+ \toks0 = \expandafter{\the\toks0 \space #3}%
+ \fi
+ %
+ % Process the index entry with all font commands turned off, to
+ % get the string to sort by.
+ {\indexnofonts
+ \edef\temp{\the\toks0}% need full expansion
+ \xdef\indexsorttmp{\temp}%
+ }%
+ %
+ % Set up the complete index entry, with both the sort key and
+ % the original text, including any font commands. We write
+ % three arguments to \entry to the .?? file (four in the
+ % subentry case), texindex reduces to two when writing the .??s
+ % sorted result.
+ \edef\temp{%
+ \write\csname#1indfile\endcsname{%
+ \realbackslash entry{\indexsorttmp}{\folio}{\the\toks0}}%
+ }%
+ %
+ % If a skip is the last thing on the list now, preserve it
+ % by backing up by \lastskip, doing the \write, then inserting
+ % the skip again. Otherwise, the whatsit generated by the
+ % \write will make \lastskip zero. The result is that sequences
+ % like this:
+ % @end defun
+ % @tindex whatever
+ % @defun ...
+ % will have extra space inserted, because the \medbreak in the
+ % start of the @defun won't see the skip inserted by the @end of
+ % the previous defun.
+ %
+ % But don't do any of this if we're not in vertical mode. We
+ % don't want to do a \vskip and prematurely end a paragraph.
+ %
+ % Avoid page breaks due to these extra skips, too.
+ %
+ \iflinks
+ \ifvmode
+ \skip0 = \lastskip
+ \ifdim\lastskip = 0pt \else \nobreak\vskip-\skip0 \fi
+ \fi
+ %
+ \temp % do the write
+ %
+ \ifvmode \ifdim\skip0 = 0pt \else \nobreak\vskip\skip0 \fi \fi
+ \fi
+ }%
+ }%
+ \penalty\count255
+ }%
+}
+
+% The index entry written in the file actually looks like
+% \entry {sortstring}{page}{topic}
+% or
+% \entry {sortstring}{page}{topic}{subtopic}
+% The texindex program reads in these files and writes files
+% containing these kinds of lines:
+% \initial {c}
+% before the first topic whose initial is c
+% \entry {topic}{pagelist}
+% for a topic that is used without subtopics
+% \primary {topic}
+% for the beginning of a topic that is used with subtopics
+% \secondary {subtopic}{pagelist}
+% for each subtopic.
+
+% Define the user-accessible indexing commands
+% @findex, @vindex, @kindex, @cindex.
+
+\def\findex {\fnindex}
+\def\kindex {\kyindex}
+\def\cindex {\cpindex}
+\def\vindex {\vrindex}
+\def\tindex {\tpindex}
+\def\pindex {\pgindex}
+
+\def\cindexsub {\begingroup\obeylines\cindexsub}
+{\obeylines %
+\gdef\cindexsub "#1" #2^^M{\endgroup %
+\dosubind{cp}{#2}{#1}}}
+
+% Define the macros used in formatting output of the sorted index material.
+
+% @printindex causes a particular index (the ??s file) to get printed.
+% It does not print any chapter heading (usually an @unnumbered).
+%
+\def\printindex{\parsearg\doprintindex}
+\def\doprintindex#1{\begingroup
+ \dobreak \chapheadingskip{10000}%
+ %
+ \smallfonts \rm
+ \tolerance = 9500
+ \indexbreaks
+ %
+ % See if the index file exists and is nonempty.
+ % Change catcode of @ here so that if the index file contains
+ % \initial {@}
+ % as its first line, TeX doesn't complain about mismatched braces
+ % (because it thinks @} is a control sequence).
+ \catcode`\@ = 11
+ \openin 1 \jobname.#1s
+ \ifeof 1
+ % \enddoublecolumns gets confused if there is no text in the index,
+ % and it loses the chapter title and the aux file entries for the
+ % index. The easiest way to prevent this problem is to make sure
+ % there is some text.
+ \putwordIndexNonexistent
+ \else
+ %
+ % If the index file exists but is empty, then \openin leaves \ifeof
+ % false. We have to make TeX try to read something from the file, so
+ % it can discover if there is anything in it.
+ \read 1 to \temp
+ \ifeof 1
+ \putwordIndexIsEmpty
+ \else
+ % Index files are almost Texinfo source, but we use \ as the escape
+ % character. It would be better to use @, but that's too big a change
+ % to make right now.
+ \def\indexbackslash{\rawbackslashxx}%
+ \catcode`\\ = 0
+ \escapechar = `\\
+ \begindoublecolumns
+ \input \jobname.#1s
+ \enddoublecolumns
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \closein 1
+\endgroup}
+
+% These macros are used by the sorted index file itself.
+% Change them to control the appearance of the index.
+
+\def\initial#1{{%
+ % Some minor font changes for the special characters.
+ \let\tentt=\sectt \let\tt=\sectt \let\sf=\sectt
+ %
+ % Remove any glue we may have, we'll be inserting our own.
+ \removelastskip
+ %
+ % We like breaks before the index initials, so insert a bonus.
+ \penalty -300
+ %
+ % Typeset the initial. Making this add up to a whole number of
+ % baselineskips increases the chance of the dots lining up from column
+ % to column. It still won't often be perfect, because of the stretch
+ % we need before each entry, but it's better.
+ %
+ % No shrink because it confuses \balancecolumns.
+ \vskip 1.67\baselineskip plus .5\baselineskip
+ \leftline{\secbf #1}%
+ \vskip .33\baselineskip plus .1\baselineskip
+ %
+ % Do our best not to break after the initial.
+ \nobreak
+}}
+
+% This typesets a paragraph consisting of #1, dot leaders, and then #2
+% flush to the right margin. It is used for index and table of contents
+% entries. The paragraph is indented by \leftskip.
+%
+\def\entry#1#2{\begingroup
+ %
+ % Start a new paragraph if necessary, so our assignments below can't
+ % affect previous text.
+ \par
+ %
+ % Do not fill out the last line with white space.
+ \parfillskip = 0in
+ %
+ % No extra space above this paragraph.
+ \parskip = 0in
+ %
+ % Do not prefer a separate line ending with a hyphen to fewer lines.
+ \finalhyphendemerits = 0
+ %
+ % \hangindent is only relevant when the entry text and page number
+ % don't both fit on one line. In that case, bob suggests starting the
+ % dots pretty far over on the line. Unfortunately, a large
+ % indentation looks wrong when the entry text itself is broken across
+ % lines. So we use a small indentation and put up with long leaders.
+ %
+ % \hangafter is reset to 1 (which is the value we want) at the start
+ % of each paragraph, so we need not do anything with that.
+ \hangindent = 2em
+ %
+ % When the entry text needs to be broken, just fill out the first line
+ % with blank space.
+ \rightskip = 0pt plus1fil
+ %
+ % A bit of stretch before each entry for the benefit of balancing columns.
+ \vskip 0pt plus1pt
+ %
+ % Start a ``paragraph'' for the index entry so the line breaking
+ % parameters we've set above will have an effect.
+ \noindent
+ %
+ % Insert the text of the index entry. TeX will do line-breaking on it.
+ #1%
+ % The following is kludged to not output a line of dots in the index if
+ % there are no page numbers. The next person who breaks this will be
+ % cursed by a Unix daemon.
+ \def\tempa{{\rm }}%
+ \def\tempb{#2}%
+ \edef\tempc{\tempa}%
+ \edef\tempd{\tempb}%
+ \ifx\tempc\tempd\ \else%
+ %
+ % If we must, put the page number on a line of its own, and fill out
+ % this line with blank space. (The \hfil is overwhelmed with the
+ % fill leaders glue in \indexdotfill if the page number does fit.)
+ \hfil\penalty50
+ \null\nobreak\indexdotfill % Have leaders before the page number.
+ %
+ % The `\ ' here is removed by the implicit \unskip that TeX does as
+ % part of (the primitive) \par. Without it, a spurious underfull
+ % \hbox ensues.
+ \ifpdf
+ \pdfgettoks#2.\ \the\toksA % The page number ends the paragraph.
+ \else
+ \ #2% The page number ends the paragraph.
+ \fi
+ \fi%
+ \par
+\endgroup}
+
+% Like \dotfill except takes at least 1 em.
+\def\indexdotfill{\cleaders
+ \hbox{$\mathsurround=0pt \mkern1.5mu ${\it .}$ \mkern1.5mu$}\hskip 1em plus 1fill}
+
+\def\primary #1{\line{#1\hfil}}
+
+\newskip\secondaryindent \secondaryindent=0.5cm
+\def\secondary#1#2{{%
+ \parfillskip=0in
+ \parskip=0in
+ \hangindent=1in
+ \hangafter=1
+ \noindent\hskip\secondaryindent\hbox{#1}\indexdotfill
+ \ifpdf
+ \pdfgettoks#2.\ \the\toksA % The page number ends the paragraph.
+ \else
+ #2
+ \fi
+ \par
+}}
+
+% Define two-column mode, which we use to typeset indexes.
+% Adapted from the TeXbook, page 416, which is to say,
+% the manmac.tex format used to print the TeXbook itself.
+\catcode`\@=11
+
+\newbox\partialpage
+\newdimen\doublecolumnhsize
+
+\def\begindoublecolumns{\begingroup % ended by \enddoublecolumns
+ % Grab any single-column material above us.
+ \output = {%
+ %
+ % Here is a possibility not foreseen in manmac: if we accumulate a
+ % whole lot of material, we might end up calling this \output
+ % routine twice in a row (see the doublecol-lose test, which is
+ % essentially a couple of indexes with @setchapternewpage off). In
+ % that case we just ship out what is in \partialpage with the normal
+ % output routine. Generally, \partialpage will be empty when this
+ % runs and this will be a no-op. See the indexspread.tex test case.
+ \ifvoid\partialpage \else
+ \onepageout{\pagecontents\partialpage}%
+ \fi
+ %
+ \global\setbox\partialpage = \vbox{%
+ % Unvbox the main output page.
+ \unvbox\PAGE
+ \kern-\topskip \kern\baselineskip
+ }%
+ }%
+ \eject % run that output routine to set \partialpage
+ %
+ % Use the double-column output routine for subsequent pages.
+ \output = {\doublecolumnout}%
+ %
+ % Change the page size parameters. We could do this once outside this
+ % routine, in each of @smallbook, @afourpaper, and the default 8.5x11
+ % format, but then we repeat the same computation. Repeating a couple
+ % of assignments once per index is clearly meaningless for the
+ % execution time, so we may as well do it in one place.
+ %
+ % First we halve the line length, less a little for the gutter between
+ % the columns. We compute the gutter based on the line length, so it
+ % changes automatically with the paper format. The magic constant
+ % below is chosen so that the gutter has the same value (well, +-<1pt)
+ % as it did when we hard-coded it.
+ %
+ % We put the result in a separate register, \doublecolumhsize, so we
+ % can restore it in \pagesofar, after \hsize itself has (potentially)
+ % been clobbered.
+ %
+ \doublecolumnhsize = \hsize
+ \advance\doublecolumnhsize by -.04154\hsize
+ \divide\doublecolumnhsize by 2
+ \hsize = \doublecolumnhsize
+ %
+ % Double the \vsize as well. (We don't need a separate register here,
+ % since nobody clobbers \vsize.)
+ \vsize = 2\vsize
+}
+
+% The double-column output routine for all double-column pages except
+% the last.
+%
+\def\doublecolumnout{%
+ \splittopskip=\topskip \splitmaxdepth=\maxdepth
+ % Get the available space for the double columns -- the normal
+ % (undoubled) page height minus any material left over from the
+ % previous page.
+ \dimen@ = \vsize
+ \divide\dimen@ by 2
+ \advance\dimen@ by -\ht\partialpage
+ %
+ % box0 will be the left-hand column, box2 the right.
+ \setbox0=\vsplit255 to\dimen@ \setbox2=\vsplit255 to\dimen@
+ \onepageout\pagesofar
+ \unvbox255
+ \penalty\outputpenalty
+}
+%
+% Re-output the contents of the output page -- any previous material,
+% followed by the two boxes we just split, in box0 and box2.
+\def\pagesofar{%
+ \unvbox\partialpage
+ %
+ \hsize = \doublecolumnhsize
+ \wd0=\hsize \wd2=\hsize
+ \hbox to\pagewidth{\box0\hfil\box2}%
+}
+%
+% All done with double columns.
+\def\enddoublecolumns{%
+ \output = {%
+ % Split the last of the double-column material. Leave it on the
+ % current page, no automatic page break.
+ \balancecolumns
+ %
+ % If we end up splitting too much material for the current page,
+ % though, there will be another page break right after this \output
+ % invocation ends. Having called \balancecolumns once, we do not
+ % want to call it again. Therefore, reset \output to its normal
+ % definition right away. (We hope \balancecolumns will never be
+ % called on to balance too much material, but if it is, this makes
+ % the output somewhat more palatable.)
+ \global\output = {\onepageout{\pagecontents\PAGE}}%
+ }%
+ \eject
+ \endgroup % started in \begindoublecolumns
+ %
+ % \pagegoal was set to the doubled \vsize above, since we restarted
+ % the current page. We're now back to normal single-column
+ % typesetting, so reset \pagegoal to the normal \vsize (after the
+ % \endgroup where \vsize got restored).
+ \pagegoal = \vsize
+}
+%
+% Called at the end of the double column material.
+\def\balancecolumns{%
+ \setbox0 = \vbox{\unvbox255}% like \box255 but more efficient, see p.120.
+ \dimen@ = \ht0
+ \advance\dimen@ by \topskip
+ \advance\dimen@ by-\baselineskip
+ \divide\dimen@ by 2 % target to split to
+ %debug\message{final 2-column material height=\the\ht0, target=\the\dimen@.}%
+ \splittopskip = \topskip
+ % Loop until we get a decent breakpoint.
+ {%
+ \vbadness = 10000
+ \loop
+ \global\setbox3 = \copy0
+ \global\setbox1 = \vsplit3 to \dimen@
+ \ifdim\ht3>\dimen@
+ \global\advance\dimen@ by 1pt
+ \repeat
+ }%
+ %debug\message{split to \the\dimen@, column heights: \the\ht1, \the\ht3.}%
+ \setbox0=\vbox to\dimen@{\unvbox1}%
+ \setbox2=\vbox to\dimen@{\unvbox3}%
+ %
+ \pagesofar
+}
+\catcode`\@ = \other
+
+
+\message{sectioning,}
+% Chapters, sections, etc.
+
+\newcount\chapno
+\newcount\secno \secno=0
+\newcount\subsecno \subsecno=0
+\newcount\subsubsecno \subsubsecno=0
+
+% This counter is funny since it counts through charcodes of letters A, B, ...
+\newcount\appendixno \appendixno = `\@
+% \def\appendixletter{\char\the\appendixno}
+% We do the following for the sake of pdftex, which needs the actual
+% letter in the expansion, not just typeset.
+\def\appendixletter{%
+ \ifnum\appendixno=`A A%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`B B%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`C C%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`D D%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`E E%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`F F%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`G G%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`H H%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`I I%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`J J%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`K K%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`L L%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`M M%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`N N%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`O O%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`P P%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Q Q%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`R R%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`S S%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`T T%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`U U%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`V V%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`W W%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`X X%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Y Y%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Z Z%
+ % The \the is necessary, despite appearances, because \appendixletter is
+ % expanded while writing the .toc file. \char\appendixno is not
+ % expandable, thus it is written literally, thus all appendixes come out
+ % with the same letter (or @) in the toc without it.
+ \else\char\the\appendixno
+ \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi
+ \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi}
+
+% Each @chapter defines this as the name of the chapter.
+% page headings and footings can use it. @section does likewise.
+\def\thischapter{}
+\def\thissection{}
+
+\newcount\absseclevel % used to calculate proper heading level
+\newcount\secbase\secbase=0 % @raise/lowersections modify this count
+
+% @raisesections: treat @section as chapter, @subsection as section, etc.
+\def\raisesections{\global\advance\secbase by -1}
+\let\up=\raisesections % original BFox name
+
+% @lowersections: treat @chapter as section, @section as subsection, etc.
+\def\lowersections{\global\advance\secbase by 1}
+\let\down=\lowersections % original BFox name
+
+% Choose a numbered-heading macro
+% #1 is heading level if unmodified by @raisesections or @lowersections
+% #2 is text for heading
+\def\numhead#1#2{\absseclevel=\secbase\advance\absseclevel by #1
+\ifcase\absseclevel
+ \chapterzzz{#2}
+\or
+ \seczzz{#2}
+\or
+ \numberedsubseczzz{#2}
+\or
+ \numberedsubsubseczzz{#2}
+\else
+ \ifnum \absseclevel<0
+ \chapterzzz{#2}
+ \else
+ \numberedsubsubseczzz{#2}
+ \fi
+\fi
+}
+
+% like \numhead, but chooses appendix heading levels
+\def\apphead#1#2{\absseclevel=\secbase\advance\absseclevel by #1
+\ifcase\absseclevel
+ \appendixzzz{#2}
+\or
+ \appendixsectionzzz{#2}
+\or
+ \appendixsubseczzz{#2}
+\or
+ \appendixsubsubseczzz{#2}
+\else
+ \ifnum \absseclevel<0
+ \appendixzzz{#2}
+ \else
+ \appendixsubsubseczzz{#2}
+ \fi
+\fi
+}
+
+% like \numhead, but chooses numberless heading levels
+\def\unnmhead#1#2{\absseclevel=\secbase\advance\absseclevel by #1
+\ifcase\absseclevel
+ \unnumberedzzz{#2}
+\or
+ \unnumberedseczzz{#2}
+\or
+ \unnumberedsubseczzz{#2}
+\or
+ \unnumberedsubsubseczzz{#2}
+\else
+ \ifnum \absseclevel<0
+ \unnumberedzzz{#2}
+ \else
+ \unnumberedsubsubseczzz{#2}
+ \fi
+\fi
+}
+
+% @chapter, @appendix, @unnumbered.
+\def\thischaptername{No Chapter Title}
+\outer\def\chapter{\parsearg\chapteryyy}
+\def\chapteryyy #1{\numhead0{#1}} % normally numhead0 calls chapterzzz
+\def\chapterzzz #1{%
+ \secno=0 \subsecno=0 \subsubsecno=0
+ \global\advance \chapno by 1 \message{\putwordChapter\space \the\chapno}%
+ \chapmacro {#1}{\the\chapno}%
+ \gdef\thissection{#1}%
+ \gdef\thischaptername{#1}%
+ % We don't substitute the actual chapter name into \thischapter
+ % because we don't want its macros evaluated now.
+ \xdef\thischapter{\putwordChapter{} \the\chapno: \noexpand\thischaptername}%
+ \writetocentry{chap}{#1}{{\the\chapno}}
+ \donoderef
+ \global\let\section = \numberedsec
+ \global\let\subsection = \numberedsubsec
+ \global\let\subsubsection = \numberedsubsubsec
+}
+
+% we use \chapno to avoid indenting back
+\def\appendixbox#1{%
+ \setbox0 = \hbox{\putwordAppendix{} \the\chapno}%
+ \hbox to \wd0{#1\hss}}
+
+\outer\def\appendix{\parsearg\appendixyyy}
+\def\appendixyyy #1{\apphead0{#1}} % normally apphead0 calls appendixzzz
+\def\appendixzzz #1{%
+ \secno=0 \subsecno=0 \subsubsecno=0
+ \global\advance \appendixno by 1
+ \message{\putwordAppendix\space \appendixletter}%
+ \chapmacro {#1}{\appendixbox{\putwordAppendix{} \appendixletter}}%
+ \gdef\thissection{#1}%
+ \gdef\thischaptername{#1}%
+ \xdef\thischapter{\putwordAppendix{} \appendixletter: \noexpand\thischaptername}%
+ \writetocentry{appendix}{#1}{{\appendixletter}}
+ \appendixnoderef
+ \global\let\section = \appendixsec
+ \global\let\subsection = \appendixsubsec
+ \global\let\subsubsection = \appendixsubsubsec
+}
+
+% @centerchap is like @unnumbered, but the heading is centered.
+\outer\def\centerchap{\parsearg\centerchapyyy}
+\def\centerchapyyy #1{{\let\unnumbchapmacro=\centerchapmacro \unnumberedyyy{#1}}}
+
+% @top is like @unnumbered.
+\outer\def\top{\parsearg\unnumberedyyy}
+
+\outer\def\unnumbered{\parsearg\unnumberedyyy}
+\def\unnumberedyyy #1{\unnmhead0{#1}} % normally unnmhead0 calls unnumberedzzz
+\def\unnumberedzzz #1{%
+ \secno=0 \subsecno=0 \subsubsecno=0
+ %
+ % This used to be simply \message{#1}, but TeX fully expands the
+ % argument to \message. Therefore, if #1 contained @-commands, TeX
+ % expanded them. For example, in `@unnumbered The @cite{Book}', TeX
+ % expanded @cite (which turns out to cause errors because \cite is meant
+ % to be executed, not expanded).
+ %
+ % Anyway, we don't want the fully-expanded definition of @cite to appear
+ % as a result of the \message, we just want `@cite' itself. We use
+ % \the<toks register> to achieve this: TeX expands \the<toks> only once,
+ % simply yielding the contents of <toks register>. (We also do this for
+ % the toc entries.)
+ \toks0 = {#1}\message{(\the\toks0)}%
+ %
+ \unnumbchapmacro {#1}%
+ \gdef\thischapter{#1}\gdef\thissection{#1}%
+ \writetocentry{unnumbchap}{#1}{{\the\chapno}}
+ \unnumbnoderef
+ \global\let\section = \unnumberedsec
+ \global\let\subsection = \unnumberedsubsec
+ \global\let\subsubsection = \unnumberedsubsubsec
+}
+
+% Sections.
+\outer\def\numberedsec{\parsearg\secyyy}
+\def\secyyy #1{\numhead1{#1}} % normally calls seczzz
+\def\seczzz #1{%
+ \subsecno=0 \subsubsecno=0 \global\advance \secno by 1 %
+ \gdef\thissection{#1}\secheading {#1}{\the\chapno}{\the\secno}%
+ \writetocentry{sec}{#1}{{\the\chapno}{\the\secno}}
+ \donoderef
+ \nobreak
+}
+
+\outer\def\appendixsection{\parsearg\appendixsecyyy}
+\outer\def\appendixsec{\parsearg\appendixsecyyy}
+\def\appendixsecyyy #1{\apphead1{#1}} % normally calls appendixsectionzzz
+\def\appendixsectionzzz #1{%
+ \subsecno=0 \subsubsecno=0 \global\advance \secno by 1 %
+ \gdef\thissection{#1}\secheading {#1}{\appendixletter}{\the\secno}%
+ \writetocentry{sec}{#1}{{\appendixletter}{\the\secno}}
+ \appendixnoderef
+ \nobreak
+}
+
+\outer\def\unnumberedsec{\parsearg\unnumberedsecyyy}
+\def\unnumberedsecyyy #1{\unnmhead1{#1}} % normally calls unnumberedseczzz
+\def\unnumberedseczzz #1{%
+ \plainsecheading {#1}\gdef\thissection{#1}%
+ \writetocentry{unnumbsec}{#1}{{\the\chapno}{\the\secno}}
+ \unnumbnoderef
+ \nobreak
+}
+
+% Subsections.
+\outer\def\numberedsubsec{\parsearg\numberedsubsecyyy}
+\def\numberedsubsecyyy #1{\numhead2{#1}} % normally calls numberedsubseczzz
+\def\numberedsubseczzz #1{%
+ \gdef\thissection{#1}\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance \subsecno by 1 %
+ \subsecheading {#1}{\the\chapno}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}%
+ \writetocentry{subsec}{#1}{{\the\chapno}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}}
+ \donoderef
+ \nobreak
+}
+
+\outer\def\appendixsubsec{\parsearg\appendixsubsecyyy}
+\def\appendixsubsecyyy #1{\apphead2{#1}} % normally calls appendixsubseczzz
+\def\appendixsubseczzz #1{%
+ \gdef\thissection{#1}\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance \subsecno by 1 %
+ \subsecheading {#1}{\appendixletter}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}%
+ \writetocentry{subsec}{#1}{{\appendixletter}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}}
+ \appendixnoderef
+ \nobreak
+}
+
+\outer\def\unnumberedsubsec{\parsearg\unnumberedsubsecyyy}
+\def\unnumberedsubsecyyy #1{\unnmhead2{#1}} %normally calls unnumberedsubseczzz
+\def\unnumberedsubseczzz #1{%
+ \plainsubsecheading {#1}\gdef\thissection{#1}%
+ \writetocentry{unnumbsubsec}{#1}{{\the\chapno}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}}
+ \unnumbnoderef
+ \nobreak
+}
+
+% Subsubsections.
+\outer\def\numberedsubsubsec{\parsearg\numberedsubsubsecyyy}
+\def\numberedsubsubsecyyy #1{\numhead3{#1}} % normally numberedsubsubseczzz
+\def\numberedsubsubseczzz #1{%
+ \gdef\thissection{#1}\global\advance \subsubsecno by 1 %
+ \subsubsecheading {#1}
+ {\the\chapno}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}{\the\subsubsecno}%
+ \writetocentry{subsubsec}{#1}{{\the\chapno}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}{\the\subsubsecno}}
+ \donoderef
+ \nobreak
+}
+
+\outer\def\appendixsubsubsec{\parsearg\appendixsubsubsecyyy}
+\def\appendixsubsubsecyyy #1{\apphead3{#1}} % normally appendixsubsubseczzz
+\def\appendixsubsubseczzz #1{%
+ \gdef\thissection{#1}\global\advance \subsubsecno by 1 %
+ \subsubsecheading {#1}
+ {\appendixletter}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}{\the\subsubsecno}%
+ \writetocentry{subsubsec}{#1}{{\appendixletter}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}{\the\subsubsecno}}
+ \appendixnoderef
+ \nobreak
+}
+
+\outer\def\unnumberedsubsubsec{\parsearg\unnumberedsubsubsecyyy}
+\def\unnumberedsubsubsecyyy #1{\unnmhead3{#1}} %normally unnumberedsubsubseczzz
+\def\unnumberedsubsubseczzz #1{%
+ \plainsubsubsecheading {#1}\gdef\thissection{#1}%
+ \writetocentry{unnumbsubsubsec}{#1}{{\the\chapno}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}{\the\subsubsecno}}
+ \unnumbnoderef
+ \nobreak
+}
+
+% These are variants which are not "outer", so they can appear in @ifinfo.
+% Actually, they should now be obsolete; ordinary section commands should work.
+\def\infotop{\parsearg\unnumberedzzz}
+\def\infounnumbered{\parsearg\unnumberedzzz}
+\def\infounnumberedsec{\parsearg\unnumberedseczzz}
+\def\infounnumberedsubsec{\parsearg\unnumberedsubseczzz}
+\def\infounnumberedsubsubsec{\parsearg\unnumberedsubsubseczzz}
+
+\def\infoappendix{\parsearg\appendixzzz}
+\def\infoappendixsec{\parsearg\appendixseczzz}
+\def\infoappendixsubsec{\parsearg\appendixsubseczzz}
+\def\infoappendixsubsubsec{\parsearg\appendixsubsubseczzz}
+
+\def\infochapter{\parsearg\chapterzzz}
+\def\infosection{\parsearg\sectionzzz}
+\def\infosubsection{\parsearg\subsectionzzz}
+\def\infosubsubsection{\parsearg\subsubsectionzzz}
+
+% These macros control what the section commands do, according
+% to what kind of chapter we are in (ordinary, appendix, or unnumbered).
+% Define them by default for a numbered chapter.
+\global\let\section = \numberedsec
+\global\let\subsection = \numberedsubsec
+\global\let\subsubsection = \numberedsubsubsec
+
+% Define @majorheading, @heading and @subheading
+
+% NOTE on use of \vbox for chapter headings, section headings, and such:
+% 1) We use \vbox rather than the earlier \line to permit
+% overlong headings to fold.
+% 2) \hyphenpenalty is set to 10000 because hyphenation in a
+% heading is obnoxious; this forbids it.
+% 3) Likewise, headings look best if no \parindent is used, and
+% if justification is not attempted. Hence \raggedright.
+
+
+\def\majorheading{\parsearg\majorheadingzzz}
+\def\majorheadingzzz #1{%
+ {\advance\chapheadingskip by 10pt \chapbreak }%
+ {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000
+ \parindent=0pt\raggedright
+ \rm #1\hfill}}\bigskip \par\penalty 200}
+
+\def\chapheading{\parsearg\chapheadingzzz}
+\def\chapheadingzzz #1{\chapbreak %
+ {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000
+ \parindent=0pt\raggedright
+ \rm #1\hfill}}\bigskip \par\penalty 200}
+
+% @heading, @subheading, @subsubheading.
+\def\heading{\parsearg\plainsecheading}
+\def\subheading{\parsearg\plainsubsecheading}
+\def\subsubheading{\parsearg\plainsubsubsecheading}
+
+% These macros generate a chapter, section, etc. heading only
+% (including whitespace, linebreaking, etc. around it),
+% given all the information in convenient, parsed form.
+
+%%% Args are the skip and penalty (usually negative)
+\def\dobreak#1#2{\par\ifdim\lastskip<#1\removelastskip\penalty#2\vskip#1\fi}
+
+\def\setchapterstyle #1 {\csname CHAPF#1\endcsname}
+
+%%% Define plain chapter starts, and page on/off switching for it
+% Parameter controlling skip before chapter headings (if needed)
+
+\newskip\chapheadingskip
+
+\def\chapbreak{\dobreak \chapheadingskip {-4000}}
+\def\chappager{\par\vfill\supereject}
+\def\chapoddpage{\chappager \ifodd\pageno \else \hbox to 0pt{} \chappager\fi}
+
+\def\setchapternewpage #1 {\csname CHAPPAG#1\endcsname}
+
+\def\CHAPPAGoff{%
+\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
+\global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chapbreak
+\global\let\pagealignmacro=\chappager}
+
+\def\CHAPPAGon{%
+\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
+\global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chappager
+\global\let\pagealignmacro=\chappager
+\global\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSsingle}}
+
+\def\CHAPPAGodd{
+\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage
+\global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chapoddpage
+\global\let\pagealignmacro=\chapoddpage
+\global\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSdouble}}
+
+\CHAPPAGon
+
+\def\CHAPFplain{
+\global\let\chapmacro=\chfplain
+\global\let\unnumbchapmacro=\unnchfplain
+\global\let\centerchapmacro=\centerchfplain}
+
+% Plain chapter opening.
+% #1 is the text, #2 the chapter number or empty if unnumbered.
+\def\chfplain#1#2{%
+ \pchapsepmacro
+ {%
+ \chapfonts \rm
+ \def\chapnum{#2}%
+ \setbox0 = \hbox{#2\ifx\chapnum\empty\else\enspace\fi}%
+ \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000 \tolerance=5000 \parindent=0pt \raggedright
+ \hangindent = \wd0 \centerparametersmaybe
+ \unhbox0 #1\par}%
+ }%
+ \nobreak\bigskip % no page break after a chapter title
+ \nobreak
+}
+
+% Plain opening for unnumbered.
+\def\unnchfplain#1{\chfplain{#1}{}}
+
+% @centerchap -- centered and unnumbered.
+\let\centerparametersmaybe = \relax
+\def\centerchfplain#1{{%
+ \def\centerparametersmaybe{%
+ \advance\rightskip by 3\rightskip
+ \leftskip = \rightskip
+ \parfillskip = 0pt
+ }%
+ \chfplain{#1}{}%
+}}
+
+\CHAPFplain % The default
+
+\def\unnchfopen #1{%
+\chapoddpage {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000
+ \parindent=0pt\raggedright
+ \rm #1\hfill}}\bigskip \par\nobreak
+}
+
+\def\chfopen #1#2{\chapoddpage {\chapfonts
+\vbox to 3in{\vfil \hbox to\hsize{\hfil #2} \hbox to\hsize{\hfil #1} \vfil}}%
+\par\penalty 5000 %
+}
+
+\def\centerchfopen #1{%
+\chapoddpage {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000
+ \parindent=0pt
+ \hfill {\rm #1}\hfill}}\bigskip \par\nobreak
+}
+
+\def\CHAPFopen{
+\global\let\chapmacro=\chfopen
+\global\let\unnumbchapmacro=\unnchfopen
+\global\let\centerchapmacro=\centerchfopen}
+
+
+% Section titles.
+\newskip\secheadingskip
+\def\secheadingbreak{\dobreak \secheadingskip {-1000}}
+\def\secheading#1#2#3{\sectionheading{sec}{#2.#3}{#1}}
+\def\plainsecheading#1{\sectionheading{sec}{}{#1}}
+
+% Subsection titles.
+\newskip \subsecheadingskip
+\def\subsecheadingbreak{\dobreak \subsecheadingskip {-500}}
+\def\subsecheading#1#2#3#4{\sectionheading{subsec}{#2.#3.#4}{#1}}
+\def\plainsubsecheading#1{\sectionheading{subsec}{}{#1}}
+
+% Subsubsection titles.
+\let\subsubsecheadingskip = \subsecheadingskip
+\let\subsubsecheadingbreak = \subsecheadingbreak
+\def\subsubsecheading#1#2#3#4#5{\sectionheading{subsubsec}{#2.#3.#4.#5}{#1}}
+\def\plainsubsubsecheading#1{\sectionheading{subsubsec}{}{#1}}
+
+
+% Print any size section title.
+%
+% #1 is the section type (sec/subsec/subsubsec), #2 is the section
+% number (maybe empty), #3 the text.
+\def\sectionheading#1#2#3{%
+ {%
+ \expandafter\advance\csname #1headingskip\endcsname by \parskip
+ \csname #1headingbreak\endcsname
+ }%
+ {%
+ % Switch to the right set of fonts.
+ \csname #1fonts\endcsname \rm
+ %
+ % Only insert the separating space if we have a section number.
+ \def\secnum{#2}%
+ \setbox0 = \hbox{#2\ifx\secnum\empty\else\enspace\fi}%
+ %
+ \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000 \tolerance=5000 \parindent=0pt \raggedright
+ \hangindent = \wd0 % zero if no section number
+ \unhbox0 #3}%
+ }%
+ % Add extra space after the heading -- either a line space or a
+ % paragraph space, whichever is more. (Some people like to set
+ % \parskip to large values for some reason.) Don't allow stretch, though.
+ \nobreak
+ \ifdim\parskip>\normalbaselineskip
+ \kern\parskip
+ \else
+ \kern\normalbaselineskip
+ \fi
+ \nobreak
+}
+
+
+\message{toc,}
+% Table of contents.
+\newwrite\tocfile
+
+% Write an entry to the toc file, opening it if necessary.
+% Called from @chapter, etc. We supply {\folio} at the end of the
+% argument, which will end up as the last argument to the \...entry macro.
+%
+% Usage: \writetocentry{chap}{The Name of The Game}{{\the\chapno}}
+% We open the .toc file for writing here instead of at @setfilename (or
+% any other fixed time) so that @contents can be anywhere in the document.
+%
+\newif\iftocfileopened
+\def\writetocentry#1#2#3{%
+ \iftocfileopened\else
+ \immediate\openout\tocfile = \jobname.toc
+ \global\tocfileopenedtrue
+ \fi
+ %
+ \iflinks
+ \toks0 = {#2}%
+ \edef\temp{\write\tocfile{\realbackslash #1entry{\the\toks0}#3{\folio}}}%
+ \temp
+ \fi
+ %
+ % Tell \shipout to create a page destination if we're doing pdf, which
+ % will be the target of the links in the table of contents. We can't
+ % just do it on every page because the title pages are numbered 1 and
+ % 2 (the page numbers aren't printed), and so are the first two pages
+ % of the document. Thus, we'd have two destinations named `1', and
+ % two named `2'.
+ \ifpdf \pdfmakepagedesttrue \fi
+}
+
+\newskip\contentsrightmargin \contentsrightmargin=1in
+\newcount\savepageno
+\newcount\lastnegativepageno \lastnegativepageno = -1
+
+% Finish up the main text and prepare to read what we've written
+% to \tocfile.
+%
+\def\startcontents#1{%
+ % If @setchapternewpage on, and @headings double, the contents should
+ % start on an odd page, unlike chapters. Thus, we maintain
+ % \contentsalignmacro in parallel with \pagealignmacro.
+ % From: Torbjorn Granlund <tege@matematik.su.se>
+ \contentsalignmacro
+ \immediate\closeout\tocfile
+ %
+ % Don't need to put `Contents' or `Short Contents' in the headline.
+ % It is abundantly clear what they are.
+ \unnumbchapmacro{#1}\def\thischapter{}%
+ \savepageno = \pageno
+ \begingroup % Set up to handle contents files properly.
+ \catcode`\\=0 \catcode`\{=1 \catcode`\}=2 \catcode`\@=11
+ % We can't do this, because then an actual ^ in a section
+ % title fails, e.g., @chapter ^ -- exponentiation. --karl, 9jul97.
+ %\catcode`\^=7 % to see ^^e4 as \"a etc. juha@piuha.ydi.vtt.fi
+ \raggedbottom % Worry more about breakpoints than the bottom.
+ \advance\hsize by -\contentsrightmargin % Don't use the full line length.
+ %
+ % Roman numerals for page numbers.
+ \ifnum \pageno>0 \global\pageno = \lastnegativepageno \fi
+}
+
+
+% Normal (long) toc.
+\def\contents{%
+ \startcontents{\putwordTOC}%
+ \openin 1 \jobname.toc
+ \ifeof 1 \else
+ \closein 1
+ \input \jobname.toc
+ \fi
+ \vfill \eject
+ \contentsalignmacro % in case @setchapternewpage odd is in effect
+ \pdfmakeoutlines
+ \endgroup
+ \lastnegativepageno = \pageno
+ \global\pageno = \savepageno
+}
+
+% And just the chapters.
+\def\summarycontents{%
+ \startcontents{\putwordShortTOC}%
+ %
+ \let\chapentry = \shortchapentry
+ \let\appendixentry = \shortappendixentry
+ \let\unnumbchapentry = \shortunnumberedentry
+ % We want a true roman here for the page numbers.
+ \secfonts
+ \let\rm=\shortcontrm \let\bf=\shortcontbf
+ \let\sl=\shortcontsl \let\tt=\shortconttt
+ \rm
+ \hyphenpenalty = 10000
+ \advance\baselineskip by 1pt % Open it up a little.
+ \def\secentry ##1##2##3##4{}
+ \def\subsecentry ##1##2##3##4##5{}
+ \def\subsubsecentry ##1##2##3##4##5##6{}
+ \let\unnumbsecentry = \secentry
+ \let\unnumbsubsecentry = \subsecentry
+ \let\unnumbsubsubsecentry = \subsubsecentry
+ \openin 1 \jobname.toc
+ \ifeof 1 \else
+ \closein 1
+ \input \jobname.toc
+ \fi
+ \vfill \eject
+ \contentsalignmacro % in case @setchapternewpage odd is in effect
+ \endgroup
+ \lastnegativepageno = \pageno
+ \global\pageno = \savepageno
+}
+\let\shortcontents = \summarycontents
+
+\ifpdf
+ \pdfcatalog{/PageMode /UseOutlines}%
+\fi
+
+% These macros generate individual entries in the table of contents.
+% The first argument is the chapter or section name.
+% The last argument is the page number.
+% The arguments in between are the chapter number, section number, ...
+
+% Chapters, in the main contents.
+\def\chapentry#1#2#3{\dochapentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#3}}
+%
+% Chapters, in the short toc.
+% See comments in \dochapentry re vbox and related settings.
+\def\shortchapentry#1#2#3{%
+ \tocentry{\shortchaplabel{#2}\labelspace #1}{\doshortpageno\bgroup#3\egroup}%
+}
+
+% Appendices, in the main contents.
+\def\appendixentry#1#2#3{%
+ \dochapentry{\appendixbox{\putwordAppendix{} #2}\labelspace#1}{#3}}
+%
+% Appendices, in the short toc.
+\let\shortappendixentry = \shortchapentry
+
+% Typeset the label for a chapter or appendix for the short contents.
+% The arg is, e.g., `Appendix A' for an appendix, or `3' for a chapter.
+% We could simplify the code here by writing out an \appendixentry
+% command in the toc file for appendices, instead of using \chapentry
+% for both, but it doesn't seem worth it.
+%
+\newdimen\shortappendixwidth
+%
+\def\shortchaplabel#1{%
+ % This space should be enough, since a single number is .5em, and the
+ % widest letter (M) is 1em, at least in the Computer Modern fonts.
+ % But use \hss just in case.
+ % (This space doesn't include the extra space that gets added after
+ % the label; that gets put in by \shortchapentry above.)
+ \dimen0 = 1em
+ \hbox to \dimen0{#1\hss}%
+}
+
+% Unnumbered chapters.
+\def\unnumbchapentry#1#2#3{\dochapentry{#1}{#3}}
+\def\shortunnumberedentry#1#2#3{\tocentry{#1}{\doshortpageno\bgroup#3\egroup}}
+
+% Sections.
+\def\secentry#1#2#3#4{\dosecentry{#2.#3\labelspace#1}{#4}}
+\def\unnumbsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosecentry{#1}{#4}}
+
+% Subsections.
+\def\subsecentry#1#2#3#4#5{\dosubsecentry{#2.#3.#4\labelspace#1}{#5}}
+\def\unnumbsubsecentry#1#2#3#4#5{\dosubsecentry{#1}{#5}}
+
+% And subsubsections.
+\def\subsubsecentry#1#2#3#4#5#6{%
+ \dosubsubsecentry{#2.#3.#4.#5\labelspace#1}{#6}}
+\def\unnumbsubsubsecentry#1#2#3#4#5#6{\dosubsubsecentry{#1}{#6}}
+
+% This parameter controls the indentation of the various levels.
+\newdimen\tocindent \tocindent = 3pc
+
+% Now for the actual typesetting. In all these, #1 is the text and #2 is the
+% page number.
+%
+% If the toc has to be broken over pages, we want it to be at chapters
+% if at all possible; hence the \penalty.
+\def\dochapentry#1#2{%
+ \penalty-300 \vskip1\baselineskip plus.33\baselineskip minus.25\baselineskip
+ \begingroup
+ \chapentryfonts
+ \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}%
+ \endgroup
+ \nobreak\vskip .25\baselineskip plus.1\baselineskip
+}
+
+\def\dosecentry#1#2{\begingroup
+ \secentryfonts \leftskip=\tocindent
+ \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}%
+\endgroup}
+
+\def\dosubsecentry#1#2{\begingroup
+ \subsecentryfonts \leftskip=2\tocindent
+ \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}%
+\endgroup}
+
+\def\dosubsubsecentry#1#2{\begingroup
+ \subsubsecentryfonts \leftskip=3\tocindent
+ \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}%
+\endgroup}
+
+% Final typesetting of a toc entry; we use the same \entry macro as for
+% the index entries, but we want to suppress hyphenation here. (We
+% can't do that in the \entry macro, since index entries might consist
+% of hyphenated-identifiers-that-do-not-fit-on-a-line-and-nothing-else.)
+\def\tocentry#1#2{\begingroup
+ \vskip 0pt plus1pt % allow a little stretch for the sake of nice page breaks
+ % Do not use \turnoffactive in these arguments. Since the toc is
+ % typeset in cmr, characters such as _ would come out wrong; we
+ % have to do the usual translation tricks.
+ \entry{#1}{#2}%
+\endgroup}
+
+% Space between chapter (or whatever) number and the title.
+\def\labelspace{\hskip1em \relax}
+
+\def\dopageno#1{{\rm #1}}
+\def\doshortpageno#1{{\rm #1}}
+
+\def\chapentryfonts{\secfonts \rm}
+\def\secentryfonts{\textfonts}
+\let\subsecentryfonts = \textfonts
+\let\subsubsecentryfonts = \textfonts
+
+
+\message{environments,}
+% @foo ... @end foo.
+
+% @point{}, @result{}, @expansion{}, @print{}, @equiv{}.
+%
+% Since these characters are used in examples, it should be an even number of
+% \tt widths. Each \tt character is 1en, so two makes it 1em.
+%
+\def\point{$\star$}
+\def\result{\leavevmode\raise.15ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\Rightarrow$\hfil}}
+\def\expansion{\leavevmode\raise.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\mapsto$\hfil}}
+\def\print{\leavevmode\lower.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\dashv$\hfil}}
+\def\equiv{\leavevmode\lower.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\ptexequiv$\hfil}}
+
+% The @error{} command.
+% Adapted from the TeXbook's \boxit.
+%
+\newbox\errorbox
+%
+{\tentt \global\dimen0 = 3em}% Width of the box.
+\dimen2 = .55pt % Thickness of rules
+% The text. (`r' is open on the right, `e' somewhat less so on the left.)
+\setbox0 = \hbox{\kern-.75pt \tensf error\kern-1.5pt}
+%
+\global\setbox\errorbox=\hbox to \dimen0{\hfil
+ \hsize = \dimen0 \advance\hsize by -5.8pt % Space to left+right.
+ \advance\hsize by -2\dimen2 % Rules.
+ \vbox{
+ \hrule height\dimen2
+ \hbox{\vrule width\dimen2 \kern3pt % Space to left of text.
+ \vtop{\kern2.4pt \box0 \kern2.4pt}% Space above/below.
+ \kern3pt\vrule width\dimen2}% Space to right.
+ \hrule height\dimen2}
+ \hfil}
+%
+\def\error{\leavevmode\lower.7ex\copy\errorbox}
+
+% @tex ... @end tex escapes into raw Tex temporarily.
+% One exception: @ is still an escape character, so that @end tex works.
+% But \@ or @@ will get a plain tex @ character.
+
+\def\tex{\begingroup
+ \catcode `\\=0 \catcode `\{=1 \catcode `\}=2
+ \catcode `\$=3 \catcode `\&=4 \catcode `\#=6
+ \catcode `\^=7 \catcode `\_=8 \catcode `\~=\active \let~=\tie
+ \catcode `\%=14
+ \catcode `\+=\other
+ \catcode `\"=\other
+ \catcode `\==\other
+ \catcode `\|=\other
+ \catcode `\<=\other
+ \catcode `\>=\other
+ \escapechar=`\\
+ %
+ \let\b=\ptexb
+ \let\bullet=\ptexbullet
+ \let\c=\ptexc
+ \let\,=\ptexcomma
+ \let\.=\ptexdot
+ \let\dots=\ptexdots
+ \let\equiv=\ptexequiv
+ \let\!=\ptexexclam
+ \let\i=\ptexi
+ \let\{=\ptexlbrace
+ \let\+=\tabalign
+ \let\}=\ptexrbrace
+ \let\*=\ptexstar
+ \let\t=\ptext
+ %
+ \def\endldots{\mathinner{\ldots\ldots\ldots\ldots}}%
+ \def\enddots{\relax\ifmmode\endldots\else$\mathsurround=0pt \endldots\,$\fi}%
+ \def\@{@}%
+\let\Etex=\endgroup}
+
+% Define @lisp ... @end lisp.
+% @lisp does a \begingroup so it can rebind things,
+% including the definition of @end lisp (which normally is erroneous).
+
+% Amount to narrow the margins by for @lisp.
+\newskip\lispnarrowing \lispnarrowing=0.4in
+
+% This is the definition that ^^M gets inside @lisp, @example, and other
+% such environments. \null is better than a space, since it doesn't
+% have any width.
+\def\lisppar{\null\endgraf}
+
+% Make each space character in the input produce a normal interword
+% space in the output. Don't allow a line break at this space, as this
+% is used only in environments like @example, where each line of input
+% should produce a line of output anyway.
+%
+{\obeyspaces %
+\gdef\sepspaces{\obeyspaces\let =\tie}}
+
+% Define \obeyedspace to be our active space, whatever it is. This is
+% for use in \parsearg.
+{\sepspaces%
+\global\let\obeyedspace= }
+
+% This space is always present above and below environments.
+\newskip\envskipamount \envskipamount = 0pt
+
+% Make spacing and below environment symmetrical. We use \parskip here
+% to help in doing that, since in @example-like environments \parskip
+% is reset to zero; thus the \afterenvbreak inserts no space -- but the
+% start of the next paragraph will insert \parskip.
+%
+\def\aboveenvbreak{{%
+ % =10000 instead of <10000 because of a special case in \itemzzz, q.v.
+ \ifnum \lastpenalty=10000 \else
+ \advance\envskipamount by \parskip
+ \endgraf
+ \ifdim\lastskip<\envskipamount
+ \removelastskip
+ % it's not a good place to break if the last penalty was \nobreak
+ % or better ...
+ \ifnum\lastpenalty>10000 \else \penalty-50 \fi
+ \vskip\envskipamount
+ \fi
+ \fi
+}}
+
+\let\afterenvbreak = \aboveenvbreak
+
+% \nonarrowing is a flag. If "set", @lisp etc don't narrow margins.
+\let\nonarrowing=\relax
+
+% @cartouche ... @end cartouche: draw rectangle w/rounded corners around
+% environment contents.
+\font\circle=lcircle10
+\newdimen\circthick
+\newdimen\cartouter\newdimen\cartinner
+\newskip\normbskip\newskip\normpskip\newskip\normlskip
+\circthick=\fontdimen8\circle
+%
+\def\ctl{{\circle\char'013\hskip -6pt}}% 6pt from pl file: 1/2charwidth
+\def\ctr{{\hskip 6pt\circle\char'010}}
+\def\cbl{{\circle\char'012\hskip -6pt}}
+\def\cbr{{\hskip 6pt\circle\char'011}}
+\def\carttop{\hbox to \cartouter{\hskip\lskip
+ \ctl\leaders\hrule height\circthick\hfil\ctr
+ \hskip\rskip}}
+\def\cartbot{\hbox to \cartouter{\hskip\lskip
+ \cbl\leaders\hrule height\circthick\hfil\cbr
+ \hskip\rskip}}
+%
+\newskip\lskip\newskip\rskip
+
+\def\cartouche{%
+\par % can't be in the midst of a paragraph.
+\begingroup
+ \lskip=\leftskip \rskip=\rightskip
+ \leftskip=0pt\rightskip=0pt %we want these *outside*.
+ \cartinner=\hsize \advance\cartinner by-\lskip
+ \advance\cartinner by-\rskip
+ \cartouter=\hsize
+ \advance\cartouter by 18.4pt % allow for 3pt kerns on either
+% side, and for 6pt waste from
+% each corner char, and rule thickness
+ \normbskip=\baselineskip \normpskip=\parskip \normlskip=\lineskip
+ % Flag to tell @lisp, etc., not to narrow margin.
+ \let\nonarrowing=\comment
+ \vbox\bgroup
+ \baselineskip=0pt\parskip=0pt\lineskip=0pt
+ \carttop
+ \hbox\bgroup
+ \hskip\lskip
+ \vrule\kern3pt
+ \vbox\bgroup
+ \hsize=\cartinner
+ \kern3pt
+ \begingroup
+ \baselineskip=\normbskip
+ \lineskip=\normlskip
+ \parskip=\normpskip
+ \vskip -\parskip
+\def\Ecartouche{%
+ \endgroup
+ \kern3pt
+ \egroup
+ \kern3pt\vrule
+ \hskip\rskip
+ \egroup
+ \cartbot
+ \egroup
+\endgroup
+}}
+
+
+% This macro is called at the beginning of all the @example variants,
+% inside a group.
+\def\nonfillstart{%
+ \aboveenvbreak
+ \inENV % This group ends at the end of the body
+ \hfuzz = 12pt % Don't be fussy
+ \sepspaces % Make spaces be word-separators rather than space tokens.
+ \let\par = \lisppar % don't ignore blank lines
+ \obeylines % each line of input is a line of output
+ \parskip = 0pt
+ \parindent = 0pt
+ \emergencystretch = 0pt % don't try to avoid overfull boxes
+ % @cartouche defines \nonarrowing to inhibit narrowing
+ % at next level down.
+ \ifx\nonarrowing\relax
+ \advance \leftskip by \lispnarrowing
+ \exdentamount=\lispnarrowing
+ \let\exdent=\nofillexdent
+ \let\nonarrowing=\relax
+ \fi
+}
+
+% Define the \E... control sequence only if we are inside the particular
+% environment, so the error checking in \end will work.
+%
+% To end an @example-like environment, we first end the paragraph (via
+% \afterenvbreak's vertical glue), and then the group. That way we keep
+% the zero \parskip that the environments set -- \parskip glue will be
+% inserted at the beginning of the next paragraph in the document, after
+% the environment.
+%
+\def\nonfillfinish{\afterenvbreak\endgroup}
+
+% @lisp: indented, narrowed, typewriter font.
+\def\lisp{\begingroup
+ \nonfillstart
+ \let\Elisp = \nonfillfinish
+ \tt
+ \let\kbdfont = \kbdexamplefont % Allow @kbd to do something special.
+ \gobble % eat return
+}
+
+% @example: Same as @lisp.
+\def\example{\begingroup \def\Eexample{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}\lisp}
+
+% @smallexample and @smalllisp: use smaller fonts.
+% Originally contributed by Pavel@xerox.
+\def\smalllisp{\begingroup
+ \def\Esmalllisp{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}%
+ \def\Esmallexample{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}%
+ \smallexamplefonts
+ \lisp
+}
+\let\smallexample = \smalllisp
+
+
+% @display: same as @lisp except keep current font.
+%
+\def\display{\begingroup
+ \nonfillstart
+ \let\Edisplay = \nonfillfinish
+ \gobble
+}
+%
+% @smalldisplay: @display plus smaller fonts.
+%
+\def\smalldisplay{\begingroup
+ \def\Esmalldisplay{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}%
+ \smallexamplefonts \rm
+ \display
+}
+
+% @format: same as @display except don't narrow margins.
+%
+\def\format{\begingroup
+ \let\nonarrowing = t
+ \nonfillstart
+ \let\Eformat = \nonfillfinish
+ \gobble
+}
+%
+% @smallformat: @format plus smaller fonts.
+%
+\def\smallformat{\begingroup
+ \def\Esmallformat{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}%
+ \smallexamplefonts \rm
+ \format
+}
+
+% @flushleft (same as @format).
+%
+\def\flushleft{\begingroup \def\Eflushleft{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}\format}
+
+% @flushright.
+%
+\def\flushright{\begingroup
+ \let\nonarrowing = t
+ \nonfillstart
+ \let\Eflushright = \nonfillfinish
+ \advance\leftskip by 0pt plus 1fill
+ \gobble
+}
+
+
+% @quotation does normal linebreaking (hence we can't use \nonfillstart)
+% and narrows the margins.
+%
+\def\quotation{%
+ \begingroup\inENV %This group ends at the end of the @quotation body
+ {\parskip=0pt \aboveenvbreak}% because \aboveenvbreak inserts \parskip
+ \parindent=0pt
+ % We have retained a nonzero parskip for the environment, since we're
+ % doing normal filling. So to avoid extra space below the environment...
+ \def\Equotation{\parskip = 0pt \nonfillfinish}%
+ %
+ % @cartouche defines \nonarrowing to inhibit narrowing at next level down.
+ \ifx\nonarrowing\relax
+ \advance\leftskip by \lispnarrowing
+ \advance\rightskip by \lispnarrowing
+ \exdentamount = \lispnarrowing
+ \let\nonarrowing = \relax
+ \fi
+}
+
+
+% LaTeX-like @verbatim...@end verbatim and @verb{<char>...<char>}
+% If we want to allow any <char> as delimiter,
+% we need the curly braces so that makeinfo sees the @verb command, eg:
+% `@verbx...x' would look like the '@verbx' command. --janneke@gnu.org
+%
+% [Knuth]: Donald Ervin Knuth, 1996. The TeXbook.
+%
+% [Knuth] p.344; only we need to do the other characters Texinfo sets
+% active too. Otherwise, they get lost as the first character on a
+% verbatim line.
+\def\dospecials{%
+ \do\ \do\\\do\{\do\}\do\$\do\&%
+ \do\#\do\^\do\^^K\do\_\do\^^A\do\%\do\~%
+ \do\<\do\>\do\|\do\@\do+\do\"%
+}
+%
+% [Knuth] p. 380
+\def\uncatcodespecials{%
+ \def\do##1{\catcode`##1=12}\dospecials}
+%
+% [Knuth] pp. 380,381,391
+% Disable Spanish ligatures ?` and !` of \tt font
+\begingroup
+ \catcode`\`=\active\gdef`{\relax\lq}
+\endgroup
+%
+% Setup for the @verb command.
+%
+% Eight spaces for a tab
+\begingroup
+ \catcode`\^^I=\active
+ \gdef\tabeightspaces{\catcode`\^^I=\active\def^^I{\ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ }}
+\endgroup
+%
+\def\setupverb{%
+ \tt % easiest (and conventionally used) font for verbatim
+ \def\par{\leavevmode\endgraf}%
+ \catcode`\`=\active
+ \tabeightspaces
+ % Respect line breaks,
+ % print special symbols as themselves, and
+ % make each space count
+ % must do in this order:
+ \obeylines \uncatcodespecials \sepspaces
+}
+
+% Setup for the @verbatim environment
+%
+% Real tab expansion
+\newdimen\tabw \setbox0=\hbox{\tt\space} \tabw=8\wd0 % tab amount
+%
+\def\starttabbox{\setbox0=\hbox\bgroup}
+\begingroup
+ \catcode`\^^I=\active
+ \gdef\tabexpand{%
+ \catcode`\^^I=\active
+ \def^^I{\leavevmode\egroup
+ \dimen0=\wd0 % the width so far, or since the previous tab
+ \divide\dimen0 by\tabw
+ \multiply\dimen0 by\tabw % compute previous multiple of \tabw
+ \advance\dimen0 by\tabw % advance to next multiple of \tabw
+ \wd0=\dimen0 \box0 \starttabbox
+ }%
+ }
+\endgroup
+\def\setupverbatim{%
+ % Easiest (and conventionally used) font for verbatim
+ \tt
+ \def\par{\leavevmode\egroup\box0\endgraf}%
+ \catcode`\`=\active
+ \tabexpand
+ % Respect line breaks,
+ % print special symbols as themselves, and
+ % make each space count
+ % must do in this order:
+ \obeylines \uncatcodespecials \sepspaces
+ \everypar{\starttabbox}%
+}
+
+% Do the @verb magic: verbatim text is quoted by unique
+% delimiter characters. Before first delimiter expect a
+% right brace, after last delimiter expect closing brace:
+%
+% \def\doverb'{'<char>#1<char>'}'{#1}
+%
+% [Knuth] p. 382; only eat outer {}
+\begingroup
+ \catcode`[=1\catcode`]=2\catcode`\{=12\catcode`\}=12
+ \gdef\doverb{#1[\def\next##1#1}[##1\endgroup]\next]
+\endgroup
+%
+\def\verb{\begingroup\setupverb\doverb}
+%
+%
+% Do the @verbatim magic: define the macro \doverbatim so that
+% the (first) argument ends when '@end verbatim' is reached, ie:
+%
+% \def\doverbatim#1@end verbatim{#1}
+%
+% For Texinfo it's a lot easier than for LaTeX,
+% because texinfo's \verbatim doesn't stop at '\end{verbatim}':
+% we need not redefine '\', '{' and '}'.
+%
+% Inspired by LaTeX's verbatim command set [latex.ltx]
+%% Include LaTeX hack for completeness -- never know
+%% \begingroup
+%% \catcode`|=0 \catcode`[=1
+%% \catcode`]=2\catcode`\{=12\catcode`\}=12\catcode`\ =\active
+%% \catcode`\\=12|gdef|doverbatim#1@end verbatim[
+%% #1|endgroup|def|Everbatim[]|end[verbatim]]
+%% |endgroup
+%
+\begingroup
+ \catcode`\ =\active
+ \obeylines %
+ % ignore everything up to the first ^^M, that's the newline at the end
+ % of the @verbatim input line itself. Otherwise we get an extra blank
+ % line in the output.
+ \gdef\doverbatim#1^^M#2@end verbatim{#2\end{verbatim}}%
+\endgroup
+%
+\def\verbatim{%
+ \def\Everbatim{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}%
+ \begingroup
+ \nonfillstart
+ \advance\leftskip by -\defbodyindent
+ \begingroup\setupverbatim\doverbatim
+}
+
+% @verbatiminclude FILE - insert text of file in verbatim environment.
+%
+% Allow normal characters that we make active in the argument (a file name).
+\def\verbatiminclude{%
+ \begingroup
+ \catcode`\\=\other
+ \catcode`~=\other
+ \catcode`^=\other
+ \catcode`_=\other
+ \catcode`|=\other
+ \catcode`<=\other
+ \catcode`>=\other
+ \catcode`+=\other
+ \parsearg\doverbatiminclude
+}
+\def\setupverbatiminclude{%
+ \begingroup
+ \nonfillstart
+ \advance\leftskip by -\defbodyindent
+ \begingroup\setupverbatim
+}
+%
+\def\doverbatiminclude#1{%
+ % Restore active chars for included file.
+ \endgroup
+ \begingroup
+ \let\value=\expandablevalue
+ \def\thisfile{#1}%
+ \expandafter\expandafter\setupverbatiminclude\input\thisfile
+ \endgroup
+ \nonfillfinish
+ \endgroup
+}
+
+% @copying ... @end copying.
+% Save the text away for @insertcopying later. Many commands won't be
+% allowed in this context, but that's ok.
+%
+% We save the uninterpreted tokens, rather than creating a box.
+% Saving the text in a box would be much easier, but then all the
+% typesetting commands (@smallbook, font changes, etc.) have to be done
+% beforehand -- and a) we want @copying to be done first in the source
+% file; b) letting users define the frontmatter in as flexible order as
+% possible is very desirable.
+%
+\def\copying{\begingroup
+ % Define a command to swallow text until we reach `@end copying'.
+ % \ is the escape char in this texinfo.tex file, so it is the
+ % delimiter for the command; @ will be the escape char when we read
+ % it, but that doesn't matter.
+ \long\def\docopying##1\end copying{\gdef\copyingtext{##1}\enddocopying}%
+ %
+ % We must preserve ^^M's in the input file; see \insertcopying below.
+ \catcode`\^^M = \active
+ \docopying
+}
+
+% What we do to finish off the copying text.
+%
+\def\enddocopying{\endgroup\ignorespaces}
+
+% @insertcopying. Here we must play games with ^^M's. On the one hand,
+% we need them to delimit commands such as `@end quotation', so they
+% must be active. On the other hand, we certainly don't want every
+% end-of-line to be a \par, as would happen with the normal active
+% definition of ^^M. On the third hand, two ^^M's in a row should still
+% generate a \par.
+%
+% Our approach is to make ^^M insert a space and a penalty1 normally;
+% then it can also check if \lastpenalty=1. If it does, then manually
+% do \par.
+%
+% This messes up the normal definitions of @c[omment], so we redefine
+% it. Similarly for @ignore. (These commands are used in the gcc
+% manual for man page generation.)
+%
+% Seems pretty fragile, most line-oriented commands will presumably
+% fail, but for the limited use of getting the copying text (which
+% should be quite simple) inserted, we can hope it's ok.
+%
+{\catcode`\^^M=\active %
+\gdef\insertcopying{\begingroup %
+ \parindent = 0pt % looks wrong on title page
+ \def^^M{%
+ \ifnum \lastpenalty=1 %
+ \par %
+ \else %
+ \space \penalty 1 %
+ \fi %
+ }%
+ %
+ % Fix @c[omment] for catcode 13 ^^M's.
+ \def\c##1^^M{\ignorespaces}%
+ \let\comment = \c %
+ %
+ % Don't bother jumping through all the hoops that \doignore does, it
+ % would be very hard since the catcodes are already set.
+ \long\def\ignore##1\end ignore{\ignorespaces}%
+ %
+ \copyingtext %
+\endgroup}%
+}
+
+\message{defuns,}
+% @defun etc.
+
+% Allow user to change definition object font (\df) internally
+\def\setdeffont#1 {\csname DEF#1\endcsname}
+
+\newskip\defbodyindent \defbodyindent=.4in
+\newskip\defargsindent \defargsindent=50pt
+\newskip\deflastargmargin \deflastargmargin=18pt
+
+\newcount\parencount
+
+% We want ()&[] to print specially on the defun line.
+%
+\def\activeparens{%
+ \catcode`\(=\active \catcode`\)=\active
+ \catcode`\&=\active
+ \catcode`\[=\active \catcode`\]=\active
+}
+
+% Make control sequences which act like normal parenthesis chars.
+\let\lparen = ( \let\rparen = )
+
+{\activeparens % Now, smart parens don't turn on until &foo (see \amprm)
+
+% Be sure that we always have a definition for `(', etc. For example,
+% if the fn name has parens in it, \boldbrax will not be in effect yet,
+% so TeX would otherwise complain about undefined control sequence.
+\global\let(=\lparen \global\let)=\rparen
+\global\let[=\lbrack \global\let]=\rbrack
+
+\gdef\functionparens{\boldbrax\let&=\amprm\parencount=0 }
+\gdef\boldbrax{\let(=\opnr\let)=\clnr\let[=\lbrb\let]=\rbrb}
+% This is used to turn on special parens
+% but make & act ordinary (given that it's active).
+\gdef\boldbraxnoamp{\let(=\opnr\let)=\clnr\let[=\lbrb\let]=\rbrb\let&=\ampnr}
+
+% Definitions of (, ) and & used in args for functions.
+% This is the definition of ( outside of all parentheses.
+\gdef\oprm#1 {{\rm\char`\(}#1 \bf \let(=\opnested
+ \global\advance\parencount by 1
+}
+%
+% This is the definition of ( when already inside a level of parens.
+\gdef\opnested{\char`\(\global\advance\parencount by 1 }
+%
+\gdef\clrm{% Print a paren in roman if it is taking us back to depth of 0.
+ % also in that case restore the outer-level definition of (.
+ \ifnum \parencount=1 {\rm \char `\)}\sl \let(=\oprm \else \char `\) \fi
+ \global\advance \parencount by -1 }
+% If we encounter &foo, then turn on ()-hacking afterwards
+\gdef\amprm#1 {{\rm\}\let(=\oprm \let)=\clrm\ }
+%
+\gdef\normalparens{\boldbrax\let&=\ampnr}
+} % End of definition inside \activeparens
+%% These parens (in \boldbrax) actually are a little bolder than the
+%% contained text. This is especially needed for [ and ]
+\def\opnr{{\sf\char`\(}\global\advance\parencount by 1 }
+\def\clnr{{\sf\char`\)}\global\advance\parencount by -1 }
+\let\ampnr = \&
+\def\lbrb{{\bf\char`\[}}
+\def\rbrb{{\bf\char`\]}}
+
+% Active &'s sneak into the index arguments, so make sure it's defined.
+{
+ \catcode`& = \active
+ \global\let& = \ampnr
+}
+
+% \defname, which formats the name of the @def (not the args).
+% #1 is the function name.
+% #2 is the type of definition, such as "Function".
+%
+\def\defname#1#2{%
+ % How we'll output the type name. Putting it in brackets helps
+ % distinguish it from the body text that may end up on the next line
+ % just below it.
+ \ifempty{#2}%
+ \def\defnametype{}%
+ \else
+ \def\defnametype{[\rm #2]}%
+ \fi
+ %
+ % Get the values of \leftskip and \rightskip as they were outside the @def...
+ \dimen2=\leftskip
+ \advance\dimen2 by -\defbodyindent
+ %
+ % Figure out values for the paragraph shape.
+ \setbox0=\hbox{\hskip \deflastargmargin{\defnametype}}%
+ \dimen0=\hsize \advance \dimen0 by -\wd0 % compute size for first line
+ \dimen1=\hsize \advance \dimen1 by -\defargsindent % size for continuations
+ \parshape 2 0in \dimen0 \defargsindent \dimen1
+ %
+ % Output arg 2 ("Function" or some such) but stuck inside a box of
+ % width 0 so it does not interfere with linebreaking.
+ \noindent
+ %
+ {% Adjust \hsize to exclude the ambient margins,
+ % so that \rightline will obey them.
+ \advance \hsize by -\dimen2
+ \dimen3 = 0pt % was -1.25pc
+ \rlap{\rightline{\defnametype\kern\dimen3}}%
+ }%
+ %
+ % Allow all lines to be underfull without complaint:
+ \tolerance=10000 \hbadness=10000
+ \advance\leftskip by -\defbodyindent
+ \exdentamount=\defbodyindent
+ {\df #1}\enskip % output function name
+ % \defunargs will be called next to output the arguments, if any.
+}
+
+% Common pieces to start any @def...
+% #1 is the \E... control sequence to end the definition (which we define).
+% #2 is the \...x control sequence (which our caller defines).
+% #3 is the control sequence to process the header, such as \defunheader.
+%
+\def\parsebodycommon#1#2#3{%
+ \begingroup\inENV
+ % If there are two @def commands in a row, we'll have a \nobreak,
+ % which is there to keep the function description together with its
+ % header. But if there's nothing but headers, we want to allow a
+ % break after all. Check for penalty 10002 (inserted by
+ % \defargscommonending) instead of 10000, since the sectioning
+ % commands insert a \penalty10000, and we don't want to allow a break
+ % between a section heading and a defun.
+ \ifnum\lastpenalty=10002 \penalty0 \fi
+ \medbreak
+ %
+ % Define the \E... end token that this defining construct specifies
+ % so that it will exit this group.
+ \def#1{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}%
+ %
+ \parindent=0in
+ \advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent
+ \exdentamount=\defbodyindent
+}
+
+% Common part of the \...x definitions.
+%
+\def\defxbodycommon{%
+ % As with \parsebodycommon above, allow line break if we have multiple
+ % x headers in a row. It's not a great place, though.
+ \ifnum\lastpenalty=10000 \penalty1000 \fi
+ %
+ \begingroup\obeylines
+}
+
+% Process body of @defun, @deffn, @defmac, etc.
+%
+\def\defparsebody#1#2#3{%
+ \parsebodycommon{#1}{#2}{#3}%
+ \def#2{\defxbodycommon \activeparens \spacesplit#3}%
+ \catcode\equalChar=\active
+ \begingroup\obeylines\activeparens
+ \spacesplit#3%
+}
+
+% #1, #2, #3 are the common arguments (see \parsebodycommon above).
+% #4, delimited by the space, is the class name.
+%
+\def\defmethparsebody#1#2#3#4 {%
+ \parsebodycommon{#1}{#2}{#3}%
+ \def#2##1 {\defxbodycommon \activeparens \spacesplit{#3{##1}}}%
+ \begingroup\obeylines\activeparens
+ % The \empty here prevents misinterpretation of a construct such as
+ % @deffn {whatever} {Enharmonic comma}
+ % See comments at \deftpparsebody, although in our case we don't have
+ % to remove the \empty afterwards, since it is empty.
+ \spacesplit{#3{#4}}\empty
+}
+
+% Used for @deftypemethod and @deftypeivar.
+% #1, #2, #3 are the common arguments (see \defparsebody).
+% #4, delimited by a space, is the class name.
+% #5 is the method's return type.
+%
+\def\deftypemethparsebody#1#2#3#4 #5 {%
+ \parsebodycommon{#1}{#2}{#3}%
+ \def#2##1 ##2 {\defxbodycommon \activeparens \spacesplit{#3{##1}{##2}}}%
+ \begingroup\obeylines\activeparens
+ \spacesplit{#3{#4}{#5}}%
+}
+
+% Used for @deftypeop. The change from \deftypemethparsebody is an
+% extra argument at the beginning which is the `category', instead of it
+% being the hardwired string `Method' or `Instance Variable'. We have
+% to account for this both in the \...x definition and in parsing the
+% input at hand. Thus also need a control sequence (passed as #5) for
+% the \E... definition to assign the category name to.
+%
+\def\deftypeopparsebody#1#2#3#4#5 #6 {%
+ \parsebodycommon{#1}{#2}{#3}%
+ \def#2##1 ##2 ##3 {\def#4{##1}%
+ \defxbodycommon \activeparens \spacesplit{#3{##2}{##3}}}%
+ \begingroup\obeylines\activeparens
+ \spacesplit{#3{#5}{#6}}%
+}
+
+% For @defop.
+\def\defopparsebody #1#2#3#4#5 {%
+ \parsebodycommon{#1}{#2}{#3}%
+ \def#2##1 ##2 {\def#4{##1}%
+ \defxbodycommon \activeparens \spacesplit{#3{##2}}}%
+ \begingroup\obeylines\activeparens
+ \spacesplit{#3{#5}}%
+}
+
+% These parsing functions are similar to the preceding ones
+% except that they do not make parens into active characters.
+% These are used for "variables" since they have no arguments.
+%
+\def\defvarparsebody #1#2#3{%
+ \parsebodycommon{#1}{#2}{#3}%
+ \def#2{\defxbodycommon \spacesplit#3}%
+ \catcode\equalChar=\active
+ \begingroup\obeylines
+ \spacesplit#3%
+}
+
+% @defopvar.
+\def\defopvarparsebody #1#2#3#4#5 {%
+ \parsebodycommon{#1}{#2}{#3}%
+ \def#2##1 ##2 {\def#4{##1}%
+ \defxbodycommon \spacesplit{#3{##2}}}%
+ \begingroup\obeylines
+ \spacesplit{#3{#5}}%
+}
+
+\def\defvrparsebody#1#2#3#4 {%
+ \parsebodycommon{#1}{#2}{#3}%
+ \def#2##1 {\defxbodycommon \spacesplit{#3{##1}}}%
+ \begingroup\obeylines
+ \spacesplit{#3{#4}}%
+}
+
+% This loses on `@deftp {Data Type} {struct termios}' -- it thinks the
+% type is just `struct', because we lose the braces in `{struct
+% termios}' when \spacesplit reads its undelimited argument. Sigh.
+% \let\deftpparsebody=\defvrparsebody
+%
+% So, to get around this, we put \empty in with the type name. That
+% way, TeX won't find exactly `{...}' as an undelimited argument, and
+% won't strip off the braces.
+%
+\def\deftpparsebody #1#2#3#4 {%
+ \parsebodycommon{#1}{#2}{#3}%
+ \def#2##1 {\defxbodycommon \spacesplit{#3{##1}}}%
+ \begingroup\obeylines
+ \spacesplit{\parsetpheaderline{#3{#4}}}\empty
+}
+
+% Fine, but then we have to eventually remove the \empty *and* the
+% braces (if any). That's what this does.
+%
+\def\removeemptybraces\empty#1\relax{#1}
+
+% After \spacesplit has done its work, this is called -- #1 is the final
+% thing to call, #2 the type name (which starts with \empty), and #3
+% (which might be empty) the arguments.
+%
+\def\parsetpheaderline#1#2#3{%
+ #1{\removeemptybraces#2\relax}{#3}%
+}%
+
+% Split up #2 (the rest of the input line) at the first space token.
+% call #1 with two arguments:
+% the first is all of #2 before the space token,
+% the second is all of #2 after that space token.
+% If #2 contains no space token, all of it is passed as the first arg
+% and the second is passed as empty.
+%
+{\obeylines %
+ \gdef\spacesplit#1#2^^M{\endgroup\spacesplitx{#1}#2 \relax\spacesplitx}%
+ \long\gdef\spacesplitx#1#2 #3#4\spacesplitx{%
+ \ifx\relax #3%
+ #1{#2}{}%
+ \else %
+ #1{#2}{#3#4}%
+ \fi}%
+}
+
+% Define @defun.
+
+% This is called to end the arguments processing for all the @def... commands.
+%
+\def\defargscommonending{%
+ \interlinepenalty = 10000
+ \advance\rightskip by 0pt plus 1fil
+ \endgraf
+ \nobreak\vskip -\parskip
+ \penalty 10002 % signal to \parsebodycommon.
+}
+
+% This expands the args and terminates the paragraph they comprise.
+%
+\def\defunargs#1{\functionparens \sl
+% Expand, preventing hyphenation at `-' chars.
+% Note that groups don't affect changes in \hyphenchar.
+% Set the font temporarily and use \font in case \setfont made \tensl a macro.
+{\tensl\hyphenchar\font=0}%
+#1%
+{\tensl\hyphenchar\font=45}%
+\ifnum\parencount=0 \else \errmessage{Unbalanced parentheses in @def}\fi%
+ \defargscommonending
+}
+
+\def\deftypefunargs #1{%
+% Expand, preventing hyphenation at `-' chars.
+% Note that groups don't affect changes in \hyphenchar.
+% Use \boldbraxnoamp, not \functionparens, so that & is not special.
+\boldbraxnoamp
+\tclose{#1}% avoid \code because of side effects on active chars
+ \defargscommonending
+}
+
+% Do complete processing of one @defun or @defunx line already parsed.
+
+% @deffn Command forward-char nchars
+
+\def\deffn{\defmethparsebody\Edeffn\deffnx\deffnheader}
+
+\def\deffnheader #1#2#3{\doind {fn}{\code{#2}}%
+\begingroup\defname {#2}{#1}\defunargs{#3}\endgroup %
+\catcode\equalChar=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody
+}
+
+% @defun == @deffn Function
+
+\def\defun{\defparsebody\Edefun\defunx\defunheader}
+
+\def\defunheader #1#2{\doind {fn}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in function index
+\begingroup\defname {#1}{\putwordDeffunc}%
+\defunargs {#2}\endgroup %
+\catcode\equalChar=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody
+}
+
+% @deftypefun int foobar (int @var{foo}, float @var{bar})
+
+\def\deftypefun{\defparsebody\Edeftypefun\deftypefunx\deftypefunheader}
+
+% #1 is the data type. #2 is the name and args.
+\def\deftypefunheader #1#2{\deftypefunheaderx{#1}#2 \relax}
+% #1 is the data type, #2 the name, #3 the args.
+\def\deftypefunheaderx #1#2 #3\relax{%
+\doind {fn}{\code{#2}}% Make entry in function index
+\begingroup\defname {\defheaderxcond#1\relax$.$#2}{\putwordDeftypefun}%
+\deftypefunargs {#3}\endgroup %
+\catcode\equalChar=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody
+}
+
+% @deftypefn {Library Function} int foobar (int @var{foo}, float @var{bar})
+
+\def\deftypefn{\defmethparsebody\Edeftypefn\deftypefnx\deftypefnheader}
+
+% \defheaderxcond#1\relax$.$
+% puts #1 in @code, followed by a space, but does nothing if #1 is null.
+\def\defheaderxcond#1#2$.${\ifx#1\relax\else\code{#1#2} \fi}
+
+% #1 is the classification. #2 is the data type. #3 is the name and args.
+\def\deftypefnheader #1#2#3{\deftypefnheaderx{#1}{#2}#3 \relax}
+% #1 is the classification, #2 the data type, #3 the name, #4 the args.
+\def\deftypefnheaderx #1#2#3 #4\relax{%
+\doind {fn}{\code{#3}}% Make entry in function index
+\begingroup
+\normalparens % notably, turn off `&' magic, which prevents
+% at least some C++ text from working
+\defname {\defheaderxcond#2\relax$.$#3}{#1}%
+\deftypefunargs {#4}\endgroup %
+\catcode\equalChar=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody
+}
+
+% @defmac == @deffn Macro
+
+\def\defmac{\defparsebody\Edefmac\defmacx\defmacheader}
+
+\def\defmacheader #1#2{\doind {fn}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in function index
+\begingroup\defname {#1}{\putwordDefmac}%
+\defunargs {#2}\endgroup %
+\catcode\equalChar=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody
+}
+
+% @defspec == @deffn Special Form
+
+\def\defspec{\defparsebody\Edefspec\defspecx\defspecheader}
+
+\def\defspecheader #1#2{\doind {fn}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in function index
+\begingroup\defname {#1}{\putwordDefspec}%
+\defunargs {#2}\endgroup %
+\catcode\equalChar=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody
+}
+
+% @defop CATEGORY CLASS OPERATION ARG...
+%
+\def\defop #1 {\def\defoptype{#1}%
+\defopparsebody\Edefop\defopx\defopheader\defoptype}
+%
+\def\defopheader#1#2#3{%
+ \dosubind{fn}{\code{#2}}{\putwordon\ \code{#1}}% function index entry
+ \begingroup
+ \defname{#2}{\defoptype\ \putwordon\ #1}%
+ \defunargs{#3}%
+ \endgroup
+}
+
+% @deftypeop CATEGORY CLASS TYPE OPERATION ARG...
+%
+\def\deftypeop #1 {\def\deftypeopcategory{#1}%
+ \deftypeopparsebody\Edeftypeop\deftypeopx\deftypeopheader
+ \deftypeopcategory}
+%
+% #1 is the class name, #2 the data type, #3 the operation name, #4 the args.
+\def\deftypeopheader#1#2#3#4{%
+ \dosubind{fn}{\code{#3}}{\putwordon\ \code{#1}}% entry in function index
+ \begingroup
+ \defname{\defheaderxcond#2\relax$.$#3}
+ {\deftypeopcategory\ \putwordon\ \code{#1}}%
+ \deftypefunargs{#4}%
+ \endgroup
+}
+
+% @deftypemethod CLASS TYPE METHOD ARG...
+%
+\def\deftypemethod{%
+ \deftypemethparsebody\Edeftypemethod\deftypemethodx\deftypemethodheader}
+%
+% #1 is the class name, #2 the data type, #3 the method name, #4 the args.
+\def\deftypemethodheader#1#2#3#4{%
+ \dosubind{fn}{\code{#3}}{\putwordon\ \code{#1}}% entry in function index
+ \begingroup
+ \defname{\defheaderxcond#2\relax$.$#3}{\putwordMethodon\ \code{#1}}%
+ \deftypefunargs{#4}%
+ \endgroup
+}
+
+% @deftypeivar CLASS TYPE VARNAME
+%
+\def\deftypeivar{%
+ \deftypemethparsebody\Edeftypeivar\deftypeivarx\deftypeivarheader}
+%
+% #1 is the class name, #2 the data type, #3 the variable name.
+\def\deftypeivarheader#1#2#3{%
+ \dosubind{vr}{\code{#3}}{\putwordof\ \code{#1}}% entry in variable index
+ \begingroup
+ \defname{\defheaderxcond#2\relax$.$#3}
+ {\putwordInstanceVariableof\ \code{#1}}%
+ \defvarargs{#3}%
+ \endgroup
+}
+
+% @defmethod == @defop Method
+%
+\def\defmethod{\defmethparsebody\Edefmethod\defmethodx\defmethodheader}
+%
+% #1 is the class name, #2 the method name, #3 the args.
+\def\defmethodheader#1#2#3{%
+ \dosubind{fn}{\code{#2}}{\putwordon\ \code{#1}}% entry in function index
+ \begingroup
+ \defname{#2}{\putwordMethodon\ \code{#1}}%
+ \defunargs{#3}%
+ \endgroup
+}
+
+% @defcv {Class Option} foo-class foo-flag
+
+\def\defcv #1 {\def\defcvtype{#1}%
+\defopvarparsebody\Edefcv\defcvx\defcvarheader\defcvtype}
+
+\def\defcvarheader #1#2#3{%
+ \dosubind{vr}{\code{#2}}{\putwordof\ \code{#1}}% variable index entry
+ \begingroup
+ \defname{#2}{\defcvtype\ \putwordof\ #1}%
+ \defvarargs{#3}%
+ \endgroup
+}
+
+% @defivar CLASS VARNAME == @defcv {Instance Variable} CLASS VARNAME
+%
+\def\defivar{\defvrparsebody\Edefivar\defivarx\defivarheader}
+%
+\def\defivarheader#1#2#3{%
+ \dosubind{vr}{\code{#2}}{\putwordof\ \code{#1}}% entry in var index
+ \begingroup
+ \defname{#2}{\putwordInstanceVariableof\ #1}%
+ \defvarargs{#3}%
+ \endgroup
+}
+
+% @defvar
+% First, define the processing that is wanted for arguments of @defvar.
+% This is actually simple: just print them in roman.
+% This must expand the args and terminate the paragraph they make up
+\def\defvarargs #1{\normalparens #1%
+ \defargscommonending
+}
+
+% @defvr Counter foo-count
+
+\def\defvr{\defvrparsebody\Edefvr\defvrx\defvrheader}
+
+\def\defvrheader #1#2#3{\doind {vr}{\code{#2}}%
+\begingroup\defname {#2}{#1}\defvarargs{#3}\endgroup}
+
+% @defvar == @defvr Variable
+
+\def\defvar{\defvarparsebody\Edefvar\defvarx\defvarheader}
+
+\def\defvarheader #1#2{\doind {vr}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in var index
+\begingroup\defname {#1}{\putwordDefvar}%
+\defvarargs {#2}\endgroup %
+}
+
+% @defopt == @defvr {User Option}
+
+\def\defopt{\defvarparsebody\Edefopt\defoptx\defoptheader}
+
+\def\defoptheader #1#2{\doind {vr}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in var index
+\begingroup\defname {#1}{\putwordDefopt}%
+\defvarargs {#2}\endgroup %
+}
+
+% @deftypevar int foobar
+
+\def\deftypevar{\defvarparsebody\Edeftypevar\deftypevarx\deftypevarheader}
+
+% #1 is the data type. #2 is the name, perhaps followed by text that
+% is actually part of the data type, which should not be put into the index.
+\def\deftypevarheader #1#2{%
+\dovarind#2 \relax% Make entry in variables index
+\begingroup\defname {\defheaderxcond#1\relax$.$#2}{\putwordDeftypevar}%
+ \defargscommonending
+\endgroup}
+\def\dovarind#1 #2\relax{\doind{vr}{\code{#1}}}
+
+% @deftypevr {Global Flag} int enable
+
+\def\deftypevr{\defvrparsebody\Edeftypevr\deftypevrx\deftypevrheader}
+
+\def\deftypevrheader #1#2#3{\dovarind#3 \relax%
+\begingroup\defname {\defheaderxcond#2\relax$.$#3}{#1}
+ \defargscommonending
+\endgroup}
+
+% Now define @deftp
+% Args are printed in bold, a slight difference from @defvar.
+
+\def\deftpargs #1{\bf \defvarargs{#1}}
+
+% @deftp Class window height width ...
+
+\def\deftp{\deftpparsebody\Edeftp\deftpx\deftpheader}
+
+\def\deftpheader #1#2#3{\doind {tp}{\code{#2}}%
+\begingroup\defname {#2}{#1}\deftpargs{#3}\endgroup}
+
+% These definitions are used if you use @defunx (etc.)
+% anywhere other than immediately after a @defun or @defunx.
+%
+\def\defcvx#1 {\errmessage{@defcvx in invalid context}}
+\def\deffnx#1 {\errmessage{@deffnx in invalid context}}
+\def\defivarx#1 {\errmessage{@defivarx in invalid context}}
+\def\defmacx#1 {\errmessage{@defmacx in invalid context}}
+\def\defmethodx#1 {\errmessage{@defmethodx in invalid context}}
+\def\defoptx #1 {\errmessage{@defoptx in invalid context}}
+\def\defopx#1 {\errmessage{@defopx in invalid context}}
+\def\defspecx#1 {\errmessage{@defspecx in invalid context}}
+\def\deftpx#1 {\errmessage{@deftpx in invalid context}}
+\def\deftypefnx#1 {\errmessage{@deftypefnx in invalid context}}
+\def\deftypefunx#1 {\errmessage{@deftypefunx in invalid context}}
+\def\deftypeivarx#1 {\errmessage{@deftypeivarx in invalid context}}
+\def\deftypemethodx#1 {\errmessage{@deftypemethodx in invalid context}}
+\def\deftypeopx#1 {\errmessage{@deftypeopx in invalid context}}
+\def\deftypevarx#1 {\errmessage{@deftypevarx in invalid context}}
+\def\deftypevrx#1 {\errmessage{@deftypevrx in invalid context}}
+\def\defunx#1 {\errmessage{@defunx in invalid context}}
+\def\defvarx#1 {\errmessage{@defvarx in invalid context}}
+\def\defvrx#1 {\errmessage{@defvrx in invalid context}}
+
+
+\message{macros,}
+% @macro.
+
+% To do this right we need a feature of e-TeX, \scantokens,
+% which we arrange to emulate with a temporary file in ordinary TeX.
+\ifx\eTeXversion\undefined
+ \newwrite\macscribble
+ \def\scanmacro#1{%
+ \begingroup \newlinechar`\^^M
+ % Undo catcode changes of \startcontents and \doprintindex
+ \catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=\other \escapechar=`\@
+ % Append \endinput to make sure that TeX does not see the ending newline.
+ \toks0={#1\endinput}%
+ \immediate\openout\macscribble=\jobname.tmp
+ \immediate\write\macscribble{\the\toks0}%
+ \immediate\closeout\macscribble
+ \let\xeatspaces\eatspaces
+ \input \jobname.tmp
+ \endgroup
+}
+\else
+\def\scanmacro#1{%
+\begingroup \newlinechar`\^^M
+% Undo catcode changes of \startcontents and \doprintindex
+\catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=\other \escapechar=`\@
+\let\xeatspaces\eatspaces\scantokens{#1\endinput}\endgroup}
+\fi
+
+\newcount\paramno % Count of parameters
+\newtoks\macname % Macro name
+\newif\ifrecursive % Is it recursive?
+\def\macrolist{} % List of all defined macros in the form
+ % \do\macro1\do\macro2...
+
+% Utility routines.
+% Thisdoes \let #1 = #2, except with \csnames.
+\def\cslet#1#2{%
+\expandafter\expandafter
+\expandafter\let
+\expandafter\expandafter
+\csname#1\endcsname
+\csname#2\endcsname}
+
+% Trim leading and trailing spaces off a string.
+% Concepts from aro-bend problem 15 (see CTAN).
+{\catcode`\@=11
+\gdef\eatspaces #1{\expandafter\trim@\expandafter{#1 }}
+\gdef\trim@ #1{\trim@@ @#1 @ #1 @ @@}
+\gdef\trim@@ #1@ #2@ #3@@{\trim@@@\empty #2 @}
+\def\unbrace#1{#1}
+\unbrace{\gdef\trim@@@ #1 } #2@{#1}
+}
+
+% Trim a single trailing ^^M off a string.
+{\catcode`\^^M=\other \catcode`\Q=3%
+\gdef\eatcr #1{\eatcra #1Q^^MQ}%
+\gdef\eatcra#1^^MQ{\eatcrb#1Q}%
+\gdef\eatcrb#1Q#2Q{#1}%
+}
+
+% Macro bodies are absorbed as an argument in a context where
+% all characters are catcode 10, 11 or 12, except \ which is active
+% (as in normal texinfo). It is necessary to change the definition of \.
+
+% It's necessary to have hard CRs when the macro is executed. This is
+% done by making ^^M (\endlinechar) catcode 12 when reading the macro
+% body, and then making it the \newlinechar in \scanmacro.
+
+\def\macrobodyctxt{%
+ \catcode`\~=\other
+ \catcode`\^=\other
+ \catcode`\_=\other
+ \catcode`\|=\other
+ \catcode`\<=\other
+ \catcode`\>=\other
+ \catcode`\+=\other
+ \catcode`\{=\other
+ \catcode`\}=\other
+ \catcode`\@=\other
+ \catcode`\^^M=\other
+ \usembodybackslash}
+
+\def\macroargctxt{%
+ \catcode`\~=\other
+ \catcode`\^=\other
+ \catcode`\_=\other
+ \catcode`\|=\other
+ \catcode`\<=\other
+ \catcode`\>=\other
+ \catcode`\+=\other
+ \catcode`\@=\other
+ \catcode`\\=\other}
+
+% \mbodybackslash is the definition of \ in @macro bodies.
+% It maps \foo\ => \csname macarg.foo\endcsname => #N
+% where N is the macro parameter number.
+% We define \csname macarg.\endcsname to be \realbackslash, so
+% \\ in macro replacement text gets you a backslash.
+
+{\catcode`@=0 @catcode`@\=@active
+ @gdef@usembodybackslash{@let\=@mbodybackslash}
+ @gdef@mbodybackslash#1\{@csname macarg.#1@endcsname}
+}
+\expandafter\def\csname macarg.\endcsname{\realbackslash}
+
+\def\macro{\recursivefalse\parsearg\macroxxx}
+\def\rmacro{\recursivetrue\parsearg\macroxxx}
+
+\def\macroxxx#1{%
+ \getargs{#1}% now \macname is the macname and \argl the arglist
+ \ifx\argl\empty % no arguments
+ \paramno=0%
+ \else
+ \expandafter\parsemargdef \argl;%
+ \fi
+ \if1\csname ismacro.\the\macname\endcsname
+ \message{Warning: redefining \the\macname}%
+ \else
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname \the\macname\endcsname \relax
+ \else \errmessage{Macro name \the\macname\space already defined}\fi
+ \global\cslet{macsave.\the\macname}{\the\macname}%
+ \global\expandafter\let\csname ismacro.\the\macname\endcsname=1%
+ % Add the macroname to \macrolist
+ \toks0 = \expandafter{\macrolist\do}%
+ \xdef\macrolist{\the\toks0
+ \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname\endcsname}%
+ \fi
+ \begingroup \macrobodyctxt
+ \ifrecursive \expandafter\parsermacbody
+ \else \expandafter\parsemacbody
+ \fi}
+
+\def\unmacro{\parsearg\dounmacro}
+\def\dounmacro#1{%
+ \if1\csname ismacro.#1\endcsname
+ \global\cslet{#1}{macsave.#1}%
+ \global\expandafter\let \csname ismacro.#1\endcsname=0%
+ % Remove the macro name from \macrolist:
+ \begingroup
+ \expandafter\let\csname#1\endcsname \relax
+ \let\do\unmacrodo
+ \xdef\macrolist{\macrolist}%
+ \endgroup
+ \else
+ \errmessage{Macro #1 not defined}%
+ \fi
+}
+
+% Called by \do from \dounmacro on each macro. The idea is to omit any
+% macro definitions that have been changed to \relax.
+%
+\def\unmacrodo#1{%
+ \ifx#1\relax
+ % remove this
+ \else
+ \noexpand\do \noexpand #1%
+ \fi
+}
+
+% This makes use of the obscure feature that if the last token of a
+% <parameter list> is #, then the preceding argument is delimited by
+% an opening brace, and that opening brace is not consumed.
+\def\getargs#1{\getargsxxx#1{}}
+\def\getargsxxx#1#{\getmacname #1 \relax\getmacargs}
+\def\getmacname #1 #2\relax{\macname={#1}}
+\def\getmacargs#1{\def\argl{#1}}
+
+% Parse the optional {params} list. Set up \paramno and \paramlist
+% so \defmacro knows what to do. Define \macarg.blah for each blah
+% in the params list, to be ##N where N is the position in that list.
+% That gets used by \mbodybackslash (above).
+
+% We need to get `macro parameter char #' into several definitions.
+% The technique used is stolen from LaTeX: let \hash be something
+% unexpandable, insert that wherever you need a #, and then redefine
+% it to # just before using the token list produced.
+%
+% The same technique is used to protect \eatspaces till just before
+% the macro is used.
+
+\def\parsemargdef#1;{\paramno=0\def\paramlist{}%
+ \let\hash\relax\let\xeatspaces\relax\parsemargdefxxx#1,;,}
+\def\parsemargdefxxx#1,{%
+ \if#1;\let\next=\relax
+ \else \let\next=\parsemargdefxxx
+ \advance\paramno by 1%
+ \expandafter\edef\csname macarg.\eatspaces{#1}\endcsname
+ {\xeatspaces{\hash\the\paramno}}%
+ \edef\paramlist{\paramlist\hash\the\paramno,}%
+ \fi\next}
+
+% These two commands read recursive and nonrecursive macro bodies.
+% (They're different since rec and nonrec macros end differently.)
+
+\long\def\parsemacbody#1@end macro%
+{\xdef\temp{\eatcr{#1}}\endgroup\defmacro}%
+\long\def\parsermacbody#1@end rmacro%
+{\xdef\temp{\eatcr{#1}}\endgroup\defmacro}%
+
+% This defines the macro itself. There are six cases: recursive and
+% nonrecursive macros of zero, one, and many arguments.
+% Much magic with \expandafter here.
+% \xdef is used so that macro definitions will survive the file
+% they're defined in; @include reads the file inside a group.
+\def\defmacro{%
+ \let\hash=##% convert placeholders to macro parameter chars
+ \ifrecursive
+ \ifcase\paramno
+ % 0
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
+ \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}%
+ \or % 1
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
+ \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt
+ \noexpand\braceorline
+ \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname}%
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname##1{%
+ \egroup\noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}%
+ \else % many
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
+ \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt
+ \noexpand\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname}%
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname##1{%
+ \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname ##1,}%
+ \expandafter\expandafter
+ \expandafter\xdef
+ \expandafter\expandafter
+ \csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname
+ \paramlist{\egroup\noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}%
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \ifcase\paramno
+ % 0
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
+ \noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}%
+ \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}\egroup}%
+ \or % 1
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
+ \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt
+ \noexpand\braceorline
+ \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname}%
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname##1{%
+ \egroup
+ \noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}%
+ \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}\egroup}%
+ \else % many
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
+ \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt
+ \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname}%
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname##1{%
+ \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname ##1,}%
+ \expandafter\expandafter
+ \expandafter\xdef
+ \expandafter\expandafter
+ \csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname
+ \paramlist{%
+ \egroup
+ \noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}%
+ \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}\egroup}%
+ \fi
+ \fi}
+
+\def\norecurse#1{\bgroup\cslet{#1}{macsave.#1}}
+
+% \braceorline decides whether the next nonwhitespace character is a
+% {. If so it reads up to the closing }, if not, it reads the whole
+% line. Whatever was read is then fed to the next control sequence
+% as an argument (by \parsebrace or \parsearg)
+\def\braceorline#1{\let\next=#1\futurelet\nchar\braceorlinexxx}
+\def\braceorlinexxx{%
+ \ifx\nchar\bgroup\else
+ \expandafter\parsearg
+ \fi \next}
+
+% We mant to disable all macros during \shipout so that they are not
+% expanded by \write.
+\def\turnoffmacros{\begingroup \def\do##1{\let\noexpand##1=\relax}%
+ \edef\next{\macrolist}\expandafter\endgroup\next}
+
+
+% @alias.
+% We need some trickery to remove the optional spaces around the equal
+% sign. Just make them active and then expand them all to nothing.
+\def\alias{\begingroup\obeyspaces\parsearg\aliasxxx}
+\def\aliasxxx #1{\aliasyyy#1\relax}
+\def\aliasyyy #1=#2\relax{\ignoreactivespaces
+\edef\next{\global\let\expandafter\noexpand\csname#1\endcsname=%
+ \expandafter\noexpand\csname#2\endcsname}%
+\expandafter\endgroup\next}
+
+
+\message{cross references,}
+% @xref etc.
+
+\newwrite\auxfile
+
+\newif\ifhavexrefs % True if xref values are known.
+\newif\ifwarnedxrefs % True if we warned once that they aren't known.
+
+% @inforef is relatively simple.
+\def\inforef #1{\inforefzzz #1,,,,**}
+\def\inforefzzz #1,#2,#3,#4**{\putwordSee{} \putwordInfo{} \putwordfile{} \file{\ignorespaces #3{}},
+ node \samp{\ignorespaces#1{}}}
+
+% @node's job is to define \lastnode.
+\def\node{\ENVcheck\parsearg\nodezzz}
+\def\nodezzz#1{\nodexxx [#1,]}
+\def\nodexxx[#1,#2]{\gdef\lastnode{#1}}
+\let\nwnode=\node
+\let\lastnode=\relax
+
+% The sectioning commands (@chapter, etc.) call these.
+\def\donoderef{%
+ \ifx\lastnode\relax\else
+ \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\setref{\lastnode}%
+ {Ysectionnumberandtype}%
+ \global\let\lastnode=\relax
+ \fi
+}
+\def\unnumbnoderef{%
+ \ifx\lastnode\relax\else
+ \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\setref{\lastnode}{Ynothing}%
+ \global\let\lastnode=\relax
+ \fi
+}
+\def\appendixnoderef{%
+ \ifx\lastnode\relax\else
+ \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\setref{\lastnode}%
+ {Yappendixletterandtype}%
+ \global\let\lastnode=\relax
+ \fi
+}
+
+
+% @anchor{NAME} -- define xref target at arbitrary point.
+%
+\newcount\savesfregister
+\gdef\savesf{\relax \ifhmode \savesfregister=\spacefactor \fi}
+\gdef\restoresf{\relax \ifhmode \spacefactor=\savesfregister \fi}
+\gdef\anchor#1{\savesf \setref{#1}{Ynothing}\restoresf \ignorespaces}
+
+% \setref{NAME}{SNT} defines a cross-reference point NAME (a node or an
+% anchor), namely NAME-title (the corresponding @chapter/etc. name),
+% NAME-pg (the page number), and NAME-snt (section number and type).
+% Called from \foonoderef.
+%
+% We have to set \indexdummies so commands such as @code in a section
+% title aren't expanded. It would be nicer not to expand the titles in
+% the first place, but there's so many layers that that is hard to do.
+%
+% Likewise, use \turnoffactive so that punctuation chars such as underscore
+% and backslash work in node names.
+%
+\def\setref#1#2{{%
+ \atdummies
+ \pdfmkdest{#1}%
+ %
+ \turnoffactive
+ \dosetq{#1-title}{Ytitle}%
+ \dosetq{#1-pg}{Ypagenumber}%
+ \dosetq{#1-snt}{#2}%
+}}
+
+% @xref, @pxref, and @ref generate cross-references. For \xrefX, #1 is
+% the node name, #2 the name of the Info cross-reference, #3 the printed
+% node name, #4 the name of the Info file, #5 the name of the printed
+% manual. All but the node name can be omitted.
+%
+\def\pxref#1{\putwordsee{} \xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]}
+\def\xref#1{\putwordSee{} \xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]}
+\def\ref#1{\xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]}
+\def\xrefX[#1,#2,#3,#4,#5,#6]{\begingroup
+ \unsepspaces
+ \def\printedmanual{\ignorespaces #5}%
+ \def\printednodename{\ignorespaces #3}%
+ \setbox1=\hbox{\printedmanual}%
+ \setbox0=\hbox{\printednodename}%
+ \ifdim \wd0 = 0pt
+ % No printed node name was explicitly given.
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname SETxref-automatic-section-title\endcsname\relax
+ % Use the node name inside the square brackets.
+ \def\printednodename{\ignorespaces #1}%
+ \else
+ % Use the actual chapter/section title appear inside
+ % the square brackets. Use the real section title if we have it.
+ \ifdim \wd1 > 0pt
+ % It is in another manual, so we don't have it.
+ \def\printednodename{\ignorespaces #1}%
+ \else
+ \ifhavexrefs
+ % We know the real title if we have the xref values.
+ \def\printednodename{\refx{#1-title}{}}%
+ \else
+ % Otherwise just copy the Info node name.
+ \def\printednodename{\ignorespaces #1}%
+ \fi%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ %
+ % If we use \unhbox0 and \unhbox1 to print the node names, TeX does not
+ % insert empty discretionaries after hyphens, which means that it will
+ % not find a line break at a hyphen in a node names. Since some manuals
+ % are best written with fairly long node names, containing hyphens, this
+ % is a loss. Therefore, we give the text of the node name again, so it
+ % is as if TeX is seeing it for the first time.
+ \ifpdf
+ \leavevmode
+ \getfilename{#4}%
+ {\turnoffactive \otherbackslash
+ \ifnum\filenamelength>0
+ \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}%
+ goto file{\the\filename.pdf} name{#1}%
+ \else
+ \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}%
+ goto name{#1}%
+ \fi
+ }%
+ \linkcolor
+ \fi
+ %
+ \ifdim \wd1 > 0pt
+ \putwordsection{} ``\printednodename'' \putwordin{} \cite{\printedmanual}%
+ \else
+ % _ (for example) has to be the character _ for the purposes of the
+ % control sequence corresponding to the node, but it has to expand
+ % into the usual \leavevmode...\vrule stuff for purposes of
+ % printing. So we \turnoffactive for the \refx-snt, back on for the
+ % printing, back off for the \refx-pg.
+ {\turnoffactive \otherbackslash
+ % Only output a following space if the -snt ref is nonempty; for
+ % @unnumbered and @anchor, it won't be.
+ \setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces \refx{#1-snt}{}}%
+ \ifdim \wd2 > 0pt \refx{#1-snt}\space\fi
+ }%
+ % [mynode],
+ [\printednodename],\space
+ % page 3
+ \turnoffactive \otherbackslash \putwordpage\tie\refx{#1-pg}{}%
+ \fi
+ \endlink
+\endgroup}
+
+% \dosetq is called from \setref to do the actual \write (\iflinks).
+%
+\def\dosetq#1#2{%
+ {\let\folio=0%
+ \edef\next{\write\auxfile{\internalsetq{#1}{#2}}}%
+ \iflinks \next \fi
+ }%
+}
+
+% \internalsetq{foo}{page} expands into
+% CHARACTERS @xrdef{foo}{...expansion of \page...}
+\def\internalsetq#1#2{@xrdef{#1}{\csname #2\endcsname}}
+
+% Things to be expanded by \internalsetq.
+%
+\def\Ypagenumber{\folio}
+\def\Ytitle{\thissection}
+\def\Ynothing{}
+\def\Ysectionnumberandtype{%
+ \ifnum\secno=0
+ \putwordChapter@tie \the\chapno
+ \else \ifnum\subsecno=0
+ \putwordSection@tie \the\chapno.\the\secno
+ \else \ifnum\subsubsecno=0
+ \putwordSection@tie \the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno
+ \else
+ \putwordSection@tie \the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno
+ \fi\fi\fi
+}
+
+\def\Yappendixletterandtype{%
+ \ifnum\secno=0
+ \putwordAppendix@tie @char\the\appendixno{}%
+ \else \ifnum\subsecno=0
+ \putwordSection@tie @char\the\appendixno.\the\secno
+ \else \ifnum\subsubsecno=0
+ \putwordSection@tie @char\the\appendixno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno
+ \else
+ \putwordSection@tie
+ @char\the\appendixno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno
+ \fi\fi\fi
+}
+
+% Use TeX 3.0's \inputlineno to get the line number, for better error
+% messages, but if we're using an old version of TeX, don't do anything.
+%
+\ifx\inputlineno\thisisundefined
+ \let\linenumber = \empty % Pre-3.0.
+\else
+ \def\linenumber{\the\inputlineno:\space}
+\fi
+
+% Define \refx{NAME}{SUFFIX} to reference a cross-reference string named NAME.
+% If its value is nonempty, SUFFIX is output afterward.
+%
+\def\refx#1#2{%
+ {%
+ \indexnofonts
+ \otherbackslash
+ \expandafter\global\expandafter\let\expandafter\thisrefX
+ \csname X#1\endcsname
+ }%
+ \ifx\thisrefX\relax
+ % If not defined, say something at least.
+ \angleleft un\-de\-fined\angleright
+ \iflinks
+ \ifhavexrefs
+ \message{\linenumber Undefined cross reference `#1'.}%
+ \else
+ \ifwarnedxrefs\else
+ \global\warnedxrefstrue
+ \message{Cross reference values unknown; you must run TeX again.}%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \else
+ % It's defined, so just use it.
+ \thisrefX
+ \fi
+ #2% Output the suffix in any case.
+}
+
+% This is the macro invoked by entries in the aux file.
+%
+\def\xrdef#1{\expandafter\gdef\csname X#1\endcsname}
+
+% Read the last existing aux file, if any. No error if none exists.
+\def\readauxfile{\begingroup
+ \catcode`\^^@=\other
+ \catcode`\^^A=\other
+ \catcode`\^^B=\other
+ \catcode`\^^C=\other
+ \catcode`\^^D=\other
+ \catcode`\^^E=\other
+ \catcode`\^^F=\other
+ \catcode`\^^G=\other
+ \catcode`\^^H=\other
+ \catcode`\^^K=\other
+ \catcode`\^^L=\other
+ \catcode`\^^N=\other
+ \catcode`\^^P=\other
+ \catcode`\^^Q=\other
+ \catcode`\^^R=\other
+ \catcode`\^^S=\other
+ \catcode`\^^T=\other
+ \catcode`\^^U=\other
+ \catcode`\^^V=\other
+ \catcode`\^^W=\other
+ \catcode`\^^X=\other
+ \catcode`\^^Z=\other
+ \catcode`\^^[=\other
+ \catcode`\^^\=\other
+ \catcode`\^^]=\other
+ \catcode`\^^^=\other
+ \catcode`\^^_=\other
+ % It was suggested to set the catcode of ^ to 7, which would allow ^^e4 etc.
+ % in xref tags, i.e., node names. But since ^^e4 notation isn't
+ % supported in the main text, it doesn't seem desirable. Furthermore,
+ % that is not enough: for node names that actually contain a ^
+ % character, we would end up writing a line like this: 'xrdef {'hat
+ % b-title}{'hat b} and \xrdef does a \csname...\endcsname on the first
+ % argument, and \hat is not an expandable control sequence. It could
+ % all be worked out, but why? Either we support ^^ or we don't.
+ %
+ % The other change necessary for this was to define \auxhat:
+ % \def\auxhat{\def^{'hat }}% extra space so ok if followed by letter
+ % and then to call \auxhat in \setq.
+ %
+ \catcode`\^=\other
+ %
+ % Special characters. Should be turned off anyway, but...
+ \catcode`\~=\other
+ \catcode`\[=\other
+ \catcode`\]=\other
+ \catcode`\"=\other
+ \catcode`\_=\other
+ \catcode`\|=\other
+ \catcode`\<=\other
+ \catcode`\>=\other
+ \catcode`\$=\other
+ \catcode`\#=\other
+ \catcode`\&=\other
+ \catcode`\%=\other
+ \catcode`+=\other % avoid \+ for paranoia even though we've turned it off
+ %
+ % Make the characters 128-255 be printing characters
+ {%
+ \count 1=128
+ \def\loop{%
+ \catcode\count 1=\other
+ \advance\count 1 by 1
+ \ifnum \count 1<256 \loop \fi
+ }%
+ }%
+ %
+ % Turn off \ as an escape so we do not lose on
+ % entries which were dumped with control sequences in their names.
+ % For example, @xrdef{$\leq $-fun}{page ...} made by @defun ^^
+ % Reference to such entries still does not work the way one would wish,
+ % but at least they do not bomb out when the aux file is read in.
+ \catcode`\\=\other
+ %
+ % @ is our escape character in .aux files.
+ \catcode`\{=1
+ \catcode`\}=2
+ \catcode`\@=0
+ %
+ \openin 1 \jobname.aux
+ \ifeof 1 \else
+ \closein 1
+ \input \jobname.aux
+ \global\havexrefstrue
+ \global\warnedobstrue
+ \fi
+ % Open the new aux file. TeX will close it automatically at exit.
+ \openout\auxfile=\jobname.aux
+\endgroup}
+
+
+% Footnotes.
+
+\newcount \footnoteno
+
+% The trailing space in the following definition for supereject is
+% vital for proper filling; pages come out unaligned when you do a
+% pagealignmacro call if that space before the closing brace is
+% removed. (Generally, numeric constants should always be followed by a
+% space to prevent strange expansion errors.)
+\def\supereject{\par\penalty -20000\footnoteno =0 }
+
+% @footnotestyle is meaningful for info output only.
+\let\footnotestyle=\comment
+
+\let\ptexfootnote=\footnote
+
+{\catcode `\@=11
+%
+% Auto-number footnotes. Otherwise like plain.
+\gdef\footnote{%
+ \global\advance\footnoteno by \@ne
+ \edef\thisfootno{$^{\the\footnoteno}$}%
+ %
+ % In case the footnote comes at the end of a sentence, preserve the
+ % extra spacing after we do the footnote number.
+ \let\@sf\empty
+ \ifhmode\edef\@sf{\spacefactor\the\spacefactor}\/\fi
+ %
+ % Remove inadvertent blank space before typesetting the footnote number.
+ \unskip
+ \thisfootno\@sf
+ \dofootnote
+}%
+
+% Don't bother with the trickery in plain.tex to not require the
+% footnote text as a parameter. Our footnotes don't need to be so general.
+%
+% Oh yes, they do; otherwise, @ifset and anything else that uses
+% \parseargline fail inside footnotes because the tokens are fixed when
+% the footnote is read. --karl, 16nov96.
+%
+% The start of the footnote looks usually like this:
+\gdef\startfootins{\insert\footins\bgroup}
+%
+% ... but this macro is redefined inside @multitable.
+%
+\gdef\dofootnote{%
+ \startfootins
+ % We want to typeset this text as a normal paragraph, even if the
+ % footnote reference occurs in (for example) a display environment.
+ % So reset some parameters.
+ \hsize=\pagewidth
+ \interlinepenalty\interfootnotelinepenalty
+ \splittopskip\ht\strutbox % top baseline for broken footnotes
+ \splitmaxdepth\dp\strutbox
+ \floatingpenalty\@MM
+ \leftskip\z@skip
+ \rightskip\z@skip
+ \spaceskip\z@skip
+ \xspaceskip\z@skip
+ \parindent\defaultparindent
+ %
+ \smallfonts \rm
+ %
+ % Because we use hanging indentation in footnotes, a @noindent appears
+ % to exdent this text, so make it be a no-op. makeinfo does not use
+ % hanging indentation so @noindent can still be needed within footnote
+ % text after an @example or the like (not that this is good style).
+ \let\noindent = \relax
+ %
+ % Hang the footnote text off the number. Use \everypar in case the
+ % footnote extends for more than one paragraph.
+ \everypar = {\hang}%
+ \textindent{\thisfootno}%
+ %
+ % Don't crash into the line above the footnote text. Since this
+ % expands into a box, it must come within the paragraph, lest it
+ % provide a place where TeX can split the footnote.
+ \footstrut
+ \futurelet\next\fo@t
+}
+}%end \catcode `\@=11
+
+% @| inserts a changebar to the left of the current line. It should
+% surround any changed text. This approach does *not* work if the
+% change spans more than two lines of output. To handle that, we would
+% have adopt a much more difficult approach (putting marks into the main
+% vertical list for the beginning and end of each change).
+%
+\def\|{%
+ % \vadjust can only be used in horizontal mode.
+ \leavevmode
+ %
+ % Append this vertical mode material after the current line in the output.
+ \vadjust{%
+ % We want to insert a rule with the height and depth of the current
+ % leading; that is exactly what \strutbox is supposed to record.
+ \vskip-\baselineskip
+ %
+ % \vadjust-items are inserted at the left edge of the type. So
+ % the \llap here moves out into the left-hand margin.
+ \llap{%
+ %
+ % For a thicker or thinner bar, change the `1pt'.
+ \vrule height\baselineskip width1pt
+ %
+ % This is the space between the bar and the text.
+ \hskip 12pt
+ }%
+ }%
+}
+
+% For a final copy, take out the rectangles
+% that mark overfull boxes (in case you have decided
+% that the text looks ok even though it passes the margin).
+%
+\def\finalout{\overfullrule=0pt}
+
+% @image. We use the macros from epsf.tex to support this.
+% If epsf.tex is not installed and @image is used, we complain.
+%
+% Check for and read epsf.tex up front. If we read it only at @image
+% time, we might be inside a group, and then its definitions would get
+% undone and the next image would fail.
+\openin 1 = epsf.tex
+\ifeof 1 \else
+ \closein 1
+ % Do not bother showing banner with epsf.tex v2.7k (available in
+ % doc/epsf.tex and on ctan).
+ \def\epsfannounce{\toks0 = }%
+ \input epsf.tex
+\fi
+%
+% We will only complain once about lack of epsf.tex.
+\newif\ifwarnednoepsf
+\newhelp\noepsfhelp{epsf.tex must be installed for images to
+ work. It is also included in the Texinfo distribution, or you can get
+ it from ftp://tug.org/tex/epsf.tex.}
+%
+\def\image#1{%
+ \ifx\epsfbox\undefined
+ \ifwarnednoepsf \else
+ \errhelp = \noepsfhelp
+ \errmessage{epsf.tex not found, images will be ignored}%
+ \global\warnednoepsftrue
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \imagexxx #1,,,,,\finish
+ \fi
+}
+%
+% Arguments to @image:
+% #1 is (mandatory) image filename; we tack on .eps extension.
+% #2 is (optional) width, #3 is (optional) height.
+% #4 is (ignored optional) html alt text.
+% #5 is (ignored optional) extension.
+% #6 is just the usual extra ignored arg for parsing this stuff.
+\newif\ifimagevmode
+\def\imagexxx#1,#2,#3,#4,#5,#6\finish{\begingroup
+ \catcode`\^^M = 5 % in case we're inside an example
+ \normalturnoffactive % allow _ et al. in names
+ % If the image is by itself, center it.
+ \ifvmode
+ \imagevmodetrue
+ \nobreak\bigskip
+ % Usually we'll have text after the image which will insert
+ % \parskip glue, so insert it here too to equalize the space
+ % above and below.
+ \nobreak\vskip\parskip
+ \nobreak
+ \line\bgroup\hss
+ \fi
+ %
+ % Output the image.
+ \ifpdf
+ \dopdfimage{#1}{#2}{#3}%
+ \else
+ % \epsfbox itself resets \epsf?size at each figure.
+ \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfxsize=#2\relax \fi
+ \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfysize=#3\relax \fi
+ \epsfbox{#1.eps}%
+ \fi
+ %
+ \ifimagevmode \hss \egroup \bigbreak \fi % space after the image
+\endgroup}
+
+
+\message{localization,}
+% and i18n.
+
+% @documentlanguage is usually given very early, just after
+% @setfilename. If done too late, it may not override everything
+% properly. Single argument is the language abbreviation.
+% It would be nice if we could set up a hyphenation file here.
+%
+\def\documentlanguage{\parsearg\dodocumentlanguage}
+\def\dodocumentlanguage#1{%
+ \tex % read txi-??.tex file in plain TeX.
+ % Read the file if it exists.
+ \openin 1 txi-#1.tex
+ \ifeof1
+ \errhelp = \nolanghelp
+ \errmessage{Cannot read language file txi-#1.tex}%
+ \let\temp = \relax
+ \else
+ \def\temp{\input txi-#1.tex }%
+ \fi
+ \temp
+ \endgroup
+}
+\newhelp\nolanghelp{The given language definition file cannot be found or
+is empty. Maybe you need to install it? In the current directory
+should work if nowhere else does.}
+
+
+% @documentencoding should change something in TeX eventually, most
+% likely, but for now just recognize it.
+\let\documentencoding = \comment
+
+
+% Page size parameters.
+%
+\newdimen\defaultparindent \defaultparindent = 15pt
+
+\chapheadingskip = 15pt plus 4pt minus 2pt
+\secheadingskip = 12pt plus 3pt minus 2pt
+\subsecheadingskip = 9pt plus 2pt minus 2pt
+
+% Prevent underfull vbox error messages.
+\vbadness = 10000
+
+% Don't be so finicky about underfull hboxes, either.
+\hbadness = 2000
+
+% Following George Bush, just get rid of widows and orphans.
+\widowpenalty=10000
+\clubpenalty=10000
+
+% Use TeX 3.0's \emergencystretch to help line breaking, but if we're
+% using an old version of TeX, don't do anything. We want the amount of
+% stretch added to depend on the line length, hence the dependence on
+% \hsize. We call this whenever the paper size is set.
+%
+\def\setemergencystretch{%
+ \ifx\emergencystretch\thisisundefined
+ % Allow us to assign to \emergencystretch anyway.
+ \def\emergencystretch{\dimen0}%
+ \else
+ \emergencystretch = .15\hsize
+ \fi
+}
+
+% Parameters in order: 1) textheight; 2) textwidth; 3) voffset;
+% 4) hoffset; 5) binding offset; 6) topskip; 7) physical page height; 8)
+% physical page width.
+%
+% We also call \setleading{\textleading}, so the caller should define
+% \textleading. The caller should also set \parskip.
+%
+\def\internalpagesizes#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8{%
+ \voffset = #3\relax
+ \topskip = #6\relax
+ \splittopskip = \topskip
+ %
+ \vsize = #1\relax
+ \advance\vsize by \topskip
+ \outervsize = \vsize
+ \advance\outervsize by 2\topandbottommargin
+ \pageheight = \vsize
+ %
+ \hsize = #2\relax
+ \outerhsize = \hsize
+ \advance\outerhsize by 0.5in
+ \pagewidth = \hsize
+ %
+ \normaloffset = #4\relax
+ \bindingoffset = #5\relax
+ %
+ \ifpdf
+ \pdfpageheight #7\relax
+ \pdfpagewidth #8\relax
+ \fi
+ %
+ \setleading{\textleading}
+ %
+ \parindent = \defaultparindent
+ \setemergencystretch
+}
+
+% @letterpaper (the default).
+\def\letterpaper{{\globaldefs = 1
+ \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt
+ \textleading = 13.2pt
+ %
+ % If page is nothing but text, make it come out even.
+ \internalpagesizes{46\baselineskip}{6in}%
+ {\voffset}{.25in}%
+ {\bindingoffset}{36pt}%
+ {11in}{8.5in}%
+}}
+
+% Use @smallbook to reset parameters for 7x9.5 (or so) format.
+\def\smallbook{{\globaldefs = 1
+ \parskip = 2pt plus 1pt
+ \textleading = 12pt
+ %
+ \internalpagesizes{7.5in}{5in}%
+ {\voffset}{.25in}%
+ {\bindingoffset}{16pt}%
+ {9.25in}{7in}%
+ %
+ \lispnarrowing = 0.3in
+ \tolerance = 700
+ \hfuzz = 1pt
+ \contentsrightmargin = 0pt
+ \defbodyindent = .5cm
+}}
+
+% Use @afourpaper to print on European A4 paper.
+\def\afourpaper{{\globaldefs = 1
+ \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt
+ \textleading = 13.2pt
+ %
+ % Double-side printing via postscript on Laserjet 4050
+ % prints double-sided nicely when \bindingoffset=10mm and \hoffset=-6mm.
+ % To change the settings for a different printer or situation, adjust
+ % \normaloffset until the front-side and back-side texts align. Then
+ % do the same for \bindingoffset. You can set these for testing in
+ % your texinfo source file like this:
+ % @tex
+ % \global\normaloffset = -6mm
+ % \global\bindingoffset = 10mm
+ % @end tex
+ \internalpagesizes{51\baselineskip}{160mm}
+ {\voffset}{\hoffset}%
+ {\bindingoffset}{44pt}%
+ {297mm}{210mm}%
+ %
+ \tolerance = 700
+ \hfuzz = 1pt
+ \contentsrightmargin = 0pt
+ \defbodyindent = 5mm
+}}
+
+% Use @afivepaper to print on European A5 paper.
+% From romildo@urano.iceb.ufop.br, 2 July 2000.
+% He also recommends making @example and @lisp be small.
+\def\afivepaper{{\globaldefs = 1
+ \parskip = 2pt plus 1pt minus 0.1pt
+ \textleading = 12.5pt
+ %
+ \internalpagesizes{160mm}{120mm}%
+ {\voffset}{\hoffset}%
+ {\bindingoffset}{8pt}%
+ {210mm}{148mm}%
+ %
+ \lispnarrowing = 0.2in
+ \tolerance = 800
+ \hfuzz = 1.2pt
+ \contentsrightmargin = 0pt
+ \defbodyindent = 2mm
+ \tableindent = 12mm
+}}
+
+% A specific text layout, 24x15cm overall, intended for A4 paper.
+\def\afourlatex{{\globaldefs = 1
+ \afourpaper
+ \internalpagesizes{237mm}{150mm}%
+ {\voffset}{4.6mm}%
+ {\bindingoffset}{7mm}%
+ {297mm}{210mm}%
+ %
+ % Must explicitly reset to 0 because we call \afourpaper.
+ \globaldefs = 0
+}}
+
+% Use @afourwide to print on A4 paper in landscape format.
+\def\afourwide{{\globaldefs = 1
+ \afourpaper
+ \internalpagesizes{241mm}{165mm}%
+ {\voffset}{-2.95mm}%
+ {\bindingoffset}{7mm}%
+ {297mm}{210mm}%
+ \globaldefs = 0
+}}
+
+% @pagesizes TEXTHEIGHT[,TEXTWIDTH]
+% Perhaps we should allow setting the margins, \topskip, \parskip,
+% and/or leading, also. Or perhaps we should compute them somehow.
+%
+\def\pagesizes{\parsearg\pagesizesxxx}
+\def\pagesizesxxx#1{\pagesizesyyy #1,,\finish}
+\def\pagesizesyyy#1,#2,#3\finish{{%
+ \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \hsize=#2\relax \fi
+ \globaldefs = 1
+ %
+ \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt
+ \setleading{\textleading}%
+ %
+ \dimen0 = #1
+ \advance\dimen0 by \voffset
+ %
+ \dimen2 = \hsize
+ \advance\dimen2 by \normaloffset
+ %
+ \internalpagesizes{#1}{\hsize}%
+ {\voffset}{\normaloffset}%
+ {\bindingoffset}{44pt}%
+ {\dimen0}{\dimen2}%
+}}
+
+% Set default to letter.
+%
+\letterpaper
+
+
+\message{and turning on texinfo input format.}
+
+% Define macros to output various characters with catcode for normal text.
+\catcode`\"=\other
+\catcode`\~=\other
+\catcode`\^=\other
+\catcode`\_=\other
+\catcode`\|=\other
+\catcode`\<=\other
+\catcode`\>=\other
+\catcode`\+=\other
+\catcode`\$=\other
+\def\normaldoublequote{"}
+\def\normaltilde{~}
+\def\normalcaret{^}
+\def\normalunderscore{_}
+\def\normalverticalbar{|}
+\def\normalless{<}
+\def\normalgreater{>}
+\def\normalplus{+}
+\def\normaldollar{$}%$ font-lock fix
+
+% This macro is used to make a character print one way in ttfont
+% where it can probably just be output, and another way in other fonts,
+% where something hairier probably needs to be done.
+%
+% #1 is what to print if we are indeed using \tt; #2 is what to print
+% otherwise. Since all the Computer Modern typewriter fonts have zero
+% interword stretch (and shrink), and it is reasonable to expect all
+% typewriter fonts to have this, we can check that font parameter.
+%
+\def\ifusingtt#1#2{\ifdim \fontdimen3\font=0pt #1\else #2\fi}
+
+% Same as above, but check for italic font. Actually this also catches
+% non-italic slanted fonts since it is impossible to distinguish them from
+% italic fonts. But since this is only used by $ and it uses \sl anyway
+% this is not a problem.
+\def\ifusingit#1#2{\ifdim \fontdimen1\font>0pt #1\else #2\fi}
+
+% Turn off all special characters except @
+% (and those which the user can use as if they were ordinary).
+% Most of these we simply print from the \tt font, but for some, we can
+% use math or other variants that look better in normal text.
+
+\catcode`\"=\active
+\def\activedoublequote{{\tt\char34}}
+\let"=\activedoublequote
+\catcode`\~=\active
+\def~{{\tt\char126}}
+\chardef\hat=`\^
+\catcode`\^=\active
+\def^{{\tt \hat}}
+
+\catcode`\_=\active
+\def_{\ifusingtt\normalunderscore\_}
+% Subroutine for the previous macro.
+\def\_{\leavevmode \kern.07em \vbox{\hrule width.3em height.1ex}\kern .07em }
+
+\catcode`\|=\active
+\def|{{\tt\char124}}
+\chardef \less=`\<
+\catcode`\<=\active
+\def<{{\tt \less}}
+\chardef \gtr=`\>
+\catcode`\>=\active
+\def>{{\tt \gtr}}
+\catcode`\+=\active
+\def+{{\tt \char 43}}
+\catcode`\$=\active
+\def${\ifusingit{{\sl\$}}\normaldollar}%$ font-lock fix
+
+% Set up an active definition for =, but don't enable it most of the time.
+{\catcode`\==\active
+\global\def={{\tt \char 61}}}
+
+\catcode`+=\active
+\catcode`\_=\active
+
+% If a .fmt file is being used, characters that might appear in a file
+% name cannot be active until we have parsed the command line.
+% So turn them off again, and have \everyjob (or @setfilename) turn them on.
+% \otherifyactive is called near the end of this file.
+\def\otherifyactive{\catcode`+=\other \catcode`\_=\other}
+
+\catcode`\@=0
+
+% \rawbackslashxx outputs one backslash character in current font,
+% as in \char`\\.
+\global\chardef\rawbackslashxx=`\\
+
+% \rawbackslash defines an active \ to do \rawbackslashxx.
+% \otherbackslash defines an active \ to be a literal `\' character with
+% catcode other.
+{\catcode`\\=\active
+ @gdef@rawbackslash{@let\=@rawbackslashxx}
+ @gdef@otherbackslash{@let\=@realbackslash}
+}
+
+% \realbackslash is an actual character `\' with catcode other.
+{\catcode`\\=\other @gdef@realbackslash{\}}
+
+% \normalbackslash outputs one backslash in fixed width font.
+\def\normalbackslash{{\tt\rawbackslashxx}}
+
+\catcode`\\=\active
+
+% Used sometimes to turn off (effectively) the active characters
+% even after parsing them.
+@def@turnoffactive{%
+ @let"=@normaldoublequote
+ @let\=@realbackslash
+ @let~=@normaltilde
+ @let^=@normalcaret
+ @let_=@normalunderscore
+ @let|=@normalverticalbar
+ @let<=@normalless
+ @let>=@normalgreater
+ @let+=@normalplus
+ @let$=@normaldollar %$ font-lock fix
+}
+
+% Same as @turnoffactive except outputs \ as {\tt\char`\\} instead of
+% the literal character `\'. (Thus, \ is not expandable when this is in
+% effect.)
+%
+@def@normalturnoffactive{@turnoffactive @let\=@normalbackslash}
+
+% Make _ and + \other characters, temporarily.
+% This is canceled by @fixbackslash.
+@otherifyactive
+
+% If a .fmt file is being used, we don't want the `\input texinfo' to show up.
+% That is what \eatinput is for; after that, the `\' should revert to printing
+% a backslash.
+%
+@gdef@eatinput input texinfo{@fixbackslash}
+@global@let\ = @eatinput
+
+% On the other hand, perhaps the file did not have a `\input texinfo'. Then
+% the first `\{ in the file would cause an error. This macro tries to fix
+% that, assuming it is called before the first `\' could plausibly occur.
+% Also back turn on active characters that might appear in the input
+% file name, in case not using a pre-dumped format.
+%
+@gdef@fixbackslash{%
+ @ifx\@eatinput @let\ = @normalbackslash @fi
+ @catcode`+=@active
+ @catcode`@_=@active
+}
+
+% Say @foo, not \foo, in error messages.
+@escapechar = `@@
+
+% These look ok in all fonts, so just make them not special.
+@catcode`@& = @other
+@catcode`@# = @other
+@catcode`@% = @other
+
+@c Set initial fonts.
+@textfonts
+@rm
+
+
+@c Local variables:
+@c eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
+@c page-delimiter: "^\\\\message"
+@c time-stamp-start: "def\\\\texinfoversion{"
+@c time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
+@c time-stamp-end: "}"
+@c End:
extern int command_string_index, line_number;
extern int dot_found_in_search;
extern int already_making_children;
+extern int tempenv_assign_error;
extern char *the_printed_command, *shell_name;
extern pid_t last_command_subst_pid;
extern sh_builtin_func_t *last_shell_builtin, *this_shell_builtin;
func = find_function (words->word->word);
}
+ /* In POSIX mode, assignment errors in the temporary environment cause a
+ non-interactive shell to exit. */
+ if (builtin_is_special && interactive_shell == 0 && tempenv_assign_error)
+ {
+ last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE;
+ jump_to_top_level (ERREXIT);
+ }
+
add_unwind_protect (dispose_words, words);
QUIT;
{
pid_t paren_pid;
-if (asynchronous)
-itrace("execute_command_internal: making child: asynchronous = 1 job_control = %d", job_control);
/* Fork a subshell, turn off the subshell bit, turn off job
control and call execute_command () on the command again. */
paren_pid = make_child (savestring (make_command_string (command)),
command->flags &= ~(CMD_FORCE_SUBSHELL | CMD_WANT_SUBSHELL | CMD_INVERT_RETURN);
-itrace("execute_in_subshell: job_control = %d user_subshell = %d", job_control, user_subshell);
-
/* If a command is asynchronous in a subshell (like ( foo ) & or
the special case of an asynchronous GROUP command where the
the subshell bit is turned on down in case cm_group: below),
func = find_function (words->word->word);
}
+ /* In POSIX mode, assignment errors in the temporary environment cause a
+ non-interactive shell to exit. */
+ if (builtin_is_special && interactive_shell == 0 && tempenv_assign_error)
+ {
+ last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE;
+ jump_to_top_level (ERREXIT);
+ }
+
add_unwind_protect (dispose_words, words);
QUIT;
+++ /dev/null
-../../include/ansi_stdlib.h
\ No newline at end of file
--- /dev/null
+/* ansi_stdlib.h -- An ANSI Standard stdlib.h. */
+/* A minimal stdlib.h containing extern declarations for those functions
+ that bash uses. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+ Bash is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+ the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
+ Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later
+ version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
+ WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+ FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License
+ for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ with Bash; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free Software
+ Foundation, 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. */
+
+#if !defined (_STDLIB_H_)
+#define _STDLIB_H_ 1
+
+/* String conversion functions. */
+extern int atoi ();
+
+extern double atof ();
+extern double strtod ();
+
+/* Memory allocation functions. */
+/* Generic pointer type. */
+#ifndef PTR_T
+
+#if defined (__STDC__)
+# define PTR_T void *
+#else
+# define PTR_T char *
+#endif
+
+#endif /* PTR_T */
+
+extern PTR_T malloc ();
+extern PTR_T realloc ();
+extern void free ();
+
+/* Other miscellaneous functions. */
+extern void abort ();
+extern void exit ();
+extern char *getenv ();
+extern void qsort ();
+
+#endif /* _STDLIB_H */
int printed_len, extension_char, slen, tlen;
char *s, c, *new_full_pathname;
+ extension_char = 0;
printed_len = fnprint (to_print);
#if defined (VISIBLE_STATS)
extension_char = stat_char (s);
else
#endif
- if (path_isdir (new_full_pathname))
+ if (path_isdir (s))
extension_char = '/';
}
--- /dev/null
+/* complete.c -- filename completion for readline. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1987-2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of the GNU Readline Library, a library for
+ reading lines of text with interactive input and history editing.
+
+ The GNU Readline Library is free software; you can redistribute it
+ and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ The GNU Readline Library is distributed in the hope that it will be
+ useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
+ of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ The GNU General Public License is often shipped with GNU software, and
+ is generally kept in a file called COPYING or LICENSE. If you do not
+ have a copy of the license, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. */
+#define READLINE_LIBRARY
+
+#if defined (HAVE_CONFIG_H)
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#if defined (HAVE_SYS_FILE_H)
+# include <sys/file.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif /* HAVE_UNISTD_H */
+
+#if defined (HAVE_STDLIB_H)
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#else
+# include "ansi_stdlib.h"
+#endif /* HAVE_STDLIB_H */
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#if !defined (errno)
+extern int errno;
+#endif /* !errno */
+
+#include <pwd.h>
+
+#include "posixdir.h"
+#include "posixstat.h"
+
+/* System-specific feature definitions and include files. */
+#include "rldefs.h"
+#include "rlmbutil.h"
+
+/* Some standard library routines. */
+#include "readline.h"
+#include "xmalloc.h"
+#include "rlprivate.h"
+
+#ifdef __STDC__
+typedef int QSFUNC (const void *, const void *);
+#else
+typedef int QSFUNC ();
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_LSTAT
+# define LSTAT lstat
+#else
+# define LSTAT stat
+#endif
+
+/* Unix version of a hidden file. Could be different on other systems. */
+#define HIDDEN_FILE(fname) ((fname)[0] == '.')
+
+/* Most systems don't declare getpwent in <pwd.h> if _POSIX_SOURCE is
+ defined. */
+#if !defined (HAVE_GETPW_DECLS) || defined (_POSIX_SOURCE)
+extern struct passwd *getpwent PARAMS((void));
+#endif /* !HAVE_GETPW_DECLS || _POSIX_SOURCE */
+
+/* If non-zero, then this is the address of a function to call when
+ completing a word would normally display the list of possible matches.
+ This function is called instead of actually doing the display.
+ It takes three arguments: (char **matches, int num_matches, int max_length)
+ where MATCHES is the array of strings that matched, NUM_MATCHES is the
+ number of strings in that array, and MAX_LENGTH is the length of the
+ longest string in that array. */
+rl_compdisp_func_t *rl_completion_display_matches_hook = (rl_compdisp_func_t *)NULL;
+
+#if defined (VISIBLE_STATS)
+# if !defined (X_OK)
+# define X_OK 1
+# endif
+static int stat_char PARAMS((char *));
+#endif
+
+static int path_isdir PARAMS((const char *));
+
+static char *rl_quote_filename PARAMS((char *, int, char *));
+
+static void set_completion_defaults PARAMS((int));
+static int get_y_or_n PARAMS((int));
+static int _rl_internal_pager PARAMS((int));
+static char *printable_part PARAMS((char *));
+static int fnwidth PARAMS((const char *));
+static int fnprint PARAMS((const char *));
+static int print_filename PARAMS((char *, char *));
+
+static char **gen_completion_matches PARAMS((char *, int, int, rl_compentry_func_t *, int, int));
+
+static char **remove_duplicate_matches PARAMS((char **));
+static void insert_match PARAMS((char *, int, int, char *));
+static int append_to_match PARAMS((char *, int, int, int));
+static void insert_all_matches PARAMS((char **, int, char *));
+static void display_matches PARAMS((char **));
+static int compute_lcd_of_matches PARAMS((char **, int, const char *));
+static int postprocess_matches PARAMS((char ***, int));
+
+static char *make_quoted_replacement PARAMS((char *, int, char *));
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/* */
+/* Completion matching, from readline's point of view. */
+/* */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+/* Variables known only to the readline library. */
+
+/* If non-zero, non-unique completions always show the list of matches. */
+int _rl_complete_show_all = 0;
+
+/* If non-zero, non-unique completions show the list of matches, unless it
+ is not possible to do partial completion and modify the line. */
+int _rl_complete_show_unmodified = 0;
+
+/* If non-zero, completed directory names have a slash appended. */
+int _rl_complete_mark_directories = 1;
+
+/* If non-zero, the symlinked directory completion behavior introduced in
+ readline-4.2a is disabled, and symlinks that point to directories have
+ a slash appended (subject to the value of _rl_complete_mark_directories).
+ This is user-settable via the mark-symlinked-directories variable. */
+int _rl_complete_mark_symlink_dirs = 0;
+
+/* If non-zero, completions are printed horizontally in alphabetical order,
+ like `ls -x'. */
+int _rl_print_completions_horizontally;
+
+/* Non-zero means that case is not significant in filename completion. */
+#if defined (__MSDOS__) && !defined (__DJGPP__)
+int _rl_completion_case_fold = 1;
+#else
+int _rl_completion_case_fold;
+#endif
+
+/* If non-zero, don't match hidden files (filenames beginning with a `.' on
+ Unix) when doing filename completion. */
+int _rl_match_hidden_files = 1;
+
+/* Global variables available to applications using readline. */
+
+#if defined (VISIBLE_STATS)
+/* Non-zero means add an additional character to each filename displayed
+ during listing completion iff rl_filename_completion_desired which helps
+ to indicate the type of file being listed. */
+int rl_visible_stats = 0;
+#endif /* VISIBLE_STATS */
+
+/* If non-zero, then this is the address of a function to call when
+ completing on a directory name. The function is called with
+ the address of a string (the current directory name) as an arg. */
+rl_icppfunc_t *rl_directory_completion_hook = (rl_icppfunc_t *)NULL;
+
+rl_icppfunc_t *rl_directory_rewrite_hook = (rl_icppfunc_t *)NULL;
+
+/* Non-zero means readline completion functions perform tilde expansion. */
+int rl_complete_with_tilde_expansion = 0;
+
+/* Pointer to the generator function for completion_matches ().
+ NULL means to use rl_filename_completion_function (), the default filename
+ completer. */
+rl_compentry_func_t *rl_completion_entry_function = (rl_compentry_func_t *)NULL;
+
+/* Pointer to alternative function to create matches.
+ Function is called with TEXT, START, and END.
+ START and END are indices in RL_LINE_BUFFER saying what the boundaries
+ of TEXT are.
+ If this function exists and returns NULL then call the value of
+ rl_completion_entry_function to try to match, otherwise use the
+ array of strings returned. */
+rl_completion_func_t *rl_attempted_completion_function = (rl_completion_func_t *)NULL;
+
+/* Non-zero means to suppress normal filename completion after the
+ user-specified completion function has been called. */
+int rl_attempted_completion_over = 0;
+
+/* Set to a character indicating the type of completion being performed
+ by rl_complete_internal, available for use by application completion
+ functions. */
+int rl_completion_type = 0;
+
+/* Up to this many items will be displayed in response to a
+ possible-completions call. After that, we ask the user if
+ she is sure she wants to see them all. */
+int rl_completion_query_items = 100;
+
+int _rl_page_completions = 1;
+
+/* The basic list of characters that signal a break between words for the
+ completer routine. The contents of this variable is what breaks words
+ in the shell, i.e. " \t\n\"\\'`@$><=" */
+const char *rl_basic_word_break_characters = " \t\n\"\\'`@$><=;|&{("; /* }) */
+
+/* List of basic quoting characters. */
+const char *rl_basic_quote_characters = "\"'";
+
+/* The list of characters that signal a break between words for
+ rl_complete_internal. The default list is the contents of
+ rl_basic_word_break_characters. */
+/*const*/ char *rl_completer_word_break_characters = (/*const*/ char *)NULL;
+
+/* Hook function to allow an application to set the completion word
+ break characters before readline breaks up the line. Allows
+ position-dependent word break characters. */
+rl_cpvfunc_t *rl_completion_word_break_hook = (rl_cpvfunc_t *)NULL;
+
+/* List of characters which can be used to quote a substring of the line.
+ Completion occurs on the entire substring, and within the substring
+ rl_completer_word_break_characters are treated as any other character,
+ unless they also appear within this list. */
+const char *rl_completer_quote_characters = (const char *)NULL;
+
+/* List of characters that should be quoted in filenames by the completer. */
+const char *rl_filename_quote_characters = (const char *)NULL;
+
+/* List of characters that are word break characters, but should be left
+ in TEXT when it is passed to the completion function. The shell uses
+ this to help determine what kind of completing to do. */
+const char *rl_special_prefixes = (const char *)NULL;
+
+/* If non-zero, then disallow duplicates in the matches. */
+int rl_ignore_completion_duplicates = 1;
+
+/* Non-zero means that the results of the matches are to be treated
+ as filenames. This is ALWAYS zero on entry, and can only be changed
+ within a completion entry finder function. */
+int rl_filename_completion_desired = 0;
+
+/* Non-zero means that the results of the matches are to be quoted using
+ double quotes (or an application-specific quoting mechanism) if the
+ filename contains any characters in rl_filename_quote_chars. This is
+ ALWAYS non-zero on entry, and can only be changed within a completion
+ entry finder function. */
+int rl_filename_quoting_desired = 1;
+
+/* This function, if defined, is called by the completer when real
+ filename completion is done, after all the matching names have been
+ generated. It is passed a (char**) known as matches in the code below.
+ It consists of a NULL-terminated array of pointers to potential
+ matching strings. The 1st element (matches[0]) is the maximal
+ substring that is common to all matches. This function can re-arrange
+ the list of matches as required, but all elements of the array must be
+ free()'d if they are deleted. The main intent of this function is
+ to implement FIGNORE a la SunOS csh. */
+rl_compignore_func_t *rl_ignore_some_completions_function = (rl_compignore_func_t *)NULL;
+
+/* Set to a function to quote a filename in an application-specific fashion.
+ Called with the text to quote, the type of match found (single or multiple)
+ and a pointer to the quoting character to be used, which the function can
+ reset if desired. */
+rl_quote_func_t *rl_filename_quoting_function = rl_quote_filename;
+
+/* Function to call to remove quoting characters from a filename. Called
+ before completion is attempted, so the embedded quotes do not interfere
+ with matching names in the file system. Readline doesn't do anything
+ with this; it's set only by applications. */
+rl_dequote_func_t *rl_filename_dequoting_function = (rl_dequote_func_t *)NULL;
+
+/* Function to call to decide whether or not a word break character is
+ quoted. If a character is quoted, it does not break words for the
+ completer. */
+rl_linebuf_func_t *rl_char_is_quoted_p = (rl_linebuf_func_t *)NULL;
+
+/* If non-zero, the completion functions don't append anything except a
+ possible closing quote. This is set to 0 by rl_complete_internal and
+ may be changed by an application-specific completion function. */
+int rl_completion_suppress_append = 0;
+
+/* Character appended to completed words when at the end of the line. The
+ default is a space. */
+int rl_completion_append_character = ' ';
+
+/* If non-zero, the completion functions don't append any closing quote.
+ This is set to 0 by rl_complete_internal and may be changed by an
+ application-specific completion function. */
+int rl_completion_suppress_quote = 0;
+
+/* Set to any quote character readline thinks it finds before any application
+ completion function is called. */
+int rl_completion_quote_character;
+
+/* Set to a non-zero value if readline found quoting anywhere in the word to
+ be completed; set before any application completion function is called. */
+int rl_completion_found_quote;
+
+/* If non-zero, a slash will be appended to completed filenames that are
+ symbolic links to directory names, subject to the value of the
+ mark-directories variable (which is user-settable). This exists so
+ that application completion functions can override the user's preference
+ (set via the mark-symlinked-directories variable) if appropriate.
+ It's set to the value of _rl_complete_mark_symlink_dirs in
+ rl_complete_internal before any application-specific completion
+ function is called, so without that function doing anything, the user's
+ preferences are honored. */
+int rl_completion_mark_symlink_dirs;
+
+/* If non-zero, inhibit completion (temporarily). */
+int rl_inhibit_completion;
+
+/* Variables local to this file. */
+
+/* Local variable states what happened during the last completion attempt. */
+static int completion_changed_buffer;
+
+/*************************************/
+/* */
+/* Bindable completion functions */
+/* */
+/*************************************/
+
+/* Complete the word at or before point. You have supplied the function
+ that does the initial simple matching selection algorithm (see
+ rl_completion_matches ()). The default is to do filename completion. */
+int
+rl_complete (ignore, invoking_key)
+ int ignore, invoking_key;
+{
+ if (rl_inhibit_completion)
+ return (_rl_insert_char (ignore, invoking_key));
+ else if (rl_last_func == rl_complete && !completion_changed_buffer)
+ return (rl_complete_internal ('?'));
+ else if (_rl_complete_show_all)
+ return (rl_complete_internal ('!'));
+ else if (_rl_complete_show_unmodified)
+ return (rl_complete_internal ('@'));
+ else
+ return (rl_complete_internal (TAB));
+}
+
+/* List the possible completions. See description of rl_complete (). */
+int
+rl_possible_completions (ignore, invoking_key)
+ int ignore, invoking_key;
+{
+ return (rl_complete_internal ('?'));
+}
+
+int
+rl_insert_completions (ignore, invoking_key)
+ int ignore, invoking_key;
+{
+ return (rl_complete_internal ('*'));
+}
+
+/* Return the correct value to pass to rl_complete_internal performing
+ the same tests as rl_complete. This allows consecutive calls to an
+ application's completion function to list possible completions and for
+ an application-specific completion function to honor the
+ show-all-if-ambiguous readline variable. */
+int
+rl_completion_mode (cfunc)
+ rl_command_func_t *cfunc;
+{
+ if (rl_last_func == cfunc && !completion_changed_buffer)
+ return '?';
+ else if (_rl_complete_show_all)
+ return '!';
+ else if (_rl_complete_show_unmodified)
+ return '@';
+ else
+ return TAB;
+}
+
+/************************************/
+/* */
+/* Completion utility functions */
+/* */
+/************************************/
+
+/* Set default values for readline word completion. These are the variables
+ that application completion functions can change or inspect. */
+static void
+set_completion_defaults (what_to_do)
+ int what_to_do;
+{
+ /* Only the completion entry function can change these. */
+ rl_filename_completion_desired = 0;
+ rl_filename_quoting_desired = 1;
+ rl_completion_type = what_to_do;
+ rl_completion_suppress_append = rl_completion_suppress_quote = 0;
+
+ /* The completion entry function may optionally change this. */
+ rl_completion_mark_symlink_dirs = _rl_complete_mark_symlink_dirs;
+}
+
+/* The user must press "y" or "n". Non-zero return means "y" pressed. */
+static int
+get_y_or_n (for_pager)
+ int for_pager;
+{
+ int c;
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ RL_SETSTATE(RL_STATE_MOREINPUT);
+ c = rl_read_key ();
+ RL_UNSETSTATE(RL_STATE_MOREINPUT);
+
+ if (c == 'y' || c == 'Y' || c == ' ')
+ return (1);
+ if (c == 'n' || c == 'N' || c == RUBOUT)
+ return (0);
+ if (c == ABORT_CHAR)
+ _rl_abort_internal ();
+ if (for_pager && (c == NEWLINE || c == RETURN))
+ return (2);
+ if (for_pager && (c == 'q' || c == 'Q'))
+ return (0);
+ rl_ding ();
+ }
+}
+
+static int
+_rl_internal_pager (lines)
+ int lines;
+{
+ int i;
+
+ fprintf (rl_outstream, "--More--");
+ fflush (rl_outstream);
+ i = get_y_or_n (1);
+ _rl_erase_entire_line ();
+ if (i == 0)
+ return -1;
+ else if (i == 2)
+ return (lines - 1);
+ else
+ return 0;
+}
+
+static int
+path_isdir (filename)
+ const char *filename;
+{
+ struct stat finfo;
+
+ return (stat (filename, &finfo) == 0 && S_ISDIR (finfo.st_mode));
+}
+
+#if defined (VISIBLE_STATS)
+/* Return the character which best describes FILENAME.
+ `@' for symbolic links
+ `/' for directories
+ `*' for executables
+ `=' for sockets
+ `|' for FIFOs
+ `%' for character special devices
+ `#' for block special devices */
+static int
+stat_char (filename)
+ char *filename;
+{
+ struct stat finfo;
+ int character, r;
+
+#if defined (HAVE_LSTAT) && defined (S_ISLNK)
+ r = lstat (filename, &finfo);
+#else
+ r = stat (filename, &finfo);
+#endif
+
+ if (r == -1)
+ return (0);
+
+ character = 0;
+ if (S_ISDIR (finfo.st_mode))
+ character = '/';
+#if defined (S_ISCHR)
+ else if (S_ISCHR (finfo.st_mode))
+ character = '%';
+#endif /* S_ISCHR */
+#if defined (S_ISBLK)
+ else if (S_ISBLK (finfo.st_mode))
+ character = '#';
+#endif /* S_ISBLK */
+#if defined (S_ISLNK)
+ else if (S_ISLNK (finfo.st_mode))
+ character = '@';
+#endif /* S_ISLNK */
+#if defined (S_ISSOCK)
+ else if (S_ISSOCK (finfo.st_mode))
+ character = '=';
+#endif /* S_ISSOCK */
+#if defined (S_ISFIFO)
+ else if (S_ISFIFO (finfo.st_mode))
+ character = '|';
+#endif
+ else if (S_ISREG (finfo.st_mode))
+ {
+ if (access (filename, X_OK) == 0)
+ character = '*';
+ }
+ return (character);
+}
+#endif /* VISIBLE_STATS */
+
+/* Return the portion of PATHNAME that should be output when listing
+ possible completions. If we are hacking filename completion, we
+ are only interested in the basename, the portion following the
+ final slash. Otherwise, we return what we were passed. Since
+ printing empty strings is not very informative, if we're doing
+ filename completion, and the basename is the empty string, we look
+ for the previous slash and return the portion following that. If
+ there's no previous slash, we just return what we were passed. */
+static char *
+printable_part (pathname)
+ char *pathname;
+{
+ char *temp, *x;
+
+ if (rl_filename_completion_desired == 0) /* don't need to do anything */
+ return (pathname);
+
+ temp = strrchr (pathname, '/');
+#if defined (__MSDOS__)
+ if (temp == 0 && ISALPHA ((unsigned char)pathname[0]) && pathname[1] == ':')
+ temp = pathname + 1;
+#endif
+
+ if (temp == 0 || *temp == '\0')
+ return (pathname);
+ /* If the basename is NULL, we might have a pathname like '/usr/src/'.
+ Look for a previous slash and, if one is found, return the portion
+ following that slash. If there's no previous slash, just return the
+ pathname we were passed. */
+ else if (temp[1] == '\0')
+ {
+ for (x = temp - 1; x > pathname; x--)
+ if (*x == '/')
+ break;
+ return ((*x == '/') ? x + 1 : pathname);
+ }
+ else
+ return ++temp;
+}
+
+/* Compute width of STRING when displayed on screen by print_filename */
+static int
+fnwidth (string)
+ const char *string;
+{
+ int width, pos;
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ mbstate_t ps;
+ int left, w;
+ size_t clen;
+ wchar_t wc;
+
+ left = strlen (string) + 1;
+ memset (&ps, 0, sizeof (mbstate_t));
+#endif
+
+ width = pos = 0;
+ while (string[pos])
+ {
+ if (CTRL_CHAR (*string) || *string == RUBOUT)
+ {
+ width += 2;
+ pos++;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ clen = mbrtowc (&wc, string + pos, left - pos, &ps);
+ if (MB_INVALIDCH (clen))
+ {
+ width++;
+ pos++;
+ memset (&ps, 0, sizeof (mbstate_t));
+ }
+ else if (MB_NULLWCH (clen))
+ break;
+ else
+ {
+ pos += clen;
+ w = wcwidth (wc);
+ width += (w >= 0) ? w : 1;
+ }
+#else
+ width++;
+ pos++;
+#endif
+ }
+ }
+
+ return width;
+}
+
+static int
+fnprint (to_print)
+ const char *to_print;
+{
+ int printed_len;
+ const char *s;
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ mbstate_t ps;
+ const char *end;
+ size_t tlen;
+
+ end = to_print + strlen (to_print) + 1;
+ memset (&ps, 0, sizeof (mbstate_t));
+#endif
+
+ printed_len = 0;
+ s = to_print;
+ while (*s)
+ {
+ if (CTRL_CHAR (*s))
+ {
+ putc ('^', rl_outstream);
+ putc (UNCTRL (*s), rl_outstream);
+ printed_len += 2;
+ s++;
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ memset (&ps, 0, sizeof (mbstate_t));
+#endif
+ }
+ else if (*s == RUBOUT)
+ {
+ putc ('^', rl_outstream);
+ putc ('?', rl_outstream);
+ printed_len += 2;
+ s++;
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ memset (&ps, 0, sizeof (mbstate_t));
+#endif
+ }
+ else
+ {
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ tlen = mbrlen (s, end - s, &ps);
+ if (MB_INVALIDCH (tlen))
+ {
+ tlen = 1;
+ memset (&ps, 0, sizeof (mbstate_t));
+ }
+ else if (MB_NULLWCH (tlen))
+ break;
+ fwrite (s, 1, tlen, rl_outstream);
+ s += tlen;
+#else
+ putc (*s, rl_outstream);
+ s++;
+#endif
+ printed_len++;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return printed_len;
+}
+
+/* Output TO_PRINT to rl_outstream. If VISIBLE_STATS is defined and we
+ are using it, check for and output a single character for `special'
+ filenames. Return the number of characters we output. */
+
+static int
+print_filename (to_print, full_pathname)
+ char *to_print, *full_pathname;
+{
+ int printed_len, extension_char, slen, tlen;
+ char *s, c, *new_full_pathname;
+
+ printed_len = fnprint (to_print);
+
+#if defined (VISIBLE_STATS)
+ if (rl_filename_completion_desired && (rl_visible_stats || _rl_complete_mark_directories))
+#else
+ if (rl_filename_completion_desired && _rl_complete_mark_directories)
+#endif
+ {
+ /* If to_print != full_pathname, to_print is the basename of the
+ path passed. In this case, we try to expand the directory
+ name before checking for the stat character. */
+ if (to_print != full_pathname)
+ {
+ /* Terminate the directory name. */
+ c = to_print[-1];
+ to_print[-1] = '\0';
+
+ /* If setting the last slash in full_pathname to a NUL results in
+ full_pathname being the empty string, we are trying to complete
+ files in the root directory. If we pass a null string to the
+ bash directory completion hook, for example, it will expand it
+ to the current directory. We just want the `/'. */
+ s = tilde_expand (full_pathname && *full_pathname ? full_pathname : "/");
+ if (rl_directory_completion_hook)
+ (*rl_directory_completion_hook) (&s);
+
+ slen = strlen (s);
+ tlen = strlen (to_print);
+ new_full_pathname = (char *)xmalloc (slen + tlen + 2);
+ strcpy (new_full_pathname, s);
+ new_full_pathname[slen] = '/';
+ strcpy (new_full_pathname + slen + 1, to_print);
+
+#if defined (VISIBLE_STATS)
+ if (rl_visible_stats)
+ extension_char = stat_char (new_full_pathname);
+ else
+#endif
+ if (path_isdir (new_full_pathname))
+ extension_char = '/';
+
+ free (new_full_pathname);
+ to_print[-1] = c;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ s = tilde_expand (full_pathname);
+#if defined (VISIBLE_STATS)
+ if (rl_visible_stats)
+ extension_char = stat_char (s);
+ else
+#endif
+ if (path_isdir (new_full_pathname))
+ extension_char = '/';
+ }
+
+ free (s);
+ if (extension_char)
+ {
+ putc (extension_char, rl_outstream);
+ printed_len++;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return printed_len;
+}
+
+static char *
+rl_quote_filename (s, rtype, qcp)
+ char *s;
+ int rtype;
+ char *qcp;
+{
+ char *r;
+
+ r = (char *)xmalloc (strlen (s) + 2);
+ *r = *rl_completer_quote_characters;
+ strcpy (r + 1, s);
+ if (qcp)
+ *qcp = *rl_completer_quote_characters;
+ return r;
+}
+
+/* Find the bounds of the current word for completion purposes, and leave
+ rl_point set to the end of the word. This function skips quoted
+ substrings (characters between matched pairs of characters in
+ rl_completer_quote_characters). First we try to find an unclosed
+ quoted substring on which to do matching. If one is not found, we use
+ the word break characters to find the boundaries of the current word.
+ We call an application-specific function to decide whether or not a
+ particular word break character is quoted; if that function returns a
+ non-zero result, the character does not break a word. This function
+ returns the opening quote character if we found an unclosed quoted
+ substring, '\0' otherwise. FP, if non-null, is set to a value saying
+ which (shell-like) quote characters we found (single quote, double
+ quote, or backslash) anywhere in the string. DP, if non-null, is set to
+ the value of the delimiter character that caused a word break. */
+
+char
+_rl_find_completion_word (fp, dp)
+ int *fp, *dp;
+{
+ int scan, end, found_quote, delimiter, pass_next, isbrk;
+ char quote_char, *brkchars;
+
+ end = rl_point;
+ found_quote = delimiter = 0;
+ quote_char = '\0';
+
+ brkchars = 0;
+ if (rl_completion_word_break_hook)
+ brkchars = (*rl_completion_word_break_hook) ();
+ if (brkchars == 0)
+ brkchars = rl_completer_word_break_characters;
+
+ if (rl_completer_quote_characters)
+ {
+ /* We have a list of characters which can be used in pairs to
+ quote substrings for the completer. Try to find the start
+ of an unclosed quoted substring. */
+ /* FOUND_QUOTE is set so we know what kind of quotes we found. */
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ for (scan = pass_next = 0; scan < end;
+ scan = ((MB_CUR_MAX == 1 || rl_byte_oriented)
+ ? (scan + 1)
+ : _rl_find_next_mbchar (rl_line_buffer, scan, 1, MB_FIND_ANY)))
+#else
+ for (scan = pass_next = 0; scan < end; scan++)
+#endif
+ {
+ if (pass_next)
+ {
+ pass_next = 0;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* Shell-like semantics for single quotes -- don't allow backslash
+ to quote anything in single quotes, especially not the closing
+ quote. If you don't like this, take out the check on the value
+ of quote_char. */
+ if (quote_char != '\'' && rl_line_buffer[scan] == '\\')
+ {
+ pass_next = 1;
+ found_quote |= RL_QF_BACKSLASH;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ if (quote_char != '\0')
+ {
+ /* Ignore everything until the matching close quote char. */
+ if (rl_line_buffer[scan] == quote_char)
+ {
+ /* Found matching close. Abandon this substring. */
+ quote_char = '\0';
+ rl_point = end;
+ }
+ }
+ else if (strchr (rl_completer_quote_characters, rl_line_buffer[scan]))
+ {
+ /* Found start of a quoted substring. */
+ quote_char = rl_line_buffer[scan];
+ rl_point = scan + 1;
+ /* Shell-like quoting conventions. */
+ if (quote_char == '\'')
+ found_quote |= RL_QF_SINGLE_QUOTE;
+ else if (quote_char == '"')
+ found_quote |= RL_QF_DOUBLE_QUOTE;
+ else
+ found_quote |= RL_QF_OTHER_QUOTE;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (rl_point == end && quote_char == '\0')
+ {
+ /* We didn't find an unclosed quoted substring upon which to do
+ completion, so use the word break characters to find the
+ substring on which to complete. */
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ while (rl_point = _rl_find_prev_mbchar (rl_line_buffer, rl_point, MB_FIND_ANY))
+#else
+ while (--rl_point)
+#endif
+ {
+ scan = rl_line_buffer[rl_point];
+
+ if (strchr (brkchars, scan) == 0)
+ continue;
+
+ /* Call the application-specific function to tell us whether
+ this word break character is quoted and should be skipped. */
+ if (rl_char_is_quoted_p && found_quote &&
+ (*rl_char_is_quoted_p) (rl_line_buffer, rl_point))
+ continue;
+
+ /* Convoluted code, but it avoids an n^2 algorithm with calls
+ to char_is_quoted. */
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* If we are at an unquoted word break, then advance past it. */
+ scan = rl_line_buffer[rl_point];
+
+ /* If there is an application-specific function to say whether or not
+ a character is quoted and we found a quote character, let that
+ function decide whether or not a character is a word break, even
+ if it is found in rl_completer_word_break_characters. Don't bother
+ if we're at the end of the line, though. */
+ if (scan)
+ {
+ if (rl_char_is_quoted_p)
+ isbrk = (found_quote == 0 ||
+ (*rl_char_is_quoted_p) (rl_line_buffer, rl_point) == 0) &&
+ strchr (brkchars, scan) != 0;
+ else
+ isbrk = strchr (brkchars, scan) != 0;
+
+ if (isbrk)
+ {
+ /* If the character that caused the word break was a quoting
+ character, then remember it as the delimiter. */
+ if (rl_basic_quote_characters &&
+ strchr (rl_basic_quote_characters, scan) &&
+ (end - rl_point) > 1)
+ delimiter = scan;
+
+ /* If the character isn't needed to determine something special
+ about what kind of completion to perform, then advance past it. */
+ if (rl_special_prefixes == 0 || strchr (rl_special_prefixes, scan) == 0)
+ rl_point++;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (fp)
+ *fp = found_quote;
+ if (dp)
+ *dp = delimiter;
+
+ return (quote_char);
+}
+
+static char **
+gen_completion_matches (text, start, end, our_func, found_quote, quote_char)
+ char *text;
+ int start, end;
+ rl_compentry_func_t *our_func;
+ int found_quote, quote_char;
+{
+ char **matches, *temp;
+
+ rl_completion_found_quote = found_quote;
+ rl_completion_quote_character = quote_char;
+
+ /* If the user wants to TRY to complete, but then wants to give
+ up and use the default completion function, they set the
+ variable rl_attempted_completion_function. */
+ if (rl_attempted_completion_function)
+ {
+ matches = (*rl_attempted_completion_function) (text, start, end);
+
+ if (matches || rl_attempted_completion_over)
+ {
+ rl_attempted_completion_over = 0;
+ return (matches);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Beware -- we're stripping the quotes here. Do this only if we know
+ we are doing filename completion and the application has defined a
+ filename dequoting function. */
+ temp = (char *)NULL;
+
+ if (found_quote && our_func == rl_filename_completion_function &&
+ rl_filename_dequoting_function)
+ {
+ /* delete single and double quotes */
+ temp = (*rl_filename_dequoting_function) (text, quote_char);
+ text = temp; /* not freeing text is not a memory leak */
+ }
+
+ matches = rl_completion_matches (text, our_func);
+ FREE (temp);
+ return matches;
+}
+
+/* Filter out duplicates in MATCHES. This frees up the strings in
+ MATCHES. */
+static char **
+remove_duplicate_matches (matches)
+ char **matches;
+{
+ char *lowest_common;
+ int i, j, newlen;
+ char dead_slot;
+ char **temp_array;
+
+ /* Sort the items. */
+ for (i = 0; matches[i]; i++)
+ ;
+
+ /* Sort the array without matches[0], since we need it to
+ stay in place no matter what. */
+ if (i)
+ qsort (matches+1, i-1, sizeof (char *), (QSFUNC *)_rl_qsort_string_compare);
+
+ /* Remember the lowest common denominator for it may be unique. */
+ lowest_common = savestring (matches[0]);
+
+ for (i = newlen = 0; matches[i + 1]; i++)
+ {
+ if (strcmp (matches[i], matches[i + 1]) == 0)
+ {
+ free (matches[i]);
+ matches[i] = (char *)&dead_slot;
+ }
+ else
+ newlen++;
+ }
+
+ /* We have marked all the dead slots with (char *)&dead_slot.
+ Copy all the non-dead entries into a new array. */
+ temp_array = (char **)xmalloc ((3 + newlen) * sizeof (char *));
+ for (i = j = 1; matches[i]; i++)
+ {
+ if (matches[i] != (char *)&dead_slot)
+ temp_array[j++] = matches[i];
+ }
+ temp_array[j] = (char *)NULL;
+
+ if (matches[0] != (char *)&dead_slot)
+ free (matches[0]);
+
+ /* Place the lowest common denominator back in [0]. */
+ temp_array[0] = lowest_common;
+
+ /* If there is one string left, and it is identical to the
+ lowest common denominator, then the LCD is the string to
+ insert. */
+ if (j == 2 && strcmp (temp_array[0], temp_array[1]) == 0)
+ {
+ free (temp_array[1]);
+ temp_array[1] = (char *)NULL;
+ }
+ return (temp_array);
+}
+
+/* Find the common prefix of the list of matches, and put it into
+ matches[0]. */
+static int
+compute_lcd_of_matches (match_list, matches, text)
+ char **match_list;
+ int matches;
+ const char *text;
+{
+ register int i, c1, c2, si;
+ int low; /* Count of max-matched characters. */
+ char *dtext; /* dequoted TEXT, if needed */
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ int v;
+ mbstate_t ps1, ps2;
+ wchar_t wc1, wc2;
+#endif
+
+ /* If only one match, just use that. Otherwise, compare each
+ member of the list with the next, finding out where they
+ stop matching. */
+ if (matches == 1)
+ {
+ match_list[0] = match_list[1];
+ match_list[1] = (char *)NULL;
+ return 1;
+ }
+
+ for (i = 1, low = 100000; i < matches; i++)
+ {
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+ {
+ memset (&ps1, 0, sizeof (mbstate_t));
+ memset (&ps2, 0, sizeof (mbstate_t));
+ }
+#endif
+ if (_rl_completion_case_fold)
+ {
+ for (si = 0;
+ (c1 = _rl_to_lower(match_list[i][si])) &&
+ (c2 = _rl_to_lower(match_list[i + 1][si]));
+ si++)
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+ {
+ v = mbrtowc (&wc1, match_list[i]+si, strlen (match_list[i]+si), &ps1);
+ mbrtowc (&wc2, match_list[i+1]+si, strlen (match_list[i+1]+si), &ps2);
+ wc1 = towlower (wc1);
+ wc2 = towlower (wc2);
+ if (wc1 != wc2)
+ break;
+ else if (v > 1)
+ si += v - 1;
+ }
+ else
+#endif
+ if (c1 != c2)
+ break;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ for (si = 0;
+ (c1 = match_list[i][si]) &&
+ (c2 = match_list[i + 1][si]);
+ si++)
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+ {
+ mbstate_t ps_back = ps1;
+ if (!_rl_compare_chars (match_list[i], si, &ps1, match_list[i+1], si, &ps2))
+ break;
+ else if ((v = _rl_get_char_len (&match_list[i][si], &ps_back)) > 1)
+ si += v - 1;
+ }
+ else
+#endif
+ if (c1 != c2)
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (low > si)
+ low = si;
+ }
+
+ /* If there were multiple matches, but none matched up to even the
+ first character, and the user typed something, use that as the
+ value of matches[0]. */
+ if (low == 0 && text && *text)
+ {
+ match_list[0] = (char *)xmalloc (strlen (text) + 1);
+ strcpy (match_list[0], text);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ match_list[0] = (char *)xmalloc (low + 1);
+
+ /* XXX - this might need changes in the presence of multibyte chars */
+
+ /* If we are ignoring case, try to preserve the case of the string
+ the user typed in the face of multiple matches differing in case. */
+ if (_rl_completion_case_fold)
+ {
+ /* We're making an assumption here:
+ IF we're completing filenames AND
+ the application has defined a filename dequoting function AND
+ we found a quote character AND
+ the application has requested filename quoting
+ THEN
+ we assume that TEXT was dequoted before checking against
+ the file system and needs to be dequoted here before we
+ check against the list of matches
+ FI */
+ dtext = (char *)NULL;
+ if (rl_filename_completion_desired &&
+ rl_filename_dequoting_function &&
+ rl_completion_found_quote &&
+ rl_filename_quoting_desired)
+ {
+ dtext = (*rl_filename_dequoting_function) (text, rl_completion_quote_character);
+ text = dtext;
+ }
+
+ /* sort the list to get consistent answers. */
+ qsort (match_list+1, matches, sizeof(char *), (QSFUNC *)_rl_qsort_string_compare);
+
+ si = strlen (text);
+ if (si <= low)
+ {
+ for (i = 1; i <= matches; i++)
+ if (strncmp (match_list[i], text, si) == 0)
+ {
+ strncpy (match_list[0], match_list[i], low);
+ break;
+ }
+ /* no casematch, use first entry */
+ if (i > matches)
+ strncpy (match_list[0], match_list[1], low);
+ }
+ else
+ /* otherwise, just use the text the user typed. */
+ strncpy (match_list[0], text, low);
+
+ FREE (dtext);
+ }
+ else
+ strncpy (match_list[0], match_list[1], low);
+
+ match_list[0][low] = '\0';
+ }
+
+ return matches;
+}
+
+static int
+postprocess_matches (matchesp, matching_filenames)
+ char ***matchesp;
+ int matching_filenames;
+{
+ char *t, **matches, **temp_matches;
+ int nmatch, i;
+
+ matches = *matchesp;
+
+ if (matches == 0)
+ return 0;
+
+ /* It seems to me that in all the cases we handle we would like
+ to ignore duplicate possiblilities. Scan for the text to
+ insert being identical to the other completions. */
+ if (rl_ignore_completion_duplicates)
+ {
+ temp_matches = remove_duplicate_matches (matches);
+ free (matches);
+ matches = temp_matches;
+ }
+
+ /* If we are matching filenames, then here is our chance to
+ do clever processing by re-examining the list. Call the
+ ignore function with the array as a parameter. It can
+ munge the array, deleting matches as it desires. */
+ if (rl_ignore_some_completions_function && matching_filenames)
+ {
+ for (nmatch = 1; matches[nmatch]; nmatch++)
+ ;
+ (void)(*rl_ignore_some_completions_function) (matches);
+ if (matches == 0 || matches[0] == 0)
+ {
+ FREE (matches);
+ *matchesp = (char **)0;
+ return 0;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* If we removed some matches, recompute the common prefix. */
+ for (i = 1; matches[i]; i++)
+ ;
+ if (i > 1 && i < nmatch)
+ {
+ t = matches[0];
+ compute_lcd_of_matches (matches, i - 1, t);
+ FREE (t);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ *matchesp = matches;
+ return (1);
+}
+
+/* A convenience function for displaying a list of strings in
+ columnar format on readline's output stream. MATCHES is the list
+ of strings, in argv format, LEN is the number of strings in MATCHES,
+ and MAX is the length of the longest string in MATCHES. */
+void
+rl_display_match_list (matches, len, max)
+ char **matches;
+ int len, max;
+{
+ int count, limit, printed_len, lines;
+ int i, j, k, l;
+ char *temp;
+
+ /* How many items of MAX length can we fit in the screen window? */
+ max += 2;
+ limit = _rl_screenwidth / max;
+ if (limit != 1 && (limit * max == _rl_screenwidth))
+ limit--;
+
+ /* Avoid a possible floating exception. If max > _rl_screenwidth,
+ limit will be 0 and a divide-by-zero fault will result. */
+ if (limit == 0)
+ limit = 1;
+
+ /* How many iterations of the printing loop? */
+ count = (len + (limit - 1)) / limit;
+
+ /* Watch out for special case. If LEN is less than LIMIT, then
+ just do the inner printing loop.
+ 0 < len <= limit implies count = 1. */
+
+ /* Sort the items if they are not already sorted. */
+ if (rl_ignore_completion_duplicates == 0)
+ qsort (matches + 1, len, sizeof (char *), (QSFUNC *)_rl_qsort_string_compare);
+
+ rl_crlf ();
+
+ lines = 0;
+ if (_rl_print_completions_horizontally == 0)
+ {
+ /* Print the sorted items, up-and-down alphabetically, like ls. */
+ for (i = 1; i <= count; i++)
+ {
+ for (j = 0, l = i; j < limit; j++)
+ {
+ if (l > len || matches[l] == 0)
+ break;
+ else
+ {
+ temp = printable_part (matches[l]);
+ printed_len = print_filename (temp, matches[l]);
+
+ if (j + 1 < limit)
+ for (k = 0; k < max - printed_len; k++)
+ putc (' ', rl_outstream);
+ }
+ l += count;
+ }
+ rl_crlf ();
+ lines++;
+ if (_rl_page_completions && lines >= (_rl_screenheight - 1) && i < count)
+ {
+ lines = _rl_internal_pager (lines);
+ if (lines < 0)
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Print the sorted items, across alphabetically, like ls -x. */
+ for (i = 1; matches[i]; i++)
+ {
+ temp = printable_part (matches[i]);
+ printed_len = print_filename (temp, matches[i]);
+ /* Have we reached the end of this line? */
+ if (matches[i+1])
+ {
+ if (i && (limit > 1) && (i % limit) == 0)
+ {
+ rl_crlf ();
+ lines++;
+ if (_rl_page_completions && lines >= _rl_screenheight - 1)
+ {
+ lines = _rl_internal_pager (lines);
+ if (lines < 0)
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ for (k = 0; k < max - printed_len; k++)
+ putc (' ', rl_outstream);
+ }
+ }
+ rl_crlf ();
+ }
+}
+
+/* Display MATCHES, a list of matching filenames in argv format. This
+ handles the simple case -- a single match -- first. If there is more
+ than one match, we compute the number of strings in the list and the
+ length of the longest string, which will be needed by the display
+ function. If the application wants to handle displaying the list of
+ matches itself, it sets RL_COMPLETION_DISPLAY_MATCHES_HOOK to the
+ address of a function, and we just call it. If we're handling the
+ display ourselves, we just call rl_display_match_list. We also check
+ that the list of matches doesn't exceed the user-settable threshold,
+ and ask the user if he wants to see the list if there are more matches
+ than RL_COMPLETION_QUERY_ITEMS. */
+static void
+display_matches (matches)
+ char **matches;
+{
+ int len, max, i;
+ char *temp;
+
+ /* Move to the last visible line of a possibly-multiple-line command. */
+ _rl_move_vert (_rl_vis_botlin);
+
+ /* Handle simple case first. What if there is only one answer? */
+ if (matches[1] == 0)
+ {
+ temp = printable_part (matches[0]);
+ rl_crlf ();
+ print_filename (temp, matches[0]);
+ rl_crlf ();
+
+ rl_forced_update_display ();
+ rl_display_fixed = 1;
+
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* There is more than one answer. Find out how many there are,
+ and find the maximum printed length of a single entry. */
+ for (max = 0, i = 1; matches[i]; i++)
+ {
+ temp = printable_part (matches[i]);
+ len = fnwidth (temp);
+
+ if (len > max)
+ max = len;
+ }
+
+ len = i - 1;
+
+ /* If the caller has defined a display hook, then call that now. */
+ if (rl_completion_display_matches_hook)
+ {
+ (*rl_completion_display_matches_hook) (matches, len, max);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* If there are many items, then ask the user if she really wants to
+ see them all. */
+ if (len >= rl_completion_query_items)
+ {
+ rl_crlf ();
+ fprintf (rl_outstream, "Display all %d possibilities? (y or n)", len);
+ fflush (rl_outstream);
+ if (get_y_or_n (0) == 0)
+ {
+ rl_crlf ();
+
+ rl_forced_update_display ();
+ rl_display_fixed = 1;
+
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+
+ rl_display_match_list (matches, len, max);
+
+ rl_forced_update_display ();
+ rl_display_fixed = 1;
+}
+
+static char *
+make_quoted_replacement (match, mtype, qc)
+ char *match;
+ int mtype;
+ char *qc; /* Pointer to quoting character, if any */
+{
+ int should_quote, do_replace;
+ char *replacement;
+
+ /* If we are doing completion on quoted substrings, and any matches
+ contain any of the completer_word_break_characters, then auto-
+ matically prepend the substring with a quote character (just pick
+ the first one from the list of such) if it does not already begin
+ with a quote string. FIXME: Need to remove any such automatically
+ inserted quote character when it no longer is necessary, such as
+ if we change the string we are completing on and the new set of
+ matches don't require a quoted substring. */
+ replacement = match;
+
+ should_quote = match && rl_completer_quote_characters &&
+ rl_filename_completion_desired &&
+ rl_filename_quoting_desired;
+
+ if (should_quote)
+ should_quote = should_quote && (!qc || !*qc ||
+ (rl_completer_quote_characters && strchr (rl_completer_quote_characters, *qc)));
+
+ if (should_quote)
+ {
+ /* If there is a single match, see if we need to quote it.
+ This also checks whether the common prefix of several
+ matches needs to be quoted. */
+ should_quote = rl_filename_quote_characters
+ ? (_rl_strpbrk (match, rl_filename_quote_characters) != 0)
+ : 0;
+
+ do_replace = should_quote ? mtype : NO_MATCH;
+ /* Quote the replacement, since we found an embedded
+ word break character in a potential match. */
+ if (do_replace != NO_MATCH && rl_filename_quoting_function)
+ replacement = (*rl_filename_quoting_function) (match, do_replace, qc);
+ }
+ return (replacement);
+}
+
+static void
+insert_match (match, start, mtype, qc)
+ char *match;
+ int start, mtype;
+ char *qc;
+{
+ char *replacement;
+ char oqc;
+
+ oqc = qc ? *qc : '\0';
+ replacement = make_quoted_replacement (match, mtype, qc);
+
+ /* Now insert the match. */
+ if (replacement)
+ {
+ /* Don't double an opening quote character. */
+ if (qc && *qc && start && rl_line_buffer[start - 1] == *qc &&
+ replacement[0] == *qc)
+ start--;
+ /* If make_quoted_replacement changed the quoting character, remove
+ the opening quote and insert the (fully-quoted) replacement. */
+ else if (qc && (*qc != oqc) && start && rl_line_buffer[start - 1] == oqc &&
+ replacement[0] != oqc)
+ start--;
+ _rl_replace_text (replacement, start, rl_point - 1);
+ if (replacement != match)
+ free (replacement);
+ }
+}
+
+/* Append any necessary closing quote and a separator character to the
+ just-inserted match. If the user has specified that directories
+ should be marked by a trailing `/', append one of those instead. The
+ default trailing character is a space. Returns the number of characters
+ appended. If NONTRIVIAL_MATCH is set, we test for a symlink (if the OS
+ has them) and don't add a suffix for a symlink to a directory. A
+ nontrivial match is one that actually adds to the word being completed.
+ The variable rl_completion_mark_symlink_dirs controls this behavior
+ (it's initially set to the what the user has chosen, indicated by the
+ value of _rl_complete_mark_symlink_dirs, but may be modified by an
+ application's completion function). */
+static int
+append_to_match (text, delimiter, quote_char, nontrivial_match)
+ char *text;
+ int delimiter, quote_char, nontrivial_match;
+{
+ char temp_string[4], *filename;
+ int temp_string_index, s;
+ struct stat finfo;
+
+ temp_string_index = 0;
+ if (quote_char && rl_point && rl_completion_suppress_quote == 0 &&
+ rl_line_buffer[rl_point - 1] != quote_char)
+ temp_string[temp_string_index++] = quote_char;
+
+ if (delimiter)
+ temp_string[temp_string_index++] = delimiter;
+ else if (rl_completion_suppress_append == 0 && rl_completion_append_character)
+ temp_string[temp_string_index++] = rl_completion_append_character;
+
+ temp_string[temp_string_index++] = '\0';
+
+ if (rl_filename_completion_desired)
+ {
+ filename = tilde_expand (text);
+ s = (nontrivial_match && rl_completion_mark_symlink_dirs == 0)
+ ? LSTAT (filename, &finfo)
+ : stat (filename, &finfo);
+ if (s == 0 && S_ISDIR (finfo.st_mode))
+ {
+ if (_rl_complete_mark_directories)
+ {
+ /* This is clumsy. Avoid putting in a double slash if point
+ is at the end of the line and the previous character is a
+ slash. */
+ if (rl_point && rl_line_buffer[rl_point] == '\0' && rl_line_buffer[rl_point - 1] == '/')
+ ;
+ else if (rl_line_buffer[rl_point] != '/')
+ rl_insert_text ("/");
+ }
+ }
+#ifdef S_ISLNK
+ /* Don't add anything if the filename is a symlink and resolves to a
+ directory. */
+ else if (s == 0 && S_ISLNK (finfo.st_mode) &&
+ stat (filename, &finfo) == 0 && S_ISDIR (finfo.st_mode))
+ ;
+#endif
+ else
+ {
+ if (rl_point == rl_end && temp_string_index)
+ rl_insert_text (temp_string);
+ }
+ free (filename);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (rl_point == rl_end && temp_string_index)
+ rl_insert_text (temp_string);
+ }
+
+ return (temp_string_index);
+}
+
+static void
+insert_all_matches (matches, point, qc)
+ char **matches;
+ int point;
+ char *qc;
+{
+ int i;
+ char *rp;
+
+ rl_begin_undo_group ();
+ /* remove any opening quote character; make_quoted_replacement will add
+ it back. */
+ if (qc && *qc && point && rl_line_buffer[point - 1] == *qc)
+ point--;
+ rl_delete_text (point, rl_point);
+ rl_point = point;
+
+ if (matches[1])
+ {
+ for (i = 1; matches[i]; i++)
+ {
+ rp = make_quoted_replacement (matches[i], SINGLE_MATCH, qc);
+ rl_insert_text (rp);
+ rl_insert_text (" ");
+ if (rp != matches[i])
+ free (rp);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ rp = make_quoted_replacement (matches[0], SINGLE_MATCH, qc);
+ rl_insert_text (rp);
+ rl_insert_text (" ");
+ if (rp != matches[0])
+ free (rp);
+ }
+ rl_end_undo_group ();
+}
+
+void
+_rl_free_match_list (matches)
+ char **matches;
+{
+ register int i;
+
+ if (matches == 0)
+ return;
+
+ for (i = 0; matches[i]; i++)
+ free (matches[i]);
+ free (matches);
+}
+
+/* Complete the word at or before point.
+ WHAT_TO_DO says what to do with the completion.
+ `?' means list the possible completions.
+ TAB means do standard completion.
+ `*' means insert all of the possible completions.
+ `!' means to do standard completion, and list all possible completions if
+ there is more than one.
+ `@' means to do standard completion, and list all possible completions if
+ there is more than one and partial completion is not possible. */
+int
+rl_complete_internal (what_to_do)
+ int what_to_do;
+{
+ char **matches;
+ rl_compentry_func_t *our_func;
+ int start, end, delimiter, found_quote, i, nontrivial_lcd;
+ char *text, *saved_line_buffer;
+ char quote_char;
+
+ RL_SETSTATE(RL_STATE_COMPLETING);
+
+ set_completion_defaults (what_to_do);
+
+ saved_line_buffer = rl_line_buffer ? savestring (rl_line_buffer) : (char *)NULL;
+ our_func = rl_completion_entry_function
+ ? rl_completion_entry_function
+ : rl_filename_completion_function;
+ /* We now look backwards for the start of a filename/variable word. */
+ end = rl_point;
+ found_quote = delimiter = 0;
+ quote_char = '\0';
+
+ if (rl_point)
+ /* This (possibly) changes rl_point. If it returns a non-zero char,
+ we know we have an open quote. */
+ quote_char = _rl_find_completion_word (&found_quote, &delimiter);
+
+ start = rl_point;
+ rl_point = end;
+
+ text = rl_copy_text (start, end);
+ matches = gen_completion_matches (text, start, end, our_func, found_quote, quote_char);
+ /* nontrivial_lcd is set if the common prefix adds something to the word
+ being completed. */
+ nontrivial_lcd = matches && strcmp (text, matches[0]) != 0;
+ free (text);
+
+ if (matches == 0)
+ {
+ rl_ding ();
+ FREE (saved_line_buffer);
+ completion_changed_buffer = 0;
+ RL_UNSETSTATE(RL_STATE_COMPLETING);
+ return (0);
+ }
+
+ /* If we are matching filenames, the attempted completion function will
+ have set rl_filename_completion_desired to a non-zero value. The basic
+ rl_filename_completion_function does this. */
+ i = rl_filename_completion_desired;
+
+ if (postprocess_matches (&matches, i) == 0)
+ {
+ rl_ding ();
+ FREE (saved_line_buffer);
+ completion_changed_buffer = 0;
+ RL_UNSETSTATE(RL_STATE_COMPLETING);
+ return (0);
+ }
+
+ switch (what_to_do)
+ {
+ case TAB:
+ case '!':
+ case '@':
+ /* Insert the first match with proper quoting. */
+ if (*matches[0])
+ insert_match (matches[0], start, matches[1] ? MULT_MATCH : SINGLE_MATCH, "e_char);
+
+ /* If there are more matches, ring the bell to indicate.
+ If we are in vi mode, Posix.2 says to not ring the bell.
+ If the `show-all-if-ambiguous' variable is set, display
+ all the matches immediately. Otherwise, if this was the
+ only match, and we are hacking files, check the file to
+ see if it was a directory. If so, and the `mark-directories'
+ variable is set, add a '/' to the name. If not, and we
+ are at the end of the line, then add a space. */
+ if (matches[1])
+ {
+ if (what_to_do == '!')
+ {
+ display_matches (matches);
+ break;
+ }
+ else if (what_to_do == '@')
+ {
+ if (nontrivial_lcd == 0)
+ display_matches (matches);
+ break;
+ }
+ else if (rl_editing_mode != vi_mode)
+ rl_ding (); /* There are other matches remaining. */
+ }
+ else
+ append_to_match (matches[0], delimiter, quote_char, nontrivial_lcd);
+
+ break;
+
+ case '*':
+ insert_all_matches (matches, start, "e_char);
+ break;
+
+ case '?':
+ display_matches (matches);
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ fprintf (stderr, "\r\nreadline: bad value %d for what_to_do in rl_complete\n", what_to_do);
+ rl_ding ();
+ FREE (saved_line_buffer);
+ RL_UNSETSTATE(RL_STATE_COMPLETING);
+ return 1;
+ }
+
+ _rl_free_match_list (matches);
+
+ /* Check to see if the line has changed through all of this manipulation. */
+ if (saved_line_buffer)
+ {
+ completion_changed_buffer = strcmp (rl_line_buffer, saved_line_buffer) != 0;
+ free (saved_line_buffer);
+ }
+
+ RL_UNSETSTATE(RL_STATE_COMPLETING);
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/***************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* Application-callable completion match generator functions */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************/
+
+/* Return an array of (char *) which is a list of completions for TEXT.
+ If there are no completions, return a NULL pointer.
+ The first entry in the returned array is the substitution for TEXT.
+ The remaining entries are the possible completions.
+ The array is terminated with a NULL pointer.
+
+ ENTRY_FUNCTION is a function of two args, and returns a (char *).
+ The first argument is TEXT.
+ The second is a state argument; it should be zero on the first call, and
+ non-zero on subsequent calls. It returns a NULL pointer to the caller
+ when there are no more matches.
+ */
+char **
+rl_completion_matches (text, entry_function)
+ const char *text;
+ rl_compentry_func_t *entry_function;
+{
+ /* Number of slots in match_list. */
+ int match_list_size;
+
+ /* The list of matches. */
+ char **match_list;
+
+ /* Number of matches actually found. */
+ int matches;
+
+ /* Temporary string binder. */
+ char *string;
+
+ matches = 0;
+ match_list_size = 10;
+ match_list = (char **)xmalloc ((match_list_size + 1) * sizeof (char *));
+ match_list[1] = (char *)NULL;
+
+ while (string = (*entry_function) (text, matches))
+ {
+ if (matches + 1 == match_list_size)
+ match_list = (char **)xrealloc
+ (match_list, ((match_list_size += 10) + 1) * sizeof (char *));
+
+ match_list[++matches] = string;
+ match_list[matches + 1] = (char *)NULL;
+ }
+
+ /* If there were any matches, then look through them finding out the
+ lowest common denominator. That then becomes match_list[0]. */
+ if (matches)
+ compute_lcd_of_matches (match_list, matches, text);
+ else /* There were no matches. */
+ {
+ free (match_list);
+ match_list = (char **)NULL;
+ }
+ return (match_list);
+}
+
+/* A completion function for usernames.
+ TEXT contains a partial username preceded by a random
+ character (usually `~'). */
+char *
+rl_username_completion_function (text, state)
+ const char *text;
+ int state;
+{
+#if defined (__WIN32__) || defined (__OPENNT)
+ return (char *)NULL;
+#else /* !__WIN32__ && !__OPENNT) */
+ static char *username = (char *)NULL;
+ static struct passwd *entry;
+ static int namelen, first_char, first_char_loc;
+ char *value;
+
+ if (state == 0)
+ {
+ FREE (username);
+
+ first_char = *text;
+ first_char_loc = first_char == '~';
+
+ username = savestring (&text[first_char_loc]);
+ namelen = strlen (username);
+ setpwent ();
+ }
+
+ while (entry = getpwent ())
+ {
+ /* Null usernames should result in all users as possible completions. */
+ if (namelen == 0 || (STREQN (username, entry->pw_name, namelen)))
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (entry == 0)
+ {
+ endpwent ();
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ value = (char *)xmalloc (2 + strlen (entry->pw_name));
+
+ *value = *text;
+
+ strcpy (value + first_char_loc, entry->pw_name);
+
+ if (first_char == '~')
+ rl_filename_completion_desired = 1;
+
+ return (value);
+ }
+#endif /* !__WIN32__ && !__OPENNT */
+}
+
+/* Okay, now we write the entry_function for filename completion. In the
+ general case. Note that completion in the shell is a little different
+ because of all the pathnames that must be followed when looking up the
+ completion for a command. */
+char *
+rl_filename_completion_function (text, state)
+ const char *text;
+ int state;
+{
+ static DIR *directory = (DIR *)NULL;
+ static char *filename = (char *)NULL;
+ static char *dirname = (char *)NULL;
+ static char *users_dirname = (char *)NULL;
+ static int filename_len;
+ char *temp;
+ int dirlen;
+ struct dirent *entry;
+
+ /* If we don't have any state, then do some initialization. */
+ if (state == 0)
+ {
+ /* If we were interrupted before closing the directory or reading
+ all of its contents, close it. */
+ if (directory)
+ {
+ closedir (directory);
+ directory = (DIR *)NULL;
+ }
+ FREE (dirname);
+ FREE (filename);
+ FREE (users_dirname);
+
+ filename = savestring (text);
+ if (*text == 0)
+ text = ".";
+ dirname = savestring (text);
+
+ temp = strrchr (dirname, '/');
+
+#if defined (__MSDOS__)
+ /* special hack for //X/... */
+ if (dirname[0] == '/' && dirname[1] == '/' && ISALPHA ((unsigned char)dirname[2]) && dirname[3] == '/')
+ temp = strrchr (dirname + 3, '/');
+#endif
+
+ if (temp)
+ {
+ strcpy (filename, ++temp);
+ *temp = '\0';
+ }
+#if defined (__MSDOS__)
+ /* searches from current directory on the drive */
+ else if (ISALPHA ((unsigned char)dirname[0]) && dirname[1] == ':')
+ {
+ strcpy (filename, dirname + 2);
+ dirname[2] = '\0';
+ }
+#endif
+ else
+ {
+ dirname[0] = '.';
+ dirname[1] = '\0';
+ }
+
+ /* We aren't done yet. We also support the "~user" syntax. */
+
+ /* Save the version of the directory that the user typed. */
+ users_dirname = savestring (dirname);
+
+ if (*dirname == '~')
+ {
+ temp = tilde_expand (dirname);
+ free (dirname);
+ dirname = temp;
+ }
+
+ if (rl_directory_rewrite_hook)
+ (*rl_directory_rewrite_hook) (&dirname);
+
+ if (rl_directory_completion_hook && (*rl_directory_completion_hook) (&dirname))
+ {
+ free (users_dirname);
+ users_dirname = savestring (dirname);
+ }
+
+ directory = opendir (dirname);
+ filename_len = strlen (filename);
+
+ rl_filename_completion_desired = 1;
+ }
+
+ /* At this point we should entertain the possibility of hacking wildcarded
+ filenames, like /usr/man/man<WILD>/te<TAB>. If the directory name
+ contains globbing characters, then build an array of directories, and
+ then map over that list while completing. */
+ /* *** UNIMPLEMENTED *** */
+
+ /* Now that we have some state, we can read the directory. */
+
+ entry = (struct dirent *)NULL;
+ while (directory && (entry = readdir (directory)))
+ {
+ /* Special case for no filename. If the user has disabled the
+ `match-hidden-files' variable, skip filenames beginning with `.'.
+ All other entries except "." and ".." match. */
+ if (filename_len == 0)
+ {
+ if (_rl_match_hidden_files == 0 && HIDDEN_FILE (entry->d_name))
+ continue;
+
+ if (entry->d_name[0] != '.' ||
+ (entry->d_name[1] &&
+ (entry->d_name[1] != '.' || entry->d_name[2])))
+ break;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Otherwise, if these match up to the length of filename, then
+ it is a match. */
+ if (_rl_completion_case_fold)
+ {
+ if ((_rl_to_lower (entry->d_name[0]) == _rl_to_lower (filename[0])) &&
+ (((int)D_NAMLEN (entry)) >= filename_len) &&
+ (_rl_strnicmp (filename, entry->d_name, filename_len) == 0))
+ break;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if ((entry->d_name[0] == filename[0]) &&
+ (((int)D_NAMLEN (entry)) >= filename_len) &&
+ (strncmp (filename, entry->d_name, filename_len) == 0))
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (entry == 0)
+ {
+ if (directory)
+ {
+ closedir (directory);
+ directory = (DIR *)NULL;
+ }
+ if (dirname)
+ {
+ free (dirname);
+ dirname = (char *)NULL;
+ }
+ if (filename)
+ {
+ free (filename);
+ filename = (char *)NULL;
+ }
+ if (users_dirname)
+ {
+ free (users_dirname);
+ users_dirname = (char *)NULL;
+ }
+
+ return (char *)NULL;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* dirname && (strcmp (dirname, ".") != 0) */
+ if (dirname && (dirname[0] != '.' || dirname[1]))
+ {
+ if (rl_complete_with_tilde_expansion && *users_dirname == '~')
+ {
+ dirlen = strlen (dirname);
+ temp = (char *)xmalloc (2 + dirlen + D_NAMLEN (entry));
+ strcpy (temp, dirname);
+ /* Canonicalization cuts off any final slash present. We
+ may need to add it back. */
+ if (dirname[dirlen - 1] != '/')
+ {
+ temp[dirlen++] = '/';
+ temp[dirlen] = '\0';
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ dirlen = strlen (users_dirname);
+ temp = (char *)xmalloc (2 + dirlen + D_NAMLEN (entry));
+ strcpy (temp, users_dirname);
+ /* Make sure that temp has a trailing slash here. */
+ if (users_dirname[dirlen - 1] != '/')
+ temp[dirlen++] = '/';
+ }
+
+ strcpy (temp + dirlen, entry->d_name);
+ }
+ else
+ temp = savestring (entry->d_name);
+
+ return (temp);
+ }
+}
+
+/* An initial implementation of a menu completion function a la tcsh. The
+ first time (if the last readline command was not rl_menu_complete), we
+ generate the list of matches. This code is very similar to the code in
+ rl_complete_internal -- there should be a way to combine the two. Then,
+ for each item in the list of matches, we insert the match in an undoable
+ fashion, with the appropriate character appended (this happens on the
+ second and subsequent consecutive calls to rl_menu_complete). When we
+ hit the end of the match list, we restore the original unmatched text,
+ ring the bell, and reset the counter to zero. */
+int
+rl_menu_complete (count, ignore)
+ int count, ignore;
+{
+ rl_compentry_func_t *our_func;
+ int matching_filenames, found_quote;
+
+ static char *orig_text;
+ static char **matches = (char **)0;
+ static int match_list_index = 0;
+ static int match_list_size = 0;
+ static int orig_start, orig_end;
+ static char quote_char;
+ static int delimiter;
+
+ /* The first time through, we generate the list of matches and set things
+ up to insert them. */
+ if (rl_last_func != rl_menu_complete)
+ {
+ /* Clean up from previous call, if any. */
+ FREE (orig_text);
+ if (matches)
+ _rl_free_match_list (matches);
+
+ match_list_index = match_list_size = 0;
+ matches = (char **)NULL;
+
+ /* Only the completion entry function can change these. */
+ set_completion_defaults ('%');
+
+ our_func = rl_completion_entry_function
+ ? rl_completion_entry_function
+ : rl_filename_completion_function;
+
+ /* We now look backwards for the start of a filename/variable word. */
+ orig_end = rl_point;
+ found_quote = delimiter = 0;
+ quote_char = '\0';
+
+ if (rl_point)
+ /* This (possibly) changes rl_point. If it returns a non-zero char,
+ we know we have an open quote. */
+ quote_char = _rl_find_completion_word (&found_quote, &delimiter);
+
+ orig_start = rl_point;
+ rl_point = orig_end;
+
+ orig_text = rl_copy_text (orig_start, orig_end);
+ matches = gen_completion_matches (orig_text, orig_start, orig_end,
+ our_func, found_quote, quote_char);
+
+ /* If we are matching filenames, the attempted completion function will
+ have set rl_filename_completion_desired to a non-zero value. The basic
+ rl_filename_completion_function does this. */
+ matching_filenames = rl_filename_completion_desired;
+
+ if (matches == 0 || postprocess_matches (&matches, matching_filenames) == 0)
+ {
+ rl_ding ();
+ FREE (matches);
+ matches = (char **)0;
+ FREE (orig_text);
+ orig_text = (char *)0;
+ completion_changed_buffer = 0;
+ return (0);
+ }
+
+ for (match_list_size = 0; matches[match_list_size]; match_list_size++)
+ ;
+ /* matches[0] is lcd if match_list_size > 1, but the circular buffer
+ code below should take care of it. */
+ }
+
+ /* Now we have the list of matches. Replace the text between
+ rl_line_buffer[orig_start] and rl_line_buffer[rl_point] with
+ matches[match_list_index], and add any necessary closing char. */
+
+ if (matches == 0 || match_list_size == 0)
+ {
+ rl_ding ();
+ FREE (matches);
+ matches = (char **)0;
+ completion_changed_buffer = 0;
+ return (0);
+ }
+
+ match_list_index = (match_list_index + count) % match_list_size;
+ if (match_list_index < 0)
+ match_list_index += match_list_size;
+
+ if (match_list_index == 0 && match_list_size > 1)
+ {
+ rl_ding ();
+ insert_match (orig_text, orig_start, MULT_MATCH, "e_char);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ insert_match (matches[match_list_index], orig_start, SINGLE_MATCH, "e_char);
+ append_to_match (matches[match_list_index], delimiter, quote_char,
+ strcmp (orig_text, matches[match_list_index]));
+ }
+
+ completion_changed_buffer = 1;
+ return (0);
+}
+++ /dev/null
-../../../doc/fdl.texi
\ No newline at end of file
--- /dev/null
+
+@node GNU Free Documentation License
+@appendixsec GNU Free Documentation License
+
+@cindex FDL, GNU Free Documentation License
+@center Version 1.2, November 2002
+
+@display
+Copyright @copyright{} 2000,2001,2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA
+
+Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
+of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
+@end display
+
+@enumerate 0
+@item
+PREAMBLE
+
+The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other
+functional and useful document @dfn{free} in the sense of freedom: to
+assure everyone the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it,
+with or without modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially.
+Secondarily, this License preserves for the author and publisher a way
+to get credit for their work, while not being considered responsible
+for modifications made by others.
+
+This License is a kind of ``copyleft'', which means that derivative
+works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense. It
+complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft
+license designed for free software.
+
+We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free
+software, because free software needs free documentation: a free
+program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the
+software does. But this License is not limited to software manuals;
+it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or
+whether it is published as a printed book. We recommend this License
+principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference.
+
+@item
+APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS
+
+This License applies to any manual or other work, in any medium, that
+contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be
+distributed under the terms of this License. Such a notice grants a
+world-wide, royalty-free license, unlimited in duration, to use that
+work under the conditions stated herein. The ``Document'', below,
+refers to any such manual or work. Any member of the public is a
+licensee, and is addressed as ``you''. You accept the license if you
+copy, modify or distribute the work in a way requiring permission
+under copyright law.
+
+A ``Modified Version'' of the Document means any work containing the
+Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with
+modifications and/or translated into another language.
+
+A ``Secondary Section'' is a named appendix or a front-matter section
+of the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the
+publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall
+subject (or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall
+directly within that overall subject. (Thus, if the Document is in
+part a textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain
+any mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of historical
+connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal,
+commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding
+them.
+
+The ``Invariant Sections'' are certain Secondary Sections whose titles
+are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice
+that says that the Document is released under this License. If a
+section does not fit the above definition of Secondary then it is not
+allowed to be designated as Invariant. The Document may contain zero
+Invariant Sections. If the Document does not identify any Invariant
+Sections then there are none.
+
+The ``Cover Texts'' are certain short passages of text that are listed,
+as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that
+the Document is released under this License. A Front-Cover Text may
+be at most 5 words, and a Back-Cover Text may be at most 25 words.
+
+A ``Transparent'' copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy,
+represented in a format whose specification is available to the
+general public, that is suitable for revising the document
+straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of
+pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available
+drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or
+for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input
+to text formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file
+format whose markup, or absence of markup, has been arranged to thwart
+or discourage subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent.
+An image format is not Transparent if used for any substantial amount
+of text. A copy that is not ``Transparent'' is called ``Opaque''.
+
+Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain
+@sc{ascii} without markup, Texinfo input format, La@TeX{} input
+format, @acronym{SGML} or @acronym{XML} using a publicly available
+@acronym{DTD}, and standard-conforming simple @acronym{HTML},
+PostScript or @acronym{PDF} designed for human modification. Examples
+of transparent image formats include @acronym{PNG}, @acronym{XCF} and
+@acronym{JPG}. Opaque formats include proprietary formats that can be
+read and edited only by proprietary word processors, @acronym{SGML} or
+@acronym{XML} for which the @acronym{DTD} and/or processing tools are
+not generally available, and the machine-generated @acronym{HTML},
+PostScript or @acronym{PDF} produced by some word processors for
+output purposes only.
+
+The ``Title Page'' means, for a printed book, the title page itself,
+plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material
+this License requires to appear in the title page. For works in
+formats which do not have any title page as such, ``Title Page'' means
+the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title,
+preceding the beginning of the body of the text.
+
+A section ``Entitled XYZ'' means a named subunit of the Document whose
+title either is precisely XYZ or contains XYZ in parentheses following
+text that translates XYZ in another language. (Here XYZ stands for a
+specific section name mentioned below, such as ``Acknowledgements'',
+``Dedications'', ``Endorsements'', or ``History''.) To ``Preserve the Title''
+of such a section when you modify the Document means that it remains a
+section ``Entitled XYZ'' according to this definition.
+
+The Document may include Warranty Disclaimers next to the notice which
+states that this License applies to the Document. These Warranty
+Disclaimers are considered to be included by reference in this
+License, but only as regards disclaiming warranties: any other
+implication that these Warranty Disclaimers may have is void and has
+no effect on the meaning of this License.
+
+@item
+VERBATIM COPYING
+
+You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either
+commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the
+copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies
+to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other
+conditions whatsoever to those of this License. You may not use
+technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further
+copying of the copies you make or distribute. However, you may accept
+compensation in exchange for copies. If you distribute a large enough
+number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3.
+
+You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and
+you may publicly display copies.
+
+@item
+COPYING IN QUANTITY
+
+If you publish printed copies (or copies in media that commonly have
+printed covers) of the Document, numbering more than 100, and the
+Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose the
+copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover
+Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on
+the back cover. Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify
+you as the publisher of these copies. The front cover must present
+the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and
+visible. You may add other material on the covers in addition.
+Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve
+the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated
+as verbatim copying in other respects.
+
+If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit
+legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit
+reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent
+pages.
+
+If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering
+more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent
+copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy
+a computer-network location from which the general network-using
+public has access to download using public-standard network protocols
+a complete Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material.
+If you use the latter option, you must take reasonably prudent steps,
+when you begin distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure
+that this Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated
+location until at least one year after the last time you distribute an
+Opaque copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that
+edition to the public.
+
+It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the
+Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give
+them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document.
+
+@item
+MODIFICATIONS
+
+You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under
+the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release
+the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified
+Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution
+and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy
+of it. In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version:
+
+@enumerate A
+@item
+Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct
+from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions
+(which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section
+of the Document). You may use the same title as a previous version
+if the original publisher of that version gives permission.
+
+@item
+List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities
+responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified
+Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the
+Document (all of its principal authors, if it has fewer than five),
+unless they release you from this requirement.
+
+@item
+State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the
+Modified Version, as the publisher.
+
+@item
+Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document.
+
+@item
+Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications
+adjacent to the other copyright notices.
+
+@item
+Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice
+giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the
+terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below.
+
+@item
+Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections
+and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice.
+
+@item
+Include an unaltered copy of this License.
+
+@item
+Preserve the section Entitled ``History'', Preserve its Title, and add
+to it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and
+publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page. If
+there is no section Entitled ``History'' in the Document, create one
+stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as
+given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified
+Version as stated in the previous sentence.
+
+@item
+Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for
+public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise
+the network locations given in the Document for previous versions
+it was based on. These may be placed in the ``History'' section.
+You may omit a network location for a work that was published at
+least four years before the Document itself, or if the original
+publisher of the version it refers to gives permission.
+
+@item
+For any section Entitled ``Acknowledgements'' or ``Dedications'', Preserve
+the Title of the section, and preserve in the section all the
+substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements and/or
+dedications given therein.
+
+@item
+Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document,
+unaltered in their text and in their titles. Section numbers
+or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles.
+
+@item
+Delete any section Entitled ``Endorsements''. Such a section
+may not be included in the Modified Version.
+
+@item
+Do not retitle any existing section to be Entitled ``Endorsements'' or
+to conflict in title with any Invariant Section.
+
+@item
+Preserve any Warranty Disclaimers.
+@end enumerate
+
+If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or
+appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material
+copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all
+of these sections as invariant. To do this, add their titles to the
+list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice.
+These titles must be distinct from any other section titles.
+
+You may add a section Entitled ``Endorsements'', provided it contains
+nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various
+parties---for example, statements of peer review or that the text has
+been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a
+standard.
+
+You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a
+passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list
+of Cover Texts in the Modified Version. Only one passage of
+Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or
+through arrangements made by) any one entity. If the Document already
+includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or
+by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of,
+you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit
+permission from the previous publisher that added the old one.
+
+The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License
+give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or
+imply endorsement of any Modified Version.
+
+@item
+COMBINING DOCUMENTS
+
+You may combine the Document with other documents released under this
+License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified
+versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the
+Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and
+list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its
+license notice, and that you preserve all their Warranty Disclaimers.
+
+The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and
+multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single
+copy. If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but
+different contents, make the title of each such section unique by
+adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original
+author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number.
+Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of
+Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work.
+
+In the combination, you must combine any sections Entitled ``History''
+in the various original documents, forming one section Entitled
+``History''; likewise combine any sections Entitled ``Acknowledgements'',
+and any sections Entitled ``Dedications''. You must delete all
+sections Entitled ``Endorsements.''
+
+@item
+COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS
+
+You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents
+released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this
+License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in
+the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for
+verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects.
+
+You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute
+it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this
+License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all
+other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document.
+
+@item
+AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS
+
+A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate
+and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or
+distribution medium, is called an ``aggregate'' if the copyright
+resulting from the compilation is not used to limit the legal rights
+of the compilation's users beyond what the individual works permit.
+When the Document is included an aggregate, this License does not
+apply to the other works in the aggregate which are not themselves
+derivative works of the Document.
+
+If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these
+copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one half of
+the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on
+covers that bracket the Document within the aggregate, or the
+electronic equivalent of covers if the Document is in electronic form.
+Otherwise they must appear on printed covers that bracket the whole
+aggregate.
+
+@item
+TRANSLATION
+
+Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may
+distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4.
+Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special
+permission from their copyright holders, but you may include
+translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the
+original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may include a
+translation of this License, and all the license notices in the
+Document, and any Warranty Disclaimers, provided that you also include
+the original English version of this License and the original versions
+of those notices and disclaimers. In case of a disagreement between
+the translation and the original version of this License or a notice
+or disclaimer, the original version will prevail.
+
+If a section in the Document is Entitled ``Acknowledgements'',
+``Dedications'', or ``History'', the requirement (section 4) to Preserve
+its Title (section 1) will typically require changing the actual
+title.
+
+@item
+TERMINATION
+
+You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except
+as expressly provided for under this License. Any other attempt to
+copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will
+automatically terminate your rights under this License. However,
+parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this
+License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
+parties remain in full compliance.
+
+@item
+FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE
+
+The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions
+of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new
+versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
+differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See
+@uref{http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/}.
+
+Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number.
+If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this
+License ``or any later version'' applies to it, you have the option of
+following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or
+of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the
+Free Software Foundation. If the Document does not specify a version
+number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not
+as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation.
+@end enumerate
+
+@page
+@appendixsubsec ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents
+
+To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of
+the License in the document and put the following copyright and
+license notices just after the title page:
+
+@smallexample
+@group
+ Copyright (C) @var{year} @var{your name}.
+ Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
+ under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2
+ or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
+ with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts.
+ A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
+ Free Documentation License''.
+@end group
+@end smallexample
+
+If you have Invariant Sections, Front-Cover Texts and Back-Cover Texts,
+replace the ``with...Texts.'' line with this:
+
+@smallexample
+@group
+ with the Invariant Sections being @var{list their titles}, with
+ the Front-Cover Texts being @var{list}, and with the Back-Cover Texts
+ being @var{list}.
+@end group
+@end smallexample
+
+If you have Invariant Sections without Cover Texts, or some other
+combination of the three, merge those two alternatives to suit the
+situation.
+
+If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we
+recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of
+free software license, such as the GNU General Public License,
+to permit their use in free software.
+
+@c Local Variables:
+@c ispell-local-pdict: "ispell-dict"
+@c End:
+
+++ /dev/null
-../../include/posixdir.h
\ No newline at end of file
--- /dev/null
+/* posixdir.h -- Posix directory reading includes and defines. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1987,1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+ Bash is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+ under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+ ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+ or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+ License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
+ Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. */
+
+/* This file should be included instead of <dirent.h> or <sys/dir.h>. */
+
+#if !defined (_POSIXDIR_H_)
+#define _POSIXDIR_H_
+
+#if defined (HAVE_DIRENT_H)
+# include <dirent.h>
+# if defined (HAVE_STRUCT_DIRENT_D_NAMLEN)
+# define D_NAMLEN(d) ((d)->d_namlen)
+# else
+# define D_NAMLEN(d) (strlen ((d)->d_name))
+# endif /* !HAVE_STRUCT_DIRENT_D_NAMLEN */
+#else
+# if defined (HAVE_SYS_NDIR_H)
+# include <sys/ndir.h>
+# endif
+# if defined (HAVE_SYS_DIR_H)
+# include <sys/dir.h>
+# endif
+# if defined (HAVE_NDIR_H)
+# include <ndir.h>
+# endif
+# if !defined (dirent)
+# define dirent direct
+# endif /* !dirent */
+# define D_NAMLEN(d) ((d)->d_namlen)
+#endif /* !HAVE_DIRENT_H */
+
+#if defined (HAVE_STRUCT_DIRENT_D_INO) && !defined (HAVE_STRUCT_DIRENT_D_FILENO)
+# define d_fileno d_ino
+#endif
+
+#if defined (_POSIX_SOURCE) && (!defined (HAVE_STRUCT_DIRENT_D_INO) || defined (BROKEN_DIRENT_D_INO))
+/* Posix does not require that the d_ino field be present, and some
+ systems do not provide it. */
+# define REAL_DIR_ENTRY(dp) 1
+#else
+# define REAL_DIR_ENTRY(dp) (dp->d_ino != 0)
+#endif /* _POSIX_SOURCE */
+
+#endif /* !_POSIXDIR_H_ */
+++ /dev/null
-../../include/posixjmp.h
\ No newline at end of file
--- /dev/null
+/* posixjmp.h -- wrapper for setjmp.h with changes for POSIX systems. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1987,1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+ Bash is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+ under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+ ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+ or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+ License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
+ Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. */
+
+#ifndef _POSIXJMP_H_
+#define _POSIXJMP_H_
+
+#include <setjmp.h>
+
+/* This *must* be included *after* config.h */
+
+#if defined (HAVE_POSIX_SIGSETJMP)
+# define procenv_t sigjmp_buf
+# if !defined (__OPENNT)
+# undef setjmp
+# define setjmp(x) sigsetjmp((x), 1)
+# undef longjmp
+# define longjmp(x, n) siglongjmp((x), (n))
+# endif /* !__OPENNT */
+#else
+# define procenv_t jmp_buf
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _POSIXJMP_H_ */
+++ /dev/null
-../../include/posixstat.h
\ No newline at end of file
--- /dev/null
+/* posixstat.h -- Posix stat(2) definitions for systems that
+ don't have them. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1987,1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+ Bash is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+ under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+ ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+ or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+ License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
+ Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. */
+
+/* This file should be included instead of <sys/stat.h>.
+ It relies on the local sys/stat.h to work though. */
+#if !defined (_POSIXSTAT_H_)
+#define _POSIXSTAT_H_
+
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+
+#if defined (STAT_MACROS_BROKEN)
+# undef S_ISBLK
+# undef S_ISCHR
+# undef S_ISDIR
+# undef S_ISFIFO
+# undef S_ISREG
+# undef S_ISLNK
+#endif /* STAT_MACROS_BROKEN */
+
+/* These are guaranteed to work only on isc386 */
+#if !defined (S_IFDIR) && !defined (S_ISDIR)
+# define S_IFDIR 0040000
+#endif /* !S_IFDIR && !S_ISDIR */
+#if !defined (S_IFMT)
+# define S_IFMT 0170000
+#endif /* !S_IFMT */
+
+/* Posix 1003.1 5.6.1.1 <sys/stat.h> file types */
+
+/* Some Posix-wannabe systems define _S_IF* macros instead of S_IF*, but
+ do not provide the S_IS* macros that Posix requires. */
+
+#if defined (_S_IFMT) && !defined (S_IFMT)
+#define S_IFMT _S_IFMT
+#endif
+#if defined (_S_IFIFO) && !defined (S_IFIFO)
+#define S_IFIFO _S_IFIFO
+#endif
+#if defined (_S_IFCHR) && !defined (S_IFCHR)
+#define S_IFCHR _S_IFCHR
+#endif
+#if defined (_S_IFDIR) && !defined (S_IFDIR)
+#define S_IFDIR _S_IFDIR
+#endif
+#if defined (_S_IFBLK) && !defined (S_IFBLK)
+#define S_IFBLK _S_IFBLK
+#endif
+#if defined (_S_IFREG) && !defined (S_IFREG)
+#define S_IFREG _S_IFREG
+#endif
+#if defined (_S_IFLNK) && !defined (S_IFLNK)
+#define S_IFLNK _S_IFLNK
+#endif
+#if defined (_S_IFSOCK) && !defined (S_IFSOCK)
+#define S_IFSOCK _S_IFSOCK
+#endif
+
+/* Test for each symbol individually and define the ones necessary (some
+ systems claiming Posix compatibility define some but not all). */
+
+#if defined (S_IFBLK) && !defined (S_ISBLK)
+#define S_ISBLK(m) (((m)&S_IFMT) == S_IFBLK) /* block device */
+#endif
+
+#if defined (S_IFCHR) && !defined (S_ISCHR)
+#define S_ISCHR(m) (((m)&S_IFMT) == S_IFCHR) /* character device */
+#endif
+
+#if defined (S_IFDIR) && !defined (S_ISDIR)
+#define S_ISDIR(m) (((m)&S_IFMT) == S_IFDIR) /* directory */
+#endif
+
+#if defined (S_IFREG) && !defined (S_ISREG)
+#define S_ISREG(m) (((m)&S_IFMT) == S_IFREG) /* file */
+#endif
+
+#if defined (S_IFIFO) && !defined (S_ISFIFO)
+#define S_ISFIFO(m) (((m)&S_IFMT) == S_IFIFO) /* fifo - named pipe */
+#endif
+
+#if defined (S_IFLNK) && !defined (S_ISLNK)
+#define S_ISLNK(m) (((m)&S_IFMT) == S_IFLNK) /* symbolic link */
+#endif
+
+#if defined (S_IFSOCK) && !defined (S_ISSOCK)
+#define S_ISSOCK(m) (((m)&S_IFMT) == S_IFSOCK) /* socket */
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * POSIX 1003.1 5.6.1.2 <sys/stat.h> File Modes
+ */
+
+#if !defined (S_IRWXU)
+# if !defined (S_IREAD)
+# define S_IREAD 00400
+# define S_IWRITE 00200
+# define S_IEXEC 00100
+# endif /* S_IREAD */
+
+# if !defined (S_IRUSR)
+# define S_IRUSR S_IREAD /* read, owner */
+# define S_IWUSR S_IWRITE /* write, owner */
+# define S_IXUSR S_IEXEC /* execute, owner */
+
+# define S_IRGRP (S_IREAD >> 3) /* read, group */
+# define S_IWGRP (S_IWRITE >> 3) /* write, group */
+# define S_IXGRP (S_IEXEC >> 3) /* execute, group */
+
+# define S_IROTH (S_IREAD >> 6) /* read, other */
+# define S_IWOTH (S_IWRITE >> 6) /* write, other */
+# define S_IXOTH (S_IEXEC >> 6) /* execute, other */
+# endif /* !S_IRUSR */
+
+# define S_IRWXU (S_IRUSR | S_IWUSR | S_IXUSR)
+# define S_IRWXG (S_IRGRP | S_IWGRP | S_IXGRP)
+# define S_IRWXO (S_IROTH | S_IWOTH | S_IXOTH)
+#endif /* !S_IRWXU */
+
+/* These are non-standard, but are used in builtins.c$symbolic_umask() */
+#define S_IRUGO (S_IRUSR | S_IRGRP | S_IROTH)
+#define S_IWUGO (S_IWUSR | S_IWGRP | S_IWOTH)
+#define S_IXUGO (S_IXUSR | S_IXGRP | S_IXOTH)
+
+#endif /* _POSIXSTAT_H_ */
+++ /dev/null
-../tilde/tilde.c
\ No newline at end of file
--- /dev/null
+/* tilde.c -- Tilde expansion code (~/foo := $HOME/foo). */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1988,1989 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Readline, a library for reading lines
+ of text with interactive input and history editing.
+
+ Readline is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+ under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+ Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
+ later version.
+
+ Readline is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+ WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Readline; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
+ Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. */
+
+#if defined (HAVE_CONFIG_H)
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
+# ifdef _MINIX
+# include <sys/types.h>
+# endif
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined (HAVE_STRING_H)
+# include <string.h>
+#else /* !HAVE_STRING_H */
+# include <strings.h>
+#endif /* !HAVE_STRING_H */
+
+#if defined (HAVE_STDLIB_H)
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#else
+# include "ansi_stdlib.h"
+#endif /* HAVE_STDLIB_H */
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <pwd.h>
+
+#include "tilde.h"
+
+#if defined (TEST) || defined (STATIC_MALLOC)
+static void *xmalloc (), *xrealloc ();
+#else
+# include "xmalloc.h"
+#endif /* TEST || STATIC_MALLOC */
+
+#if !defined (HAVE_GETPW_DECLS)
+extern struct passwd *getpwuid PARAMS((uid_t));
+extern struct passwd *getpwnam PARAMS((const char *));
+#endif /* !HAVE_GETPW_DECLS */
+
+#if !defined (savestring)
+#define savestring(x) strcpy ((char *)xmalloc (1 + strlen (x)), (x))
+#endif /* !savestring */
+
+#if !defined (NULL)
+# if defined (__STDC__)
+# define NULL ((void *) 0)
+# else
+# define NULL 0x0
+# endif /* !__STDC__ */
+#endif /* !NULL */
+
+/* If being compiled as part of bash, these will be satisfied from
+ variables.o. If being compiled as part of readline, they will
+ be satisfied from shell.o. */
+extern char *sh_get_home_dir PARAMS((void));
+extern char *sh_get_env_value PARAMS((const char *));
+
+/* The default value of tilde_additional_prefixes. This is set to
+ whitespace preceding a tilde so that simple programs which do not
+ perform any word separation get desired behaviour. */
+static const char *default_prefixes[] =
+ { " ~", "\t~", (const char *)NULL };
+
+/* The default value of tilde_additional_suffixes. This is set to
+ whitespace or newline so that simple programs which do not
+ perform any word separation get desired behaviour. */
+static const char *default_suffixes[] =
+ { " ", "\n", (const char *)NULL };
+
+/* If non-null, this contains the address of a function that the application
+ wants called before trying the standard tilde expansions. The function
+ is called with the text sans tilde, and returns a malloc()'ed string
+ which is the expansion, or a NULL pointer if the expansion fails. */
+tilde_hook_func_t *tilde_expansion_preexpansion_hook = (tilde_hook_func_t *)NULL;
+
+/* If non-null, this contains the address of a function to call if the
+ standard meaning for expanding a tilde fails. The function is called
+ with the text (sans tilde, as in "foo"), and returns a malloc()'ed string
+ which is the expansion, or a NULL pointer if there is no expansion. */
+tilde_hook_func_t *tilde_expansion_failure_hook = (tilde_hook_func_t *)NULL;
+
+/* When non-null, this is a NULL terminated array of strings which
+ are duplicates for a tilde prefix. Bash uses this to expand
+ `=~' and `:~'. */
+char **tilde_additional_prefixes = (char **)default_prefixes;
+
+/* When non-null, this is a NULL terminated array of strings which match
+ the end of a username, instead of just "/". Bash sets this to
+ `:' and `=~'. */
+char **tilde_additional_suffixes = (char **)default_suffixes;
+
+static int tilde_find_prefix PARAMS((const char *, int *));
+static int tilde_find_suffix PARAMS((const char *));
+static char *isolate_tilde_prefix PARAMS((const char *, int *));
+static char *glue_prefix_and_suffix PARAMS((char *, const char *, int));
+
+/* Find the start of a tilde expansion in STRING, and return the index of
+ the tilde which starts the expansion. Place the length of the text
+ which identified this tilde starter in LEN, excluding the tilde itself. */
+static int
+tilde_find_prefix (string, len)
+ const char *string;
+ int *len;
+{
+ register int i, j, string_len;
+ register char **prefixes;
+
+ prefixes = tilde_additional_prefixes;
+
+ string_len = strlen (string);
+ *len = 0;
+
+ if (*string == '\0' || *string == '~')
+ return (0);
+
+ if (prefixes)
+ {
+ for (i = 0; i < string_len; i++)
+ {
+ for (j = 0; prefixes[j]; j++)
+ {
+ if (strncmp (string + i, prefixes[j], strlen (prefixes[j])) == 0)
+ {
+ *len = strlen (prefixes[j]) - 1;
+ return (i + *len);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ return (string_len);
+}
+
+/* Find the end of a tilde expansion in STRING, and return the index of
+ the character which ends the tilde definition. */
+static int
+tilde_find_suffix (string)
+ const char *string;
+{
+ register int i, j, string_len;
+ register char **suffixes;
+
+ suffixes = tilde_additional_suffixes;
+ string_len = strlen (string);
+
+ for (i = 0; i < string_len; i++)
+ {
+#if defined (__MSDOS__)
+ if (string[i] == '/' || string[i] == '\\' /* || !string[i] */)
+#else
+ if (string[i] == '/' /* || !string[i] */)
+#endif
+ break;
+
+ for (j = 0; suffixes && suffixes[j]; j++)
+ {
+ if (strncmp (string + i, suffixes[j], strlen (suffixes[j])) == 0)
+ return (i);
+ }
+ }
+ return (i);
+}
+
+/* Return a new string which is the result of tilde expanding STRING. */
+char *
+tilde_expand (string)
+ const char *string;
+{
+ char *result;
+ int result_size, result_index;
+
+ result_index = result_size = 0;
+ if (result = strchr (string, '~'))
+ result = (char *)xmalloc (result_size = (strlen (string) + 16));
+ else
+ result = (char *)xmalloc (result_size = (strlen (string) + 1));
+
+ /* Scan through STRING expanding tildes as we come to them. */
+ while (1)
+ {
+ register int start, end;
+ char *tilde_word, *expansion;
+ int len;
+
+ /* Make START point to the tilde which starts the expansion. */
+ start = tilde_find_prefix (string, &len);
+
+ /* Copy the skipped text into the result. */
+ if ((result_index + start + 1) > result_size)
+ result = (char *)xrealloc (result, 1 + (result_size += (start + 20)));
+
+ strncpy (result + result_index, string, start);
+ result_index += start;
+
+ /* Advance STRING to the starting tilde. */
+ string += start;
+
+ /* Make END be the index of one after the last character of the
+ username. */
+ end = tilde_find_suffix (string);
+
+ /* If both START and END are zero, we are all done. */
+ if (!start && !end)
+ break;
+
+ /* Expand the entire tilde word, and copy it into RESULT. */
+ tilde_word = (char *)xmalloc (1 + end);
+ strncpy (tilde_word, string, end);
+ tilde_word[end] = '\0';
+ string += end;
+
+ expansion = tilde_expand_word (tilde_word);
+ free (tilde_word);
+
+ len = strlen (expansion);
+#ifdef __CYGWIN__
+ /* Fix for Cygwin to prevent ~user/xxx from expanding to //xxx when
+ $HOME for `user' is /. On cygwin, // denotes a network drive. */
+ if (len > 1 || *expansion != '/' || *string != '/')
+#endif
+ {
+ if ((result_index + len + 1) > result_size)
+ result = (char *)xrealloc (result, 1 + (result_size += (len + 20)));
+
+ strcpy (result + result_index, expansion);
+ result_index += len;
+ }
+ free (expansion);
+ }
+
+ result[result_index] = '\0';
+
+ return (result);
+}
+
+/* Take FNAME and return the tilde prefix we want expanded. If LENP is
+ non-null, the index of the end of the prefix into FNAME is returned in
+ the location it points to. */
+static char *
+isolate_tilde_prefix (fname, lenp)
+ const char *fname;
+ int *lenp;
+{
+ char *ret;
+ int i;
+
+ ret = (char *)xmalloc (strlen (fname));
+#if defined (__MSDOS__)
+ for (i = 1; fname[i] && fname[i] != '/' && fname[i] != '\\'; i++)
+#else
+ for (i = 1; fname[i] && fname[i] != '/'; i++)
+#endif
+ ret[i - 1] = fname[i];
+ ret[i - 1] = '\0';
+ if (lenp)
+ *lenp = i;
+ return ret;
+}
+
+/* Return a string that is PREFIX concatenated with SUFFIX starting at
+ SUFFIND. */
+static char *
+glue_prefix_and_suffix (prefix, suffix, suffind)
+ char *prefix;
+ const char *suffix;
+ int suffind;
+{
+ char *ret;
+ int plen, slen;
+
+ plen = (prefix && *prefix) ? strlen (prefix) : 0;
+ slen = strlen (suffix + suffind);
+ ret = (char *)xmalloc (plen + slen + 1);
+ if (plen)
+ strcpy (ret, prefix);
+ strcpy (ret + plen, suffix + suffind);
+ return ret;
+}
+
+/* Do the work of tilde expansion on FILENAME. FILENAME starts with a
+ tilde. If there is no expansion, call tilde_expansion_failure_hook.
+ This always returns a newly-allocated string, never static storage. */
+char *
+tilde_expand_word (filename)
+ const char *filename;
+{
+ char *dirname, *expansion, *username;
+ int user_len;
+ struct passwd *user_entry;
+
+ if (filename == 0)
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+
+ if (*filename != '~')
+ return (savestring (filename));
+
+ /* A leading `~/' or a bare `~' is *always* translated to the value of
+ $HOME or the home directory of the current user, regardless of any
+ preexpansion hook. */
+ if (filename[1] == '\0' || filename[1] == '/')
+ {
+ /* Prefix $HOME to the rest of the string. */
+ expansion = sh_get_env_value ("HOME");
+
+ /* If there is no HOME variable, look up the directory in
+ the password database. */
+ if (expansion == 0)
+ expansion = sh_get_home_dir ();
+
+ return (glue_prefix_and_suffix (expansion, filename, 1));
+ }
+
+ username = isolate_tilde_prefix (filename, &user_len);
+
+ if (tilde_expansion_preexpansion_hook)
+ {
+ expansion = (*tilde_expansion_preexpansion_hook) (username);
+ if (expansion)
+ {
+ dirname = glue_prefix_and_suffix (expansion, filename, user_len);
+ free (username);
+ free (expansion);
+ return (dirname);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* No preexpansion hook, or the preexpansion hook failed. Look in the
+ password database. */
+ dirname = (char *)NULL;
+ user_entry = getpwnam (username);
+ if (user_entry == 0)
+ {
+ /* If the calling program has a special syntax for expanding tildes,
+ and we couldn't find a standard expansion, then let them try. */
+ if (tilde_expansion_failure_hook)
+ {
+ expansion = (*tilde_expansion_failure_hook) (username);
+ if (expansion)
+ {
+ dirname = glue_prefix_and_suffix (expansion, filename, user_len);
+ free (expansion);
+ }
+ }
+ free (username);
+ /* If we don't have a failure hook, or if the failure hook did not
+ expand the tilde, return a copy of what we were passed. */
+ if (dirname == 0)
+ dirname = savestring (filename);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ free (username);
+ dirname = glue_prefix_and_suffix (user_entry->pw_dir, filename, user_len);
+ }
+
+ endpwent ();
+ return (dirname);
+}
+
+\f
+#if defined (TEST)
+#undef NULL
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+main (argc, argv)
+ int argc;
+ char **argv;
+{
+ char *result, line[512];
+ int done = 0;
+
+ while (!done)
+ {
+ printf ("~expand: ");
+ fflush (stdout);
+
+ if (!gets (line))
+ strcpy (line, "done");
+
+ if ((strcmp (line, "done") == 0) ||
+ (strcmp (line, "quit") == 0) ||
+ (strcmp (line, "exit") == 0))
+ {
+ done = 1;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ result = tilde_expand (line);
+ printf (" --> %s\n", result);
+ free (result);
+ }
+ exit (0);
+}
+
+static void memory_error_and_abort ();
+
+static void *
+xmalloc (bytes)
+ size_t bytes;
+{
+ void *temp = (char *)malloc (bytes);
+
+ if (!temp)
+ memory_error_and_abort ();
+ return (temp);
+}
+
+static void *
+xrealloc (pointer, bytes)
+ void *pointer;
+ int bytes;
+{
+ void *temp;
+
+ if (!pointer)
+ temp = malloc (bytes);
+ else
+ temp = realloc (pointer, bytes);
+
+ if (!temp)
+ memory_error_and_abort ();
+
+ return (temp);
+}
+
+static void
+memory_error_and_abort ()
+{
+ fprintf (stderr, "readline: out of virtual memory\n");
+ abort ();
+}
+
+/*
+ * Local variables:
+ * compile-command: "gcc -g -DTEST -o tilde tilde.c"
+ * end:
+ */
+#endif /* TEST */
+++ /dev/null
-../tilde/tilde.h
\ No newline at end of file
--- /dev/null
+/* tilde.h: Externally available variables and function in libtilde.a. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file contains the Readline Library (the Library), a set of
+ routines for providing Emacs style line input to programs that ask
+ for it.
+
+ The Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ The Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+ WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ General Public License for more details.
+
+ The GNU General Public License is often shipped with GNU software, and
+ is generally kept in a file called COPYING or LICENSE. If you do not
+ have a copy of the license, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. */
+
+#if !defined (_TILDE_H_)
+# define _TILDE_H_
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* A function can be defined using prototypes and compile on both ANSI C
+ and traditional C compilers with something like this:
+ extern char *func PARAMS((char *, char *, int)); */
+
+#if !defined (PARAMS)
+# if defined (__STDC__) || defined (__GNUC__) || defined (__cplusplus)
+# define PARAMS(protos) protos
+# else
+# define PARAMS(protos) ()
+# endif
+#endif
+
+typedef char *tilde_hook_func_t PARAMS((char *));
+
+/* If non-null, this contains the address of a function that the application
+ wants called before trying the standard tilde expansions. The function
+ is called with the text sans tilde, and returns a malloc()'ed string
+ which is the expansion, or a NULL pointer if the expansion fails. */
+extern tilde_hook_func_t *tilde_expansion_preexpansion_hook;
+
+/* If non-null, this contains the address of a function to call if the
+ standard meaning for expanding a tilde fails. The function is called
+ with the text (sans tilde, as in "foo"), and returns a malloc()'ed string
+ which is the expansion, or a NULL pointer if there is no expansion. */
+extern tilde_hook_func_t *tilde_expansion_failure_hook;
+
+/* When non-null, this is a NULL terminated array of strings which
+ are duplicates for a tilde prefix. Bash uses this to expand
+ `=~' and `:~'. */
+extern char **tilde_additional_prefixes;
+
+/* When non-null, this is a NULL terminated array of strings which match
+ the end of a username, instead of just "/". Bash sets this to
+ `:' and `=~'. */
+extern char **tilde_additional_suffixes;
+
+/* Return a new string which is the result of tilde expanding STRING. */
+extern char *tilde_expand PARAMS((const char *));
+
+/* Do the work of tilde expansion on FILENAME. FILENAME starts with a
+ tilde. If there is no expansion, call tilde_expansion_failure_hook. */
+extern char *tilde_expand_word PARAMS((const char *));
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _TILDE_H_ */
+typedef union {
+ WORD_DESC *word; /* the word that we read. */
+ int number; /* the number that we read. */
+ WORD_LIST *word_list;
+ COMMAND *command;
+ REDIRECT *redirect;
+ ELEMENT element;
+ PATTERN_LIST *pattern;
+} YYSTYPE;
+#define IF 257
+#define THEN 258
+#define ELSE 259
+#define ELIF 260
+#define FI 261
+#define CASE 262
+#define ESAC 263
+#define FOR 264
+#define SELECT 265
+#define WHILE 266
+#define UNTIL 267
+#define DO 268
+#define DONE 269
+#define FUNCTION 270
+#define COND_START 271
+#define COND_END 272
+#define COND_ERROR 273
+#define IN 274
+#define BANG 275
+#define TIME 276
+#define TIMEOPT 277
+#define WORD 278
+#define ASSIGNMENT_WORD 279
+#define NUMBER 280
+#define ARITH_CMD 281
+#define ARITH_FOR_EXPRS 282
+#define COND_CMD 283
+#define AND_AND 284
+#define OR_OR 285
+#define GREATER_GREATER 286
+#define LESS_LESS 287
+#define LESS_AND 288
+#define LESS_LESS_LESS 289
+#define GREATER_AND 290
+#define SEMI_SEMI 291
+#define LESS_LESS_MINUS 292
+#define AND_GREATER 293
+#define LESS_GREATER 294
+#define GREATER_BAR 295
+#define yacc_EOF 296
+
+
+extern YYSTYPE yylval;
$(MAKE) builtins.pot-update
xdist:
- update-po
+ $(MAKE) update-po
# English translations for GNU bash package.
-# Copyright (C) 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Copyright (C) 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the GNU bash package.
-# Automatically generated, 2003.
+# Automatically generated, 2004.
#
# All this catalog "translates" are quotation characters.
# The msgids must be ASCII and therefore cannot contain real quotation
#: builtins.c:1362 builtins.c:1365
msgid ""
msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: GNU bash 3.0-alpha\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: GNU bash 3.0-rc1\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2003-12-22 15:34-0500\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-12-22 15:34-0500\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
msgstr "%s: missing colon separator"
#: builtins/alias.def:123
-#, fuzzy, c-format
+#, c-format
msgid "`%s': invalid alias name"
-msgstr "‘\e[1m%s\e[0m’: invalid keymap name"
+msgstr "‘\e[1m%s\e[0m’: invalid alias name"
#: builtins/bind.def:194
#, c-format
msgstr "%s: not a shell builtin"
#: builtins/common.c:486
-#, fuzzy, c-format
+#, c-format
msgid "%s: error retrieving current directory: %s: %s\n"
-msgstr "%s: could not get current directory: %s: %s\n"
+msgstr "%s: error retrieving current directory: %s: %s\n"
#: builtins/common.c:553 builtins/common.c:555
#, c-format
# English translations for GNU bash package.
-# Copyright (C) 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Copyright (C) 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the GNU bash package.
-# Automatically generated, 2003.
+# Automatically generated, 2004.
#
# All this catalog "translates" are quotation characters.
# The msgids must be ASCII and therefore cannot contain real quotation
#: builtins.c:1362 builtins.c:1365
msgid ""
msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: GNU bash 3.0-alpha\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: GNU bash 3.0-rc1\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2003-12-22 15:34-0500\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-12-22 15:34-0500\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
msgstr "%s: missing colon separator"
#: builtins/alias.def:123
-#, fuzzy, c-format
+#, c-format
msgid "`%s': invalid alias name"
-msgstr "‘%s’: invalid keymap name"
+msgstr "‘%s’: invalid alias name"
#: builtins/bind.def:194
#, c-format
msgstr "%s: not a shell builtin"
#: builtins/common.c:486
-#, fuzzy, c-format
+#, c-format
msgid "%s: error retrieving current directory: %s: %s\n"
-msgstr "%s: could not get current directory: %s: %s\n"
+msgstr "%s: error retrieving current directory: %s: %s\n"
#: builtins/common.c:553 builtins/common.c:555
#, c-format
extern struct fd_bitmap *current_fds_to_close;
extern int wordexp_only;
extern int expanding_redir;
+extern int tempenv_assign_error;
/* Non-zero means to allow unmatched globbed filenames to expand to
a null file. */
for (t = 0; ret[t]; t++, j++)
temp[j] = ret[t];
- temp[j++] = string[si];
+ temp[j] = string[si];
+
+ if (string[si])
+ {
+ j++;
+ i = si + 1;
+ }
+ else
+ i = si;
- i = si + 1;
if (free_ret)
free (ret);
continue;
that the variable and environment assignments affect the shell's
environment. */
assign_func = new_list ? assign_in_env : do_assignment;
+ tempenv_assign_error = 0;
for (temp_list = subst_assign_varlist; temp_list; temp_list = temp_list->next)
{
tint = (*assign_func) (temp_list->word->word);
/* Variable assignment errors in non-interactive shells running
in Posix.2 mode cause the shell to exit. */
- if (tint == 0 && assign_func == do_assignment)
+ if (tint == 0)
{
- last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE;
- if (interactive_shell == 0 && posixly_correct)
- exp_jump_to_top_level (FORCE_EOF);
+ if (assign_func == do_assignment)
+ {
+ last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE;
+ if (interactive_shell == 0 && posixly_correct)
+ exp_jump_to_top_level (FORCE_EOF);
+ else
+ exp_jump_to_top_level (DISCARD);
+ }
else
- exp_jump_to_top_level (DISCARD);
+ tempenv_assign_error++;
}
}
temp[j++] = '$';
temp[j++] = string[i + 1];
+ /* Just paranoia; ret will not be 0 unless no_longjmp_on_fatal_error
+ is set. */
if (ret == 0 && no_longjmp_on_fatal_error)
{
free_ret = 0;
for (t = 0; ret[t]; t++, j++)
temp[j] = ret[t];
- temp[j++] = string[si];
+ temp[j] = string[si];
+
+ if (string[si])
+ {
+ j++;
+ i = si + 1;
+ }
+ else
+ i = si;
- i = si + 1;
if (free_ret)
free (ret);
continue;
+echo "warning: different versions of wc put differing amounts of whitespace" >&2
+echo "warning: before their output. Please do not consider this an error." >&2
${THIS_SH} ./read.tests > /tmp/xx 2>&1
diff /tmp/xx read.right && rm -f /tmp/xx
for a single command. */
HASH_TABLE *temporary_env = (HASH_TABLE *)NULL;
+/* Set to non-zero if an assignment error occurs while putting variables
+ into the temporary environment. */
+int tempenv_assign_error;
+
/* Some funky variables which are known about specially. Here is where
"$*", "$1", and all the cruft is kept. */
char *dollar_vars[10];
for a single command. */
HASH_TABLE *temporary_env = (HASH_TABLE *)NULL;
+/* Set to non-zero if an assignment error occurs while putting variables
+ into the temporary environment. */
+int tempenv_assign_errors;
+
/* Some funky variables which are known about specially. Here is where
"$*", "$1", and all the cruft is kept. */
char *dollar_vars[10];
ARRAY *array;
var = make_local_variable (name);
- if (var == 0)
+ if (var == 0 || array_p (var))
return var;
+
array = array_create ();
FREE (value_cell(var));
setifs (var);
if (echo_command_at_execute)
- {
- /* The Korn shell prints the `+ ' in front of assignment statements,
- so we do too. */
-#if 0
- fprintf (stderr, "%s%s=%s\n", indirection_level_string (), name, value);
- fflush (stderr);
-#else
- xtrace_print_assignment (name, value, 0, 1);
-#endif
- }
+ /* The Korn shell prints the `+ ' in front of assignment statements,
+ so we do too. */
+ xtrace_print_assignment (name, value, 0, 1);
free (name);
return 1;
-/* A Bison parser, made from /usr/homes/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y
- by GNU bison 1.34. */
+
+/* A Bison parser, made from /Users/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y
+ by GNU Bison version 1.28 */
#define YYBISON 1 /* Identify Bison output. */
-# define IF 257
-# define THEN 258
-# define ELSE 259
-# define ELIF 260
-# define FI 261
-# define CASE 262
-# define ESAC 263
-# define FOR 264
-# define SELECT 265
-# define WHILE 266
-# define UNTIL 267
-# define DO 268
-# define DONE 269
-# define FUNCTION 270
-# define COND_START 271
-# define COND_END 272
-# define COND_ERROR 273
-# define IN 274
-# define BANG 275
-# define TIME 276
-# define TIMEOPT 277
-# define WORD 278
-# define ASSIGNMENT_WORD 279
-# define NUMBER 280
-# define ARITH_CMD 281
-# define ARITH_FOR_EXPRS 282
-# define COND_CMD 283
-# define AND_AND 284
-# define OR_OR 285
-# define GREATER_GREATER 286
-# define LESS_LESS 287
-# define LESS_AND 288
-# define LESS_LESS_LESS 289
-# define GREATER_AND 290
-# define SEMI_SEMI 291
-# define LESS_LESS_MINUS 292
-# define AND_GREATER 293
-# define LESS_GREATER 294
-# define GREATER_BAR 295
-# define yacc_EOF 296
-
-#line 21 "/usr/homes/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
+#define IF 257
+#define THEN 258
+#define ELSE 259
+#define ELIF 260
+#define FI 261
+#define CASE 262
+#define ESAC 263
+#define FOR 264
+#define SELECT 265
+#define WHILE 266
+#define UNTIL 267
+#define DO 268
+#define DONE 269
+#define FUNCTION 270
+#define COND_START 271
+#define COND_END 272
+#define COND_ERROR 273
+#define IN 274
+#define BANG 275
+#define TIME 276
+#define TIMEOPT 277
+#define WORD 278
+#define ASSIGNMENT_WORD 279
+#define NUMBER 280
+#define ARITH_CMD 281
+#define ARITH_FOR_EXPRS 282
+#define COND_CMD 283
+#define AND_AND 284
+#define OR_OR 285
+#define GREATER_GREATER 286
+#define LESS_LESS 287
+#define LESS_AND 288
+#define LESS_LESS_LESS 289
+#define GREATER_AND 290
+#define SEMI_SEMI 291
+#define LESS_LESS_MINUS 292
+#define AND_GREATER 293
+#define LESS_GREATER 294
+#define GREATER_BAR 295
+#define yacc_EOF 296
+
+#line 21 "/Users/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
#include "config.h"
#include "memalloc.h"
+#include "bashintl.h"
+
#define NEED_STRFTIME_DECL /* used in externs.h */
#include "shell.h"
static int word_lineno[MAX_CASE_NEST];
static int word_top = -1;
+/* If non-zero, it is the token that we want read_token to return
+ regardless of what text is (or isn't) present to be read. This
+ is reset by read_token. If token_to_read == WORD or
+ ASSIGNMENT_WORD, yylval.word should be set to word_desc_to_read. */
+static int token_to_read;
+static WORD_DESC *word_desc_to_read;
+
static REDIRECTEE redir;
-#line 290 "/usr/homes/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
-#ifndef YYSTYPE
+#line 299 "/Users/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
typedef union {
WORD_DESC *word; /* the word that we read. */
int number; /* the number that we read. */
REDIRECT *redirect;
ELEMENT element;
PATTERN_LIST *pattern;
-} yystype;
-# define YYSTYPE yystype
+} YYSTYPE;
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#ifndef __cplusplus
+#ifndef __STDC__
+#define const
#endif
-#ifndef YYDEBUG
-# define YYDEBUG 0
#endif
-#define YYFINAL 301
+#define YYFINAL 302
#define YYFLAG -32768
#define YYNTBASE 54
-/* YYTRANSLATE(YYLEX) -- Bison token number corresponding to YYLEX. */
#define YYTRANSLATE(x) ((unsigned)(x) <= 296 ? yytranslate[x] : 90)
-/* YYTRANSLATE[YYLEX] -- Bison token number corresponding to YYLEX. */
-static const char yytranslate[] =
-{
- 0, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
- 44, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 42, 2,
- 52, 53, 2, 2, 2, 49, 2, 2, 2, 2,
- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 43,
- 48, 2, 47, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
- 2, 2, 2, 50, 46, 51, 2, 2, 2, 2,
- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 1, 3, 4, 5,
- 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15,
- 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25,
- 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35,
- 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 45
+static const char yytranslate[] = { 0,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 44,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 42, 2, 52,
+ 53, 2, 2, 2, 49, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 43, 48,
+ 2, 47, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 50, 46, 51, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6,
+ 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16,
+ 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26,
+ 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36,
+ 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 45
};
-#if YYDEBUG
-static const short yyprhs[] =
-{
- 0, 0, 3, 5, 8, 10, 12, 15, 18, 21,
- 25, 29, 32, 36, 39, 43, 46, 50, 53, 57,
- 60, 64, 67, 71, 74, 78, 81, 85, 88, 92,
- 95, 99, 102, 106, 109, 112, 116, 118, 120, 122,
- 124, 127, 129, 132, 134, 136, 139, 141, 143, 145,
- 151, 157, 159, 161, 163, 165, 167, 169, 171, 178,
- 185, 193, 201, 212, 223, 233, 243, 251, 259, 265,
- 271, 278, 285, 293, 301, 312, 323, 330, 338, 345,
- 351, 358, 363, 365, 368, 372, 378, 386, 393, 397,
- 399, 403, 408, 415, 421, 423, 426, 431, 436, 442,
- 448, 451, 455, 457, 461, 464, 466, 469, 473, 477,
- 481, 486, 491, 496, 501, 506, 508, 510, 512, 514,
- 516, 518, 519, 522, 524, 527, 530, 535, 540, 544,
- 548, 550, 552, 555, 558, 562, 566, 571, 573, 575
+#if YYDEBUG != 0
+static const short yyprhs[] = { 0,
+ 0, 3, 5, 8, 10, 12, 15, 18, 21, 25,
+ 29, 32, 36, 39, 43, 46, 50, 53, 57, 60,
+ 64, 67, 71, 74, 78, 81, 85, 88, 92, 95,
+ 99, 102, 106, 109, 112, 116, 118, 120, 122, 124,
+ 127, 129, 132, 134, 136, 139, 141, 143, 145, 151,
+ 157, 159, 161, 163, 165, 167, 169, 171, 178, 185,
+ 193, 201, 212, 223, 233, 243, 251, 259, 265, 271,
+ 278, 285, 293, 301, 312, 323, 330, 338, 345, 351,
+ 358, 363, 365, 368, 372, 378, 386, 393, 397, 399,
+ 403, 408, 415, 421, 423, 426, 431, 436, 442, 448,
+ 451, 455, 457, 461, 464, 466, 469, 473, 477, 481,
+ 486, 491, 496, 501, 506, 508, 510, 512, 514, 516,
+ 518, 519, 522, 524, 527, 530, 535, 540, 544, 548,
+ 550, 552, 555, 558, 562, 566, 569, 574, 576, 578
};
-static const short yyrhs[] =
-{
- 85, 82, 0, 44, 0, 1, 44, 0, 45, 0,
- 24, 0, 55, 24, 0, 47, 24, 0, 48, 24,
- 0, 26, 47, 24, 0, 26, 48, 24, 0, 32,
- 24, 0, 26, 32, 24, 0, 33, 24, 0, 26,
- 33, 24, 0, 35, 24, 0, 26, 35, 24, 0,
- 34, 26, 0, 26, 34, 26, 0, 36, 26, 0,
- 26, 36, 26, 0, 34, 24, 0, 26, 34, 24,
- 0, 36, 24, 0, 26, 36, 24, 0, 38, 24,
- 0, 26, 38, 24, 0, 36, 49, 0, 26, 36,
- 49, 0, 34, 49, 0, 26, 34, 49, 0, 39,
- 24, 0, 26, 40, 24, 0, 40, 24, 0, 41,
- 24, 0, 26, 41, 24, 0, 24, 0, 25, 0,
- 56, 0, 56, 0, 58, 56, 0, 57, 0, 59,
- 57, 0, 59, 0, 61, 0, 61, 58, 0, 66,
- 0, 62, 0, 65, 0, 12, 79, 14, 79, 15,
- 0, 13, 79, 14, 79, 15, 0, 64, 0, 69,
- 0, 68, 0, 70, 0, 71, 0, 72, 0, 63,
- 0, 10, 24, 84, 14, 79, 15, 0, 10, 24,
- 84, 50, 79, 51, 0, 10, 24, 43, 84, 14,
- 79, 15, 0, 10, 24, 43, 84, 50, 79, 51,
- 0, 10, 24, 84, 20, 55, 83, 84, 14, 79,
- 15, 0, 10, 24, 84, 20, 55, 83, 84, 50,
- 79, 51, 0, 10, 24, 84, 20, 83, 84, 14,
- 79, 15, 0, 10, 24, 84, 20, 83, 84, 50,
- 79, 51, 0, 10, 28, 83, 84, 14, 79, 15,
- 0, 10, 28, 83, 84, 50, 79, 51, 0, 10,
- 28, 14, 79, 15, 0, 10, 28, 50, 79, 51,
- 0, 11, 24, 84, 14, 78, 15, 0, 11, 24,
- 84, 50, 78, 51, 0, 11, 24, 43, 84, 14,
- 78, 15, 0, 11, 24, 43, 84, 50, 78, 51,
- 0, 11, 24, 84, 20, 55, 83, 84, 14, 78,
- 15, 0, 11, 24, 84, 20, 55, 83, 84, 50,
- 78, 51, 0, 8, 24, 84, 20, 84, 9, 0,
- 8, 24, 84, 20, 76, 84, 9, 0, 8, 24,
- 84, 20, 74, 9, 0, 24, 52, 53, 84, 67,
- 0, 16, 24, 52, 53, 84, 67, 0, 16, 24,
- 84, 67, 0, 61, 0, 61, 58, 0, 52, 79,
- 53, 0, 3, 79, 4, 79, 7, 0, 3, 79,
- 4, 79, 5, 79, 7, 0, 3, 79, 4, 79,
- 73, 7, 0, 50, 79, 51, 0, 27, 0, 17,
- 29, 18, 0, 6, 79, 4, 79, 0, 6, 79,
- 4, 79, 5, 79, 0, 6, 79, 4, 79, 73,
- 0, 75, 0, 76, 75, 0, 84, 77, 53, 79,
- 0, 84, 77, 53, 84, 0, 84, 52, 77, 53,
- 79, 0, 84, 52, 77, 53, 84, 0, 75, 37,
- 0, 76, 75, 37, 0, 24, 0, 77, 46, 24,
- 0, 84, 80, 0, 78, 0, 84, 81, 0, 81,
- 44, 84, 0, 81, 42, 84, 0, 81, 43, 84,
- 0, 81, 30, 84, 81, 0, 81, 31, 84, 81,
- 0, 81, 42, 84, 81, 0, 81, 43, 84, 81,
- 0, 81, 44, 84, 81, 0, 87, 0, 44, 0,
- 45, 0, 44, 0, 43, 0, 45, 0, 0, 84,
- 44, 0, 86, 0, 86, 42, 0, 86, 43, 0,
- 86, 30, 84, 86, 0, 86, 31, 84, 86, 0,
- 86, 42, 86, 0, 86, 43, 86, 0, 87, 0,
- 88, 0, 21, 88, 0, 89, 88, 0, 89, 21,
- 88, 0, 21, 89, 88, 0, 88, 46, 84, 88,
- 0, 60, 0, 22, 0, 22, 23, 0
+
+static const short yyrhs[] = { 85,
+ 82, 0, 44, 0, 1, 44, 0, 45, 0, 24,
+ 0, 55, 24, 0, 47, 24, 0, 48, 24, 0,
+ 26, 47, 24, 0, 26, 48, 24, 0, 32, 24,
+ 0, 26, 32, 24, 0, 33, 24, 0, 26, 33,
+ 24, 0, 35, 24, 0, 26, 35, 24, 0, 34,
+ 26, 0, 26, 34, 26, 0, 36, 26, 0, 26,
+ 36, 26, 0, 34, 24, 0, 26, 34, 24, 0,
+ 36, 24, 0, 26, 36, 24, 0, 38, 24, 0,
+ 26, 38, 24, 0, 36, 49, 0, 26, 36, 49,
+ 0, 34, 49, 0, 26, 34, 49, 0, 39, 24,
+ 0, 26, 40, 24, 0, 40, 24, 0, 41, 24,
+ 0, 26, 41, 24, 0, 24, 0, 25, 0, 56,
+ 0, 56, 0, 58, 56, 0, 57, 0, 59, 57,
+ 0, 59, 0, 61, 0, 61, 58, 0, 66, 0,
+ 62, 0, 65, 0, 12, 79, 14, 79, 15, 0,
+ 13, 79, 14, 79, 15, 0, 64, 0, 69, 0,
+ 68, 0, 70, 0, 71, 0, 72, 0, 63, 0,
+ 10, 24, 84, 14, 79, 15, 0, 10, 24, 84,
+ 50, 79, 51, 0, 10, 24, 43, 84, 14, 79,
+ 15, 0, 10, 24, 43, 84, 50, 79, 51, 0,
+ 10, 24, 84, 20, 55, 83, 84, 14, 79, 15,
+ 0, 10, 24, 84, 20, 55, 83, 84, 50, 79,
+ 51, 0, 10, 24, 84, 20, 83, 84, 14, 79,
+ 15, 0, 10, 24, 84, 20, 83, 84, 50, 79,
+ 51, 0, 10, 28, 83, 84, 14, 79, 15, 0,
+ 10, 28, 83, 84, 50, 79, 51, 0, 10, 28,
+ 14, 79, 15, 0, 10, 28, 50, 79, 51, 0,
+ 11, 24, 84, 14, 78, 15, 0, 11, 24, 84,
+ 50, 78, 51, 0, 11, 24, 43, 84, 14, 78,
+ 15, 0, 11, 24, 43, 84, 50, 78, 51, 0,
+ 11, 24, 84, 20, 55, 83, 84, 14, 78, 15,
+ 0, 11, 24, 84, 20, 55, 83, 84, 50, 78,
+ 51, 0, 8, 24, 84, 20, 84, 9, 0, 8,
+ 24, 84, 20, 76, 84, 9, 0, 8, 24, 84,
+ 20, 74, 9, 0, 24, 52, 53, 84, 67, 0,
+ 16, 24, 52, 53, 84, 67, 0, 16, 24, 84,
+ 67, 0, 61, 0, 61, 58, 0, 52, 79, 53,
+ 0, 3, 79, 4, 79, 7, 0, 3, 79, 4,
+ 79, 5, 79, 7, 0, 3, 79, 4, 79, 73,
+ 7, 0, 50, 79, 51, 0, 27, 0, 17, 29,
+ 18, 0, 6, 79, 4, 79, 0, 6, 79, 4,
+ 79, 5, 79, 0, 6, 79, 4, 79, 73, 0,
+ 75, 0, 76, 75, 0, 84, 77, 53, 79, 0,
+ 84, 77, 53, 84, 0, 84, 52, 77, 53, 79,
+ 0, 84, 52, 77, 53, 84, 0, 75, 37, 0,
+ 76, 75, 37, 0, 24, 0, 77, 46, 24, 0,
+ 84, 80, 0, 78, 0, 84, 81, 0, 81, 44,
+ 84, 0, 81, 42, 84, 0, 81, 43, 84, 0,
+ 81, 30, 84, 81, 0, 81, 31, 84, 81, 0,
+ 81, 42, 84, 81, 0, 81, 43, 84, 81, 0,
+ 81, 44, 84, 81, 0, 87, 0, 44, 0, 45,
+ 0, 44, 0, 43, 0, 45, 0, 0, 84, 44,
+ 0, 86, 0, 86, 42, 0, 86, 43, 0, 86,
+ 30, 84, 86, 0, 86, 31, 84, 86, 0, 86,
+ 42, 86, 0, 86, 43, 86, 0, 87, 0, 88,
+ 0, 21, 88, 0, 89, 88, 0, 89, 21, 88,
+ 0, 21, 89, 88, 0, 89, 83, 0, 88, 46,
+ 84, 88, 0, 60, 0, 22, 0, 22, 23, 0
};
#endif
-#if YYDEBUG
-/* YYRLINE[YYN] -- source line where rule number YYN was defined. */
-static const short yyrline[] =
-{
- 0, 340, 349, 356, 371, 381, 383, 387, 392, 397,
- 402, 407, 412, 417, 423, 429, 434, 439, 444, 449,
- 454, 459, 464, 469, 474, 479, 486, 493, 498, 503,
- 508, 513, 518, 523, 528, 533, 540, 542, 544, 548,
- 552, 563, 565, 569, 571, 573, 589, 593, 595, 597,
- 599, 601, 603, 605, 607, 609, 611, 613, 617, 622,
- 627, 632, 637, 642, 647, 652, 659, 664, 669, 674,
- 681, 686, 691, 696, 701, 706, 713, 718, 723, 730,
- 733, 736, 741, 743, 774, 781, 783, 785, 790, 794,
- 798, 802, 804, 806, 810, 811, 815, 817, 819, 821,
- 825, 826, 830, 832, 841, 849, 850, 856, 857, 864,
- 868, 870, 872, 879, 881, 883, 887, 888, 891, 892,
- 893, 896, 897, 906, 912, 921, 929, 931, 933, 940,
- 943, 947, 949, 954, 959, 964, 971, 974, 978, 980
+#if YYDEBUG != 0
+static const short yyrline[] = { 0,
+ 350, 359, 366, 381, 391, 393, 397, 402, 407, 412,
+ 417, 422, 427, 433, 439, 444, 449, 454, 459, 464,
+ 469, 474, 479, 484, 489, 496, 503, 508, 513, 518,
+ 523, 528, 533, 538, 543, 550, 552, 554, 558, 562,
+ 573, 575, 579, 581, 583, 599, 603, 605, 607, 609,
+ 611, 613, 615, 617, 619, 621, 623, 627, 632, 637,
+ 642, 647, 652, 657, 662, 669, 674, 679, 684, 691,
+ 696, 701, 706, 711, 716, 723, 728, 733, 740, 743,
+ 746, 751, 753, 784, 791, 793, 795, 800, 804, 808,
+ 812, 814, 816, 820, 821, 825, 827, 829, 831, 835,
+ 836, 840, 842, 851, 859, 860, 866, 867, 874, 878,
+ 880, 882, 889, 891, 893, 897, 898, 901, 903, 905,
+ 909, 910, 919, 925, 934, 942, 944, 946, 953, 956,
+ 960, 962, 967, 972, 977, 982, 1002, 1005, 1009, 1011
};
#endif
-#if (YYDEBUG) || defined YYERROR_VERBOSE
-
-/* YYTNAME[TOKEN_NUM] -- String name of the token TOKEN_NUM. */
-static const char *const yytname[] =
-{
- "$", "error", "$undefined.", "IF", "THEN", "ELSE", "ELIF", "FI", "CASE",
- "ESAC", "FOR", "SELECT", "WHILE", "UNTIL", "DO", "DONE", "FUNCTION",
- "COND_START", "COND_END", "COND_ERROR", "IN", "BANG", "TIME", "TIMEOPT",
- "WORD", "ASSIGNMENT_WORD", "NUMBER", "ARITH_CMD", "ARITH_FOR_EXPRS",
- "COND_CMD", "AND_AND", "OR_OR", "GREATER_GREATER", "LESS_LESS",
- "LESS_AND", "LESS_LESS_LESS", "GREATER_AND", "SEMI_SEMI",
- "LESS_LESS_MINUS", "AND_GREATER", "LESS_GREATER", "GREATER_BAR", "'&'",
- "';'", "'\\n'", "yacc_EOF", "'|'", "'>'", "'<'", "'-'", "'{'", "'}'",
- "'('", "')'", "inputunit", "word_list", "redirection",
- "simple_command_element", "redirection_list", "simple_command",
- "command", "shell_command", "for_command", "arith_for_command",
- "select_command", "case_command", "function_def", "function_body",
- "subshell", "if_command", "group_command", "arith_command",
- "cond_command", "elif_clause", "case_clause", "pattern_list",
- "case_clause_sequence", "pattern", "list", "compound_list", "list0",
- "list1", "simple_list_terminator", "list_terminator", "newline_list",
- "simple_list", "simple_list1", "pipeline_command", "pipeline",
- "timespec", 0
+#if YYDEBUG != 0 || defined (YYERROR_VERBOSE)
+
+static const char * const yytname[] = { "$","error","$undefined.","IF","THEN",
+"ELSE","ELIF","FI","CASE","ESAC","FOR","SELECT","WHILE","UNTIL","DO","DONE",
+"FUNCTION","COND_START","COND_END","COND_ERROR","IN","BANG","TIME","TIMEOPT",
+"WORD","ASSIGNMENT_WORD","NUMBER","ARITH_CMD","ARITH_FOR_EXPRS","COND_CMD","AND_AND",
+"OR_OR","GREATER_GREATER","LESS_LESS","LESS_AND","LESS_LESS_LESS","GREATER_AND",
+"SEMI_SEMI","LESS_LESS_MINUS","AND_GREATER","LESS_GREATER","GREATER_BAR","'&'",
+"';'","'\\n'","yacc_EOF","'|'","'>'","'<'","'-'","'{'","'}'","'('","')'","inputunit",
+"word_list","redirection","simple_command_element","redirection_list","simple_command",
+"command","shell_command","for_command","arith_for_command","select_command",
+"case_command","function_def","function_body","subshell","if_command","group_command",
+"arith_command","cond_command","elif_clause","case_clause","pattern_list","case_clause_sequence",
+"pattern","list","compound_list","list0","list1","simple_list_terminator","list_terminator",
+"newline_list","simple_list","simple_list1","pipeline_command","pipeline","timespec", NULL
};
#endif
-/* YYR1[YYN] -- Symbol number of symbol that rule YYN derives. */
-static const short yyr1[] =
-{
- 0, 54, 54, 54, 54, 55, 55, 56, 56, 56,
- 56, 56, 56, 56, 56, 56, 56, 56, 56, 56,
- 56, 56, 56, 56, 56, 56, 56, 56, 56, 56,
- 56, 56, 56, 56, 56, 56, 57, 57, 57, 58,
- 58, 59, 59, 60, 60, 60, 60, 61, 61, 61,
- 61, 61, 61, 61, 61, 61, 61, 61, 62, 62,
- 62, 62, 62, 62, 62, 62, 63, 63, 63, 63,
- 64, 64, 64, 64, 64, 64, 65, 65, 65, 66,
- 66, 66, 67, 67, 68, 69, 69, 69, 70, 71,
- 72, 73, 73, 73, 74, 74, 75, 75, 75, 75,
- 76, 76, 77, 77, 78, 79, 79, 80, 80, 80,
- 81, 81, 81, 81, 81, 81, 82, 82, 83, 83,
- 83, 84, 84, 85, 85, 85, 86, 86, 86, 86,
- 86, 87, 87, 87, 87, 87, 88, 88, 89, 89
+static const short yyr1[] = { 0,
+ 54, 54, 54, 54, 55, 55, 56, 56, 56, 56,
+ 56, 56, 56, 56, 56, 56, 56, 56, 56, 56,
+ 56, 56, 56, 56, 56, 56, 56, 56, 56, 56,
+ 56, 56, 56, 56, 56, 57, 57, 57, 58, 58,
+ 59, 59, 60, 60, 60, 60, 61, 61, 61, 61,
+ 61, 61, 61, 61, 61, 61, 61, 62, 62, 62,
+ 62, 62, 62, 62, 62, 63, 63, 63, 63, 64,
+ 64, 64, 64, 64, 64, 65, 65, 65, 66, 66,
+ 66, 67, 67, 68, 69, 69, 69, 70, 71, 72,
+ 73, 73, 73, 74, 74, 75, 75, 75, 75, 76,
+ 76, 77, 77, 78, 79, 79, 80, 80, 80, 81,
+ 81, 81, 81, 81, 81, 82, 82, 83, 83, 83,
+ 84, 84, 85, 85, 85, 86, 86, 86, 86, 86,
+ 87, 87, 87, 87, 87, 87, 88, 88, 89, 89
};
-/* YYR2[YYN] -- Number of symbols composing right hand side of rule YYN. */
-static const short yyr2[] =
-{
- 0, 2, 1, 2, 1, 1, 2, 2, 2, 3,
- 3, 2, 3, 2, 3, 2, 3, 2, 3, 2,
- 3, 2, 3, 2, 3, 2, 3, 2, 3, 2,
- 3, 2, 3, 2, 2, 3, 1, 1, 1, 1,
- 2, 1, 2, 1, 1, 2, 1, 1, 1, 5,
- 5, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 6, 6,
- 7, 7, 10, 10, 9, 9, 7, 7, 5, 5,
- 6, 6, 7, 7, 10, 10, 6, 7, 6, 5,
- 6, 4, 1, 2, 3, 5, 7, 6, 3, 1,
- 3, 4, 6, 5, 1, 2, 4, 4, 5, 5,
- 2, 3, 1, 3, 2, 1, 2, 3, 3, 3,
- 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,
- 1, 0, 2, 1, 2, 2, 4, 4, 3, 3,
- 1, 1, 2, 2, 3, 3, 4, 1, 1, 2
+static const short yyr2[] = { 0,
+ 2, 1, 2, 1, 1, 2, 2, 2, 3, 3,
+ 2, 3, 2, 3, 2, 3, 2, 3, 2, 3,
+ 2, 3, 2, 3, 2, 3, 2, 3, 2, 3,
+ 2, 3, 2, 2, 3, 1, 1, 1, 1, 2,
+ 1, 2, 1, 1, 2, 1, 1, 1, 5, 5,
+ 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 6, 6, 7,
+ 7, 10, 10, 9, 9, 7, 7, 5, 5, 6,
+ 6, 7, 7, 10, 10, 6, 7, 6, 5, 6,
+ 4, 1, 2, 3, 5, 7, 6, 3, 1, 3,
+ 4, 6, 5, 1, 2, 4, 4, 5, 5, 2,
+ 3, 1, 3, 2, 1, 2, 3, 3, 3, 4,
+ 4, 4, 4, 4, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,
+ 0, 2, 1, 2, 2, 4, 4, 3, 3, 1,
+ 1, 2, 2, 3, 3, 2, 4, 1, 1, 2
};
-/* YYDEFACT[S] -- default rule to reduce with in state S when YYTABLE
- doesn't specify something else to do. Zero means the default is an
- error. */
-static const short yydefact[] =
-{
- 0, 0, 121, 0, 0, 0, 121, 121, 0, 0,
- 0, 138, 36, 37, 0, 89, 0, 0, 0, 0,
- 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 2, 4, 0, 0, 121,
- 121, 38, 41, 43, 137, 44, 47, 57, 51, 48,
- 46, 53, 52, 54, 55, 56, 0, 123, 130, 131,
- 0, 3, 105, 0, 0, 121, 121, 0, 121, 0,
- 0, 121, 0, 132, 0, 139, 0, 0, 0, 0,
- 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 11, 13, 21,
- 17, 29, 15, 23, 19, 27, 25, 31, 33, 34,
- 7, 8, 0, 0, 36, 42, 39, 45, 116, 117,
- 1, 121, 121, 124, 125, 121, 0, 133, 121, 122,
- 104, 106, 115, 0, 121, 0, 121, 119, 118, 120,
- 121, 121, 121, 0, 121, 121, 0, 0, 90, 135,
- 121, 12, 14, 22, 18, 30, 16, 24, 20, 28,
- 26, 32, 35, 9, 10, 88, 84, 40, 0, 0,
- 128, 129, 0, 134, 0, 121, 121, 121, 121, 121,
- 121, 0, 121, 0, 121, 0, 0, 0, 0, 121,
- 0, 121, 0, 0, 121, 82, 81, 0, 126, 127,
- 0, 0, 136, 121, 121, 85, 0, 0, 0, 108,
- 109, 107, 0, 94, 121, 0, 121, 121, 0, 5,
- 0, 121, 0, 68, 69, 121, 121, 121, 121, 0,
- 0, 0, 0, 49, 50, 0, 83, 79, 0, 0,
- 87, 110, 111, 112, 113, 114, 78, 100, 95, 0,
- 76, 102, 0, 0, 0, 0, 58, 6, 121, 0,
- 59, 0, 0, 0, 0, 70, 0, 121, 71, 80,
- 86, 121, 121, 121, 121, 101, 77, 0, 0, 121,
- 60, 61, 0, 121, 121, 66, 67, 72, 73, 0,
- 91, 0, 0, 0, 121, 103, 96, 97, 121, 121,
- 0, 0, 121, 121, 121, 93, 98, 99, 0, 0,
- 64, 65, 0, 0, 92, 62, 63, 74, 75, 0,
- 0, 0
+static const short yydefact[] = { 0,
+ 0, 121, 0, 0, 0, 121, 121, 0, 0, 0,
+ 139, 36, 37, 0, 89, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 2, 4, 0, 0, 121, 121,
+ 38, 41, 43, 138, 44, 47, 57, 51, 48, 46,
+ 53, 52, 54, 55, 56, 0, 123, 130, 131, 0,
+ 3, 105, 0, 0, 121, 121, 0, 121, 0, 0,
+ 121, 0, 132, 0, 140, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 11, 13, 21, 17,
+ 29, 15, 23, 19, 27, 25, 31, 33, 34, 7,
+ 8, 0, 0, 36, 42, 39, 45, 116, 117, 1,
+ 121, 121, 124, 125, 121, 0, 119, 118, 120, 136,
+ 133, 121, 122, 104, 106, 115, 0, 121, 0, 121,
+ 121, 121, 121, 0, 121, 121, 0, 0, 90, 135,
+ 121, 12, 14, 22, 18, 30, 16, 24, 20, 28,
+ 26, 32, 35, 9, 10, 88, 84, 40, 0, 0,
+ 128, 129, 0, 134, 0, 121, 121, 121, 121, 121,
+ 121, 0, 121, 0, 121, 0, 0, 0, 0, 121,
+ 0, 121, 0, 0, 121, 82, 81, 0, 126, 127,
+ 0, 0, 137, 121, 121, 85, 0, 0, 0, 108,
+ 109, 107, 0, 94, 121, 0, 121, 121, 0, 5,
+ 0, 121, 0, 68, 69, 121, 121, 121, 121, 0,
+ 0, 0, 0, 49, 50, 0, 83, 79, 0, 0,
+ 87, 110, 111, 112, 113, 114, 78, 100, 95, 0,
+ 76, 102, 0, 0, 0, 0, 58, 6, 121, 0,
+ 59, 0, 0, 0, 0, 70, 0, 121, 71, 80,
+ 86, 121, 121, 121, 121, 101, 77, 0, 0, 121,
+ 60, 61, 0, 121, 121, 66, 67, 72, 73, 0,
+ 91, 0, 0, 0, 121, 103, 96, 97, 121, 121,
+ 0, 0, 121, 121, 121, 93, 98, 99, 0, 0,
+ 64, 65, 0, 0, 92, 62, 63, 74, 75, 0,
+ 0, 0
};
-static const short yydefgoto[] =
-{
- 299, 200, 31, 32, 97, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37,
- 38, 39, 40, 176, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 186,
- 192, 193, 194, 233, 52, 53, 110, 111, 100, 121,
- 54, 46, 150, 112, 49, 50
+static const short yydefgoto[] = { 300,
+ 201, 31, 32, 97, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38,
+ 39, 40, 177, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 187, 193,
+ 194, 195, 234, 52, 53, 114, 115, 100, 110, 54,
+ 46, 151, 116, 49, 50
};
-static const short yypact[] =
-{
- 273, -24,-32768, -2, 11, 6,-32768,-32768, 12, 9,
- 402, 41, 10,-32768, 552,-32768, 46, 52, -5, 58,
- 64, 68, 102, 117, 135,-32768,-32768, 146, 149,-32768,
- -32768,-32768,-32768, 169,-32768, 202,-32768,-32768,-32768,-32768,
- -32768,-32768,-32768,-32768,-32768,-32768, -33, 42,-32768, 91,
- 445,-32768,-32768, 142, 316,-32768, 133, 72, 136, 172,
- 174, 97, 171, 91, 531,-32768, 139, 173, 182, 99,
- 188, 138, 189, 190, 191, 194, 195,-32768,-32768,-32768,
- -32768,-32768,-32768,-32768,-32768,-32768,-32768,-32768,-32768,-32768,
- -32768,-32768, 145, 168,-32768,-32768,-32768, 202,-32768,-32768,
- -32768,-32768,-32768, 359, 359,-32768, 531, 91,-32768,-32768,
- -32768, 249,-32768, -12,-32768, 13,-32768,-32768,-32768,-32768,
- -32768,-32768,-32768, 57,-32768,-32768, 170, 39,-32768, 91,
- -32768,-32768,-32768,-32768,-32768,-32768,-32768,-32768,-32768,-32768,
- -32768,-32768,-32768,-32768,-32768,-32768,-32768,-32768, 316, 316,
- 28, 28, 488, 91, 74,-32768,-32768,-32768,-32768,-32768,
- -32768, 90,-32768, 220,-32768, 183, 178, 110, 113,-32768,
- 198,-32768, 209, 215,-32768, 202,-32768, 39,-32768,-32768,
- 359, 359, 91,-32768,-32768,-32768, 224, 316, 316, 316,
- 316, 316, 230, 196,-32768, 16,-32768,-32768, 231,-32768,
- 258,-32768, 197,-32768,-32768,-32768,-32768,-32768,-32768, 236,
- 316, 258, 201,-32768,-32768, 39, 202,-32768, 247, 255,
- -32768,-32768,-32768, 66, 66, 66,-32768,-32768, 223, 17,
- -32768,-32768, 237, 92, 251, 211,-32768,-32768,-32768, 121,
- -32768, 252, 218, 256, 219,-32768, 249,-32768,-32768,-32768,
- -32768,-32768,-32768,-32768,-32768,-32768,-32768, 115, 253,-32768,
- -32768,-32768, 122,-32768,-32768,-32768,-32768,-32768,-32768, 125,
- 106, 316, 316, 316,-32768,-32768,-32768, 316,-32768,-32768,
- 260, 245,-32768,-32768,-32768,-32768,-32768, 316, 272, 259,
- -32768,-32768, 289, 264,-32768,-32768,-32768,-32768,-32768, 288,
- 322,-32768
+static const short yypact[] = { 274,
+ -23,-32768, 5, 55, 10,-32768,-32768, 21, 31, 446,
+ 32, 19,-32768, 553,-32768, 56, 72, -12, 89, -11,
+ 92, 102, 111, 113,-32768,-32768, 117, 124,-32768,-32768,
+-32768,-32768, 183,-32768, 202,-32768,-32768,-32768,-32768,-32768,
+-32768,-32768,-32768,-32768,-32768, -13, 134,-32768, 52, 317,
+-32768,-32768, 148, 360,-32768, 115, 22, 120, 154, 173,
+ 114, 155, 52, 532,-32768, 140, 180, 181, 101, 182,
+ 112, 186, 188, 189, 190, 205,-32768,-32768,-32768,-32768,
+-32768,-32768,-32768,-32768,-32768,-32768,-32768,-32768,-32768,-32768,
+-32768, 193, 195,-32768,-32768,-32768, 202,-32768,-32768,-32768,
+-32768,-32768, 403, 403,-32768, 532,-32768,-32768,-32768,-32768,
+ 52,-32768,-32768,-32768, 221,-32768, -9,-32768, 42,-32768,
+-32768,-32768,-32768, 61,-32768,-32768, 200, 41,-32768, 52,
+-32768,-32768,-32768,-32768,-32768,-32768,-32768,-32768,-32768,-32768,
+-32768,-32768,-32768,-32768,-32768,-32768,-32768,-32768, 360, 360,
+ 152, 152, 489, 52, 192,-32768,-32768,-32768,-32768,-32768,
+-32768, 26,-32768, 127,-32768, 218, 194, 34, 73,-32768,
+ 215,-32768, 242, 245,-32768, 202,-32768, 41,-32768,-32768,
+ 403, 403, 52,-32768,-32768,-32768, 254, 360, 360, 360,
+ 360, 360, 253, 229,-32768, -2,-32768,-32768, 252,-32768,
+ 151,-32768, 217,-32768,-32768,-32768,-32768,-32768,-32768, 255,
+ 360, 151, 220,-32768,-32768, 41, 202,-32768, 265, 272,
+-32768,-32768,-32768, 159, 159, 159,-32768,-32768, 241, 17,
+-32768,-32768, 256, 36, 266, 232,-32768,-32768,-32768, 74,
+-32768, 273, 238, 277, 243,-32768, 221,-32768,-32768,-32768,
+-32768,-32768,-32768,-32768,-32768,-32768,-32768, 116, 269,-32768,
+-32768,-32768, 90,-32768,-32768,-32768,-32768,-32768,-32768, 95,
+ 197, 360, 360, 360,-32768,-32768,-32768, 360,-32768,-32768,
+ 282, 251,-32768,-32768,-32768,-32768,-32768, 360, 288, 260,
+-32768,-32768, 289, 280,-32768,-32768,-32768,-32768,-32768, 305,
+ 316,-32768
};
-static const short yypgoto[] =
-{
- -32768, 160, -32, 283, 156,-32768,-32768, -122,-32768,-32768,
- -32768,-32768,-32768, -167,-32768,-32768,-32768,-32768,-32768, 65,
- -32768, 140,-32768, 104, -162, -6,-32768, -173,-32768, -157,
- -27,-32768, 4, 2, 3, 329
+static const short yypgoto[] = {-32768,
+ 146, -33, 290, 156,-32768,-32768, -119,-32768,-32768,-32768,
+-32768,-32768, -153,-32768,-32768,-32768,-32768,-32768, 64,-32768,
+ 141,-32768, 104, -162, -6,-32768, -172,-32768, -52, -28,
+-32768, 6, 4, -7, 329
};
-#define YYLAST 600
-
-
-static const short yytable[] =
-{
- 59, 60, 48, 96, 47, 175, 201, 209, 160, 212,
- 217, 98, 99, 63, 221, 222, 223, 224, 225, 79,
- 51, 80, 55, 92, 93, 230, 256, 162, 113, 115,
- 58, 123, 109, 163, 127, 56, 61, 246, 62, 57,
- 231, 231, 2, 238, 81, 243, 244, 3, 249, 4,
- 5, 6, 7, 107, 247, 175, 9, 109, 101, 102,
- 109, 109, 66, 164, 65, 147, 15, 129, 232, 232,
- 77, 169, 101, 102, 148, 149, 78, 170, 152, 183,
- 184, 185, 82, 109, 103, 104, 116, 161, 83, 29,
- 84, 30, 86, 175, 167, 168, 155, 156, 223, 224,
- 225, 109, 154, 177, 196, 48, 48, 171, 151, 153,
- 165, 284, 184, 85, 166, 117, 118, 119, 172, 173,
- 292, 293, 120, 133, 205, 134, 87, 207, 187, 188,
- 189, 190, 191, 195, 109, 263, 278, 105, 258, 282,
- 197, 88, 210, 96, 210, 259, 108, 215, 135, 126,
- 48, 48, 178, 179, 109, 182, 198, 109, 202, 89,
- 206, 258, 137, 208, 138, 109, 109, 229, 274, 109,
- 90, 264, 279, 91, 239, 283, 114, 218, 219, 122,
- 210, 210, 48, 48, 147, 151, 124, 139, 125, 128,
- 234, 235, 130, 94, 13, 14, 145, 131, 203, 241,
- 242, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 132, 21, 22, 23,
- 24, 262, 136, 140, 141, 142, 27, 28, 143, 144,
- 269, 146, 199, 174, 213, 271, 272, 273, 14, 204,
- 214, 220, 277, 227, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 226,
- 21, 22, 23, 24, 199, 270, 236, 287, 240, 27,
- 28, 245, 248, 276, 250, 210, 210, 280, 281, 251,
- 255, 231, 261, 117, 118, 119, 260, 265, 286, 266,
- 268, 267, 288, 289, 1, 290, 2, 275, 294, 155,
- 156, 3, 237, 4, 5, 6, 7, 295, 300, 8,
- 9, 157, 158, 159, 10, 11, 291, 12, 13, 14,
- 15, 117, 118, 119, 297, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20,
- 296, 21, 22, 23, 24, 298, 95, 25, 26, 2,
- 27, 28, 301, 29, 3, 30, 4, 5, 6, 7,
- 211, 216, 8, 9, 228, 285, 257, 10, 11, 64,
- 12, 13, 14, 15, 0, 0, 0, 0, 16, 17,
- 18, 19, 20, 0, 21, 22, 23, 24, 0, 0,
- 109, 0, 2, 27, 28, 0, 29, 3, 30, 4,
- 5, 6, 7, 0, 0, 8, 9, 0, 0, 0,
- 10, 11, 0, 12, 13, 14, 15, 0, 0, 0,
- 0, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 0, 21, 22, 23,
- 24, 0, 0, 0, 0, 2, 27, 28, 0, 29,
- 3, 30, 4, 5, 6, 7, 0, 0, 8, 9,
- 0, 0, 0, 0, 11, 0, 12, 13, 14, 15,
- 0, 0, 0, 0, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 0,
- 21, 22, 23, 24, 0, 0, 0, 0, 2, 27,
- 28, 0, 29, 3, 30, 4, 5, 6, 7, 0,
- 0, 8, 9, 0, 0, 0, 106, 0, 0, 12,
- 13, 14, 15, 0, 0, 0, 0, 16, 17, 18,
- 19, 20, 0, 21, 22, 23, 24, 0, 0, 0,
- 0, 2, 27, 28, 0, 29, 3, 30, 4, 5,
- 6, 7, 0, 0, 8, 9, 0, 0, 0, 0,
- 0, 0, 12, 13, 14, 15, 0, 0, 0, 0,
- 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 0, 21, 22, 23, 24,
- 0, 0, 109, 0, 2, 27, 28, 0, 29, 3,
- 30, 4, 5, 6, 7, 0, 0, 8, 9, 0,
- 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 12, 13, 14, 15, 0,
- 0, 0, 0, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 0, 21,
- 22, 23, 24, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 27, 28,
- 0, 29, 0, 30, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 0,
- 72, 0, 73, 74, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 75,
- 76
+#define YYLAST 601
+
+
+static const short yytable[] = { 59,
+ 60, 96, 63, 48, 122, 47, 231, 210, 176, 213,
+ 161, 79, 83, 80, 84, 222, 223, 224, 225, 226,
+ 51, 232, 92, 93, 218, 257, 117, 119, 55, 124,
+ 98, 99, 128, 58, 113, 120, 81, 85, 247, 197,
+ 232, 113, 111, 2, 61, 244, 245, 206, 3, 233,
+ 4, 5, 6, 7, 65, 163, 130, 9, 176, 62,
+ 113, 164, 250, 148, 107, 108, 109, 15, 233, 113,
+ 66, 121, 149, 150, 170, 198, 153, 113, 56, 77,
+ 171, 259, 57, 207, 113, 113, 208, 264, 260, 162,
+ 29, 165, 30, 168, 169, 78, 176, 105, 154, 224,
+ 225, 226, 178, 279, 113, 155, 48, 48, 283, 152,
+ 172, 202, 82, 166, 167, 86, 113, 113, 173, 174,
+ 293, 294, 209, 265, 134, 87, 135, 188, 189, 190,
+ 191, 192, 196, 113, 88, 138, 89, 139, 113, 280,
+ 90, 211, 96, 211, 284, 183, 216, 91, 239, 136,
+ 200, 112, 48, 48, 179, 180, 199, 118, 203, 248,
+ 140, 259, 123, 101, 102, 127, 230, 125, 275, 107,
+ 108, 109, 129, 240, 238, 103, 104, 219, 220, 211,
+ 211, 101, 102, 148, 48, 48, 126, 152, 156, 157,
+ 235, 236, 131, 107, 108, 109, 184, 185, 186, 242,
+ 243, 285, 185, 132, 133, 137, 94, 13, 14, 141,
+ 263, 142, 143, 144, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 270,
+ 21, 22, 23, 24, 272, 273, 274, 14, 145, 27,
+ 28, 278, 204, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 200, 21,
+ 22, 23, 24, 146, 205, 271, 288, 147, 27, 28,
+ 156, 157, 175, 277, 211, 211, 214, 281, 282, 215,
+ 221, 227, 158, 159, 160, 228, 237, 241, 287, 246,
+ 249, 251, 289, 290, 1, 252, 2, 256, 295, 232,
+ 261, 3, 262, 4, 5, 6, 7, 266, 267, 8,
+ 9, 268, 276, 269, 10, 11, 291, 12, 13, 14,
+ 15, 292, 296, 298, 301, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20,
+ 297, 21, 22, 23, 24, 302, 212, 25, 26, 2,
+ 27, 28, 95, 29, 3, 30, 4, 5, 6, 7,
+ 299, 217, 8, 9, 286, 229, 258, 106, 64, 0,
+ 12, 13, 14, 15, 0, 0, 0, 0, 16, 17,
+ 18, 19, 20, 0, 21, 22, 23, 24, 0, 107,
+ 108, 109, 2, 27, 28, 0, 29, 3, 30, 4,
+ 5, 6, 7, 0, 0, 8, 9, 0, 0, 0,
+ 10, 11, 0, 12, 13, 14, 15, 0, 0, 0,
+ 0, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 0, 21, 22, 23,
+ 24, 0, 0, 113, 0, 2, 27, 28, 0, 29,
+ 3, 30, 4, 5, 6, 7, 0, 0, 8, 9,
+ 0, 0, 0, 10, 11, 0, 12, 13, 14, 15,
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 0,
+ 21, 22, 23, 24, 0, 0, 0, 0, 2, 27,
+ 28, 0, 29, 3, 30, 4, 5, 6, 7, 0,
+ 0, 8, 9, 0, 0, 0, 0, 11, 0, 12,
+ 13, 14, 15, 0, 0, 0, 0, 16, 17, 18,
+ 19, 20, 0, 21, 22, 23, 24, 0, 0, 0,
+ 0, 2, 27, 28, 0, 29, 3, 30, 4, 5,
+ 6, 7, 0, 0, 8, 9, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+ 0, 0, 12, 13, 14, 15, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+ 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 0, 21, 22, 23, 24,
+ 0, 0, 113, 0, 2, 27, 28, 0, 29, 3,
+ 30, 4, 5, 6, 7, 0, 0, 8, 9, 0,
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 12, 13, 14, 15, 0,
+ 0, 0, 0, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 0, 21,
+ 22, 23, 24, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 27, 28,
+ 0, 29, 0, 30, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 0,
+ 72, 0, 73, 74, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 75,
+ 76
};
-static const short yycheck[] =
-{
- 6, 7, 0, 35, 0, 127, 163, 169, 20, 171,
- 177, 44, 45, 10, 187, 188, 189, 190, 191, 24,
- 44, 26, 24, 29, 30, 9, 9, 14, 55, 56,
- 24, 58, 44, 20, 61, 24, 24, 210, 29, 28,
- 24, 24, 3, 200, 49, 207, 208, 8, 215, 10,
- 11, 12, 13, 50, 211, 177, 17, 44, 30, 31,
- 44, 44, 52, 50, 23, 97, 27, 64, 52, 52,
- 24, 14, 30, 31, 101, 102, 24, 20, 105, 5,
- 6, 7, 24, 44, 42, 43, 14, 114, 24, 50,
- 26, 52, 24, 215, 121, 122, 30, 31, 271, 272,
- 273, 44, 108, 130, 14, 103, 104, 50, 104, 106,
- 116, 5, 6, 49, 120, 43, 44, 45, 124, 125,
- 282, 283, 50, 24, 14, 26, 24, 14, 155, 156,
- 157, 158, 159, 160, 44, 14, 14, 46, 46, 14,
- 50, 24, 169, 175, 171, 53, 4, 174, 49, 52,
- 148, 149, 148, 149, 44, 152, 162, 44, 164, 24,
- 50, 46, 24, 50, 26, 44, 44, 194, 53, 44,
- 24, 50, 50, 24, 201, 50, 43, 183, 184, 43,
- 207, 208, 180, 181, 216, 181, 14, 49, 14, 18,
- 196, 197, 53, 24, 25, 26, 51, 24, 15, 205,
- 206, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 24, 38, 39, 40,
- 41, 238, 24, 24, 24, 24, 47, 48, 24, 24,
- 247, 53, 24, 53, 15, 252, 253, 254, 26, 51,
- 15, 7, 259, 37, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 9,
- 38, 39, 40, 41, 24, 251, 15, 274, 51, 47,
- 48, 15, 51, 259, 7, 282, 283, 263, 264, 4,
- 37, 24, 51, 43, 44, 45, 15, 15, 274, 51,
- 51, 15, 278, 279, 1, 15, 3, 24, 284, 30,
- 31, 8, 24, 10, 11, 12, 13, 15, 0, 16,
- 17, 42, 43, 44, 21, 22, 51, 24, 25, 26,
- 27, 43, 44, 45, 15, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36,
- 51, 38, 39, 40, 41, 51, 33, 44, 45, 3,
- 47, 48, 0, 50, 8, 52, 10, 11, 12, 13,
- 170, 175, 16, 17, 194, 270, 232, 21, 22, 10,
- 24, 25, 26, 27, -1, -1, -1, -1, 32, 33,
- 34, 35, 36, -1, 38, 39, 40, 41, -1, -1,
- 44, -1, 3, 47, 48, -1, 50, 8, 52, 10,
- 11, 12, 13, -1, -1, 16, 17, -1, -1, -1,
- 21, 22, -1, 24, 25, 26, 27, -1, -1, -1,
- -1, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, -1, 38, 39, 40,
- 41, -1, -1, -1, -1, 3, 47, 48, -1, 50,
- 8, 52, 10, 11, 12, 13, -1, -1, 16, 17,
- -1, -1, -1, -1, 22, -1, 24, 25, 26, 27,
- -1, -1, -1, -1, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, -1,
- 38, 39, 40, 41, -1, -1, -1, -1, 3, 47,
- 48, -1, 50, 8, 52, 10, 11, 12, 13, -1,
- -1, 16, 17, -1, -1, -1, 21, -1, -1, 24,
- 25, 26, 27, -1, -1, -1, -1, 32, 33, 34,
- 35, 36, -1, 38, 39, 40, 41, -1, -1, -1,
- -1, 3, 47, 48, -1, 50, 8, 52, 10, 11,
- 12, 13, -1, -1, 16, 17, -1, -1, -1, -1,
- -1, -1, 24, 25, 26, 27, -1, -1, -1, -1,
- 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, -1, 38, 39, 40, 41,
- -1, -1, 44, -1, 3, 47, 48, -1, 50, 8,
- 52, 10, 11, 12, 13, -1, -1, 16, 17, -1,
- -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, 24, 25, 26, 27, -1,
- -1, -1, -1, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, -1, 38,
- 39, 40, 41, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, 47, 48,
- -1, 50, -1, 52, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, -1,
- 38, -1, 40, 41, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, 47,
- 48
+static const short yycheck[] = { 6,
+ 7, 35, 10, 0, 57, 0, 9, 170, 128, 172,
+ 20, 24, 24, 26, 26, 188, 189, 190, 191, 192,
+ 44, 24, 29, 30, 178, 9, 55, 56, 24, 58,
+ 44, 45, 61, 24, 44, 14, 49, 49, 211, 14,
+ 24, 44, 50, 3, 24, 208, 209, 14, 8, 52,
+ 10, 11, 12, 13, 23, 14, 64, 17, 178, 29,
+ 44, 20, 216, 97, 43, 44, 45, 27, 52, 44,
+ 52, 50, 101, 102, 14, 50, 105, 44, 24, 24,
+ 20, 46, 28, 50, 44, 44, 14, 14, 53, 118,
+ 50, 50, 52, 122, 123, 24, 216, 46, 106, 272,
+ 273, 274, 131, 14, 44, 112, 103, 104, 14, 104,
+ 50, 164, 24, 120, 121, 24, 44, 44, 125, 126,
+ 283, 284, 50, 50, 24, 24, 26, 156, 157, 158,
+ 159, 160, 161, 44, 24, 24, 24, 26, 44, 50,
+ 24, 170, 176, 172, 50, 153, 175, 24, 201, 49,
+ 24, 4, 149, 150, 149, 150, 163, 43, 165, 212,
+ 49, 46, 43, 30, 31, 52, 195, 14, 53, 43,
+ 44, 45, 18, 202, 24, 42, 43, 184, 185, 208,
+ 209, 30, 31, 217, 181, 182, 14, 182, 30, 31,
+ 197, 198, 53, 43, 44, 45, 5, 6, 7, 206,
+ 207, 5, 6, 24, 24, 24, 24, 25, 26, 24,
+ 239, 24, 24, 24, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 248,
+ 38, 39, 40, 41, 253, 254, 255, 26, 24, 47,
+ 48, 260, 15, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 24, 38,
+ 39, 40, 41, 51, 51, 252, 275, 53, 47, 48,
+ 30, 31, 53, 260, 283, 284, 15, 264, 265, 15,
+ 7, 9, 42, 43, 44, 37, 15, 51, 275, 15,
+ 51, 7, 279, 280, 1, 4, 3, 37, 285, 24,
+ 15, 8, 51, 10, 11, 12, 13, 15, 51, 16,
+ 17, 15, 24, 51, 21, 22, 15, 24, 25, 26,
+ 27, 51, 15, 15, 0, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36,
+ 51, 38, 39, 40, 41, 0, 171, 44, 45, 3,
+ 47, 48, 33, 50, 8, 52, 10, 11, 12, 13,
+ 51, 176, 16, 17, 271, 195, 233, 21, 10, -1,
+ 24, 25, 26, 27, -1, -1, -1, -1, 32, 33,
+ 34, 35, 36, -1, 38, 39, 40, 41, -1, 43,
+ 44, 45, 3, 47, 48, -1, 50, 8, 52, 10,
+ 11, 12, 13, -1, -1, 16, 17, -1, -1, -1,
+ 21, 22, -1, 24, 25, 26, 27, -1, -1, -1,
+ -1, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, -1, 38, 39, 40,
+ 41, -1, -1, 44, -1, 3, 47, 48, -1, 50,
+ 8, 52, 10, 11, 12, 13, -1, -1, 16, 17,
+ -1, -1, -1, 21, 22, -1, 24, 25, 26, 27,
+ -1, -1, -1, -1, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, -1,
+ 38, 39, 40, 41, -1, -1, -1, -1, 3, 47,
+ 48, -1, 50, 8, 52, 10, 11, 12, 13, -1,
+ -1, 16, 17, -1, -1, -1, -1, 22, -1, 24,
+ 25, 26, 27, -1, -1, -1, -1, 32, 33, 34,
+ 35, 36, -1, 38, 39, 40, 41, -1, -1, -1,
+ -1, 3, 47, 48, -1, 50, 8, 52, 10, 11,
+ 12, 13, -1, -1, 16, 17, -1, -1, -1, -1,
+ -1, -1, 24, 25, 26, 27, -1, -1, -1, -1,
+ 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, -1, 38, 39, 40, 41,
+ -1, -1, 44, -1, 3, 47, 48, -1, 50, 8,
+ 52, 10, 11, 12, 13, -1, -1, 16, 17, -1,
+ -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, 24, 25, 26, 27, -1,
+ -1, -1, -1, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, -1, 38,
+ 39, 40, 41, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, 47, 48,
+ -1, 50, -1, 52, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, -1,
+ 38, -1, 40, 41, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, 47,
+ 48
};
/* -*-C-*- Note some compilers choke on comments on `#line' lines. */
-#line 3 "/usr/local/share/bison/bison.simple"
+#line 3 "/usr/share/bison.simple"
+/* This file comes from bison-1.28. */
/* Skeleton output parser for bison,
-
- Copyright (C) 1984, 1989, 1990, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software
- Foundation, Inc.
+ Copyright (C) 1984, 1989, 1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
This special exception was added by the Free Software Foundation
in version 1.24 of Bison. */
-/* This is the parser code that is written into each bison parser when
- the %semantic_parser declaration is not specified in the grammar.
- It was written by Richard Stallman by simplifying the hairy parser
- used when %semantic_parser is specified. */
-
-/* All symbols defined below should begin with yy or YY, to avoid
- infringing on user name space. This should be done even for local
- variables, as they might otherwise be expanded by user macros.
- There are some unavoidable exceptions within include files to
- define necessary library symbols; they are noted "INFRINGES ON
- USER NAME SPACE" below. */
-
-#if ! defined (yyoverflow) || defined (YYERROR_VERBOSE)
-
-/* The parser invokes alloca or malloc; define the necessary symbols. */
-
-# if YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
-# define YYSTACK_ALLOC alloca
-# else
-# ifndef YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
-# if defined (alloca) || defined (_ALLOCA_H)
-# define YYSTACK_ALLOC alloca
-# else
-# ifdef __GNUC__
-# define YYSTACK_ALLOC __builtin_alloca
-# endif
-# endif
-# endif
-# endif
-
-# ifdef YYSTACK_ALLOC
- /* Pacify GCC's `empty if-body' warning. */
-# define YYSTACK_FREE(Ptr) do { /* empty */; } while (0)
-# else
-# if defined (__STDC__) || defined (__cplusplus)
-# include <stdlib.h> /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */
-# define YYSIZE_T size_t
-# endif
-# define YYSTACK_ALLOC malloc
-# define YYSTACK_FREE free
-# endif
-
-/* A type that is properly aligned for any stack member. */
-union yyalloc
-{
- short yyss;
- YYSTYPE yyvs;
-# if YYLSP_NEEDED
- YYLTYPE yyls;
-# endif
-};
+/* This is the parser code that is written into each bison parser
+ when the %semantic_parser declaration is not specified in the grammar.
+ It was written by Richard Stallman by simplifying the hairy parser
+ used when %semantic_parser is specified. */
-/* The size of the maximum gap between one aligned stack and the next. */
-# define YYSTACK_GAP_MAX (sizeof (union yyalloc) - 1)
-
-/* The size of an array large to enough to hold all stacks, each with
- N elements. */
-# if YYLSP_NEEDED
-# define YYSTACK_BYTES(N) \
- ((N) * (sizeof (short) + sizeof (YYSTYPE) + sizeof (YYLTYPE)) \
- + 2 * YYSTACK_GAP_MAX)
-# else
-# define YYSTACK_BYTES(N) \
- ((N) * (sizeof (short) + sizeof (YYSTYPE)) \
- + YYSTACK_GAP_MAX)
-# endif
-
-/* Relocate the TYPE STACK from its old location to the new one. The
- local variables YYSIZE and YYSTACKSIZE give the old and new number of
- elements in the stack, and YYPTR gives the new location of the
- stack. Advance YYPTR to a properly aligned location for the next
- stack. */
-# define YYSTACK_RELOCATE(Type, Stack) \
- do \
- { \
- YYSIZE_T yynewbytes; \
- yymemcpy ((char *) yyptr, (char *) (Stack), \
- yysize * (YYSIZE_T) sizeof (Type)); \
- Stack = &yyptr->Stack; \
- yynewbytes = yystacksize * sizeof (Type) + YYSTACK_GAP_MAX; \
- yyptr += yynewbytes / sizeof (*yyptr); \
- } \
- while (0)
-
-#endif /* ! defined (yyoverflow) || defined (YYERROR_VERBOSE) */
-
-
-#if ! defined (YYSIZE_T) && defined (__SIZE_TYPE__)
-# define YYSIZE_T __SIZE_TYPE__
-#endif
-#if ! defined (YYSIZE_T) && defined (size_t)
-# define YYSIZE_T size_t
+#ifndef YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
+#ifdef alloca
+#define YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
+#else /* alloca not defined */
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#define YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
+#define alloca __builtin_alloca
+#else /* not GNU C. */
+#if (!defined (__STDC__) && defined (sparc)) || defined (__sparc__) || defined (__sparc) || defined (__sgi) || (defined (__sun) && defined (__i386))
+#define YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
+#include <alloca.h>
+#else /* not sparc */
+/* We think this test detects Watcom and Microsoft C. */
+/* This used to test MSDOS, but that is a bad idea
+ since that symbol is in the user namespace. */
+#if (defined (_MSDOS) || defined (_MSDOS_)) && !defined (__TURBOC__)
+#if 0 /* No need for malloc.h, which pollutes the namespace;
+ instead, just don't use alloca. */
+#include <malloc.h>
#endif
-#if ! defined (YYSIZE_T)
-# if defined (__STDC__) || defined (__cplusplus)
-# include <stddef.h> /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */
-# define YYSIZE_T size_t
-# endif
+#else /* not MSDOS, or __TURBOC__ */
+#if defined(_AIX)
+/* I don't know what this was needed for, but it pollutes the namespace.
+ So I turned it off. rms, 2 May 1997. */
+/* #include <malloc.h> */
+ #pragma alloca
+#define YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
+#else /* not MSDOS, or __TURBOC__, or _AIX */
+#if 0
+#ifdef __hpux /* haible@ilog.fr says this works for HPUX 9.05 and up,
+ and on HPUX 10. Eventually we can turn this on. */
+#define YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
+#define alloca __builtin_alloca
+#endif /* __hpux */
#endif
-#if ! defined (YYSIZE_T)
-# define YYSIZE_T unsigned int
+#endif /* not _AIX */
+#endif /* not MSDOS, or __TURBOC__ */
+#endif /* not sparc */
+#endif /* not GNU C */
+#endif /* alloca not defined */
+#endif /* YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA not defined */
+
+#ifdef YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
+#define YYSTACK_ALLOC alloca
+#else
+#define YYSTACK_ALLOC malloc
#endif
+/* Note: there must be only one dollar sign in this file.
+ It is replaced by the list of actions, each action
+ as one case of the switch. */
+
#define yyerrok (yyerrstatus = 0)
#define yyclearin (yychar = YYEMPTY)
#define YYEMPTY -2
#define YYACCEPT goto yyacceptlab
#define YYABORT goto yyabortlab
#define YYERROR goto yyerrlab1
-/* Like YYERROR except do call yyerror. This remains here temporarily
- to ease the transition to the new meaning of YYERROR, for GCC.
+/* Like YYERROR except do call yyerror.
+ This remains here temporarily to ease the
+ transition to the new meaning of YYERROR, for GCC.
Once GCC version 2 has supplanted version 1, this can go. */
#define YYFAIL goto yyerrlab
#define YYRECOVERING() (!!yyerrstatus)
-#define YYBACKUP(Token, Value) \
+#define YYBACKUP(token, value) \
do \
if (yychar == YYEMPTY && yylen == 1) \
- { \
- yychar = (Token); \
- yylval = (Value); \
+ { yychar = (token), yylval = (value); \
yychar1 = YYTRANSLATE (yychar); \
YYPOPSTACK; \
goto yybackup; \
} \
else \
- { \
- yyerror ("syntax error: cannot back up"); \
- YYERROR; \
- } \
+ { yyerror ("syntax error: cannot back up"); YYERROR; } \
while (0)
#define YYTERROR 1
#define YYERRCODE 256
+#ifndef YYPURE
+#define YYLEX yylex()
+#endif
+
+#ifdef YYPURE
+#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+#ifdef YYLEX_PARAM
+#define YYLEX yylex(&yylval, &yylloc, YYLEX_PARAM)
+#else
+#define YYLEX yylex(&yylval, &yylloc)
+#endif
+#else /* not YYLSP_NEEDED */
+#ifdef YYLEX_PARAM
+#define YYLEX yylex(&yylval, YYLEX_PARAM)
+#else
+#define YYLEX yylex(&yylval)
+#endif
+#endif /* not YYLSP_NEEDED */
+#endif
+
+/* If nonreentrant, generate the variables here */
-/* YYLLOC_DEFAULT -- Compute the default location (before the actions
- are run).
+#ifndef YYPURE
- When YYLLOC_DEFAULT is run, CURRENT is set the location of the
- first token. By default, to implement support for ranges, extend
- its range to the last symbol. */
+int yychar; /* the lookahead symbol */
+YYSTYPE yylval; /* the semantic value of the */
+ /* lookahead symbol */
-#ifndef YYLLOC_DEFAULT
-# define YYLLOC_DEFAULT(Current, Rhs, N) \
- Current.last_line = Rhs[N].last_line; \
- Current.last_column = Rhs[N].last_column;
+#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+YYLTYPE yylloc; /* location data for the lookahead */
+ /* symbol */
#endif
+int yynerrs; /* number of parse errors so far */
+#endif /* not YYPURE */
+
+#if YYDEBUG != 0
+int yydebug; /* nonzero means print parse trace */
+/* Since this is uninitialized, it does not stop multiple parsers
+ from coexisting. */
+#endif
-/* YYLEX -- calling `yylex' with the right arguments. */
+/* YYINITDEPTH indicates the initial size of the parser's stacks */
-#if YYPURE
-# if YYLSP_NEEDED
-# ifdef YYLEX_PARAM
-# define YYLEX yylex (&yylval, &yylloc, YYLEX_PARAM)
-# else
-# define YYLEX yylex (&yylval, &yylloc)
-# endif
-# else /* !YYLSP_NEEDED */
-# ifdef YYLEX_PARAM
-# define YYLEX yylex (&yylval, YYLEX_PARAM)
-# else
-# define YYLEX yylex (&yylval)
-# endif
-# endif /* !YYLSP_NEEDED */
-#else /* !YYPURE */
-# define YYLEX yylex ()
-#endif /* !YYPURE */
-
-
-/* Enable debugging if requested. */
-#if YYDEBUG
-
-# ifndef YYFPRINTF
-# include <stdio.h> /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */
-# define YYFPRINTF fprintf
-# endif
-
-# define YYDPRINTF(Args) \
-do { \
- if (yydebug) \
- YYFPRINTF Args; \
-} while (0)
-/* Nonzero means print parse trace. It is left uninitialized so that
- multiple parsers can coexist. */
-int yydebug;
-#else /* !YYDEBUG */
-# define YYDPRINTF(Args)
-#endif /* !YYDEBUG */
-
-/* YYINITDEPTH -- initial size of the parser's stacks. */
#ifndef YYINITDEPTH
-# define YYINITDEPTH 200
+#define YYINITDEPTH 200
#endif
-/* YYMAXDEPTH -- maximum size the stacks can grow to (effective only
- if the built-in stack extension method is used).
-
- Do not make this value too large; the results are undefined if
- SIZE_MAX < YYSTACK_BYTES (YYMAXDEPTH)
- evaluated with infinite-precision integer arithmetic. */
+/* YYMAXDEPTH is the maximum size the stacks can grow to
+ (effective only if the built-in stack extension method is used). */
#if YYMAXDEPTH == 0
-# undef YYMAXDEPTH
+#undef YYMAXDEPTH
#endif
#ifndef YYMAXDEPTH
-# define YYMAXDEPTH 10000
+#define YYMAXDEPTH 10000
#endif
\f
-#if ! defined (yyoverflow) && ! defined (yymemcpy)
-# if __GNUC__ > 1 /* GNU C and GNU C++ define this. */
-# define yymemcpy __builtin_memcpy
-# else /* not GNU C or C++ */
+/* Define __yy_memcpy. Note that the size argument
+ should be passed with type unsigned int, because that is what the non-GCC
+ definitions require. With GCC, __builtin_memcpy takes an arg
+ of type size_t, but it can handle unsigned int. */
+
+#if __GNUC__ > 1 /* GNU C and GNU C++ define this. */
+#define __yy_memcpy(TO,FROM,COUNT) __builtin_memcpy(TO,FROM,COUNT)
+#else /* not GNU C or C++ */
+#ifndef __cplusplus
/* This is the most reliable way to avoid incompatibilities
in available built-in functions on various systems. */
static void
-# if defined (__STDC__) || defined (__cplusplus)
-yymemcpy (char *yyto, const char *yyfrom, YYSIZE_T yycount)
-# else
-yymemcpy (yyto, yyfrom, yycount)
- char *yyto;
- const char *yyfrom;
- YYSIZE_T yycount;
-# endif
+__yy_memcpy (to, from, count)
+ char *to;
+ char *from;
+ unsigned int count;
{
- register const char *yyf = yyfrom;
- register char *yyt = yyto;
- register YYSIZE_T yyi = yycount;
+ register char *f = from;
+ register char *t = to;
+ register int i = count;
- while (yyi-- != 0)
- *yyt++ = *yyf++;
+ while (i-- > 0)
+ *t++ = *f++;
}
-# endif
-#endif
-#ifdef YYERROR_VERBOSE
+#else /* __cplusplus */
-# ifndef yystrlen
-# if defined (__GLIBC__) && defined (_STRING_H)
-# define yystrlen strlen
-# else
-/* Return the length of YYSTR. */
-static YYSIZE_T
-# if defined (__STDC__) || defined (__cplusplus)
-yystrlen (const char *yystr)
-# else
-yystrlen (yystr)
- const char *yystr;
-# endif
-{
- register const char *yys = yystr;
-
- while (*yys++ != '\0')
- continue;
-
- return yys - yystr - 1;
-}
-# endif
-# endif
-
-# ifndef yystpcpy
-# if defined (__GLIBC__) && defined (_STRING_H) && defined (_GNU_SOURCE)
-# define yystpcpy stpcpy
-# else
-/* Copy YYSRC to YYDEST, returning the address of the terminating '\0' in
- YYDEST. */
-static char *
-# if defined (__STDC__) || defined (__cplusplus)
-yystpcpy (char *yydest, const char *yysrc)
-# else
-yystpcpy (yydest, yysrc)
- char *yydest;
- const char *yysrc;
-# endif
+/* This is the most reliable way to avoid incompatibilities
+ in available built-in functions on various systems. */
+static void
+__yy_memcpy (char *to, char *from, unsigned int count)
{
- register char *yyd = yydest;
- register const char *yys = yysrc;
+ register char *t = to;
+ register char *f = from;
+ register int i = count;
- while ((*yyd++ = *yys++) != '\0')
- continue;
-
- return yyd - 1;
+ while (i-- > 0)
+ *t++ = *f++;
}
-# endif
-# endif
+
+#endif
#endif
\f
-#line 319 "/usr/local/share/bison/bison.simple"
-
+#line 217 "/usr/share/bison.simple"
/* The user can define YYPARSE_PARAM as the name of an argument to be passed
into yyparse. The argument should have type void *.
to the proper pointer type. */
#ifdef YYPARSE_PARAM
-# if defined (__STDC__) || defined (__cplusplus)
-# define YYPARSE_PARAM_ARG void *YYPARSE_PARAM
-# define YYPARSE_PARAM_DECL
-# else
-# define YYPARSE_PARAM_ARG YYPARSE_PARAM
-# define YYPARSE_PARAM_DECL void *YYPARSE_PARAM;
-# endif
-#else /* !YYPARSE_PARAM */
-# define YYPARSE_PARAM_ARG
-# define YYPARSE_PARAM_DECL
-#endif /* !YYPARSE_PARAM */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+#define YYPARSE_PARAM_ARG void *YYPARSE_PARAM
+#define YYPARSE_PARAM_DECL
+#else /* not __cplusplus */
+#define YYPARSE_PARAM_ARG YYPARSE_PARAM
+#define YYPARSE_PARAM_DECL void *YYPARSE_PARAM;
+#endif /* not __cplusplus */
+#else /* not YYPARSE_PARAM */
+#define YYPARSE_PARAM_ARG
+#define YYPARSE_PARAM_DECL
+#endif /* not YYPARSE_PARAM */
/* Prevent warning if -Wstrict-prototypes. */
#ifdef __GNUC__
-# ifdef YYPARSE_PARAM
+#ifdef YYPARSE_PARAM
int yyparse (void *);
-# else
+#else
int yyparse (void);
-# endif
#endif
-
-/* YY_DECL_VARIABLES -- depending whether we use a pure parser,
- variables are global, or local to YYPARSE. */
-
-#define YY_DECL_NON_LSP_VARIABLES \
-/* The lookahead symbol. */ \
-int yychar; \
- \
-/* The semantic value of the lookahead symbol. */ \
-YYSTYPE yylval; \
- \
-/* Number of parse errors so far. */ \
-int yynerrs;
-
-#if YYLSP_NEEDED
-# define YY_DECL_VARIABLES \
-YY_DECL_NON_LSP_VARIABLES \
- \
-/* Location data for the lookahead symbol. */ \
-YYLTYPE yylloc;
-#else
-# define YY_DECL_VARIABLES \
-YY_DECL_NON_LSP_VARIABLES
#endif
-
-/* If nonreentrant, generate the variables here. */
-
-#if !YYPURE
-YY_DECL_VARIABLES
-#endif /* !YYPURE */
-
int
-yyparse (YYPARSE_PARAM_ARG)
+yyparse(YYPARSE_PARAM_ARG)
YYPARSE_PARAM_DECL
{
- /* If reentrant, generate the variables here. */
-#if YYPURE
- YY_DECL_VARIABLES
-#endif /* !YYPURE */
-
register int yystate;
register int yyn;
- int yyresult;
- /* Number of tokens to shift before error messages enabled. */
- int yyerrstatus;
- /* Lookahead token as an internal (translated) token number. */
- int yychar1 = 0;
-
- /* Three stacks and their tools:
- `yyss': related to states,
- `yyvs': related to semantic values,
- `yyls': related to locations.
-
- Refer to the stacks thru separate pointers, to allow yyoverflow
- to reallocate them elsewhere. */
-
- /* The state stack. */
- short yyssa[YYINITDEPTH];
- short *yyss = yyssa;
register short *yyssp;
-
- /* The semantic value stack. */
- YYSTYPE yyvsa[YYINITDEPTH];
- YYSTYPE *yyvs = yyvsa;
register YYSTYPE *yyvsp;
+ int yyerrstatus; /* number of tokens to shift before error messages enabled */
+ int yychar1 = 0; /* lookahead token as an internal (translated) token number */
+
+ short yyssa[YYINITDEPTH]; /* the state stack */
+ YYSTYPE yyvsa[YYINITDEPTH]; /* the semantic value stack */
+
+ short *yyss = yyssa; /* refer to the stacks thru separate pointers */
+ YYSTYPE *yyvs = yyvsa; /* to allow yyoverflow to reallocate them elsewhere */
-#if YYLSP_NEEDED
- /* The location stack. */
- YYLTYPE yylsa[YYINITDEPTH];
+#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+ YYLTYPE yylsa[YYINITDEPTH]; /* the location stack */
YYLTYPE *yyls = yylsa;
YYLTYPE *yylsp;
-#endif
-#if YYLSP_NEEDED
-# define YYPOPSTACK (yyvsp--, yyssp--, yylsp--)
+#define YYPOPSTACK (yyvsp--, yyssp--, yylsp--)
#else
-# define YYPOPSTACK (yyvsp--, yyssp--)
+#define YYPOPSTACK (yyvsp--, yyssp--)
#endif
- YYSIZE_T yystacksize = YYINITDEPTH;
-
+ int yystacksize = YYINITDEPTH;
+ int yyfree_stacks = 0;
- /* The variables used to return semantic value and location from the
- action routines. */
- YYSTYPE yyval;
-#if YYLSP_NEEDED
- YYLTYPE yyloc;
+#ifdef YYPURE
+ int yychar;
+ YYSTYPE yylval;
+ int yynerrs;
+#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+ YYLTYPE yylloc;
+#endif
#endif
- /* When reducing, the number of symbols on the RHS of the reduced
- rule. */
+ YYSTYPE yyval; /* the variable used to return */
+ /* semantic values from the action */
+ /* routines */
+
int yylen;
- YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Starting parse\n"));
+#if YYDEBUG != 0
+ if (yydebug)
+ fprintf(stderr, "Starting parse\n");
+#endif
yystate = 0;
yyerrstatus = 0;
so that they stay on the same level as the state stack.
The wasted elements are never initialized. */
- yyssp = yyss;
+ yyssp = yyss - 1;
yyvsp = yyvs;
-#if YYLSP_NEEDED
+#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
yylsp = yyls;
#endif
- goto yysetstate;
-/*------------------------------------------------------------.
-| yynewstate -- Push a new state, which is found in yystate. |
-`------------------------------------------------------------*/
- yynewstate:
- /* In all cases, when you get here, the value and location stacks
- have just been pushed. so pushing a state here evens the stacks.
- */
- yyssp++;
+/* Push a new state, which is found in yystate . */
+/* In all cases, when you get here, the value and location stacks
+ have just been pushed. so pushing a state here evens the stacks. */
+yynewstate:
- yysetstate:
- *yyssp = yystate;
+ *++yyssp = yystate;
if (yyssp >= yyss + yystacksize - 1)
{
+ /* Give user a chance to reallocate the stack */
+ /* Use copies of these so that the &'s don't force the real ones into memory. */
+ YYSTYPE *yyvs1 = yyvs;
+ short *yyss1 = yyss;
+#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+ YYLTYPE *yyls1 = yyls;
+#endif
+
/* Get the current used size of the three stacks, in elements. */
- YYSIZE_T yysize = yyssp - yyss + 1;
+ int size = yyssp - yyss + 1;
#ifdef yyoverflow
- {
- /* Give user a chance to reallocate the stack. Use copies of
- these so that the &'s don't force the real ones into
- memory. */
- YYSTYPE *yyvs1 = yyvs;
- short *yyss1 = yyss;
-
- /* Each stack pointer address is followed by the size of the
- data in use in that stack, in bytes. */
-# if YYLSP_NEEDED
- YYLTYPE *yyls1 = yyls;
- /* This used to be a conditional around just the two extra args,
- but that might be undefined if yyoverflow is a macro. */
- yyoverflow ("parser stack overflow",
- &yyss1, yysize * sizeof (*yyssp),
- &yyvs1, yysize * sizeof (*yyvsp),
- &yyls1, yysize * sizeof (*yylsp),
- &yystacksize);
- yyls = yyls1;
-# else
- yyoverflow ("parser stack overflow",
- &yyss1, yysize * sizeof (*yyssp),
- &yyvs1, yysize * sizeof (*yyvsp),
- &yystacksize);
-# endif
- yyss = yyss1;
- yyvs = yyvs1;
- }
+ /* Each stack pointer address is followed by the size of
+ the data in use in that stack, in bytes. */
+#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+ /* This used to be a conditional around just the two extra args,
+ but that might be undefined if yyoverflow is a macro. */
+ yyoverflow("parser stack overflow",
+ &yyss1, size * sizeof (*yyssp),
+ &yyvs1, size * sizeof (*yyvsp),
+ &yyls1, size * sizeof (*yylsp),
+ &yystacksize);
+#else
+ yyoverflow("parser stack overflow",
+ &yyss1, size * sizeof (*yyssp),
+ &yyvs1, size * sizeof (*yyvsp),
+ &yystacksize);
+#endif
+
+ yyss = yyss1; yyvs = yyvs1;
+#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+ yyls = yyls1;
+#endif
#else /* no yyoverflow */
/* Extend the stack our own way. */
if (yystacksize >= YYMAXDEPTH)
- goto yyoverflowlab;
+ {
+ yyerror("parser stack overflow");
+ if (yyfree_stacks)
+ {
+ free (yyss);
+ free (yyvs);
+#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+ free (yyls);
+#endif
+ }
+ return 2;
+ }
yystacksize *= 2;
if (yystacksize > YYMAXDEPTH)
yystacksize = YYMAXDEPTH;
-
- {
- short *yyss1 = yyss;
- union yyalloc *yyptr =
- (union yyalloc *) YYSTACK_ALLOC (YYSTACK_BYTES (yystacksize));
- if (! yyptr)
- goto yyoverflowlab;
- YYSTACK_RELOCATE (short, yyss);
- YYSTACK_RELOCATE (YYSTYPE, yyvs);
-# if YYLSP_NEEDED
- YYSTACK_RELOCATE (YYLTYPE, yyls);
-# endif
-# undef YYSTACK_RELOCATE
- if (yyss1 != yyssa)
- YYSTACK_FREE (yyss1);
- }
+#ifndef YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
+ yyfree_stacks = 1;
+#endif
+ yyss = (short *) YYSTACK_ALLOC (yystacksize * sizeof (*yyssp));
+ __yy_memcpy ((char *)yyss, (char *)yyss1,
+ size * (unsigned int) sizeof (*yyssp));
+ yyvs = (YYSTYPE *) YYSTACK_ALLOC (yystacksize * sizeof (*yyvsp));
+ __yy_memcpy ((char *)yyvs, (char *)yyvs1,
+ size * (unsigned int) sizeof (*yyvsp));
+#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+ yyls = (YYLTYPE *) YYSTACK_ALLOC (yystacksize * sizeof (*yylsp));
+ __yy_memcpy ((char *)yyls, (char *)yyls1,
+ size * (unsigned int) sizeof (*yylsp));
+#endif
#endif /* no yyoverflow */
- yyssp = yyss + yysize - 1;
- yyvsp = yyvs + yysize - 1;
-#if YYLSP_NEEDED
- yylsp = yyls + yysize - 1;
+ yyssp = yyss + size - 1;
+ yyvsp = yyvs + size - 1;
+#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+ yylsp = yyls + size - 1;
#endif
- YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Stack size increased to %lu\n",
- (unsigned long int) yystacksize));
+#if YYDEBUG != 0
+ if (yydebug)
+ fprintf(stderr, "Stack size increased to %d\n", yystacksize);
+#endif
if (yyssp >= yyss + yystacksize - 1)
YYABORT;
}
- YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Entering state %d\n", yystate));
+#if YYDEBUG != 0
+ if (yydebug)
+ fprintf(stderr, "Entering state %d\n", yystate);
+#endif
goto yybackup;
-
-
-/*-----------.
-| yybackup. |
-`-----------*/
-yybackup:
+ yybackup:
/* Do appropriate processing given the current state. */
/* Read a lookahead token if we need one and don't already have one. */
if (yychar == YYEMPTY)
{
- YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Reading a token: "));
+#if YYDEBUG != 0
+ if (yydebug)
+ fprintf(stderr, "Reading a token: ");
+#endif
yychar = YYLEX;
}
yychar1 = 0;
yychar = YYEOF; /* Don't call YYLEX any more */
- YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Now at end of input.\n"));
+#if YYDEBUG != 0
+ if (yydebug)
+ fprintf(stderr, "Now at end of input.\n");
+#endif
}
else
{
- yychar1 = YYTRANSLATE (yychar);
+ yychar1 = YYTRANSLATE(yychar);
-#if YYDEBUG
- /* We have to keep this `#if YYDEBUG', since we use variables
- which are defined only if `YYDEBUG' is set. */
+#if YYDEBUG != 0
if (yydebug)
{
- YYFPRINTF (stderr, "Next token is %d (%s",
- yychar, yytname[yychar1]);
- /* Give the individual parser a way to print the precise
- meaning of a token, for further debugging info. */
-# ifdef YYPRINT
+ fprintf (stderr, "Next token is %d (%s", yychar, yytname[yychar1]);
+ /* Give the individual parser a way to print the precise meaning
+ of a token, for further debugging info. */
+#ifdef YYPRINT
YYPRINT (stderr, yychar, yylval);
-# endif
- YYFPRINTF (stderr, ")\n");
+#endif
+ fprintf (stderr, ")\n");
}
#endif
}
YYACCEPT;
/* Shift the lookahead token. */
- YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Shifting token %d (%s), ",
- yychar, yytname[yychar1]));
+
+#if YYDEBUG != 0
+ if (yydebug)
+ fprintf(stderr, "Shifting token %d (%s), ", yychar, yytname[yychar1]);
+#endif
/* Discard the token being shifted unless it is eof. */
if (yychar != YYEOF)
yychar = YYEMPTY;
*++yyvsp = yylval;
-#if YYLSP_NEEDED
+#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
*++yylsp = yylloc;
#endif
- /* Count tokens shifted since error; after three, turn off error
- status. */
- if (yyerrstatus)
- yyerrstatus--;
+ /* count tokens shifted since error; after three, turn off error status. */
+ if (yyerrstatus) yyerrstatus--;
yystate = yyn;
goto yynewstate;
-
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------.
-| yydefault -- do the default action for the current state. |
-`-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Do the default action for the current state. */
yydefault:
+
yyn = yydefact[yystate];
if (yyn == 0)
goto yyerrlab;
- goto yyreduce;
-
-/*-----------------------------.
-| yyreduce -- Do a reduction. |
-`-----------------------------*/
+/* Do a reduction. yyn is the number of a rule to reduce with. */
yyreduce:
- /* yyn is the number of a rule to reduce with. */
yylen = yyr2[yyn];
+ if (yylen > 0)
+ yyval = yyvsp[1-yylen]; /* implement default value of the action */
- /* If YYLEN is nonzero, implement the default value of the action:
- `$$ = $1'.
-
- Otherwise, the following line sets YYVAL to the semantic value of
- the lookahead token. This behavior is undocumented and Bison
- users should not rely upon it. Assigning to YYVAL
- unconditionally makes the parser a bit smaller, and it avoids a
- GCC warning that YYVAL may be used uninitialized. */
- yyval = yyvsp[1-yylen];
-
-#if YYLSP_NEEDED
- /* Similarly for the default location. Let the user run additional
- commands if for instance locations are ranges. */
- yyloc = yylsp[1-yylen];
- YYLLOC_DEFAULT (yyloc, (yylsp - yylen), yylen);
-#endif
-
-#if YYDEBUG
- /* We have to keep this `#if YYDEBUG', since we use variables which
- are defined only if `YYDEBUG' is set. */
+#if YYDEBUG != 0
if (yydebug)
{
- int yyi;
+ int i;
- YYFPRINTF (stderr, "Reducing via rule %d (line %d), ",
- yyn, yyrline[yyn]);
+ fprintf (stderr, "Reducing via rule %d (line %d), ",
+ yyn, yyrline[yyn]);
/* Print the symbols being reduced, and their result. */
- for (yyi = yyprhs[yyn]; yyrhs[yyi] > 0; yyi++)
- YYFPRINTF (stderr, "%s ", yytname[yyrhs[yyi]]);
- YYFPRINTF (stderr, " -> %s\n", yytname[yyr1[yyn]]);
+ for (i = yyprhs[yyn]; yyrhs[i] > 0; i++)
+ fprintf (stderr, "%s ", yytname[yyrhs[i]]);
+ fprintf (stderr, " -> %s\n", yytname[yyr1[yyn]]);
}
#endif
+
switch (yyn) {
case 1:
-#line 341 "/usr/homes/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
+#line 351 "/Users/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
{
/* Case of regular command. Discard the error
safety net,and return the command just parsed. */
eof_encountered = 0;
/* discard_parser_constructs (0); */
YYACCEPT;
- }
- break;
+ ;
+ break;}
case 2:
-#line 350 "/usr/homes/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
+#line 360 "/Users/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
{
/* Case of regular command, but not a very
interesting one. Return a NULL command. */
global_command = (COMMAND *)NULL;
YYACCEPT;
- }
- break;
+ ;
+ break;}
case 3:
-#line 357 "/usr/homes/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
+#line 367 "/Users/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
{
/* Error during parsing. Return NULL command. */
global_command = (COMMAND *)NULL;
{
YYABORT;
}
- }
- break;
+ ;
+ break;}
case 4:
-#line 372 "/usr/homes/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
+#line 382 "/Users/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
{
/* Case of EOF seen by itself. Do ignoreeof or
not. */
global_command = (COMMAND *)NULL;
handle_eof_input_unit ();
YYACCEPT;
- }
- break;
+ ;
+ break;}
case 5:
-#line 382 "/usr/homes/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
-{ yyval.word_list = make_word_list (yyvsp[0].word, (WORD_LIST *)NULL); }
- break;
+#line 392 "/Users/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
+{ yyval.word_list = make_word_list (yyvsp[0].word, (WORD_LIST *)NULL); ;
+ break;}
case 6:
-#line 384 "/usr/homes/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
-{ yyval.word_list = make_word_list (yyvsp[0].word, yyvsp[-1].word_list); }
- break;
+#line 394 "/Users/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
+{ yyval.word_list = make_word_list (yyvsp[0].word, yyvsp[-1].word_list); ;
+ break;}
case 7:
-#line 388 "/usr/homes/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
+#line 398 "/Users/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
{
redir.filename = yyvsp[0].word;
yyval.redirect = make_redirection (1, r_output_direction, redir);
- }
- break;
+ ;
+ break;}
case 8:
-#line 393 "/usr/homes/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
+#line 403 "/Users/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
{
redir.filename = yyvsp[0].word;
yyval.redirect = make_redirection (0, r_input_direction, redir);
- }
- break;
+ ;
+ break;}
case 9:
-#line 398 "/usr/homes/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
+#line 408 "/Users/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
{
redir.filename = yyvsp[0].word;
yyval.redirect = make_redirection (yyvsp[-2].number, r_output_direction, redir);
- }
- break;
+ ;
+ break;}
case 10:
-#line 403 "/usr/homes/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
+#line 413 "/Users/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
{
redir.filename = yyvsp[0].word;
yyval.redirect = make_redirection (yyvsp[-2].number, r_input_direction, redir);
- }
- break;
+ ;
+ break;}
case 11:
-#line 408 "/usr/homes/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
+#line 418 "/Users/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
{
redir.filename = yyvsp[0].word;
yyval.redirect = make_redirection (1, r_appending_to, redir);
- }
- break;
+ ;
+ break;}
case 12:
-#line 413 "/usr/homes/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
+#line 423 "/Users/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
{
redir.filename = yyvsp[0].word;
yyval.redirect = make_redirection (yyvsp[-2].number, r_appending_to, redir);
- }
- break;
+ ;
+ break;}
case 13:
-#line 418 "/usr/homes/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
+#line 428 "/Users/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
{
redir.filename = yyvsp[0].word;
yyval.redirect = make_redirection (0, r_reading_until, redir);
redir_stack[need_here_doc++] = yyval.redirect;
- }
- break;
+ ;
+ break;}
case 14:
-#line 424 "/usr/homes/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
+#line 434 "/Users/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
{
redir.filename = yyvsp[0].word;
yyval.redirect = make_redirection (yyvsp[-2].number, r_reading_until, redir);
redir_stack[need_here_doc++] = yyval.redirect;
- }
- break;
+ ;
+ break;}
case 15:
-#line 430 "/usr/homes/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
+#line 440 "/Users/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
{
redir.filename = yyvsp[0].word;
yyval.redirect = make_redirection (0, r_reading_string, redir);
- }
- break;
+ ;
+ break;}
case 16:
-#line 435 "/usr/homes/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
+#line 445 "/Users/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
{
redir.filename = yyvsp[0].word;
yyval.redirect = make_redirection (yyvsp[-2].number, r_reading_string, redir);
- }
- break;
+ ;
+ break;}
case 17:
-#line 440 "/usr/homes/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
+#line 450 "/Users/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
{
redir.dest = yyvsp[0].number;
yyval.redirect = make_redirection (0, r_duplicating_input, redir);
- }
- break;
+ ;
+ break;}
case 18:
-#line 445 "/usr/homes/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
+#line 455 "/Users/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
{
redir.dest = yyvsp[0].number;
yyval.redirect = make_redirection (yyvsp[-2].number, r_duplicating_input, redir);
- }
- break;
+ ;
+ break;}
case 19:
-#line 450 "/usr/homes/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
+#line 460 "/Users/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
{
redir.dest = yyvsp[0].number;
yyval.redirect = make_redirection (1, r_duplicating_output, redir);
- }
- break;
+ ;
+ break;}
case 20:
-#line 455 "/usr/homes/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
+#line 465 "/Users/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
{
redir.dest = yyvsp[0].number;
yyval.redirect = make_redirection (yyvsp[-2].number, r_duplicating_output, redir);
- }
- break;
+ ;
+ break;}
case 21:
-#line 460 "/usr/homes/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
+#line 470 "/Users/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
{
redir.filename = yyvsp[0].word;
yyval.redirect = make_redirection (0, r_duplicating_input_word, redir);
- }
- break;
+ ;
+ break;}
case 22:
-#line 465 "/usr/homes/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
+#line 475 "/Users/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
{
redir.filename = yyvsp[0].word;
yyval.redirect = make_redirection (yyvsp[-2].number, r_duplicating_input_word, redir);
- }
- break;
+ ;
+ break;}
case 23:
-#line 470 "/usr/homes/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
+#line 480 "/Users/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
{
redir.filename = yyvsp[0].word;
yyval.redirect = make_redirection (1, r_duplicating_output_word, redir);
- }
- break;
+ ;
+ break;}
case 24:
-#line 475 "/usr/homes/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
+#line 485 "/Users/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
{
redir.filename = yyvsp[0].word;
yyval.redirect = make_redirection (yyvsp[-2].number, r_duplicating_output_word, redir);
- }
- break;
+ ;
+ break;}
case 25:
-#line 480 "/usr/homes/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
+#line 490 "/Users/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
{
redir.filename = yyvsp[0].word;
yyval.redirect = make_redirection
(0, r_deblank_reading_until, redir);
redir_stack[need_here_doc++] = yyval.redirect;
- }
- break;
+ ;
+ break;}
case 26:
-#line 487 "/usr/homes/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
+#line 497 "/Users/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
{
redir.filename = yyvsp[0].word;
yyval.redirect = make_redirection
(yyvsp[-2].number, r_deblank_reading_until, redir);
redir_stack[need_here_doc++] = yyval.redirect;
- }
- break;
+ ;
+ break;}
case 27:
-#line 494 "/usr/homes/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
+#line 504 "/Users/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
{
redir.dest = 0;
yyval.redirect = make_redirection (1, r_close_this, redir);
- }
- break;
+ ;
+ break;}
case 28:
-#line 499 "/usr/homes/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
+#line 509 "/Users/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
{
redir.dest = 0;
yyval.redirect = make_redirection (yyvsp[-2].number, r_close_this, redir);
- }
- break;
+ ;
+ break;}
case 29:
-#line 504 "/usr/homes/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
+#line 514 "/Users/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
{
redir.dest = 0;
yyval.redirect = make_redirection (0, r_close_this, redir);
- }
- break;
+ ;
+ break;}
case 30:
-#line 509 "/usr/homes/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
+#line 519 "/Users/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
{
redir.dest = 0;
yyval.redirect = make_redirection (yyvsp[-2].number, r_close_this, redir);
- }
- break;
+ ;
+ break;}
case 31:
-#line 514 "/usr/homes/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
+#line 524 "/Users/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
{
redir.filename = yyvsp[0].word;
yyval.redirect = make_redirection (1, r_err_and_out, redir);
- }
- break;
+ ;
+ break;}
case 32:
-#line 519 "/usr/homes/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
+#line 529 "/Users/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
{
redir.filename = yyvsp[0].word;
yyval.redirect = make_redirection (yyvsp[-2].number, r_input_output, redir);
- }
- break;
+ ;
+ break;}
case 33:
-#line 524 "/usr/homes/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
+#line 534 "/Users/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
{
redir.filename = yyvsp[0].word;
yyval.redirect = make_redirection (0, r_input_output, redir);
- }
- break;
+ ;
+ break;}
case 34:
-#line 529 "/usr/homes/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
+#line 539 "/Users/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
{
redir.filename = yyvsp[0].word;
yyval.redirect = make_redirection (1, r_output_force, redir);
- }
- break;
+ ;
+ break;}
case 35:
-#line 534 "/usr/homes/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
+#line 544 "/Users/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
{
redir.filename = yyvsp[0].word;
yyval.redirect = make_redirection (yyvsp[-2].number, r_output_force, redir);
- }
- break;
+ ;
+ break;}
case 36:
-#line 541 "/usr/homes/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
-{ yyval.element.word = yyvsp[0].word; yyval.element.redirect = 0; }
- break;
+#line 551 "/Users/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
+{ yyval.element.word = yyvsp[0].word; yyval.element.redirect = 0; ;
+ break;}
case 37:
-#line 543 "/usr/homes/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
-{ yyval.element.word = yyvsp[0].word; yyval.element.redirect = 0; }
- break;
+#line 553 "/Users/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
+{ yyval.element.word = yyvsp[0].word; yyval.element.redirect = 0; ;
+ break;}
case 38:
-#line 545 "/usr/homes/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
-{ yyval.element.redirect = yyvsp[0].redirect; yyval.element.word = 0; }
- break;
+#line 555 "/Users/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
+{ yyval.element.redirect = yyvsp[0].redirect; yyval.element.word = 0; ;
+ break;}
case 39:
-#line 549 "/usr/homes/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
+#line 559 "/Users/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
{
yyval.redirect = yyvsp[0].redirect;
- }
- break;
+ ;
+ break;}
case 40:
-#line 553 "/usr/homes/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
+#line 563 "/Users/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
{
register REDIRECT *t;
;
t->next = yyvsp[0].redirect;
yyval.redirect = yyvsp[-1].redirect;
- }
- break;
+ ;
+ break;}
case 41:
-#line 564 "/usr/homes/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
-{ yyval.command = make_simple_command (yyvsp[0].element, (COMMAND *)NULL); }
- break;
+#line 574 "/Users/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
+{ yyval.command = make_simple_command (yyvsp[0].element, (COMMAND *)NULL); ;
+ break;}
case 42:
-#line 566 "/usr/homes/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
-{ yyval.command = make_simple_command (yyvsp[0].element, yyvsp[-1].command); }
- break;
+#line 576 "/Users/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
+{ yyval.command = make_simple_command (yyvsp[0].element, yyvsp[-1].command); ;
+ break;}
case 43:
-#line 570 "/usr/homes/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
-{ yyval.command = clean_simple_command (yyvsp[0].command); }
- break;
+#line 580 "/Users/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
+{ yyval.command = clean_simple_command (yyvsp[0].command); ;
+ break;}
case 44:
-#line 572 "/usr/homes/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
-{ yyval.command = yyvsp[0].command; }
- break;
+#line 582 "/Users/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
+{ yyval.command = yyvsp[0].command; ;
+ break;}
case 45:
-#line 574 "/usr/homes/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
+#line 584 "/Users/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
{
COMMAND *tc;
else
tc->redirects = yyvsp[0].redirect;
yyval.command = yyvsp[-1].command;
- }
- break;
+ ;
+ break;}
case 46:
-#line 590 "/usr/homes/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
-{ yyval.command = yyvsp[0].command; }
- break;
+#line 600 "/Users/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
+{ yyval.command = yyvsp[0].command; ;
+ break;}
case 47:
-#line 594 "/usr/homes/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
-{ yyval.command = yyvsp[0].command; }
- break;
+#line 604 "/Users/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
+{ yyval.command = yyvsp[0].command; ;
+ break;}
case 48:
-#line 596 "/usr/homes/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
-{ yyval.command = yyvsp[0].command; }
- break;
+#line 606 "/Users/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
+{ yyval.command = yyvsp[0].command; ;
+ break;}
case 49:
-#line 598 "/usr/homes/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
-{ yyval.command = make_while_command (yyvsp[-3].command, yyvsp[-1].command); }
- break;
+#line 608 "/Users/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
+{ yyval.command = make_while_command (yyvsp[-3].command, yyvsp[-1].command); ;
+ break;}
case 50:
-#line 600 "/usr/homes/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
-{ yyval.command = make_until_command (yyvsp[-3].command, yyvsp[-1].command); }
- break;
+#line 610 "/Users/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
+{ yyval.command = make_until_command (yyvsp[-3].command, yyvsp[-1].command); ;
+ break;}
case 51:
-#line 602 "/usr/homes/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
-{ yyval.command = yyvsp[0].command; }
- break;
+#line 612 "/Users/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
+{ yyval.command = yyvsp[0].command; ;
+ break;}
case 52:
-#line 604 "/usr/homes/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
-{ yyval.command = yyvsp[0].command; }
- break;
+#line 614 "/Users/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
+{ yyval.command = yyvsp[0].command; ;
+ break;}
case 53:
-#line 606 "/usr/homes/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
-{ yyval.command = yyvsp[0].command; }
- break;
+#line 616 "/Users/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
+{ yyval.command = yyvsp[0].command; ;
+ break;}
case 54:
-#line 608 "/usr/homes/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
-{ yyval.command = yyvsp[0].command; }
- break;
+#line 618 "/Users/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
+{ yyval.command = yyvsp[0].command; ;
+ break;}
case 55:
-#line 610 "/usr/homes/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
-{ yyval.command = yyvsp[0].command; }
- break;
+#line 620 "/Users/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
+{ yyval.command = yyvsp[0].command; ;
+ break;}
case 56:
-#line 612 "/usr/homes/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
-{ yyval.command = yyvsp[0].command; }
- break;
+#line 622 "/Users/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
+{ yyval.command = yyvsp[0].command; ;
+ break;}
case 57:
-#line 614 "/usr/homes/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
-{ yyval.command = yyvsp[0].command; }
- break;
+#line 624 "/Users/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
+{ yyval.command = yyvsp[0].command; ;
+ break;}
case 58:
-#line 618 "/usr/homes/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
+#line 628 "/Users/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
{
yyval.command = make_for_command (yyvsp[-4].word, add_string_to_list ("\"$@\"", (WORD_LIST *)NULL), yyvsp[-1].command, word_lineno[word_top]);
if (word_top > 0) word_top--;
- }
- break;
+ ;
+ break;}
case 59:
-#line 623 "/usr/homes/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
+#line 633 "/Users/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
{
yyval.command = make_for_command (yyvsp[-4].word, add_string_to_list ("\"$@\"", (WORD_LIST *)NULL), yyvsp[-1].command, word_lineno[word_top]);
if (word_top > 0) word_top--;
- }
- break;
+ ;
+ break;}
case 60:
-#line 628 "/usr/homes/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
+#line 638 "/Users/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
{
yyval.command = make_for_command (yyvsp[-5].word, add_string_to_list ("\"$@\"", (WORD_LIST *)NULL), yyvsp[-1].command, word_lineno[word_top]);
if (word_top > 0) word_top--;
- }
- break;
+ ;
+ break;}
case 61:
-#line 633 "/usr/homes/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
+#line 643 "/Users/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
{
yyval.command = make_for_command (yyvsp[-5].word, add_string_to_list ("\"$@\"", (WORD_LIST *)NULL), yyvsp[-1].command, word_lineno[word_top]);
if (word_top > 0) word_top--;
- }
- break;
+ ;
+ break;}
case 62:
-#line 638 "/usr/homes/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
+#line 648 "/Users/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
{
yyval.command = make_for_command (yyvsp[-8].word, REVERSE_LIST (yyvsp[-5].word_list, WORD_LIST *), yyvsp[-1].command, word_lineno[word_top]);
if (word_top > 0) word_top--;
- }
- break;
+ ;
+ break;}
case 63:
-#line 643 "/usr/homes/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
+#line 653 "/Users/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
{
yyval.command = make_for_command (yyvsp[-8].word, REVERSE_LIST (yyvsp[-5].word_list, WORD_LIST *), yyvsp[-1].command, word_lineno[word_top]);
if (word_top > 0) word_top--;
- }
- break;
+ ;
+ break;}
case 64:
-#line 648 "/usr/homes/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
+#line 658 "/Users/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
{
yyval.command = make_for_command (yyvsp[-7].word, (WORD_LIST *)NULL, yyvsp[-1].command, word_lineno[word_top]);
if (word_top > 0) word_top--;
- }
- break;
+ ;
+ break;}
case 65:
-#line 653 "/usr/homes/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
+#line 663 "/Users/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
{
yyval.command = make_for_command (yyvsp[-7].word, (WORD_LIST *)NULL, yyvsp[-1].command, word_lineno[word_top]);
if (word_top > 0) word_top--;
- }
- break;
+ ;
+ break;}
case 66:
-#line 660 "/usr/homes/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
+#line 670 "/Users/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
{
yyval.command = make_arith_for_command (yyvsp[-5].word_list, yyvsp[-1].command, arith_for_lineno);
if (word_top > 0) word_top--;
- }
- break;
+ ;
+ break;}
case 67:
-#line 665 "/usr/homes/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
+#line 675 "/Users/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
{
yyval.command = make_arith_for_command (yyvsp[-5].word_list, yyvsp[-1].command, arith_for_lineno);
if (word_top > 0) word_top--;
- }
- break;
+ ;
+ break;}
case 68:
-#line 670 "/usr/homes/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
+#line 680 "/Users/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
{
yyval.command = make_arith_for_command (yyvsp[-3].word_list, yyvsp[-1].command, arith_for_lineno);
if (word_top > 0) word_top--;
- }
- break;
+ ;
+ break;}
case 69:
-#line 675 "/usr/homes/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
+#line 685 "/Users/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
{
yyval.command = make_arith_for_command (yyvsp[-3].word_list, yyvsp[-1].command, arith_for_lineno);
if (word_top > 0) word_top--;
- }
- break;
+ ;
+ break;}
case 70:
-#line 682 "/usr/homes/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
+#line 692 "/Users/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
{
yyval.command = make_select_command (yyvsp[-4].word, add_string_to_list ("\"$@\"", (WORD_LIST *)NULL), yyvsp[-1].command, word_lineno[word_top]);
if (word_top > 0) word_top--;
- }
- break;
+ ;
+ break;}
case 71:
-#line 687 "/usr/homes/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
+#line 697 "/Users/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
{
yyval.command = make_select_command (yyvsp[-4].word, add_string_to_list ("\"$@\"", (WORD_LIST *)NULL), yyvsp[-1].command, word_lineno[word_top]);
if (word_top > 0) word_top--;
- }
- break;
+ ;
+ break;}
case 72:
-#line 692 "/usr/homes/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
+#line 702 "/Users/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
{
yyval.command = make_select_command (yyvsp[-5].word, add_string_to_list ("\"$@\"", (WORD_LIST *)NULL), yyvsp[-1].command, word_lineno[word_top]);
if (word_top > 0) word_top--;
- }
- break;
+ ;
+ break;}
case 73:
-#line 697 "/usr/homes/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
+#line 707 "/Users/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
{
yyval.command = make_select_command (yyvsp[-5].word, add_string_to_list ("\"$@\"", (WORD_LIST *)NULL), yyvsp[-1].command, word_lineno[word_top]);
if (word_top > 0) word_top--;
- }
- break;
+ ;
+ break;}
case 74:
-#line 702 "/usr/homes/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
+#line 712 "/Users/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
{
yyval.command = make_select_command (yyvsp[-8].word, REVERSE_LIST (yyvsp[-5].word_list, WORD_LIST *), yyvsp[-1].command, word_lineno[word_top]);
if (word_top > 0) word_top--;
- }
- break;
+ ;
+ break;}
case 75:
-#line 707 "/usr/homes/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
+#line 717 "/Users/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
{
yyval.command = make_select_command (yyvsp[-8].word, REVERSE_LIST (yyvsp[-5].word_list, WORD_LIST *), yyvsp[-1].command, word_lineno[word_top]);
if (word_top > 0) word_top--;
- }
- break;
+ ;
+ break;}
case 76:
-#line 714 "/usr/homes/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
+#line 724 "/Users/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
{
yyval.command = make_case_command (yyvsp[-4].word, (PATTERN_LIST *)NULL, word_lineno[word_top]);
if (word_top > 0) word_top--;
- }
- break;
+ ;
+ break;}
case 77:
-#line 719 "/usr/homes/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
+#line 729 "/Users/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
{
yyval.command = make_case_command (yyvsp[-5].word, yyvsp[-2].pattern, word_lineno[word_top]);
if (word_top > 0) word_top--;
- }
- break;
+ ;
+ break;}
case 78:
-#line 724 "/usr/homes/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
+#line 734 "/Users/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
{
yyval.command = make_case_command (yyvsp[-4].word, yyvsp[-1].pattern, word_lineno[word_top]);
if (word_top > 0) word_top--;
- }
- break;
+ ;
+ break;}
case 79:
-#line 731 "/usr/homes/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
-{ yyval.command = make_function_def (yyvsp[-4].word, yyvsp[0].command, function_dstart, function_bstart); }
- break;
+#line 741 "/Users/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
+{ yyval.command = make_function_def (yyvsp[-4].word, yyvsp[0].command, function_dstart, function_bstart); ;
+ break;}
case 80:
-#line 734 "/usr/homes/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
-{ yyval.command = make_function_def (yyvsp[-4].word, yyvsp[0].command, function_dstart, function_bstart); }
- break;
+#line 744 "/Users/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
+{ yyval.command = make_function_def (yyvsp[-4].word, yyvsp[0].command, function_dstart, function_bstart); ;
+ break;}
case 81:
-#line 737 "/usr/homes/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
-{ yyval.command = make_function_def (yyvsp[-2].word, yyvsp[0].command, function_dstart, function_bstart); }
- break;
+#line 747 "/Users/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
+{ yyval.command = make_function_def (yyvsp[-2].word, yyvsp[0].command, function_dstart, function_bstart); ;
+ break;}
case 82:
-#line 742 "/usr/homes/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
-{ yyval.command = yyvsp[0].command; }
- break;
+#line 752 "/Users/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
+{ yyval.command = yyvsp[0].command; ;
+ break;}
case 83:
-#line 744 "/usr/homes/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
+#line 754 "/Users/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
{
COMMAND *tc;
else
tc->redirects = yyvsp[0].redirect;
yyval.command = yyvsp[-1].command;
- }
- break;
+ ;
+ break;}
case 84:
-#line 775 "/usr/homes/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
+#line 785 "/Users/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
{
yyval.command = make_subshell_command (yyvsp[-1].command);
yyval.command->flags |= CMD_WANT_SUBSHELL;
- }
- break;
+ ;
+ break;}
case 85:
-#line 782 "/usr/homes/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
-{ yyval.command = make_if_command (yyvsp[-3].command, yyvsp[-1].command, (COMMAND *)NULL); }
- break;
+#line 792 "/Users/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
+{ yyval.command = make_if_command (yyvsp[-3].command, yyvsp[-1].command, (COMMAND *)NULL); ;
+ break;}
case 86:
-#line 784 "/usr/homes/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
-{ yyval.command = make_if_command (yyvsp[-5].command, yyvsp[-3].command, yyvsp[-1].command); }
- break;
+#line 794 "/Users/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
+{ yyval.command = make_if_command (yyvsp[-5].command, yyvsp[-3].command, yyvsp[-1].command); ;
+ break;}
case 87:
-#line 786 "/usr/homes/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
-{ yyval.command = make_if_command (yyvsp[-4].command, yyvsp[-2].command, yyvsp[-1].command); }
- break;
+#line 796 "/Users/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
+{ yyval.command = make_if_command (yyvsp[-4].command, yyvsp[-2].command, yyvsp[-1].command); ;
+ break;}
case 88:
-#line 791 "/usr/homes/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
-{ yyval.command = make_group_command (yyvsp[-1].command); }
- break;
+#line 801 "/Users/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
+{ yyval.command = make_group_command (yyvsp[-1].command); ;
+ break;}
case 89:
-#line 795 "/usr/homes/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
-{ yyval.command = make_arith_command (yyvsp[0].word_list); }
- break;
+#line 805 "/Users/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
+{ yyval.command = make_arith_command (yyvsp[0].word_list); ;
+ break;}
case 90:
-#line 799 "/usr/homes/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
-{ yyval.command = yyvsp[-1].command; }
- break;
+#line 809 "/Users/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
+{ yyval.command = yyvsp[-1].command; ;
+ break;}
case 91:
-#line 803 "/usr/homes/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
-{ yyval.command = make_if_command (yyvsp[-2].command, yyvsp[0].command, (COMMAND *)NULL); }
- break;
+#line 813 "/Users/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
+{ yyval.command = make_if_command (yyvsp[-2].command, yyvsp[0].command, (COMMAND *)NULL); ;
+ break;}
case 92:
-#line 805 "/usr/homes/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
-{ yyval.command = make_if_command (yyvsp[-4].command, yyvsp[-2].command, yyvsp[0].command); }
- break;
+#line 815 "/Users/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
+{ yyval.command = make_if_command (yyvsp[-4].command, yyvsp[-2].command, yyvsp[0].command); ;
+ break;}
case 93:
-#line 807 "/usr/homes/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
-{ yyval.command = make_if_command (yyvsp[-3].command, yyvsp[-1].command, yyvsp[0].command); }
- break;
+#line 817 "/Users/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
+{ yyval.command = make_if_command (yyvsp[-3].command, yyvsp[-1].command, yyvsp[0].command); ;
+ break;}
case 95:
-#line 812 "/usr/homes/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
-{ yyvsp[0].pattern->next = yyvsp[-1].pattern; yyval.pattern = yyvsp[0].pattern; }
- break;
+#line 822 "/Users/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
+{ yyvsp[0].pattern->next = yyvsp[-1].pattern; yyval.pattern = yyvsp[0].pattern; ;
+ break;}
case 96:
-#line 816 "/usr/homes/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
-{ yyval.pattern = make_pattern_list (yyvsp[-2].word_list, yyvsp[0].command); }
- break;
+#line 826 "/Users/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
+{ yyval.pattern = make_pattern_list (yyvsp[-2].word_list, yyvsp[0].command); ;
+ break;}
case 97:
-#line 818 "/usr/homes/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
-{ yyval.pattern = make_pattern_list (yyvsp[-2].word_list, (COMMAND *)NULL); }
- break;
+#line 828 "/Users/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
+{ yyval.pattern = make_pattern_list (yyvsp[-2].word_list, (COMMAND *)NULL); ;
+ break;}
case 98:
-#line 820 "/usr/homes/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
-{ yyval.pattern = make_pattern_list (yyvsp[-2].word_list, yyvsp[0].command); }
- break;
+#line 830 "/Users/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
+{ yyval.pattern = make_pattern_list (yyvsp[-2].word_list, yyvsp[0].command); ;
+ break;}
case 99:
-#line 822 "/usr/homes/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
-{ yyval.pattern = make_pattern_list (yyvsp[-2].word_list, (COMMAND *)NULL); }
- break;
+#line 832 "/Users/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
+{ yyval.pattern = make_pattern_list (yyvsp[-2].word_list, (COMMAND *)NULL); ;
+ break;}
case 101:
-#line 827 "/usr/homes/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
-{ yyvsp[-1].pattern->next = yyvsp[-2].pattern; yyval.pattern = yyvsp[-1].pattern; }
- break;
+#line 837 "/Users/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
+{ yyvsp[-1].pattern->next = yyvsp[-2].pattern; yyval.pattern = yyvsp[-1].pattern; ;
+ break;}
case 102:
-#line 831 "/usr/homes/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
-{ yyval.word_list = make_word_list (yyvsp[0].word, (WORD_LIST *)NULL); }
- break;
+#line 841 "/Users/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
+{ yyval.word_list = make_word_list (yyvsp[0].word, (WORD_LIST *)NULL); ;
+ break;}
case 103:
-#line 833 "/usr/homes/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
-{ yyval.word_list = make_word_list (yyvsp[0].word, yyvsp[-2].word_list); }
- break;
+#line 843 "/Users/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
+{ yyval.word_list = make_word_list (yyvsp[0].word, yyvsp[-2].word_list); ;
+ break;}
case 104:
-#line 842 "/usr/homes/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
+#line 852 "/Users/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
{
yyval.command = yyvsp[0].command;
if (need_here_doc)
gather_here_documents ();
- }
- break;
+ ;
+ break;}
case 106:
-#line 851 "/usr/homes/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
+#line 861 "/Users/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
{
yyval.command = yyvsp[0].command;
- }
- break;
+ ;
+ break;}
case 108:
-#line 858 "/usr/homes/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
+#line 868 "/Users/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
{
if (yyvsp[-2].command->type == cm_connection)
yyval.command = connect_async_list (yyvsp[-2].command, (COMMAND *)NULL, '&');
else
yyval.command = command_connect (yyvsp[-2].command, (COMMAND *)NULL, '&');
- }
- break;
+ ;
+ break;}
case 110:
-#line 869 "/usr/homes/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
-{ yyval.command = command_connect (yyvsp[-3].command, yyvsp[0].command, AND_AND); }
- break;
+#line 879 "/Users/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
+{ yyval.command = command_connect (yyvsp[-3].command, yyvsp[0].command, AND_AND); ;
+ break;}
case 111:
-#line 871 "/usr/homes/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
-{ yyval.command = command_connect (yyvsp[-3].command, yyvsp[0].command, OR_OR); }
- break;
+#line 881 "/Users/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
+{ yyval.command = command_connect (yyvsp[-3].command, yyvsp[0].command, OR_OR); ;
+ break;}
case 112:
-#line 873 "/usr/homes/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
+#line 883 "/Users/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
{
if (yyvsp[-3].command->type == cm_connection)
yyval.command = connect_async_list (yyvsp[-3].command, yyvsp[0].command, '&');
else
yyval.command = command_connect (yyvsp[-3].command, yyvsp[0].command, '&');
- }
- break;
+ ;
+ break;}
case 113:
-#line 880 "/usr/homes/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
-{ yyval.command = command_connect (yyvsp[-3].command, yyvsp[0].command, ';'); }
- break;
+#line 890 "/Users/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
+{ yyval.command = command_connect (yyvsp[-3].command, yyvsp[0].command, ';'); ;
+ break;}
case 114:
-#line 882 "/usr/homes/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
-{ yyval.command = command_connect (yyvsp[-3].command, yyvsp[0].command, ';'); }
- break;
+#line 892 "/Users/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
+{ yyval.command = command_connect (yyvsp[-3].command, yyvsp[0].command, ';'); ;
+ break;}
case 115:
-#line 884 "/usr/homes/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
-{ yyval.command = yyvsp[0].command; }
- break;
+#line 894 "/Users/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
+{ yyval.command = yyvsp[0].command; ;
+ break;}
+case 118:
+#line 902 "/Users/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
+{ yyval.number = '\n'; ;
+ break;}
+case 119:
+#line 904 "/Users/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
+{ yyval.number = ';'; ;
+ break;}
+case 120:
+#line 906 "/Users/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
+{ yyval.number = yacc_EOF; ;
+ break;}
case 123:
-#line 907 "/usr/homes/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
+#line 920 "/Users/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
{
yyval.command = yyvsp[0].command;
if (need_here_doc)
gather_here_documents ();
- }
- break;
+ ;
+ break;}
case 124:
-#line 913 "/usr/homes/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
+#line 926 "/Users/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
{
if (yyvsp[-1].command->type == cm_connection)
yyval.command = connect_async_list (yyvsp[-1].command, (COMMAND *)NULL, '&');
yyval.command = command_connect (yyvsp[-1].command, (COMMAND *)NULL, '&');
if (need_here_doc)
gather_here_documents ();
- }
- break;
+ ;
+ break;}
case 125:
-#line 922 "/usr/homes/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
+#line 935 "/Users/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
{
yyval.command = yyvsp[-1].command;
if (need_here_doc)
gather_here_documents ();
- }
- break;
+ ;
+ break;}
case 126:
-#line 930 "/usr/homes/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
-{ yyval.command = command_connect (yyvsp[-3].command, yyvsp[0].command, AND_AND); }
- break;
+#line 943 "/Users/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
+{ yyval.command = command_connect (yyvsp[-3].command, yyvsp[0].command, AND_AND); ;
+ break;}
case 127:
-#line 932 "/usr/homes/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
-{ yyval.command = command_connect (yyvsp[-3].command, yyvsp[0].command, OR_OR); }
- break;
+#line 945 "/Users/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
+{ yyval.command = command_connect (yyvsp[-3].command, yyvsp[0].command, OR_OR); ;
+ break;}
case 128:
-#line 934 "/usr/homes/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
+#line 947 "/Users/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
{
if (yyvsp[-2].command->type == cm_connection)
yyval.command = connect_async_list (yyvsp[-2].command, yyvsp[0].command, '&');
else
yyval.command = command_connect (yyvsp[-2].command, yyvsp[0].command, '&');
- }
- break;
+ ;
+ break;}
case 129:
-#line 941 "/usr/homes/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
-{ yyval.command = command_connect (yyvsp[-2].command, yyvsp[0].command, ';'); }
- break;
+#line 954 "/Users/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
+{ yyval.command = command_connect (yyvsp[-2].command, yyvsp[0].command, ';'); ;
+ break;}
case 130:
-#line 944 "/usr/homes/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
-{ yyval.command = yyvsp[0].command; }
- break;
+#line 957 "/Users/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
+{ yyval.command = yyvsp[0].command; ;
+ break;}
case 131:
-#line 948 "/usr/homes/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
-{ yyval.command = yyvsp[0].command; }
- break;
+#line 961 "/Users/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
+{ yyval.command = yyvsp[0].command; ;
+ break;}
case 132:
-#line 950 "/usr/homes/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
+#line 963 "/Users/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
{
yyvsp[0].command->flags |= CMD_INVERT_RETURN;
yyval.command = yyvsp[0].command;
- }
- break;
+ ;
+ break;}
case 133:
-#line 955 "/usr/homes/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
+#line 968 "/Users/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
{
yyvsp[0].command->flags |= yyvsp[-1].number;
yyval.command = yyvsp[0].command;
- }
- break;
+ ;
+ break;}
case 134:
-#line 960 "/usr/homes/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
+#line 973 "/Users/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
{
yyvsp[0].command->flags |= yyvsp[-2].number|CMD_INVERT_RETURN;
yyval.command = yyvsp[0].command;
- }
- break;
+ ;
+ break;}
case 135:
-#line 965 "/usr/homes/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
+#line 978 "/Users/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
{
yyvsp[0].command->flags |= yyvsp[-1].number|CMD_INVERT_RETURN;
yyval.command = yyvsp[0].command;
- }
- break;
+ ;
+ break;}
case 136:
-#line 973 "/usr/homes/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
-{ yyval.command = command_connect (yyvsp[-3].command, yyvsp[0].command, '|'); }
- break;
+#line 983 "/Users/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
+{
+ ELEMENT x;
+
+ /* Boy, this is unclean. `time' by itself can
+ time a null command. We cheat and push a
+ newline back if the list_terminator was a newline
+ to avoid the double-newline problem (one to
+ terminate this, one to terminate the command) */
+ x.word = 0;
+ x.redirect = 0;
+ yyval.command = make_simple_command (x, (COMMAND *)NULL);
+ yyval.command->flags |= yyvsp[-1].number;
+ /* XXX - let's cheat and push a newline back */
+ if (yyvsp[0].number == '\n')
+ token_to_read = '\n';
+ ;
+ break;}
case 137:
-#line 975 "/usr/homes/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
-{ yyval.command = yyvsp[0].command; }
- break;
+#line 1004 "/Users/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
+{ yyval.command = command_connect (yyvsp[-3].command, yyvsp[0].command, '|'); ;
+ break;}
case 138:
-#line 979 "/usr/homes/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
-{ yyval.number = CMD_TIME_PIPELINE; }
- break;
+#line 1006 "/Users/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
+{ yyval.command = yyvsp[0].command; ;
+ break;}
case 139:
-#line 981 "/usr/homes/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
-{ yyval.number = CMD_TIME_PIPELINE|CMD_TIME_POSIX; }
- break;
+#line 1010 "/Users/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
+{ yyval.number = CMD_TIME_PIPELINE; ;
+ break;}
+case 140:
+#line 1012 "/Users/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
+{ yyval.number = CMD_TIME_PIPELINE|CMD_TIME_POSIX; ;
+ break;}
}
-
-#line 705 "/usr/local/share/bison/bison.simple"
-
+ /* the action file gets copied in in place of this dollarsign */
+#line 543 "/usr/share/bison.simple"
\f
yyvsp -= yylen;
yyssp -= yylen;
-#if YYLSP_NEEDED
+#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
yylsp -= yylen;
#endif
-#if YYDEBUG
+#if YYDEBUG != 0
if (yydebug)
{
- short *yyssp1 = yyss - 1;
- YYFPRINTF (stderr, "state stack now");
- while (yyssp1 != yyssp)
- YYFPRINTF (stderr, " %d", *++yyssp1);
- YYFPRINTF (stderr, "\n");
+ short *ssp1 = yyss - 1;
+ fprintf (stderr, "state stack now");
+ while (ssp1 != yyssp)
+ fprintf (stderr, " %d", *++ssp1);
+ fprintf (stderr, "\n");
}
#endif
*++yyvsp = yyval;
-#if YYLSP_NEEDED
- *++yylsp = yyloc;
+
+#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+ yylsp++;
+ if (yylen == 0)
+ {
+ yylsp->first_line = yylloc.first_line;
+ yylsp->first_column = yylloc.first_column;
+ yylsp->last_line = (yylsp-1)->last_line;
+ yylsp->last_column = (yylsp-1)->last_column;
+ yylsp->text = 0;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ yylsp->last_line = (yylsp+yylen-1)->last_line;
+ yylsp->last_column = (yylsp+yylen-1)->last_column;
+ }
#endif
- /* Now `shift' the result of the reduction. Determine what state
- that goes to, based on the state we popped back to and the rule
- number reduced by. */
+ /* Now "shift" the result of the reduction.
+ Determine what state that goes to,
+ based on the state we popped back to
+ and the rule number reduced by. */
yyn = yyr1[yyn];
goto yynewstate;
+yyerrlab: /* here on detecting error */
-/*------------------------------------.
-| yyerrlab -- here on detecting error |
-`------------------------------------*/
-yyerrlab:
- /* If not already recovering from an error, report this error. */
- if (!yyerrstatus)
+ if (! yyerrstatus)
+ /* If not already recovering from an error, report this error. */
{
++yynerrs;
if (yyn > YYFLAG && yyn < YYLAST)
{
- YYSIZE_T yysize = 0;
- char *yymsg;
- int yyx, yycount;
-
- yycount = 0;
- /* Start YYX at -YYN if negative to avoid negative indexes in
- YYCHECK. */
- for (yyx = yyn < 0 ? -yyn : 0;
- yyx < (int) (sizeof (yytname) / sizeof (char *)); yyx++)
- if (yycheck[yyx + yyn] == yyx)
- yysize += yystrlen (yytname[yyx]) + 15, yycount++;
- yysize += yystrlen ("parse error, unexpected ") + 1;
- yysize += yystrlen (yytname[YYTRANSLATE (yychar)]);
- yymsg = (char *) YYSTACK_ALLOC (yysize);
- if (yymsg != 0)
+ int size = 0;
+ char *msg;
+ int x, count;
+
+ count = 0;
+ /* Start X at -yyn if nec to avoid negative indexes in yycheck. */
+ for (x = (yyn < 0 ? -yyn : 0);
+ x < (sizeof(yytname) / sizeof(char *)); x++)
+ if (yycheck[x + yyn] == x)
+ size += strlen(yytname[x]) + 15, count++;
+ msg = (char *) malloc(size + 15);
+ if (msg != 0)
{
- char *yyp = yystpcpy (yymsg, "parse error, unexpected ");
- yyp = yystpcpy (yyp, yytname[YYTRANSLATE (yychar)]);
+ strcpy(msg, "parse error");
- if (yycount < 5)
+ if (count < 5)
{
- yycount = 0;
- for (yyx = yyn < 0 ? -yyn : 0;
- yyx < (int) (sizeof (yytname) / sizeof (char *));
- yyx++)
- if (yycheck[yyx + yyn] == yyx)
+ count = 0;
+ for (x = (yyn < 0 ? -yyn : 0);
+ x < (sizeof(yytname) / sizeof(char *)); x++)
+ if (yycheck[x + yyn] == x)
{
- const char *yyq = ! yycount ? ", expecting " : " or ";
- yyp = yystpcpy (yyp, yyq);
- yyp = yystpcpy (yyp, yytname[yyx]);
- yycount++;
+ strcat(msg, count == 0 ? ", expecting `" : " or `");
+ strcat(msg, yytname[x]);
+ strcat(msg, "'");
+ count++;
}
}
- yyerror (yymsg);
- YYSTACK_FREE (yymsg);
+ yyerror(msg);
+ free(msg);
}
else
- yyerror ("parse error; also virtual memory exhausted");
+ yyerror ("parse error; also virtual memory exceeded");
}
else
-#endif /* defined (YYERROR_VERBOSE) */
- yyerror ("parse error");
+#endif /* YYERROR_VERBOSE */
+ yyerror("parse error");
}
- goto yyerrlab1;
+ goto yyerrlab1;
+yyerrlab1: /* here on error raised explicitly by an action */
-/*--------------------------------------------------.
-| yyerrlab1 -- error raised explicitly by an action |
-`--------------------------------------------------*/
-yyerrlab1:
if (yyerrstatus == 3)
{
- /* If just tried and failed to reuse lookahead token after an
- error, discard it. */
+ /* if just tried and failed to reuse lookahead token after an error, discard it. */
/* return failure if at end of input */
if (yychar == YYEOF)
YYABORT;
- YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Discarding token %d (%s).\n",
- yychar, yytname[yychar1]));
+
+#if YYDEBUG != 0
+ if (yydebug)
+ fprintf(stderr, "Discarding token %d (%s).\n", yychar, yytname[yychar1]);
+#endif
+
yychar = YYEMPTY;
}
- /* Else will try to reuse lookahead token after shifting the error
- token. */
+ /* Else will try to reuse lookahead token
+ after shifting the error token. */
yyerrstatus = 3; /* Each real token shifted decrements this */
goto yyerrhandle;
+yyerrdefault: /* current state does not do anything special for the error token. */
-/*-------------------------------------------------------------------.
-| yyerrdefault -- current state does not do anything special for the |
-| error token. |
-`-------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-yyerrdefault:
#if 0
/* This is wrong; only states that explicitly want error tokens
should shift them. */
-
- /* If its default is to accept any token, ok. Otherwise pop it. */
- yyn = yydefact[yystate];
- if (yyn)
- goto yydefault;
+ yyn = yydefact[yystate]; /* If its default is to accept any token, ok. Otherwise pop it.*/
+ if (yyn) goto yydefault;
#endif
+yyerrpop: /* pop the current state because it cannot handle the error token */
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------.
-| yyerrpop -- pop the current state because it cannot handle the |
-| error token |
-`---------------------------------------------------------------*/
-yyerrpop:
- if (yyssp == yyss)
- YYABORT;
+ if (yyssp == yyss) YYABORT;
yyvsp--;
yystate = *--yyssp;
-#if YYLSP_NEEDED
+#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
yylsp--;
#endif
-#if YYDEBUG
+#if YYDEBUG != 0
if (yydebug)
{
- short *yyssp1 = yyss - 1;
- YYFPRINTF (stderr, "Error: state stack now");
- while (yyssp1 != yyssp)
- YYFPRINTF (stderr, " %d", *++yyssp1);
- YYFPRINTF (stderr, "\n");
+ short *ssp1 = yyss - 1;
+ fprintf (stderr, "Error: state stack now");
+ while (ssp1 != yyssp)
+ fprintf (stderr, " %d", *++ssp1);
+ fprintf (stderr, "\n");
}
#endif
-/*--------------.
-| yyerrhandle. |
-`--------------*/
yyerrhandle:
+
yyn = yypact[yystate];
if (yyn == YYFLAG)
goto yyerrdefault;
if (yyn == YYFINAL)
YYACCEPT;
- YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Shifting error token, "));
+#if YYDEBUG != 0
+ if (yydebug)
+ fprintf(stderr, "Shifting error token, ");
+#endif
*++yyvsp = yylval;
-#if YYLSP_NEEDED
+#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
*++yylsp = yylloc;
#endif
yystate = yyn;
goto yynewstate;
+ yyacceptlab:
+ /* YYACCEPT comes here. */
+ if (yyfree_stacks)
+ {
+ free (yyss);
+ free (yyvs);
+#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+ free (yyls);
+#endif
+ }
+ return 0;
-/*-------------------------------------.
-| yyacceptlab -- YYACCEPT comes here. |
-`-------------------------------------*/
-yyacceptlab:
- yyresult = 0;
- goto yyreturn;
-
-/*-----------------------------------.
-| yyabortlab -- YYABORT comes here. |
-`-----------------------------------*/
-yyabortlab:
- yyresult = 1;
- goto yyreturn;
-
-/*---------------------------------------------.
-| yyoverflowab -- parser overflow comes here. |
-`---------------------------------------------*/
-yyoverflowlab:
- yyerror ("parser stack overflow");
- yyresult = 2;
- /* Fall through. */
-
-yyreturn:
-#ifndef yyoverflow
- if (yyss != yyssa)
- YYSTACK_FREE (yyss);
+ yyabortlab:
+ /* YYABORT comes here. */
+ if (yyfree_stacks)
+ {
+ free (yyss);
+ free (yyvs);
+#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+ free (yyls);
#endif
- return yyresult;
+ }
+ return 1;
}
-#line 983 "/usr/homes/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
+#line 1014 "/Users/chet/src/bash/src/parse.y"
/* Possible states for the parser that require it to do special things. */
#define PST_ARITHFOR 0x0400 /* parsing an arithmetic for command */
#define PST_ALEXPAND 0x0800 /* OK to expand aliases - unused */
#define PST_CMDTOKEN 0x1000 /* command token OK - unused */
+#define PST_COMPASSIGN 0x2000 /* parsing x=(...) compound assignment */
/* Initial size to allocate for tokens, and the
amount to grow them by. */
/* The token read prior to token_before_that. */
static int two_tokens_ago;
-/* If non-zero, it is the token that we want read_token to return
- regardless of what text is (or isn't) present to be read. This
- is reset by read_token. If token_to_read == WORD or
- ASSIGNMENT_WORD, yylval.word should be set to word_desc_to_read. */
-static int token_to_read;
-static WORD_DESC *word_desc_to_read;
-
/* The current parser state. */
static int parser_state;
if (ch == EOF)
{
free (ret);
- parser_error (start_lineno, "unexpected EOF while looking for matching `%c'", close);
+ parser_error (start_lineno, _("unexpected EOF while looking for matching `%c'"), close);
EOF_Reached = 1; /* XXX */
return (&matched_pair_error);
}
char *etext;
if (EOF_Reached && cond_token != COND_ERROR) /* [[ */
- parser_error (cond_lineno, "unexpected EOF while looking for `]]'");
+ parser_error (cond_lineno, _("unexpected EOF while looking for `]]'"));
else if (cond_token != COND_ERROR)
{
if (etext = error_token_from_token (cond_token))
{
- parser_error (cond_lineno, "syntax error in conditional expression: unexpected token `%s'", etext);
+ parser_error (cond_lineno, _("syntax error in conditional expression: unexpected token `%s'"), etext);
free (etext);
}
else
- parser_error (cond_lineno, "syntax error in conditional expression");
+ parser_error (cond_lineno, _("syntax error in conditional expression"));
}
}
dispose_cond_node (term); /* ( */
if (etext = error_token_from_token (cond_token))
{
- parser_error (lineno, "unexpected token `%s', expected `)'", etext);
+ parser_error (lineno, _("unexpected token `%s', expected `)'"), etext);
free (etext);
}
else
- parser_error (lineno, "expected `)'");
+ parser_error (lineno, _("expected `)'"));
COND_RETURN_ERROR ();
}
term = make_cond_node (COND_EXPR, (WORD_DESC *)NULL, term, (COND_COM *)NULL);
dispose_word (op);
if (etext = error_token_from_token (tok))
{
- parser_error (line_number, "unexpected argument `%s' to conditional unary operator", etext);
+ parser_error (line_number, _("unexpected argument `%s' to conditional unary operator"), etext);
free (etext);
}
else
- parser_error (line_number, "unexpected argument to conditional unary operator");
+ parser_error (line_number, _("unexpected argument to conditional unary operator"));
COND_RETURN_ERROR ();
}
{
if (etext = error_token_from_token (tok))
{
- parser_error (line_number, "unexpected token `%s', conditional binary operator expected", etext);
+ parser_error (line_number, _("unexpected token `%s', conditional binary operator expected"), etext);
free (etext);
}
else
- parser_error (line_number, "conditional binary operator expected");
+ parser_error (line_number, _("conditional binary operator expected"));
dispose_cond_node (tleft);
COND_RETURN_ERROR ();
}
{
if (etext = error_token_from_token (tok))
{
- parser_error (line_number, "unexpected argument `%s' to conditional binary operator", etext);
+ parser_error (line_number, _("unexpected argument `%s' to conditional binary operator"), etext);
free (etext);
}
else
- parser_error (line_number, "unexpected argument to conditional binary operator");
+ parser_error (line_number, _("unexpected argument to conditional binary operator"));
dispose_cond_node (tleft);
dispose_word (op);
COND_RETURN_ERROR ();
else
{
if (tok < 256)
- parser_error (line_number, "unexpected token `%c' in conditional command", tok);
+ parser_error (line_number, _("unexpected token `%c' in conditional command"), tok);
else if (etext = error_token_from_token (tok))
{
- parser_error (line_number, "unexpected token `%s' in conditional command", etext);
+ parser_error (line_number, _("unexpected token `%s' in conditional command"), etext);
free (etext);
}
else
- parser_error (line_number, "unexpected token %d in conditional command", tok);
+ parser_error (line_number, _("unexpected token %d in conditional command"), tok);
COND_RETURN_ERROR ();
}
return (term);
c = t[i]; c1 = t[i+1];
t[i] = '='; t[i+1] = '\0';
- r = assignment (t);
+ r = assignment (t, (parser_state & PST_COMPASSIGN) != 0);
t[i] = c; t[i+1] = c1;
return r;
}
/* A word is an assignment if it appears at the beginning of a
simple command, or after another assignment word. This is
context-dependent, so it cannot be handled in the grammar. */
- if (assignment (token))
+ if (assignment (token, (parser_state & PST_COMPASSIGN) != 0))
{
the_word->flags |= W_ASSIGNMENT;
/* Don't perform word splitting on assignment statements. */
- if (assignment_acceptable (last_read_token))
+ if (assignment_acceptable (last_read_token) || (parser_state & PST_COMPASSIGN) != 0)
the_word->flags |= W_NOSPLIT;
}
else if (c == 'A')
n = strftime (timebuf, sizeof (timebuf), "%H:%M", tm);
- timebuf[sizeof(timebuf) - 1] = '\0';
+ if (n == 0)
+ timebuf[0] = '\0';
+ else
+ timebuf[sizeof(timebuf) - 1] = '\0';
+
temp = savestring (timebuf);
goto add_string;
n = strftime (timebuf, sizeof (timebuf), timefmt, tm);
free (timefmt);
- timebuf[sizeof(timebuf) - 1] = '\0';
+ if (n == 0)
+ timebuf[0] = '\0';
+ else
+ timebuf[sizeof(timebuf) - 1] = '\0';
+
if (promptvars || posixly_correct)
/* Make sure that expand_prompt_string is called with a
second argument of Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES if we use this
case 'W':
{
/* Use the value of PWD because it is much more efficient. */
- char t_string[PATH_MAX];
+ char t_string[PATH_MAX], *t;
int tlen;
temp = get_string_value ("PWD");
#define ROOT_PATH(x) ((x)[0] == '/' && (x)[1] == 0)
#define DOUBLE_SLASH_ROOT(x) ((x)[0] == '/' && (x)[1] == '/' && (x)[2] == 0)
- if (c == 'W')
+ /* Abbreviate \W as ~ if $PWD == $HOME */
+ if (c == 'W' && (((t = get_string_value ("HOME")) == 0) || STREQ (t, temp) == 0))
{
if (ROOT_PATH (t_string) == 0 && DOUBLE_SLASH_ROOT (t_string) == 0)
{
parser's complaining about by looking at current_token. */
if (current_token != 0 && EOF_Reached == 0 && (msg = error_token_from_token (current_token)))
{
- parser_error (line_number, "syntax error near unexpected token `%s'", msg);
+ parser_error (line_number, _("syntax error near unexpected token `%s'"), msg);
free (msg);
if (interactive == 0)
msg = error_token_from_text ();
if (msg)
{
- parser_error (line_number, "syntax error near `%s'", msg);
+ parser_error (line_number, _("syntax error near `%s'"), msg);
free (msg);
}
}
else
{
- msg = EOF_Reached ? "syntax error: unexpected end of file" : "syntax error";
+ msg = EOF_Reached ? _("syntax error: unexpected end of file") : _("syntax error");
parser_error (line_number, "%s", msg);
/* When the shell is interactive, this file uses EOF_Reached
only for error reporting. Other mechanisms are used to
{
if (eof_encountered < eof_encountered_limit)
{
- fprintf (stderr, "Use \"%s\" to leave the shell.\n",
+ fprintf (stderr, _("Use \"%s\" to leave the shell.\n"),
login_shell ? "logout" : "exit");
eof_encountered++;
/* Reset the parsing state. */
/* Take a string and run it through the shell parser, returning the
resultant word list. Used by compound array assignment. */
WORD_LIST *
-parse_string_to_word_list (s, whom)
+parse_string_to_word_list (s, flags, whom)
char *s;
+ int flags;
const char *whom;
{
WORD_LIST *wl;
with_input_from_string (s, whom);
wl = (WORD_LIST *)NULL;
+
+ if (flags & 1)
+ parser_state |= PST_COMPASSIGN;
+
while ((tok = read_token (READ)) != yacc_EOF)
{
if (tok == '\n' && *bash_input.location.string == '\0')
current_command_line_count = orig_line_count;
shell_input_line_terminator = orig_input_terminator;
+ if (flags & 1)
+ parser_state &= ~PST_COMPASSIGN;
+
if (wl == &parse_string_error)
{
last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE;
token_buffer_size = 0;
wl = (WORD_LIST *)NULL; /* ( */
+ parser_state |= PST_COMPASSIGN;
+
while ((tok = read_token (READ)) != ')')
{
if (tok == '\n') /* Allow newlines in compound assignments */
- continue;
+ {
+ if (SHOULD_PROMPT ())
+ prompt_again ();
+ continue;
+ }
if (tok != WORD && tok != ASSIGNMENT_WORD)
{
current_token = tok; /* for error reporting */
if (tok == yacc_EOF) /* ( */
- parser_error (orig_line_number, "unexpected EOF while looking for matching `)'");
+ parser_error (orig_line_number, _("unexpected EOF while looking for matching `)'"));
else
yyerror ((char *)NULL); /* does the right thing */
if (wl)
token = saved_token;
token_buffer_size = orig_token_size;
+ parser_state &= ~PST_COMPASSIGN;
+
if (wl == &parse_string_error)
{
last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE;
-#ifndef BISON_Y_TAB_H
-# define BISON_Y_TAB_H
-
-#ifndef YYSTYPE
typedef union {
WORD_DESC *word; /* the word that we read. */
int number; /* the number that we read. */
REDIRECT *redirect;
ELEMENT element;
PATTERN_LIST *pattern;
-} yystype;
-# define YYSTYPE yystype
-#endif
-# define IF 257
-# define THEN 258
-# define ELSE 259
-# define ELIF 260
-# define FI 261
-# define CASE 262
-# define ESAC 263
-# define FOR 264
-# define SELECT 265
-# define WHILE 266
-# define UNTIL 267
-# define DO 268
-# define DONE 269
-# define FUNCTION 270
-# define COND_START 271
-# define COND_END 272
-# define COND_ERROR 273
-# define IN 274
-# define BANG 275
-# define TIME 276
-# define TIMEOPT 277
-# define WORD 278
-# define ASSIGNMENT_WORD 279
-# define NUMBER 280
-# define ARITH_CMD 281
-# define ARITH_FOR_EXPRS 282
-# define COND_CMD 283
-# define AND_AND 284
-# define OR_OR 285
-# define GREATER_GREATER 286
-# define LESS_LESS 287
-# define LESS_AND 288
-# define LESS_LESS_LESS 289
-# define GREATER_AND 290
-# define SEMI_SEMI 291
-# define LESS_LESS_MINUS 292
-# define AND_GREATER 293
-# define LESS_GREATER 294
-# define GREATER_BAR 295
-# define yacc_EOF 296
+} YYSTYPE;
+#define IF 257
+#define THEN 258
+#define ELSE 259
+#define ELIF 260
+#define FI 261
+#define CASE 262
+#define ESAC 263
+#define FOR 264
+#define SELECT 265
+#define WHILE 266
+#define UNTIL 267
+#define DO 268
+#define DONE 269
+#define FUNCTION 270
+#define COND_START 271
+#define COND_END 272
+#define COND_ERROR 273
+#define IN 274
+#define BANG 275
+#define TIME 276
+#define TIMEOPT 277
+#define WORD 278
+#define ASSIGNMENT_WORD 279
+#define NUMBER 280
+#define ARITH_CMD 281
+#define ARITH_FOR_EXPRS 282
+#define COND_CMD 283
+#define AND_AND 284
+#define OR_OR 285
+#define GREATER_GREATER 286
+#define LESS_LESS 287
+#define LESS_AND 288
+#define LESS_LESS_LESS 289
+#define GREATER_AND 290
+#define SEMI_SEMI 291
+#define LESS_LESS_MINUS 292
+#define AND_GREATER 293
+#define LESS_GREATER 294
+#define GREATER_BAR 295
+#define yacc_EOF 296
extern YYSTYPE yylval;
-
-#endif /* not BISON_Y_TAB_H */
projects / thirdparty / bash.git / commitdiff
